UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Or

 

x

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015

 

Or

 

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Or

 

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission File Number: 1-10167

 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
Australian Business Number 33 007 457 141
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New South Wales, Australia
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

275 Kent Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Westpac Banking Corporation, New York branch,

575 Fifth Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10017-2422,
Attention: Branch Manager, telephone number: (212) 551-1800

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary shares

 

Listed on the New York Stock Exchange, not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of related American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

American Depositary Shares, each representing the right to receive one ordinary share

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: 3.0% Notes due December 9, 2015, 0.95% Notes due January 12, 2016, 1.050% Notes due November 25, 2016, Floating Rate Notes due November 25, 2016, 1.20% Notes due May 19, 2017, Floating Rate Notes due May 19, 2017, 2.0% Notes due August 14, 2017, 1.50% Notes due December 1, 2017, Floating Rate Notes due December 1, 2017, 1.60% Notes due January 12, 2018, 4.625% Subordinated Notes due 2018, 1.55% Notes due May 25, 2018, Floating Rate Notes due May 25, 2018, 2.25% Notes due July 30, 2018, Floating Rate Notes due July 30, 2018, 2.25% Notes due January 17, 2019, Floating Rate Notes due January 17, 2019, 4.875% Notes due November 19, 2019, 2.30% Notes due May 26, 2020 and notes issued under our Retail Medium-Term Notes program (Registration Statement No. 333-172579)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Ordinary shares

 

3,183,907,786 fully paid

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes x    No o

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes o     No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x    No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes o     No x (not currently applicable to registrant)

 

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.

Large accelerated filer x       Accelerated Filer o       Non-accelerated filer o

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP o   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x

Other o

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company.

Yes o     No x

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Westpac Group

 

2015 Annual Report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Form 20-F

 



 



 

Table of contents

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Report

 

 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

2

 

Guide 3 cross-reference index

4

 

Section 1

6

 

Information on Westpac

7

 

Business strategy

7

 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

10

 

Five year non-financial summary

12

 

Outlook

14

 

Significant developments

15

 

Corporate governance

22

 

Directors’ report

39

 

Remuneration Report

53

 

Section 2

81

 

Five year summary

82

 

Reading this report

83

 

Review of Group operations

85

 

Income statement review

87

 

Balance sheet review

94

 

Capital resources

98

 

Commitments

100

 

Divisional performance

101

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

103

 

St.George Banking Group

104

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

105

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

108

 

Westpac New Zealand

109

 

Other divisions

110

 

Risk and risk management

116

 

Risk factors

116

 

Risk management

123

 

Credit risk

123

 

Liquidity risk

124

 

 

In this Annual Report a reference to ‘Westpac’, ‘Group’, ‘Westpac Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ is to Westpac Banking Corporation ABN 33 007 457 141 and its subsidiaries unless it clearly means just Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

For certain information about the basis of preparing the financial information in this Annual Report see ‘Reading this report’ in Section 2. In addition, this Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For an explanation of forward-looking statements and the risks, uncertainties and assumptions to which they are subject, see ‘Reading this report’ in Section 2.

 

Information contained in or accessible through the websites mentioned in this Annual Report does not form part of this report unless we specifically state that it is incorporated by reference and forms part of this report. All references in this report to websites are inactive textual references and are for information only.

 

Market risk

125

Operational risk and compliance risk

126

Other risks

127

Other Westpac business information

130

Section 3

133

Financial statements

134

Notes to the financial statements

140

Statutory statements

267

Section 4

273

Shareholding information

274

Additional information

287

Information for shareholders

292

Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

295

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

1

 

 



 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

 

 

(for the purpose of filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission)

 

20-F item number and description

Page

Part I

 

 

Item 1.

Identity of directors, senior management and advisers

Not applicable

Item 2.

Offer statistics and expected timetable

Not applicable

Item 3.

Key information

 

 

Selected financial data

82, 87, 94-96, 290

 

Capitalisation and indebtedness

Not applicable

 

Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

Not applicable

 

Risk factors

116-122

Item 4.

Information on Westpac

 

 

History and development of Westpac

7, 14-21

 

Business overview

7-10, 14-21

 

Organisational structure

8-9, 246-248

 

Property, plants and equipment

130

Item 4A.

Unresolved staff comments

Not applicable

Item 5.

Operating and financial review and prospects

 

 

Operating results

85-99, 101-115

 

Liquidity and capital resources

98-100, 124-125, 127-129

 

Research and development, patents and licences etc.

Not applicable

 

Trend information

87-98, 101-115

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

129

 

Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

100

 

Safe harbor

83

Item 6.

Directors, senior management and employees

 

 

Directors and senior management

39-47, 48-50

 

Compensation

53-78, 259-261

 

Board practices

24-42

 

Employees

130

 

Share ownership

48-50, 259-261, 274

Item 7.

Major shareholders and related party transactions

 

 

Major shareholders

274-280

 

Related party transactions

130-131, 259-261

 

Interests of experts and counsel

Not applicable

Item 8.

Financial information

 

 

Consolidated statements and other financial information

133-271

 

Significant changes

15-19, 264-265

Item 9.

The offer and listing

 

 

Offer and listing details

281

 

Plan of distribution

Not applicable

 

Markets

292-293

 

Selling shareholders

Not applicable

 

Dilution

Not applicable

 

Expenses of the issue

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

2

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

 

 

(for the purpose of filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission)

 

 

 

Page

Item 10.

Additional information

 

 

Share capital

Not applicable

 

Memorandum and articles of association

287-289

 

Material contracts

130

 

Exchange controls

283-284

 

Taxation

284-286

 

Dividends and paying agents

Not applicable

 

Statements by experts

Not applicable

 

Documents on display

289

 

Subsidiary information

Not applicable

Item 11.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

125-126, 216-219, 232

Item 12.

Description of securities other than equity securities

 

 

Debt securities

Not applicable

 

Warrants and rights

Not applicable

 

Other securities

Not applicable

 

American depositary shares

282

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part II

 

 

Item 13.

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

Not applicable

Item 14.

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

Not applicable

Item 15.

Controls and procedures

129, 267, 270-271

Item 16A.

Audit committee financial expert

32

Item 16B.

Code of ethics

28-30

Item 16C.

Principal accountant fees and services

32, 259

Item 16D.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for audit committees

Not applicable

Item 16E.

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

99-100, 242-245

Item 16F.

Changes in Registrant’s certifying accountant

Not applicable

Item 16G.

Corporate governance

22

Item 16H.

Mine safety disclosure

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part III

 

 

Item 17. & 18.

Financial statements

133-265

Item 19.

Exhibits

 

Consolidated income statements for the years ended 30 September 2015, 2014 and 2013

134

Consolidated balance sheets as at 30 September 2015 and 2014

136

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended 30 September 2015, 2014 and 2013

135

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended 30 September 2015, 2014 and 2013

139

Notes to the financial statements

140-265

Management’s report on the internal control over financial reporting

267

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

268-271

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

3

 

 



 

Guide 3 cross-reference index

 

 

 

Page

Part I Distribution of assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity; interest rates and interest differential

 

Average balance sheets

94, 161-163

Analysis of net interest earnings

88-89, 161-163

Volume and rate movement

88, 161-163

Part II Investment portfolio

 

Book value of investments

164-165

Maturity profile

165, 214-216

Book value and market value > 10% of shareholders

164-165

Part III Loan portfolio

 

Types of loans

166-167

Maturities and sensitivities of loans to changes in interest rates

168

Risk elements

 

Non-accrual, past due and restructured loans

97-98, 206-209

Potential problem loans

97-98

Foreign outstandings

124

Loan concentrations

123

Other interest bearing assets

164-165, 202-204

Part IV Summary of loan loss experience

 

Analysis of the allowance for loan losses

169-172

Allocation of the allowance for loan losses

169-172

Part V Deposits

174-175

Part VI Return on equity and assets

82-95

Part VII Short-term borrowings

176-177

 

 

 

 

4

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Guide 3 cross-reference index

 

 

This page is intentionally left blank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

5

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information on Westpac

 

Corporate governance

 

Directors’ report

 

Remuneration Report

 



 

Information on Westpac


 

Westpac is one of the four major banking organisations in Australia and one of the largest banking organisations in New Zealand. We provide a broad range of banking and financial services in these markets, including consumer1, business and institutional banking and wealth management services.

 

We have branches, affiliates and controlled entities2 throughout Australia, New Zealand, Asia and the Pacific region, and maintain branches and offices in some of the key financial centres around the world3.

 

We were founded in 1817 and were the first bank established in Australia. In 1850 we were incorporated as the Bank of New South Wales by an Act of the New South Wales Parliament. In 1982 we changed our name to Westpac Banking Corporation following our merger with the Commercial Bank of Australia. On 23 August 2002, we were registered as a public company limited by shares under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Corporations Act).

 

As at 30 September 2015, our market capitalisation was $95 billion4 and we had total assets of $812 billion.

 

Business strategy

 

Westpac’s vision is ‘To be one of the world’s great service companies, helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow’.

 

Our strategy seeks to deliver on this vision by providing superior returns for our shareholders, building deep and enduring customer relationships, being a leader in the community and being a place where the best people want to work.

 

In delivering on our strategy we are focussed on our core markets, including Australia and New Zealand, where we provide a comprehensive range of financial products and services that assist us in meeting the financial services needs of our customers. With our strong position in these markets, and over 13 million customers5, our focus is on organic growth, growing customer numbers in our chosen segments and building stronger and deeper customer relationships.

 

A key element of this approach is our portfolio of financial services brands, which enables us to appeal to a broader range of customers, and provides us with the strategic flexibility to offer solutions that better meet individual customer needs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

A consumer is defined as a person that uses our products and services. It does not include business entities.

 

 

2

Refer to Note 35 to the financial statements for a list of our material controlled entities as at 30 September 2015.

 

 

3

Contact details for our head office, major businesses and offshore locations can be found on the inside back cover.

 

 

4

Based on the closing share price of our ordinary shares on the ASX as at 30 September 2015.

 

 

5

All customers with an active relationship (excludes channel only and potential relationships) as at 30 September 2015.

 

 

Asia is an important market for us and we are progressively building our presence and capability across the region to better support Australian and New Zealand customers operating, trading and transacting in the region, along with Asian customers seeking financial solutions and services in Australia and New Zealand.

 

While we continue to build the business, the financial services environment remains challenging and has required us to maintain focus on strengthening our financial position while at the same time improving efficiency. This strengthening has involved lifting the level and quality of our capital, improving our funding and liquidity position and maintaining a high level of asset quality and provisioning.

 

While we are currently one of the most efficient banks globally, as measured by a cost to income ratio, we continue to focus on ways to simplify our business to make it easier for customers to do business with us and to make work more enjoyable for our people. We believe that these improvement efforts also contribute to reducing unit costs that create capacity for further investment for growth.

 

As part of our service-focussed strategy, in 2015 we embarked on a service revolution for our customers. This program is a substantial step-up in our strategy seeking to: provide a truly personal service for customers while better anticipating their needs; put customers in control of their finances; and innovate and simplify to reinvent the customer experience.  As part of our multi-year transformation, we implemented a new operating structure to increase clarity of accountability for transformation while simplifying and speeding up decision making.

 

We also recognise that digitisation is occurring at an accelerated pace and customer behaviours are changing. The service revolution responds to these trends with the support of digital technologies. This includes new services that make banking available 24/7 such as smart ATMs and our new online/mobile platform, Westpac Live. It extends to new banking apps that provide greater flexibility for customers to choose how to manage their finances, and it includes using digitisation to simplify our processes to provide a better customer experience. With market leading front-end systems, we are now focussed on aligning our technology architecture to our service strategy.

 

Sustainability is part of our strategy where we seek to anticipate and shape the most pressing emerging social issues where we have the skills and experience to make a meaningful difference and drive business value. Our approach seeks to make sustainability part of the way we do business, embedded in our strategy, values, culture and processes.

 

Supporting our customer focussed strategy is a strong set of company-wide values, which are embedded in our culture. These are:

 

§   delighting customers;

 

§   one team;

 

§   integrity;

 

§   courage; and

 

§   achievement.


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

7

 

 



 


 

 

Strategic priorities

 

To meet the challenges of the current environment and deliver on our strategy, we have established clear strategic priorities:

 

a) Performance discipline

 

§   to be the region’s best performing bank;

 

§   manage the business in a balanced way across strength, growth, return and productivity;

 

§   maintain strong levels of capital, to meet the needs of all our stakeholders and requirements of regulators;

 

§   continue to enhance our funding and liquidity position, including ensuring a diversity of funding pools and optimising the composition of customer deposits; and

 

§   maintain a high quality portfolio of assets, coupled with strong provisioning.

 

b) Service leadership

 

§   provide a seamless customer experience across all channels;

 

§   deepen relationships through context-based customer experiences; and

 

§   acquire new customers by making it simpler, easier and better for people to bank with us.

 

c) Digital transformation

 

§   create a 21st century, digitised bank with multi-brand capabilities;

 

§   simplify products and processes by digitising end-to-end; and

 

§   drive efficiency opportunities from digitisation and consolidation of systems.

 

d) Targeted growth

 

§   pursue growth opportunities; and

 

§   focus on stronger growth in small to medium enterprise, wealth and Asia.

 

e) Workforce revolution

 

§   focus on a customer service, high performance workforce and culture;

 

§   strengthen the skills of our people to better serve customers and meet their complete financial needs;

 

§   empower our people to drive innovation, deliver new and improved ways of working and be responsive to change; and

 

§   continue to enhance the diversity of our workforce.

 

 

 

Organisational structure

 

 

Our operations comprise five primary customer-facing business divisions operating under multiple brands serving around 13 million customers. Although Westpac announced in June 2015 that it would implement a new organisational structure for its Australian retail and business banking operations, up to 30 September 2015, the accounting and financial performance continued to be reported (both internally and externally) on the basis of the existing structure. That structure is as follows:

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking (Westpac RBB) is responsible for sales and service to consumer, small-to-medium enterprise (SME), commercial and agribusiness customers (with turnover of up to $100 million) in Australia under the Westpac brand. Activities are conducted through Westpac RBB’s network of branches, third party distributors, call centres, automatic teller machines (ATMs), EFTPOS terminals, internet and mobile banking services, business banking centres and specialised consumer and business relationship managers. Support is provided by cash flow, trade finance, transactional banking, financial markets, property finance and wealth specialists.

 

St.George Banking Group (St.George) is responsible for sales and service to consumer, SME and corporate customers (businesses with facilities up to $150 million) in Australia under the St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands. RAMS is a financial services group specialising in mortgages and online deposits. Activities are conducted through St.George’s network of branches, third-party distributors, call centres, ATMs, EFTPOS terminals, internet and mobile banking services, business banking centres and specialised consumer and business relationship managers. Support is provided by cash flow, trade finance, transactional banking, automotive and equipment finance, financial markets, property finance and wealth specialists.

 

BT Financial Group (BTFG) is Westpac’s Australian wealth division. BTFG’s funds management operations include the manufacturing and distribution of investment, superannuation and retirement products, investment platforms including BT Wrap and Asgard, private banking, financial planning as well as equity capability and broking. BTFG’s insurance solutions cover the manufacturing and distribution of life, general and lenders mortgage insurance. BTFG’s brands include Advance Asset Management, Ascalon, Asgard, BT, BT Select, Licensee Select, Securitor and the Advice, Private Banking and Insurance operations of Bank of Melbourne, BankSA, St.George and Westpac. In June 2015, Westpac announced the partial sale of its interest in BT Investment Management (BTIM). Following completion of the sale, Westpac’s holding in BTIM decreased from 59.1% of BTIM’s issued capital to 31.0%.

 

Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivers a broad range of financial services to commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers with connections to Australia and New Zealand; this includes a growing customer base in Asia. WIB operates through dedicated industry relationship and specialist product teams, with expert knowledge in transactional banking, financial and debt capital markets, specialised capital, and alternative investment solutions. Customers are supported through branches and subsidiaries located in Australia, New Zealand, Asia, the United States and the United Kingdom.


 

 

 

 

8

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac


 

Westpac New Zealand is responsible for the sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products for consumers, business and institutional customers in New Zealand. Westpac conducts its New Zealand banking business through two banks in New Zealand:

 

§   Westpac New Zealand Limited, which is incorporated in New Zealand; and

 

§   Westpac Banking Corporation (NZ Division), a branch of Westpac, which is incorporated in Australia.

 

The division operates via an extensive network of branches and ATMs across both the North and South Islands.

 

Business and institutional customers are also served through relationship and specialist product teams. Banking products are provided under the Westpac and WIB brands while insurance and wealth products are provided under Westpac Life and BT brands respectively.

 

Other divisions in the Group include:

 

§   Westpac Pacific, which provides banking services for retail and business customers in three Pacific Island Nations. Branches, ATMs, telephone banking and internet banking channels are used to deliver business activities in Fiji, Papua New Guinea (PNG) and Vanuatu. In July 2015, Westpac announced that it had sold its banking operations in Samoa, Cook Islands and Tonga to the Bank of South Pacific Limited (BSP). 

 

 

On 30 October 2015, Westpac sold its banking operations in the Solomon Islands to BSP. Westpac Pacific’s financial products include personal savings, business transactional accounts, personal and business lending products, business services and a range of international products;

 

§   Customer & Business Services, which encompasses banking operations, customer contact centres, product, marketing, compliance, legal and property services;

 

§   Group Technology, which comprises functions responsible for technology strategy and architecture, infrastructure and operations, applications development and business integration;

 

§   Treasury, which is primarily focussed on the management of the Group’s interest rate risk and funding requirements; and

 

§   Core Support, which comprises those functions performed centrally, including finance, risk and human resources.

 

These businesses are described in more detail in Section 2, including a summary of net profit and total assets by business division, and management’s discussion and analysis of business division performance.


 

 

For a description of the new organisational structure for Australian retail and business banking, see ‘Significant developments – new organisational structure’.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

9

 

 



 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

Across the Westpac Group, we believe in establishing a sustainable future for our operations and our stakeholders. This view is embedded in our strategy, values, culture and processes.

 

In practice, this means we seek to focus on anticipating and responding to the most pressing emerging issues that we believe will have a material impact on our customers, employees, suppliers, shareholders and the communities in which we operate, where we have the skills and experience to make a meaningful difference.

 

Guiding our approach

 

The Board has responsibility for considering the social, ethical and environmental impact of the Westpac Group’s activities, setting standards and monitoring compliance with Westpac’s sustainability policies and practices.

 

Our sustainability strategy is based upon the use of the widely accepted global standard for Corporate Responsibility and Sustainable Development, the AA1000 AccountAbility Principles Standard (2008).

 

Our sustainability principles

 

In line with AA1000, we have adopted the Standard’s three key principles:

 

§   involving all stakeholders in developing our strategy -Inclusivity;

 

§   evaluating all issues identified to determine the impact they may have on our stakeholders and our operations -  Sustainability materiality; and

 

§   ensuring our decisions, actions and performance, as well as our communication with stakeholders, are responsive to the issues identified – Responsiveness.

 

Inclusivity

 

Our approach to inclusivity during 2015 has included:

 

§   continuing work to understand and address customer concerns;

 

§   collaborating with key external stakeholders to inform our approach;

 

§   consulting with employees so as to better understand the drivers of strong employee engagement;

 

§   bringing together our General Managers with internal and external stakeholders to inform sustainability priorities and targets;

 

§   ongoing monitoring of our reputation across a wide range of mediums; and

 

§   working closely with numerous community organisations through employee volunteering, workplace giving and community support.

 

 

Sustainability materiality

 

As part of our annual materiality review we identify, prioritise and define issues according to their impact on our stakeholders and our business. These issues are reviewed externally and internally and are assessed by Ernst & Young as part of their assurance. Material issues identified in 2015 include:

 

§   the need to respond to changing customer expectations;

 

§   the effect of digitisation on the way customers and businesses interact and do business;

 

§   new regulatory requirements that are shaping the financial services industry; and

 

§   the importance of understanding and managing environmental, social and corporate governance risks within our value chain.

 

Responsiveness

 

The issues identified during our materiality review directly inform the development of our responses, objectives and performance measures.

 

In addition to the sustainable business practices embedded in our day to day activities (such as sustainable lending practices, community investment and evolving the way we interact with and serve our customers), we continue to track our progress against the sustainability strategy, which guides our efforts for 2013–2017.

 

As part of the strategy, we have set 10 measurable objectives in three priority areas, which are to:

 

§   help improve the way people work and live, as our society changes;

 

§   help find solutions to environmental challenges; and

 

§   help our customers to have a better relationship with money, for a better life.

 

During 2015 we have updated the targets within our sustainability strategy, reflecting stakeholder feedback, to include:

 

§   additional metrics to provide a more complete picture of our environmental performance, including a greenhouse gas emissions target for retail and commercial property and water and waste reduction targets;

 

§   a higher threshold for determining the green buildings included in our target for lending and investment to the CleanTech and environmental services sector, in line with industry trends; and

 

§   a new target to recruit 500 additional Indigenous Australians by 2017.


 

 

 

 

10

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 

Performance against sustainability objectives1

 

 

Priority

 

 

Objectives

 

Full year 2015 performance

 

 

 

 

 

Help improve the way people work and live as our society changes

  

Ensure our workforce is representative of the community.

  

§          Increased women in leadership2 to 46%, up from 44% in 2014.

§          Recruited an additional 150 Indigenous Australians.

§          Participation of mature age workers (50+) is 20.8%, down from 20.9% one year ago.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Extend length and quality of working lives.

 

§          Employee mean retirement age has remained steady at 61.6 years. The Group has continued to promote flexible working including training for people leaders and the creation of online training and tools to support a gradual transition to retirement.

§          A Wellbeing Policy was developed for the Group.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Anticipate the future product and service needs of ageing and culturally diverse customers.

 

§          Launched BTFG’s ‘Changing the Face of Advice’ program in October 2014, incorporating the Adviser View register with planner qualifications and customer ratings. The program also covers higher minimum educational and ethical standards for all BTFG planners and the launch of an Advice Commitment customer charter. The intent of the program is to give Australians access to better information on financial planning and planners.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Help find solutions to environmental challenges

 

Provide products and services to help customers adapt to environmental challenges.

 

§          Since 2013 launched five unique product/services, including the issuance of a green bond in September 2015 to directly fund renewable and green building projects in Australia.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase lending and investment in CleanTech and environmental services.

 

§          Following the introduction of a higher threshold for green buildings in line with industry trends, total TCE for the CleanTech and environmental services sector is $6.1 billion, still ahead of our $6 billion target by 2017.

§          60.7% of total energy financing is directed to renewable energy generation (including hydro, wind and solar).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reduce our environmental footprint.

 

§          Maintained carbon neutrality.

§          Achieved our power use effectiveness and energy efficiency targets of 1.7PUE and 197kWh/m2 respectively.

§          Recycling rates in Sydney head offices improved to 61%, tracking ahead of target.

§          Reached our stretch target of a 15% reduction in office paper two years ahead of schedule.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Help customers to have a better relationship with money, for a better life

 

Ensure all our customers have access to the right advice to achieve a secure retirement.

 

§          1,588 customer facing employees hold an externally recognised wealth accreditation, 90% against target.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Help our customers meet their financial goals in retirement.

 

§          The take-up of superannuation and retirement offers has been impacted by regulatory changes affecting the industry, including the Future of Financial Advice reforms. A new customer engagement and retention program commenced during the year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Increase access to financial services.

  

§          Met the Group’s 2015 target for Westpac Pacific with over 292,000 net basic banking accounts. In-store transaction volumes were over 391,000 and mobile banking activations over 58,000.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Help people gain access to social and affordable housing and services.

 

§          Loaned more than $1.0 billion to the social and affordable housing sector as at 30 September 2015, up from $0.82 billion as at 30 September 2014.

§          Construction commenced on 275 new affordable homes as part of the Group’s largest single community housing finance.

 

1           All results as at 30 September 2015 except environmental footprint which is as at 30 June 2015.

 

2           Women in leadership refers to the proportion of women (permanent and maximum term) in people leadership roles or senior roles of influence as a proportion of all leaders across the Group. It includes the Executive Team, General Managers, Senior Managers as direct reports to General Managers and the next two levels of management. Excludes Westpac Pacific.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

11

 

 



 

 

Five year non-financial summary1

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total customers (millions)2

 

13.1

 

12.8

 

12.2

 

11.8

 

11.5

Digitally active customers (millions)3

 

4.9

 

4.7

 

4.2

 

4.0

 

3.7

Branches

 

1,429

 

1,534

 

1,544

 

1,538

 

1,532

Branches with 24/7 capability (%)4

 

22

 

15

 

-

 

-

 

-

Number of ATMs

 

3,850

 

3,890

 

3,814

 

3,639

 

3,544

Smart ATMs (%)5

 

31

 

24

 

17

 

-

 

-

Net Promoter Score (NPS) Australia - consumer6

 

1.1

 

0.9

 

(2.4)

 

(7.7)

 

(7.7)

Net Promoter Score (NPS) Australia - business6

 

(0.7)

 

1.2

 

(5.3)

 

(10.8)

 

(7.0)

Net Promoter Score (NPS) NZ - consumer6

 

+5

 

+2

 

+8

 

+9

 

n/a3

Change in consumer complaints (%) - Australia

 

(31)

 

(27)

 

(15)

 

-

 

-

Change in consumer complaints (%) - NZ

 

(22)

 

(19)

 

(16)

 

-

 

-

Products per customer7

 

2.98

 

2.96

 

3.00

 

2.84

 

-

Wealth customer penetration (%)8

 

19.7

 

20.0

 

18.7

 

18.4

 

17.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total core (permanent) full time equivalent staff (number at financial year end)

 

32,620

 

33,586

 

33,045

 

33,418

 

33,898

Employee Voluntary Attrition (%)9

 

10.6

 

9.8

 

9.8

 

9.9

 

11.5

New Starter Retention (%)10

 

85.3

 

88.0

 

86.7

 

84.8

 

84

High Performer Retention (%)11

 

95.0

 

95.8

 

95.7

 

95.9

 

95.3

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)12

 

0.8

 

1.1

 

1.5

 

1.9

 

2.5

Women as a percentage of the total workforce (%)

 

59

 

59

 

60

 

61

 

61

Women in Leadership (%)13

 

46

 

44

 

42

 

40

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Environment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions - Aust and NZ (tonnes CO2-e)14

 

173,437

 

175,855

 

180,862

 

183,937

 

184,124

Total Scope 3 emissions - Aust and NZ (tonnes CO2-e)15

 

67,959

 

73,871

 

85,013

 

91,855

 

57,163

Paper Consumption - Aust and NZ (tonnes)16

 

4,857

 

5,334

 

5,762

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Responsible lending and investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proportion of electricity generation financing in renewables including hydro - Aust and NZ (%) 17

 

61

 

59

 

55

 

52

 

45

Electricity generation portfolio emissions intensity (tonnes CO2-e/MWh)18

 

0.38

 

0.41

 

0.44

 

-

 

-

Finance assessed under the Equator Principles - Group ($m)19

 

1,065

 

851

 

268

 

1,140

 

383

Responsible Investment Funds Under Management ($m)20

 

15,017

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Social impact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Community investment ($m)21

 

116

 

217

 

131

 

133

 

155

Community investment as a percentage of pre-tax profits - Group (%)

 

1.04

 

2.02

 

1.33

 

1.50

 

1.82

Community investment as a percentage of pre-tax operating profit (cash earnings basis)

 

1.02

 

1.99

 

1.28

 

1.41

 

1.72

Financial education (participants)22

 

60,342

 

49,812

 

32,577

 

36,182

 

42,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supply chain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Top suppliers self-assessed - Australia (%)23

 

100

 

100

 

98

 

94

 

92

Spend with Indigenous suppliers - Australia ($ million)24

 

1.2

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 

 

1           All data represents Group performance as at 30 September 2015 unless otherwise stated.

 

2           All customers with an active relationship (excludes channel only and potential relationships).

 

3           Refers to the number of customers registered for online banking and who have signed in online within the last 90 days as at 30 September.

 

4           Branches with 24/7 capability allowing customers to self-serve (for cash deposits and withdrawals) via a range of devices.

 

5           ATMs with deposit taking functionality. Excludes old style envelope deposit machines.

 

6           Net Promoter Score (NPS) measures the net likelihood of recommendation to others of the customer’s main financial institution for retail or business banking.  Net Promoter ScoreSM is a trademark of Bain & Co Inc., Satmetrix Systems, Inc., and Mr Frederick Reichheld. For retail banking, using a scale of 1 to 10 (1 means ‘very unlikely’ and 10 means ‘very likely’), the 1-6 raters (detractors) are deducted from the 9-10 raters (promoters). For business banking, using a scale of 0 to 10 (0 means ‘extremely unlikely’ and 10 means ‘extremely likely’), the 0-6 raters (detractors) are deducted from the 9-10 raters (promoters). NPS Consumer: Australia source - Roy Morgan Research, September 2011 – 2015, 6MMA. Westpac Group, Main Financial Institution (as defined by the customer). Consumers aged 14 or over; NZ source - NZ Retail market monitor provided by Camorra Research. NPS Business: Australia source: DBM Consultants Business Financial Services Monitor, September 2011 – 2015, 6MMA. Westpac Group, MFI customers, all businesses.

 

7           Roy Morgan Research, Respondents aged 18+, 6 month rolling average, September 2015. Products Per Customer (PPC) results are based on the total number of ‘Banking and Finance’ products from the ‘Institution Group’ held by a ‘Retail and Business Banking (RBB)’ customer. The figure is calculated by dividing the total number of Banking and Finance products held by ‘Retail and Business Banking (RBB)’ customers at the Institution Group by its total ‘Retail and Business Banking (RBB)’ number of customers.

 

8           Data based on Roy Morgan Research, Respondents aged 14+. 12 month average to September 2015. Wealth penetration is defined as the proportion of Australians who have a Deposit or Transaction Account, Mortgage, Personal Lending or Major Card with a Banking Group and also have Managed Investments, Superannuation or Insurance with the same Banking Group.

 

9           Employee Voluntary Attrition refers to the total voluntary separation of permanent employees over the 12 month average total permanent headcount for the period (includes full time, part time and maximum term employees). 2015 data includes Westpac Pacific (excluded in prior years).

 

10       Voluntary New Starter retention over the 12 month rolling New Starter headcount for the period (includes full time and part time permanent employees). Excludes Westpac Pacific.

 

11       Voluntary High Performer Retention over the 12 month rolling High Performer headcount for the period (includes full time, part time permanent and maximum term employees). Excludes Westpac Pacific.

 

12       Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) measures the number of Lost Time Injuries, defined as injuries or illnesses (based on workers compensation claims accepted) resulting in an employee being unable to work for a full scheduled day (or shift) other than the day (or shift) on which the injury occurred where work was a significant contributing factor, per one million hours worked in the rolling 12 months reported. Excludes Westpac Pacific.

 

13       Women in Leadership refers to the proportion of women (permanent and maximum term employees) in people leadership roles or senior roles of influence as a proportion of all leaders across the Group. Includes Executive Team, General Managers, Senior Managers as direct reports to General Managers and the next two levels of management. 2015 data includes Westpac Pacific (not included in prior years).

 

14       Scope 1 greenhouse emissions are the release of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere as a direct result of Westpac’s Australian and New Zealand banking operations. Scope 2 emissions are indirect greenhouse gas emissions from consumption of purchased electricity from Westpac’s Australian and New Zealand banking operations. Australian data is prepared in accordance with the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007. New Zealand data is prepared in accordance with the Guidance for Voluntary Corporate Greenhouse Gas Reporting published by the New Zealand Ministry for the Environment. These definitions also align with the GHG protocol and ISO 14064-1 standard and are reported for the period 1 July to 30 June.

 

15       Scope 3 emissions are greenhouse gases emitted as a consequence of Westpac’s Australian and New Zealand banking operations but by another facility. Australian data is prepared in accordance with the National Carbon Offset Standard. New Zealand data is prepared in accordance the New Zealand Ministry for the Environment for GHG reporting. These definitions also align with the GHG protocol and ISO 14064-1 standard and are reported for the period 1 July to 30 June.

 

16       Total copy paper purchased (in tonnes) by the Westpac Group as reported by its suppliers.

 

17       Measured as the percentage of indirect and direct financing (TCE) to energy generation assets in the Australian and New Zealand electricity markets.

 

18       Data is based on the reported exposures to energy generation (AUD lending only). The average financed carbon intensity is calculated by weighting each loan (total committed exposures) by the carbon intensity of each company.

 

19       The Equator Principles are a voluntary set of standards for determining, assessing and managing social and environmental risk in project financing.

 

20       BTFG funds applying an environmental, social and governance (ESG integration) approach. Data prior to 2015 not available due to change in reporting methodology.

 

21       This amount includes monetary contributions, time contributions, management costs and in-kind contributions comprising gifts and foregone fee revenue. The 2014 figure includes Westpac’s $100 million contribution to the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation.

 

22       Refers to the number of attendees (employees, customers and general public) at financial education courses and who access training courses offered by the Westpac Group. Excludes keynote presentations offered by the Davidson Institute.

 

23       Refers to suppliers in our top 80 by spend.

 

24       Annual spend with businesses that are 51% or more owned and operated by an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander person and certified with a relevant member organisation.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

13

 

 



 


 

Competition

 

The Westpac Group operates in a highly competitive environment across the regions in which we do business.

 

We serve the banking, wealth and risk management needs of customer segments from consumers to small businesses through to large corporate and institutional clients. The Westpac Group competes with other financial services industry players for customers, covering their transacting, saving, investing, protecting and borrowing needs with a wide set of products and services. Our competitors range from large global organisations with broad offerings to entities more focussed on specific regions or products. Our competitors include financial services and advisory companies such as banks, investment banks, credit unions, building societies, mortgage originators, credit card issuers, brokerage firms, fund and asset management companies, insurance companies and internet-based financial services providers. We operate in an environment where digital innovation is changing the competitive landscape and there are new competitors emerging from other sectors, including retail, technology and telecommunications.

 

Our competitive position across customer segments, products and geographies is determined by a variety of factors. These factors include:

 

§   the type of customer served;

 

§   customer service quality and convenience;

 

§   the effectiveness of, and access to, distribution channels;

 

§   brand reputation and preference;

 

§   the quality, range, innovation and pricing of products and services offered;

 

§   digital and technology solutions; and

 

§   the talent and experience of our employees.

 

In Australia, we have seen competition for deposits continue to be driven in part by clearer global regulatory requirements for liquidity management and balance sheet composition. Banks and other financial institutions also seek to achieve a higher proportion of high quality deposit funding as credit rating agencies and debt investors look for strong balance sheet positions in their assessment of quality institutions.

 

Competition for lending is also expected to remain high. At the same time, businesses and consumers are cautious about the global outlook and continue to reduce debt. The residential mortgage market continues to be highly competitive, with market participants seeking to maintain or expand their market share using price. This is expected to continue. Serving business customers’ transaction and trade financing needs has been at the centre of competitive activity as customer expectations increase.

 

In our wealth business, we expect competition to increase as financial institutions and industry funds move to capture a greater share of this fast growing market, particularly in superannuation (or pensions) and financial advice as the market responds to regulatory changes.

 

 

The New Zealand market is experiencing strong competition as banks vie for new customers. Competition for deposits remains intense and the home lending market is particularly competitive on price and switching incentives.

 

Outlook1

 

The Australian economy had another year of below trend growth as it continued to be buffeted by a slowdown in mining investment and a sharp fall in its terms of trade. At the same time, a cautious approach from households and businesses combined with governments seeking to reduce debt, has further limited growth.

 

The international outlook also softened over the year. Growth in China has been slower than most expected at the beginning of the year, and that slowdown has been a key catalyst to the fall in global commodity prices. With excess capacity in many industries, China’s growth rate seems set to slow further next year. In contrast, the US economy has lifted somewhat more quickly than anticipated with improved growth prospects expected to carry through to next year. Europe seems to have stabilised with a low, but nevertheless positive, growth outlook.

 

Within Australia, the 2016 outlook is for a modest lift in the real GDP growth rate back to trend which we now assess at around 2.75%. That compares with growth of around 2.2% over the last year.

 

The anticipated lift in the GDP growth rate reflects expectations for some improvement in household spending growth, non mining investment and exports. Partially offsetting these factors is expected to be a further contraction in mining investment and a smaller contribution from residential construction as residential investment peaks. These forecasts are predicated upon some further weakness in the Australian dollar; ongoing record low interest rates; and a stable year for Australia’s terms of trade.

 

A bright spot will be the ongoing recovery in Australia’s net exports of services which are benefitting from the more competitive Australian dollar. These sectors, along with health and professional services, are boosting jobs growth. Lead indicators point to the unemployment rate initially stabilising before drifting lower as economic growth improves.

 

Price pressures are expected to remain benign with core CPI inflation remaining well controlled and wages growth subdued. This backdrop is likely to be consistent with interest rates remaining around the current record lows.

 

Given this economic backdrop, financial system credit growth is expected to remain around current levels although there will be some modest rebalancing as property related growth slows in favour of other forms of business borrowing.

 

Growth in funds management is expected to remain solid as population growth and an ageing population continues to direct more savings to superannuation in preparation for retirement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           All data and opinions under ‘Outlook’ are generated by our internal economists and management.


 

 

 

 

14

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 


 

For Westpac, our five strategic priorities will continue to be our focus in the period ahead and assist in delivering on our service revolution. These include:

 

§   maintaining our performance disciplines – continuing to be prudent in the management of capital, seeking to maintain our ROE above 15%, and strength in our capital, funding and liquidity positions;

 

§   through service leadership, grow customer numbers by 1 million from 2015 to 2017 while also increasing the number (on average) of products each customer holds;

 

§   digital transformation is utilising technology to materially improve efficiency and reduce the Group’s cost to income ratio to below 40% over the next 3 years;

 

§   wealth, small and medium business enterprises and Asia continue to be our areas of targeted growth. These include our investment in a new wealth platform, called Panorama, and making business banking specialists more accessible through video conferencing technologies; and

 

§   through our workforce revolution priority, we are seeking to build a stronger and more diverse workforce where the best people want to work.

 

The financial services industry continues to be under significant regulatory change.  Globally this includes the expected release of a revised capital framework by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision while locally we also continue to expect further regulatory change.  Given the strength of our business, and our balance sheet, in both absolute terms and relative to peers, we are well placed to respond to any additional regulatory change.

 

Looking ahead, with our strong positioning, disciplined growth and solid operating performance across all divisions, combined with good progress on our strategic priorities, Westpac believes it is well positioned to continue delivering sustainable outcomes to shareholders.

 

Significant developments

 

Corporate significant developments

 

Appointment of new Chief Executive Officer

 

On 13 November 2014, Westpac announced the retirement of Gail Kelly as Chief Executive Officer effective 1 February 2015. The Westpac Board appointed Brian Hartzer as the Group’s CEO from 2 February 2015. Mr Hartzer was part of the Group’s executive team and was formerly the Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services, responsible for the Westpac Group’s retail, business banking and wealth businesses.

 

Inquiry into Australia’s Financial System

 

On 20 November 2013, the Federal Government formally announced the appointment of Mr David Murray AO to head an inquiry into Australia’s financial system (FSI).

 

The FSI’s terms of reference, announced on 20 December 2013, charged the FSI with examining how the financial system could be positioned to best meet Australia’s evolving needs and support Australia’s economic growth. Recommendations were to be aimed at fostering an efficient, competitive and flexible financial system, consistent with financial stability, prudence, public confidence and capacity to meet the needs of users.

 

The FSI’s Final Report made 44 recommendations relating to a broad number of matters across the financial sector. Westpac supported the majority of the recommendations during the Government’s consultation process, which was completed on 31 March 2015.

 

On 20 October 2015, the Government announced its formal response to the FSI’s recommendations. The Government endorsed the overwhelming majority of the recommendations across the five key areas the FSI considered: Resilience; Superannuation; Innovation; Consumer Outcomes; and the Regulatory System.

 

The Government will establish a number of consultation processes to consider detailed implementation. Westpac will continue to actively contribute to these ongoing consultations, which we expect to continue for a number of years.

 

FSI’s recommendations on bank capital

 

The Government’s response endorsed APRA’s actions to date in implementing the FSI’s capital-related recommendations, and confirmed APRA’s responsibility for the implementation of the remaining capital proposals.

 

To date, APRA has formally responded to two of the FSI’s recommendations. On 13 July 2015 APRA released the results of a study comparing the capital position of the Australian major banks against a group of international banking peers. The study was conducted by APRA in response to Recommendation 1 of the FSI that proposed Australian bank capital ratios should be in the top quartile of global peers to demonstrate the banks are ‘unquestionably strong.’

 

APRA’s study confirmed that the Australian major banks are well capitalised. Based on capital adequacy ratios as at 30 June 2014, the study found that the major banks would need to increase their capital adequacy ratios by at least 200 basis points to be comfortably positioned in the top quartile of their international peers over the medium to long term. In response, Westpac is undertaking a fully underwritten, pro rata accelerated renounceable entitlement offer to raise approximately $3.5 billion of ordinary equity, which will add approximately 100 basis points to Westpac’s Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio. Earlier this year, Westpac also completed a partial sale of its shareholding in BTIM, which increased Westpac’s CET1 capital ratio by 15 basis points. These developments are discussed in further detail below.

 

On 20 July 2015, APRA announced an interim change to how risk weighted assets (RWA) will be calculated on Australian residential mortgages for banks that use the Advanced Internal-Ratings Based (IRB) approach to credit risk. This change was in response to Recommendation 2 of the FSI regarding the differential in mortgage capital requirements between Advanced IRB and Standardised banks. The outcome of this change is expected to lead to the ratio of mortgage RWA to mortgage exposures for the Group increasing to approximately 25%, with an effective date of 1 July 2016.

 

Further changes relevant to regulatory capital requirements for Australian banks were also proposed by the FSI and are likely to result from current international regulatory reviews being undertaken by the Basel Committee on Banking

 


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

15

 

 



 


 

Supervision (BCBS) and the Financial Stability Board (FSB) considering leverage ratios, risk weight models for Advanced and Standardised banks, and Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) for Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs). The final outcomes of these reviews remain uncertain. APRA will be responsible for interpreting these international developments to Australia’s circumstances and their final impact will depend on APRA’s implementation.

 

Share entitlement offer

 

On 14 October 2015, Westpac announced it was undertaking a fully underwritten, pro rata accelerated renounceable entitlement offer to raise approximately $3.5 billion of ordinary equity. The equity raised will add approximately 100 basis points to Westpac’s CET1 capital ratio and will place Westpac’s CET1 capital ratio within the top quartile of banks globally, with a CET1 capital ratio of over 14% on an internationally comparable basis1. The capital raised responds to changes in mortgage risk weights that will increase the amount of capital required to be held against mortgages by more than 50%, with the increased regulatory requirement to be applied from 1 July 2016. To support the offer, Westpac also announced its unaudited preliminary Full Year 2015 result.

 

Interim DRP and partial DRP Underwrite

 

On 4 May 2015, Westpac announced that it would satisfy the dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) for the 2015 interim dividend by issuing Westpac ordinary shares at a 1.5% discount. Westpac also entered into an agreement to have the DRP on the 2015 interim dividend partially underwritten. Approximately $2 billion worth of Westpac ordinary shares were issued under the DRP and the partial DRP underwrite, which raised our CET1 capital ratio by 57 basis points.

 

Issue of Westpac Capital Notes 3

 

On 8 September 2015, Westpac, through its London branch, issued approximately $1.32 billion of securities known as Westpac Capital Notes 3, which qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital of Westpac under APRA’s capital adequacy framework.

 

Changes to accounting for technology investment spending

 

At its Strategy Update on 7 September 2015, Westpac announced that, in light of the Group’s revised technology and digital strategy, the rapid changes in technology, and evolving regulatory requirements, it was reviewing the accounting approach applied to investment spending. On 6 October 2015, Westpac announced that this review had been completed, resulting in various accounting changes. The balance sheet impact of these changes has seen a reduction in the technology assets balance of $505 million (pre-tax) reported as an expense in the Full Year 2015 statutory results. This has been excluded from cash earnings.

 

Sale of Westpac operations in four Pacific Island Nations

 

On 14 July 2015, Westpac announced the completion of the sale of its banking operations in the Cook Islands, Samoa and Tonga to BSP for $91 million. On 30 October 2015, Westpac completed the sale of its banking operations in the Solomon Islands for $23.6 million.

 

 

1 

The basis of the internationally comparable CET1 capital ratio aligns with the APRA study titled ‘International capital comparison study’ dated 13 July 2015.

 

The proposed sale of Westpac’s Vanuatu operations has not yet proceeded. Given the impact of Cyclone Pam in Vanuatu, the Reserve Bank of Vanuatu decided that now is not the time for a change of ownership in the country’s banking sector.

 

Partial sale of BTIM

 

On 16 June 2015, Westpac announced its intention to undertake a partial sale of its shareholding in BTIM by way of an Institutional Offer and a Retail Offer. The fully-underwritten Institutional Offer and Retail Offer resulted in the sale of 55 million and 27 million BTIM shares respectively at a price of $8.20 a share. Following completion of the sale, Westpac’s holding in BTIM decreased from 59.1% of BTIM’s issued capital to 31.0% and Westpac’s CET1 capital ratio increased by 15 basis points.

 

New organisational structure

 

On 10 June 2015, Westpac announced a new, simplified organisational structure for its Australian retail and business banking operations designed to accelerate the Group’s customer focussed strategy. Under the new structure, two new divisions have been created:

 

§   Consumer Bank – responsible for all consumer banking products and services under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands; and

 

§   Commercial & Business Bank – responsible for serving small and medium enterprises, commercial and agri-business customers, as well as asset and equipment finance. Specialist business bankers will continue to operate under their respective brands.

 

Each of these new divisions will be responsible for improving the end-to-end service experience of their respective customer segments and will have dedicated product, marketing and digital capabilities.

 

Litigation

 

Since 2011, Westpac has been served with three class action proceedings brought on behalf of customers seeking to recover exception fees paid by those customers. Similar class actions have been commenced against several other Australian banks. Westpac has agreed with the plaintiffs to put the proceedings against Westpac on hold, pending further developments in the litigation against one of those other banks. In April 2015, the Full Court of the Federal Court unanimously found all of the exception fees charged by that other bank to be lawful. The plaintiffs are currently appealing certain aspects of that judgment to the High Court of Australia. The appeal is scheduled to be heard in February 2016.

 

Tax developments

 

On 30 March 2015, the Australian Government released a Tax Discussion Paper that considers all aspects of the Australian tax system. It is intended to initiate debate on the future of Australia’s tax system. A public consultation process has commenced and is expected to continue over the next 12-18 months. The Discussion Paper does question the ongoing effectiveness of the dividend imputation system but it does not contain any recommendations or details of any proposed reforms. The impact of any changes to Westpac, its shareholders and customers cannot be determined until further details are released and any changes to the law made.

 


 

 

 

 

16

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 


 

Regulatory significant developments

 

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision

 

Regulatory reforms and significant developments arising in relation to changes initiated by the BCBS and the FSB include:

 

Global Systemically Important Financial Institutions (G-SIFIs)

 

Each year in November the FSB publishes the list of identified G-SIBs and specifies the higher capital requirements proposed for each. These increased capital requirements will be phased in from January 2016. Westpac has not been named as a G-SIB. However the BCBS has issued a framework for extending the SIFIs requirements to domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs).

 

Capital

 

In 2010, the BCBS outlined the Basel III capital framework for banks globally as follows:

 

§   an increase in the minimum common equity requirement from 2.0% to 4.5%;

 

§   an increase in the minimum Tier 1 capital requirement from 4.0% to 6.0%;

 

§   a capital conservation buffer at 2.5%, to be met with common equity; and

 

§   a countercyclical buffer of between 0% to 2.5% to be met with common equity or other fully loss absorbing capital.

 

APRA’s adoption of the framework has required Australian Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions (ADIs) such as Westpac to meet the above minimum capital requirements from 1 January 2013 and the capital conservation buffer in full from its introduction date of 1 January 2016. In December 2013 APRA released its approach for implementing a D-SIB framework in Australia. Westpac is one of four Australian banks which APRA has identified as a D-SIB. APRA has proposed that each D-SIB, including Westpac, will have to meet a higher loss absorbency requirement of 1% to be met by common equity. The 1% requirement will be added to the capital conservation buffer effectively increasing the buffer from 2.5% to 3.5%. The countercyclical buffer is not currently required.

 

Westpac’s current capital levels are already above the regulatory requirement that will apply from 1 January 2016 (including the 3.5% capital conservation buffer).

 

Increased loss absorbency

 

In November 2014 the FSB issued a consultation paper for enhancing the Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) for G-SIBs to operate alongside the Basel III capital requirements. These proposals form part of the G20’s initiatives aimed at ‘Ending too-big-to-fail’ and ensuring that the resolution of a failing G-SIFI can be carried out without causing systemic disruption or resorting to taxpayer support. The FSB has stated that the TLAC requirement would not be introduced before 2019 and it is not known at this stage whether there is any intention to extend the requirement beyond G-SIBs.

 

 

The FSI had recommended the implementation in Australia of a framework for minimum loss absorbing and recapitalisation capacity sufficient to facilitate the orderly resolution of ADIs and minimise taxpayer support. In its response to the FSI, the Government endorsed APRA to implement the recommendation in line with emerging international practice.

 

Reform of the risk-based capital framework

 

In December 2014, the BCBS released two consultation papers on proposals for Capital Floors and proposed revisions to the Standardised Approach for Credit Risk, which puts forward possible amendments to the risk weighted asset framework for capital. The measures are in addition to ongoing consultation work of the BCBS on reforms to capital treatment of operational risk and market risk. In combination these reform measures are intended to improve the consistency and comparability of bank capital ratios. However, further clarity from BCBS is not expected before the end of 2015 after which APRA will need to consult on, and then finalise, the Australian standards. Until that time, it is not possible to determine the impact on Westpac.

 

Leverage ratio

 

The Basel III capital framework also introduced a leverage ratio requirement. The BCBS proposes that introducing a simple, non-risk based leverage ratio requirement would act as a credible supplementary measure to the risk-based capital requirements. In January 2014, the BCBS published an amended leverage ratio framework. In May 2015, APRA released new disclosure requirements in relation to the leverage ratio which will initially only apply to select ADIs, including Westpac, and from 1 July 2015 required the disclosure of the leverage ratio on a quarterly basis. The proposed timetable for implementation of the leverage ratio provides for testing and recalibration of the framework to occur until 2017 and migration of the final standard to a Pillar 1 requirement from January 2018.

 

OECD Common Reporting Standard

 

The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) has developed Common Reporting Standard (CRS) rules for the automatic exchange of financial account information amongst OECD member states.

 

CRS will require the Westpac Group to identify the tax residency of all customers and to report the tax residency and account details of non-resident customers to the relevant authorities in jurisdictions in which the CRS rules operate.

 

Subject to final legislation, it is currently intended that Australian financial institutions can voluntarily implement the rules from 1 January 2017, but will have to be compliant from 1 January 2018. The rules could impose additional costs and operational burdens on Westpac.

 

Certain countries (such as the United Kingdom and India) will implement the rules with effect from 1 January 2016. Westpac is implementing changes to its business operations to comply with the CRS requirements in these countries from 1 January 2016.

 


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

17

 

 



 


 

OTC derivatives reform

 

The international regulatory reforms relating to over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives continue to be implemented by financial regulators across the globe.

 

In Australia, Westpac commenced reporting OTC derivatives transactions to a Prescribed Repository in accordance with the Derivative Transaction Rules (Reporting) 2013 on 1 October 2013. Westpac continues to work with ASIC and industry associations in relation to the implementation of these rules and the phase-in of requirements to other industry participants.

 

On 8 September 2015, the Australian Government enacted regulations imposing a central clearing mandate for prescribed classes of interest rate derivatives denominated in Australian Dollar, US Dollar, Euro, Japanese Yen and British Pounds. This mandate is imposed on major domestic and foreign banks that act as dealers in the Australian OTC derivatives market. ASIC is currently consulting with industry on final clearing rules and the expected compliance date with the regulations is April 2016.

 

As a provisionally-registered Swap Dealer with the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), Westpac is subject to a range of entity-level and transaction-level requirements pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

Pursuant to the European Market Infrastructure Regulations (EMIR) established by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), from October 2014, Westpac is subject to certain risk mitigation obligations in relation to OTC Derivatives traded with European counterparties or through its London Branch. Further, Westpac will be subject to a central clearing mandate for certain interest rate derivatives with European counterparties by April 2016.

 

Westpac is also subject to OTC derivatives trade reporting regulations imposed by the Monetary Authority of Singapore and various provincial financial regulators in Canada.

 

Westpac continues to monitor developments in response to requirements imposed by international regulators. These include regulations published by the CFTC and the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Dodd-Frank Act; by the ESMA and local European financial regulators under the EMIR and Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID II); and by various financial regulators in Asia and Canada. Westpac also continues to monitor the international response to the final policy framework for establishing margin requirements for uncleared OTC derivatives as published by the BCBS and the International Organisation of Securities Commission (IOSCO) on 2 September 2013.

 

United States

 

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)

 

Provisions commonly referred to as FATCA and related US Treasury regulations generally require Foreign Financial Institutions (FFIs), such as Westpac, to enter into an FFI agreement (if they are not subject to the provisions of a Model 1 Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA)) under which they agree to identify and provide the US Internal Revenue Service (IRS) with information on certain US connected accounts, or otherwise face 30% withholding tax on certain payments made to the FFI. In addition, FFIs that have entered into an FFI agreement will be required to withhold on certain payments

 

made to FFIs that are neither party to an FFI agreement nor subject to an IGA and certain account holders that fail to provide prescribed information. The Australian Government signed an IGA with the United States on 28 April 2014, which came into force on 30 June 2014. The Australian IGA, and any IGAs that may be concluded between the US and other countries in which Westpac conducts business, will relieve Westpac of the requirement to withhold on payments to, or close, certain accounts, and will provide certain other benefits.

 

Westpac has implemented changes to its business operations to comply with the requirements of FATCA across all jurisdictions in which it operates. Westpac has entered into an FFI agreement with respect to its branches and affiliated FFIs not located in countries that have entered into an IGA. Compliance with FATCA will continue to give rise to significant ongoing costs and operational burdens for Westpac.

 

New Zealand

 

Regulatory reforms and significant developments in New Zealand include:

 

Financial Markets Conduct Act (FMCA)

 

The FMCA overhauls New Zealand’s securities law regime and impacts various aspects of Westpac New Zealand’s business. It has introduced changes to product disclosure and governance together with new licensing and registration requirements as well as new fair dealing provisions. The use of product disclosure statements is being implemented, supported by an online register of other material documentation. The FMCA was enacted in September 2013. Most of its provisions, as well as new regulations setting out the detail of the regime, came into force on 1 December 2014, subject to transitional provisions of up to two years. The majority of the fair dealing requirements in the FMCA came into force in April 2014.

 

Credit law reform/responsible lending

 

The Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Amendment Act 2014 received Royal Assent in June 2014 and came into full effect in June 2015. The Act reformed the entire suite of legislation that governs consumer credit contracts. It created new responsible lending principles and provided for a regulatory responsible lending code, which was issued in March 2015. Consumer protections were also being strengthened by changes to provisions on disclosure, fees, hardship and ‘oppressive’ contracts.

 

Consumer law reform

 

The Consumer Law Reform Bill was passed in December 2013. The Bill amended six separate Acts, including the Fair Trading Act. Among the amendments introduced into the Fair Trading Act were prohibitions on unfair contract terms and on making unsubstantiated representations about a product or service and new provisions regulating uninvited direct sales. The unfair contract terms provisions came into force in March 2015. The unsubstantiated representations prohibitions and uninvited direct sales provisions came into effect in June 2014.

 

Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) – housing review stage two – residential property investors

 

The RBNZ has concluded stage two of its housing review and is amending its Capital Adequacy Frameworks to

 


 

 

 

 

18

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 


 

provide for a new asset class treatment for property investor residential mortgage loans. The new classification, which applies to all locally incorporated banks, will apply from 1 November 2015 for new lending. Banks will be required to classify their existing residential loans by 31 October 2016.  The capital requirements for this lending will increase as a higher risk weighting will apply than for owner occupied residential mortgage lending.

 

RBNZ – New loan to value ratio (LVR) restrictions

 

Restrictions on high LVR lending are part of the RBNZ’s macro-prudential policy framework and have been in place since October 2013. In May 2015 the RBNZ announced that in response to growing market risk from the Auckland housing market it was proposing changes to its LVR policy. From 1 November 2015 there will be a 5 percent limit on property investor residential mortgage lending in the Auckland region where the LVR is above 70 percent. Restrictions on residential mortgage lending to owner occupiers in Auckland will continue to be 10 percent where the LVR exceeds 80 percent. For residential mortgage lending in other parts of New Zealand the limit on lending where the LVR exceeds 80 percent will be increased to 15 percent from 10 percent.

 

RBNZ – Review of outsourcing policy

 

In August 2015 the RBNZ released a consultation paper proposing revisions to its Outsourcing Policy (BS11). The RBNZ considers that the Outsourcing Policy is closely linked to its Open Bank Resolution (OBR) Policy and the proposed changes reflect this. In summary, the RBNZ is proposing to broaden the functionality that a bank would need to continue delivering in the event of statutory management and is proposing three areas where outsourcing to related parties would be prohibited. In this respect the RBNZ is seeking to ensure that the bank has direct ownership and control over certain data that would be required to enable the bank to calculate its financial positions at the end of each business day. In particular it must have its own SWIFT gateway and licence for the processing of transactions, and it should be able to undertake its regulatory reporting using its own data. The RBNZ is also proposing that banks be required to notify the RBNZ about proposals to outsource prior to an agreement being entered into and that a notice of non-objection be obtained in some or all instances. Submissions close in December 2015.

 

 

Supervision and regulation

 

Australia

 

Within Australia we are subject to supervision and regulation by six principal agencies: APRA; the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA); the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC); the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX); the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC); and the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (AUSTRAC).

 

APRA is the prudential regulator of the Australian financial services industry. It oversees banks, credit unions, building societies, general insurance and re-insurance companies, friendly societies and most of the superannuation (pension) industry. APRA’s role includes establishing and enforcing prudential standards and practices designed to ensure that, under all reasonable circumstances, financial promises made by the institutions it supervises are met within a stable, efficient and competitive financial system.

 

As an ADI, we report prudential information to APRA including information in relation to capital adequacy, large exposures, credit quality and liquidity. Our controlled entities in Australia that are authorised insurers and trustees of superannuation funds are also subject to the APRA regulatory regime. Reporting is supplemented by consultations, on-site inspections and targeted reviews. Our external auditors also have an obligation to report on compliance with certain statutory and regulatory banking requirements and on any matters that in their opinion may have the potential to materially prejudice the interests of depositors and other stakeholders.

 

Australia’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are based on the approach agreed upon by the BCBS. National discretion is then applied to that approach which results in Australia’s capital requirements being more stringent. Refer to ‘Capital resources – Basel Capital Accord’ in Section 2.

 

The RBA is responsible for monetary policy, maintaining financial system stability and promoting the safety and efficiency of the payments system. The RBA is an active participant in the financial markets, manages Australia’s foreign reserves, issues Australian currency notes and serves as banker to the Australian Government.

 

ASIC is the national regulator of Australian companies. Its primary responsibility is to regulate and enforce company, consumer credit, financial markets and financial services laws that protect consumers, investors and creditors. With respect to financial services, it promotes fairness and transparency by providing consumer protection, using regulatory powers to enforce laws relating to deposit-taking activities, general insurance, life insurance, superannuation, retirement savings accounts, securities (such as shares, debentures and managed investments) and futures contracts and financial advice. ASIC has responsibility for supervising trading on Australia’s domestic licensed markets and of trading participants.

 

The ASX operates Australia’s primary national market for trading of securities issued by listed companies. Some of our securities (including our ordinary shares) are listed on the ASX and we therefore have obligations to comply with the ASX Listing Rules, which have statutory backing under the Corporations Act 2001. The ASX has responsibility for the oversight of listed entities under the ASX Listing Rules and for monitoring and enforcing compliance with the ASX

 


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

19

 

 



 


 

Operating Rules by its market, clearing and settlement participants.

 

The ACCC is an independent statutory authority responsible for the regulation and prohibition of anti-competitive and unfair market practices and mergers and acquisitions in Australia. Its broad objective is to administer the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 and related legislation to bring greater competitiveness, fair trading, consumer protection and product safety to the Australian economy. The ACCC’s role in consumer protection complements that of Australian state and territory consumer affairs agencies that administer the unfair trading legislation of their jurisdictions.

 

The Australian Government’s present policy, known as the ‘four pillars policy’, is that there should be no fewer than four major banks to maintain appropriate levels of competition in the banking sector. Under the Financial Sector (Shareholding) Act 1998, the Australian Government’s Treasurer must approve an entity acquiring a stake of more than 15% in a financial sector company.

 

Proposals for foreign acquisitions of a stake in Australian banks are subject to the Australian Government’s foreign investment policy and, where required, approval by the Australian Government under the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975. For further details refer to ‘Limitations affecting security holders’ in Section 4.

 

AUSTRAC oversees the compliance of Australian reporting entities including Westpac, within the requirements under the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 and the Financial Transaction Reports Act 1988. These requirements include:

 

§   implementing programs for identifying and monitoring customers, and for managing the risks of money laundering and terrorism financing;

 

§   reporting suspicious matters, threshold transactions and international funds transfer instructions; and

 

§   submitting an annual compliance report.

 

AUSTRAC provides financial information to state, territory and Australian federal law enforcement, security, social justice and revenue agencies, and certain international counterparts.

 

New Zealand

 

The RBNZ is responsible for supervising New Zealand registered banks. The New Zealand prudential supervision regime requires that registered banks publish quarterly disclosure statements, which contain information on financial performance and risk positions as well as attestations by the directors about the bank’s compliance with its conditions of registration and certain other matters.

 

The FMA is New Zealand’s financial conduct regulator. Its main objective is to promote and facilitate the development of fair, efficient, and transparent financial markets. Its functions include promoting the confident and informed participation of businesses, investors, and consumers in those markets. The Financial Markets Conduct Act, which was passed in 2013, resulted in the FMA having extensive new responsibilities in the licensing and supervision of various market participants as well as new enforcement powers.

 

United States

 

Our New York branch is a US federally licensed branch and therefore is subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the US Federal Reserve) under the US International Banking Act of 1978 (IBA) and related regulations.

 

A US federal branch must maintain, with a US Federal Reserve member bank, a capital equivalency deposit as prescribed by the US Comptroller of the Currency, which is at least equal to 5% of its total liabilities (including acceptances, but excluding accrued expenses, and amounts due and other liabilities to other branches, agencies, and subsidiaries of the foreign bank).

 

In addition, a US federal branch is subject to periodic onsite examination by the US Comptroller of the Currency. Such examination may address risk management, operations, asset quality, compliance with the record-keeping and reporting, and any additional requirements prescribed by the US Comptroller of the Currency from time to time.

 

A US federal branch of a foreign bank is, by virtue of the IBA, subject to the receivership powers exercisable by the US Comptroller of the Currency.

 

We are not a Financial Holding Company as defined in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999.

 

Westpac and some of its affiliates are engaged in various activities that are subject to regulation by other US federal regulatory agencies including the US Securities & Exchange Commission and the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

Anti-money laundering regulation and related requirements

 

Australia

 

Westpac has a Group-wide program to manage its obligations under the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006. We continue to actively engage with the regulator, AUSTRAC, on our activities.

 

United States

 

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 requires US financial institutions, including the US branches of foreign banks, to take certain steps to prevent, detect and report individuals and entities involved in international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The required actions include verifying the identity of financial institutions and other customers and counterparties, terminating correspondent accounts for foreign ‘shell banks’ and obtaining information about the owners of foreign bank clients and the identity of the foreign bank’s agent for service of process in the US. The anti-money laundering compliance requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act include requirements to adopt and implement an effective anti-money laundering program, report suspicious transactions or activities, and implement due diligence procedures for correspondent and other customer accounts. Westpac’s New York branch and its other US operations maintain an anti-money laundering compliance program designed to address US legal requirements.

 


 

 

 

 

20

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information on Westpac

 


 

US economic and trade sanctions, as administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), prohibit or significantly restrict US financial institutions, including the US branches and operations of foreign banks, and other US persons from doing business with certain persons, entities and jurisdictions. Westpac’s New York branch and its other US operations maintain compliance programs designed to comply with OFAC sanctions programs, and Westpac has a Group-wide program to ensure adequate compliance.

 

Legal proceedings

 

Our entities are defendants from time to time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of our business and material legal proceedings, if any, are described in Note 31 to the financial statements and under ‘Significant developments’ above. As appropriate, a provision has been raised in respect of these proceedings and disclosed in the financial statements.

 

Principal office

 

Our principal office is located at 275 Kent Street, Sydney, New South Wales, 2000, Australia. Our telephone number for calls within Australia is (+61) 2 9374 7113 and our international telephone number is (+61) 2 9293 9270.

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

21

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 


 

Introduction

 

This Corporate Governance Statement, which has been approved by the Board, describes our corporate governance framework, policies and practices as at 2 November 2015.

 

Framework and approach

 

Our approach to corporate governance is based on a set of values and behaviours that underpin day-to-day activities, provide transparency and fair dealing, and seek to protect stakeholder interests.

 

This approach includes a commitment to excellence in governance standards, which Westpac sees as fundamental to the sustainability of our business and our performance. It includes monitoring local and global developments in corporate governance and assessing their implications.

 

We have equity securities listed on securities exchanges in Australia, New Zealand and the United States.

 

Australia

 

We comply with the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations with 2014 amendments (ASXCGC Recommendations) published by the ASX Limited’s Corporate Governance Council (ASXCGC). We must also comply with the Corporations Act and as an ADI must comply with governance requirements prescribed by APRA under Prudential Standard CPS 510 (Governance).

 

This statement addresses each of the eight ASXCGC Recommendations with an explanation of our corporate governance practices, demonstrating our compliance with each Recommendation.

 

Further details about the ASXCGC Recommendations can be found on the ASX Limited (ASX) website www.asx.com.au.

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac also has ordinary shares quoted on the NZX, which is the main board equity security market operated by NZX Limited. As an overseas listed issuer in New Zealand, we are deemed to satisfy and comply with the NZX Listing Rules, provided that we remain listed on the ASX and comply with the ASX Listing Rules.

 

The ASX, through the ASXCGC Recommendations, and NZX, through the NZX Corporate Governance Best Practice Code, have adopted similar ‘comply or explain’ approaches to corporate governance. However, the ASXCGC Recommendations may materially differ from the corporate governance rules and the principles of NZX’s Corporate Governance Best Practice Code.

 

United States

 

Westpac has American Depositary Shares (ADS) representing its ordinary shares quoted on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), trading under the symbol WBK.  Under the NYSE Listing Rules, foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home country practice in respect of corporate governance in lieu of the NYSE Listing Rules. However, we are still required to comply with certain audit committee and additional notification requirements.

 

We comply in all material respects with all NYSE Listing Rules applicable to us.

 

 

Under the NYSE Listing Rules, foreign private issuers are required to disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic US companies. We have compared our corporate governance practices to the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE Listing Rules and note the significant differences below.

 

The NYSE Listing Rules require that, subject to limited exceptions, shareholders be given the opportunity to vote on equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans.

 

In Australia there are no laws or securities exchange listing rules that require shareholder approval of equity based incentive plans or individual grants under those plans (other than for Directors, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO)).

 

Westpac’s employee equity plans have been disclosed in the Remuneration Report in Section 9 of the Directors’ report, which is subject to a non-binding shareholder vote at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) and grants to our CEO are approved by shareholders. The details of all grants under our equity-based incentive plans have been disclosed in Note 37 of our financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2015.

 

The NYSE Listing Rules provide that the Board Nominations Committee’s responsibilities should include selecting, or recommending that the Board select, the Director nominees for the next annual meeting for shareholders, and overseeing the evaluation of the Board. The Board, rather than the Board Nominations Committee, reviews and recommends the Director nominees for election at the AGM and undertakes an annual review of its performance.

 


 

 

 

 

22

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 

Governance framework

 

 

The diagram above shows the current Committees of the Board. From time to time the Board may form other Committees or request Directors to undertake specific extra duties.

 

In addition, from time to time the Board participates (either directly or through representatives) in due diligence committees in relation to strategic decisions, capital and funding activities.

 

The Executive Team, Disclosure Committee and Executive Risk Committees are not Board Committees (that is, they have no delegation of authority from the Board) but sit beneath the CEO and the Board Committees to implement Board-approved strategies, policies and management of risk across the Group.

 

The key functions of the Board and each of the Board Committees are outlined in this Corporate Governance Statement. All Board Committee Charters are available on our corporate governance website at www.westpac.com.au/corpgov.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

23

 

 



 


 

Board, Committees and oversight of management

 

Board of Directors

 

Roles and responsibilities

 

The Board Charter outlines the roles and responsibilities of the Board. Key responsibilities in summary are:

 

§   approving the strategic direction of Westpac Group;

 

§   evaluating Board performance and determining Board size and composition;

 

§   considering and approving the Westpac Board Renewal Policy;

 

§   appointing and determining the duration, remuneration and other terms of appointment of the CEO, Deputy CEO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and other Group Executives;

 

§   determining the remuneration of persons whose activities in the Board’s opinion affects the financial soundness of Westpac, any person specified by APRA, and any other person the Board determines;

 

§   evaluating the performance of the CEO;

 

§   succession planning for the Board, CEO and Group Executives;

 

§   approving the appointment of Group Executives, General Manager Group Audit and Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel and monitoring the performance of senior management;

 

§   approving the annual targets and financial statements and monitoring performance against forecast and prior periods;

 

§   determining our dividend policy;

 

§   determining our capital structure;

 

§   approving our risk management strategy and frameworks, and monitoring their effectiveness;

 

§   considering the social, ethical and environmental impact of our activities and monitoring compliance with our sustainability policies and practices;

 

§   monitoring Workplace Health and Safety (WHS) issues in Westpac Group and considering appropriate WHS reports and information;

 

§   maintaining an ongoing dialogue with Westpac’s auditors and, where appropriate, principal regulators; and

 

§   internal governance including delegated authorities, policies for appointments to our controlled entity Boards and monitoring resources available to senior executives.

 

 

Delegated authority

 

The Constitution and the Board Charter enable the Board to delegate to Committees and management.

 

The roles and responsibilities delegated to the Board Committees are captured in the Charters of each of the five established Committees, namely:

 

§   Audit;

 

§   Risk & Compliance;

 

§   Nominations;

 

§   Remuneration; and

 

§   Technology.

 

The Board Charter, Board Committee Charters and the Constitution are available on our corporate governance website www.westpac.com.au/corpgov.

 

The Delegated Authority Policy Framework outlines principles to govern decision-making within the Westpac Group, including appropriate escalation and reporting to the Board. The Board has also delegated to the CEO, and through the CEO to other executives, responsibility for the day-to-day management of our business. The scope of, and limitations to, management delegated authority is clearly documented and covers areas such as operating and capital expenditure, funding and securitisation, and lending. These delegations balance effective oversight with appropriate empowerment and accountability of management.

 

Independence

 

Together, the Board members have a broad range of relevant financial and other skills and knowledge, combined with the extensive experience necessary to guide our business. Details are set out in Section 1 of the Directors’ report.

 

All of our Non-executive Directors satisfy our criteria for independence, which align with the guidance provided in the ASXCGC Recommendations and the criteria applied by the NYSE and the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

 

The Board assesses the independence of our Directors on appointment and annually. Each Director provides an annual attestation of his or her interests and independence.

 

Directors are considered independent if they are independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the exercise of their unfettered and independent judgment. Materiality is assessed on a case by case basis by reference to each Director’s individual circumstances rather than by applying general materiality thresholds.

 

Each Director is expected to disclose any business or other relationship that he or she has directly, or as a partner, shareholder or officer of a company or other entity that has an interest in Westpac or a related entity. The Board considers information about any such interests or relationships, including any related financial or other details, when it assesses the Director’s independence.

 


 

 

 

 

24

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 

Size and membership of Board Committees as at 30 September 2015

 

 

 

Status

 

Board Audit
Committee

 

Board Risk &
Compliance
Committee

 

Board Nominations
Committee

 

Board Remuneration
Committee

 

Board
Technology
Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay
Maxsted

 

Chairman,
Non-executive,
Independent

 

ü

 

ü

 

Chair
ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

CEO, Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth
Bryan

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

 

 

Chair
ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

 

 

ü

 

ü

 

Chair
ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alison Deans

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craig Dunn

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert
Elstone

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter
Hawkins

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

Chair
ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Marriott

 

Non-executive,
Independent

 

Chair
ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The charts below demonstrate that our Board comprises a majority of independent Directors and show the tenure of our current Non-executive Directors.

 

Length of tenure of Non-executive Directors

Balance of Non-executive and Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

25

 

 



 


Chairman

 

The Board elects one of the independent Non-executive Directors as Chairman. Our Chairman is Lindsay Maxsted, who became Chairman on 14 December 2011. The Chairman’s role includes:

 

§   providing effective leadership to the Board in relation to all Board matters;

 

§   guiding the agenda and conducting all Board meetings;

 

§   in conjunction with the Company Secretaries, arranging regular Board meetings throughout the year, confirming that minutes of meetings accurately record decisions taken and, where appropriate, the views of individual Directors;

 

§   overseeing the process for appraising Directors and the Board as a whole;

 

§   overseeing Board succession;

 

§   acting as a conduit between management and the Board, and being the primary point of communication between the Board and CEO;

 

§   representing the views of the Board to the public; and

 

§   taking a leading role in creating and maintaining an effective corporate governance system.

 

CEO

 

Our CEO is Brian Hartzer. The CEO’s role includes:

 

§   leadership of the management team;

 

§   developing strategic objectives for the business; and

 

§   the day-to-day management of the Westpac Group’s operations.

 

Board meetings

 

The Board had eight scheduled meetings for the financial year ended 30 September 2015, with additional meetings held as required. In addition to the Board considering strategic matters at each Board meeting, the Board also discusses our strategic plan and approves our overall strategic direction on an annual basis. The Board also conducts a half year review of our strategy. The Board conducts workshops on specific subjects relevant to our business throughout the year. Board meetings are characterised by robust exchanges of views, with Directors bringing their experience and independent judgement to bear on the issues and decisions at hand.

 

Non-executive Directors regularly meet without management present, so that they can discuss issues appropriate to such a forum. In all other respects, senior executives are invited, where considered appropriate, to participate in Board meetings. They also are available to be contacted by Directors between meetings.

 

Meetings attended by Directors for the financial year ended 30 September 2015 are reported in Section 8 of the Directors’ report.

 

Nomination and appointment

 

As set out in its Charter, the Board Nominations Committee is responsible for:

 

§   developing and reviewing policies on Board composition, strategic function and size;

 

§   reviewing and making recommendations to the Board annually on diversity generally within the Westpac Group, measurable objectives for achieving diversity and progress in achieving those objectives;

 

§   planning succession of the Non-executive Directors;

 

§   reviewing the process for the orientation and education of new Directors and any continuing education for existing Directors;

 

§   reviewing eligibility criteria for the appointment of Directors;

 

§   recommending appointment of Directors to the Board; and

 

§   considering and recommending candidates for appointment to the Boards of relevant subsidiaries.

 

Westpac seeks to maintain a Board of Directors with a broad range of financial and other skills, experience and knowledge necessary to guide the business of the Westpac Group. Westpac seeks to maintain a diverse Board which at a minimum collectively has:

 

§         strategic capabilities and commercial acumen;

 

§         an understanding of the financial services industry (including wealth management) and global business perspectives;

 

§         accounting or related financial management qualifications and experience;

 

§         an understanding of risk management;

 

§         an understanding of the application of technology in large complex businesses;

 

§         a background in, or understanding of, customer insights and customer strategy;

 

§         knowledge of governance and compliance matters in highly regulated listed entities;

 

§         experience in people matters including workplace cultures, morale, management development, succession and remuneration;

 

§         experience on the boards of other significant listed companies; and

 

§         an ability to contribute to gender diversity.

 

The Board Nominations Committee considers and makes recommendations to the Board on candidates for appointment as Directors. Such recommendations pay particular attention to the mix of skills, experience, expertise, diversity and other qualities of existing Directors, and how the candidate’s attributes will balance and complement those qualities. External consultants are used to access a wide base of potential Directors.

 

Prior to a Director’s appointment or consideration for election or re-election by shareholders, Westpac conducts appropriate due diligence and provides shareholders with all material information relevant to a decision on whether or not to elect or re-elect a Director.


 

 

 

 

26

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 


New Directors receive an induction pack which includes a letter of appointment setting out the expectations of the role, conditions of appointment including the expected term of appointment, and remuneration. This letter conforms to the ASXCGC Recommendations.

 

Term of office

 

The Board may appoint a new Director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors, provided the total number of Directors does not exceed fifteen Non-executive Directors and three Executive Directors. Except for the Managing Director, a Director appointed by the Board holds office only until the close of the next AGM but is eligible for election by shareholders at that meeting.

 

Our Constitution states that at each AGM, one-third of eligible Directors, and any other Director who has held office for three or more years since their last election, must retire. In determining the number of Directors to retire by rotation, no account is to be taken of Directors holding casual vacancy positions or of the CEO. The Directors to retire by rotation are those who have been the longest in office. A retiring Director holds office until the conclusion of the meeting at which he or she retires but is eligible for re-election by shareholders at that meeting.

 

The Board makes recommendations concerning the election or re-election of any Director by shareholders. In considering whether to support a candidate, the Board takes into account the results of the Board performance evaluation conducted during the year.

 

The Westpac Board Renewal Policy limits the maximum tenure of office that any Non-executive Director other than the Chairman may serve to nine years, from the date of first election by shareholders. The maximum tenure for the Chairman is twelve years (inclusive of any term as a Director prior to being elected as Chairman), from the date of first election by shareholders. The Board, on its initiative and on an exceptional basis, may exercise discretion to extend the maximum terms specified above where it considers that such an extension would benefit the Group. Such discretion will be exercised on an annual basis and the Director concerned will be required to stand for re-election annually.

 

Education

 

On appointment, all Directors are offered an induction program appropriate to their experience to familiarise them with our business, strategy and any current issues before the Board. The induction program includes meetings with the Chairman, the CEO, the Board Committee Chairs and each Group Executive.

 

The Board encourages Directors to continue their education by participating in workshops held throughout the year, attending relevant site visits and undertaking relevant external education.

 

Access to information and advice

 

All Directors have unrestricted access to company records and information, and receive regular detailed financial and operational reports from senior management. Each Director also enters into an access and indemnity agreement which, among other things, provides for access to documents for up to seven years after his or her retirement as a Director.

 

The Chairman and other Non-executive Directors regularly consult with the CEO, CFO and other senior executives, and may consult with, and request additional information from, any of our employees.

 

All Directors have access to advice from senior internal legal advisors including the Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel.

 

In addition, the Board collectively, and all Directors individually, have the right to seek independent professional advice, at our expense, to help them carry out their responsibilities. While the Chairman’s prior approval is needed, it may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Company Secretaries

 

We have two Company Secretaries appointed by the Board. The Senior Company Secretary, who is also Legal Counsel to the Board, attends Board and Board Committee meetings and is responsible for providing Directors with advice on legal and corporate governance issues together with the Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel. The Group Company Secretary attends Board and Board Committee meetings and is responsible for the operation of the secretariat function, including implementing our governance framework and, in conjunction with management, giving practical effect to the Board’s decisions. The Group Company Secretary is accountable to the Board through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the proper functioning of the Board.

 

Profiles of our Company Secretaries are set out in Section 1 of the Directors’ report.

 

Board Committees

 

Composition and independence

 

Board Committee members are chosen for the skills and experience they can contribute to the respective Board Committees and their qualifications are set out in Section 1 of the Directors’ report. The membership of each Board Committee is set out in the table entitled ‘Size and membership of Board Committees as at 30 September 2015’ in this Corporate Governance Statement. All of the Board Committees are comprised of independent Non-executive Directors. The CEO is also a member of the Board Technology Committee.

 

Operation and reporting

 

Scheduled meetings of the Board Committees occur quarterly, with the exception of the Board Technology Committee which has scheduled meetings three times a year. Each member’s attendance at Board Committee meetings held during the financial year ended 30 September 2015 is reported in Section 8 of the Directors’ report. All Board Committees are able to meet more frequently as necessary. Each Board Committee is entitled to the resources and information it requires and has direct access to our employees and advisers. The CEO attends all Board Committee meetings, except where he has a material personal interest in a matter being considered. Senior executives and other selected employees are invited to attend Board Committee meetings as required. All Directors can receive all Board Committee papers and can attend any Board Committee meeting, provided there is no conflict of interest.


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

27

 

 



 


Performance

 

Board, Board Committees and Directors

 

The Board undertakes ongoing self-assessment as well as commissioning an annual performance review by an independent consultant.

 

The review process conducted in 2015 included an assessment of the performance of the Board, the Board Committees, and each Director with outputs collected, analysed and presented to the Board. The Board discussed the results and agreed follow up action on matters relating to Board composition, process and priorities.

 

The Chairman also discusses the results with individual Directors and Board Committee Chairs. The full Board (excluding the Chairman) reviews the results of the performance review of the Chairman and results are then privately discussed by the Chairman of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee with the Chairman.

 

Management

 

The Board, in conjunction with its Board Remuneration Committee, is responsible for approving the performance objectives and measures for the CEO and other senior executives, and providing input into the evaluation of performance against these objectives. The Board Risk & Compliance Committee also refers to the Board Remuneration Committee any matters that come to its attention that are relevant with respect to remuneration policy or practices.

 

Management performance evaluations for the financial year ended 30 September 2015 were conducted following the end of the financial year.

 

There is a further discussion on performance objectives and performance achieved in the Remuneration Report contained in the Directors’ report.

 

All new senior executives receive a letter of appointment setting out the conditions and expectations of the role, together with an extensive briefing on our strategies and operations and the respective roles and responsibilities of the Board and senior management.

 

Advisory Boards

 

Westpac has established Advisory Boards for its operations in Asia and for each of BankSA and Bank of Melbourne, to advise management on the strategies and initiatives of those businesses within the overall Group strategy.

 

Responsibilities of the Advisory Boards include:

 

§         providing advice to management on management’s strategies and initiatives to continue to strengthen the position and identity of the business;

 

§         providing advice to management of the relevant business so as to promote and preserve its distinct position and identity and align business values with those of the relevant communities served;

 

§         considering and assessing reports provided by management on the health of the relevant business;

 

§         acting as ambassadors for the business, including through supporting community and major corporate promotional events to assist in building relationships with the bank’s customers, local communities and the business and government sector, and advising senior management on community matters relevant to the provision of financial services in the community it serves; and

 

§         alerting management to local market opportunities and issues of which Advisory Board members are aware that would enhance the provision of services to customers and potential customers and the position of the bank in its local communities.

 

Ethical and responsible decision-making

 

Code of Conduct and Principles for Doing Business

 

Our ‘Code of Conduct’ (Code) describes the standards of conduct expected of our people, both employees and contractors. The seven principles making up the Code are:

 

§         we act with honesty and integrity;

 

§         we comply with laws and with our policies;

 

§         we do the right thing by our customers;

 

§         we respect confidentiality and do not misuse information;

 

§         we value and maintain our professionalism;

 

§         we work as a team; and

 

§         we manage conflicts of interest responsibly.

 

The focus of each of the principles is to provide a set of guiding principles to help us make the right decisions ensuring we uphold the reputation of the Group. The Code has the full support of the Board and the Executive Team and we take compliance with the Code very seriously.

 

Our ‘Principles for Doing Business’ (Principles) underpin the Group’s commitment to sustainable business practice and community involvement. In summary:

 

§         we believe our success depends on the trust and confidence placed in us by our customers, people, shareholders, suppliers, advisers and the community;

 

§         we believe in maintaining the highest level of governance and ethical practice while protecting the interests of our stakeholders;

 

§         we believe in putting our customers at the centre of everything we do;

 

§         we believe our people are a crucial element of a successful service business;

 

§         we are committed to managing our direct and indirect impacts on the environment;

 

§         we believe being actively involved in our community is fundamental to the sustainability of our business; and

 

§         we believe our suppliers should be viewed as partners in our sustainability journey.


 

 

 

 

28

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 


The Principles align with key global initiatives that promote responsible business practices. The Principles apply to all Directors, employees and contractors.

 

We also have a range of internal guidelines, communications and training processes and tools, including an online learning module entitled ‘Doing the Right Thing’, which apply to and support both our Code and the Principles.

 

Key policies

 

We have a number of key policies to manage our regulatory compliance and human resource requirements. We also voluntarily subscribe to a range of external industry codes, such as the Code of Banking Practice and the ePayments Code.

 

Code of Ethics for Senior Finance Officers

 

The Code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting complements our own Code. The Code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting is designed to assist our CEO, CFO and other principal financial officers in applying the highest ethical standards to the performance of their duties and responsibilities with respect to accounting practice and financial reporting by requiring those officers to:

 

§         act honestly and ethically, particularly with respect to conflicts of interest;

 

§         provide full, fair, accurate and timely disclosure in reporting and other communications;

 

§         comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

§         promptly report violations of the Code; and

 

§         be accountable for adherence to the Code.

 

Conflicts of interest

 

The Group has a detailed conflicts of interest framework, which includes a Group policy supported by specific divisional policies and guidelines aimed at identifying and managing actual, potential or apparent conflicts of interest.

 

The conflicts of interest framework includes a separate Westpac Group Gifts and Hospitality Policy. This Policy provides our employees with guidance to manage their obligations relating to the giving and receiving of gifts or hospitality.

 

The Board

 

All Directors are required to disclose any actual, potential or apparent conflicts of interest upon appointment and are required to keep these disclosures to the Board up to date.

 

Any Director with a material personal interest in a matter being considered by the Board must declare their interest and, unless the Board resolves otherwise, may not be present during the boardroom discussions or vote on the relevant matter.

 

Our employees and contractors

 

We expect our employees and contractors to:

 

§         have in place adequate arrangements for the management of actual, potential or apparent conflicts of interest;

 

§         obtain consent from senior management before accepting a directorship on the board of a non-Westpac Group company;

 

§         disclose any material interests they have with our customers or suppliers to their manager and not be involved with customer relationships where they have such an interest;

 

§         not participate in business activities outside their employment with us (whether as a principal, partner, director, agent, guarantor, investor or employee) without approval or when it could adversely affect their ability to carry out their duties and responsibilities; and

 

§         not solicit, provide facilitation payments, accept or offer money, gifts, favours or entertainment that might influence, or might appear to influence, their business judgment.

 

Fit and Proper Person assessments

 

We have a Board approved Westpac Group Fit and Proper Policy that meets the requirements of the related APRA Prudential Standards. In accordance with that Policy, we assess the fitness and propriety of our Directors and also of individuals who perform specified statutory roles required by APRA Prudential Standards or ASIC licensing requirements. The Chairman of the Board (and in the case of the Chairman, the Board) is responsible for assessing the Board Directors, Non-executive Directors on subsidiary Boards, Group Executives, external auditors and actuaries. An executive Fit and Proper Committee is responsible under delegated authority of the Westpac Board for undertaking assessments of all other employees who hold statutory roles. In all cases the individual is asked to provide a detailed declaration, and background checks are completed.

 

Concern reporting and whistleblower protection

 

Under the Westpac Group Whistleblower Protection Policy, our employees and contractors are encouraged to raise any concerns about activities or behaviour that may be unlawful or unethical. The Policy outlines all reporting channels, including our concern reporting system ‘Concern Online’, which enables reporting on an anonymous basis. Concerns may include suspected breaches of our Code, Westpac Policies or regulatory requirements.

 

Employees who raise concerns may choose to involve the Whistleblower Protection Officer, who is responsible for protecting the employee or contractor against victimisation as a result of making a report.

 

We investigate reported concerns in a manner that is fair and objective to all people involved. If the investigation shows that wrongdoing has occurred, we are committed to changing our processes and taking action in relation to employees or contractors who have behaved incorrectly. Outcomes may also involve reporting the matter to relevant authorities and regulators.

 

Statistics about concerns raised are reported quarterly to both the Board Risk & Compliance Committee and the Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee.


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

29

 

 

 



 

 


Securities trading

Under the Westpac Group Securities Trading Policy, Directors, employees and contractors (and their ‘associates’) are restricted from dealing in any securities and other financial products if they possess inside information. They are also prohibited from passing on inside information to others who may use that information to trade in securities. In addition, Directors and any employees or contractors who, because of their seniority or the nature of their position, may have access to material non-public information about Westpac (known as Prescribed Employees) are subject to further restrictions, including prohibitions on trading prior to and immediately following annual and half year results announcements.

 

We manage and monitor these obligations through:

 

§         the insider trading provisions of our Policy, which prohibit any dealing in any securities where a Director or employee has access to inside information that may affect the price of those securities;

 

§         placing limitations upon Directors, employees and contractors participating in a new product issue where their position puts them in an actual, potential or apparent position of conflict of interest;

 

§         restrictions limiting the periods in which the Directors and Prescribed Employees can trade in our shares or other company securities (Blackout Periods);

 

§         requiring Directors and Prescribed Employees to either obtain approval or notify their intention to trade outside Blackout Periods and confirm that they have no inside information;

 

§         monitoring the trading of Westpac securities by Directors and Prescribed Employees;

 

§         maintaining a register of Prescribed Employees, which is regularly updated;

 

§         notifying ASX of trades by Directors of Westpac securities as required under the ASX Listing Rules; and

 

§         forbidding employees from entering into hedging arrangements in relation to their unvested employee shares or securities, whether directly or indirectly.

 

Diversity

 

Westpac Group has a Group Diversity Policy that sets out the diversity initiatives for the Westpac Group. In this context, diversity covers gender, age, ethnicity, accessibility, flexibility, cultural background, sexual orientation and religious beliefs.

 

The objectives of the policy are to ensure that the Westpac Group:

 

§         has a workforce profile that delivers competitive advantage through the ability to garner a deep understanding of customer needs;

 

§         has a truly inclusive workplace where every individual can shine regardless of gender, cultural identity, age, work style or approach;

 

§         leverages the value of diversity for all our stakeholders to deliver the best customer experience, improved financial performance and a stronger corporate reputation; and

 

§         continues to take a leadership position on diversity practices and setting the agenda in the external community.

 

To achieve these objectives the Westpac Group:

 

§         has set Board determined, measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity. The Board assesses annually both the objectives and progress in achieving them;

 

§         assesses pay equity on an annual basis;

 

§         encourages and supports the application of flexibility policies into practice across the business;

 

§         is committed to proactively assisting Indigenous Australians to access employment across our brands;

 

§         implements our Accessibility Action Plan for employees and customers with a disability, including ensuring employment opportunities are accessible for people with disabilities; and

 

§         actively promotes an environment of inclusion for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) employees.

 

The implementation of these objectives is overseen by the Westpac Group Diversity Council chaired by the CEO.

 

The Board, or an appropriate Board Committee, receives regular updates from the Westpac Group Diversity Council on these diversity initiatives.

 

We also continue to listen to the needs of our employees through the engagement of our employee action groups, our employee surveys and bi-annual diversity focussed surveys.

 

In October 2010, the Board set a measurable objective to increase the proportion of women in leadership roles (over 5,000 leaders from our Executive Team through to our bank managers) from 33% to 40% by 2014, which was achieved in September 2012, two years ahead of schedule. Westpac now strives for a market leading target of 50% women in leadership by 30 September 2017.

 

At 30 September 2015, the proportion of women employed by Westpac Group was as follows:

 

§         Board of Directors: 22%;

 

§         leadership1 roles: 46%; and

 

§         total Westpac workforce: 59%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Women in Leadership refers to the proportion of women (permanent and maximum term) in people leadership roles or senior roles of influence as a proportion of all leaders across the Group. It includes the Executive Team, General Managers, Senior Managers as direct reports to General Managers and the next two levels of management. Excludes Westpac Pacific.


 

 

 

 

30

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 

 


 

Sustainability

 

We view sustainable and responsible business practices as important for our business and shareholder value. Sustainability is about managing risks and opportunities in a way that best balances the long term needs of all our stakeholders – our customers, employees, suppliers, investors and community partners, as well as the wider community and the environment at large.

 

Our management and reporting of sustainability aim to address the issues that we believe are the most material for our business and stakeholders, now and in the future. We understand that this is an evolving agenda and seek to progressively embed the management of sustainability issues into business as usual practice, while also anticipating and shaping emerging social issues where we have the skills and experience to make a meaningful difference and drive business value.

 

Reporting

 

We report on our performance against our sustainability strategy in the Annual Review and Sustainability Report, the Annual Report, the Sustainability Performance Report and the full year and half year ASX results.

 

This reporting is subject to independent limited assurance, performed in accordance with the Australian Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (revised) Assurance Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information (‘ASAE 3000’). The AA1000 Principles Standard and the Global Reporting Initiative G4 Guidelines are also used by the assurance provider to test the extent to which sustainability policies and processes are embedded across the organisation.

 

Financial reporting

 

Approach to financial reporting

 

Our approach to financial reporting reflects three core principles:

 

§   that our financial reports present a true and fair view;

 

§   that our accounting methods comply with applicable accounting standards and policies; and

 

§   that our external auditor is independent and serves security holders’ interests.

 

The Board, through the Board Audit Committee, monitors Australian and international developments relevant to these principles, and reviews our practices accordingly.

 

The Board delegates oversight responsibility for risk management between the Board Audit Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. Similarly, the Board delegates oversight responsibility for the preparation of remuneration reports and disclosures to the Board Remuneration Committee.

 

Board Audit Committee

 

As detailed in its charter, the Board Audit Committee has oversight of:

 

§         the integrity of the financial statements and financial reporting systems;

 

 

 

§   the external audit engagement, including the external auditor’s qualifications, performance, independence and fees;

 

§   performance of the internal audit function;

 

§   financial reporting and compliance with prudential regulatory reporting. With reference to the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, this includes an oversight of regulatory and statutory reporting requirements; and

 

§   procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of financial complaints, including accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, and the confidential reporting by employees of concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters.

 

The Board Audit Committee reviews, discusses with management and the external auditor, and assesses:

 

§   any significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial reports;

 

§   the processes used to monitor and comply with laws, regulations and other requirements relating to external reporting of financial and non-financial information;

 

§   the major financial risk exposures; and

 

§   the process surrounding the disclosures made by the CEO and CFO in connection with their personal certifications of the annual financial statements.

 

As part of its oversight responsibilities, the Board Audit Committee also conducts discussions with a wide range of internal and external stakeholders including:

 

§   the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, CFO, Chief Risk Officer (CRO), General Manager Group Audit, management and the external auditor, about our major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures;

 

§   the General Manager Group Audit and external auditor concerning their audits and any significant findings, and the adequacy of management’s responses;

 

§   management and the external auditor concerning the half year and annual financial statements;

 

§   management and the external auditor regarding any correspondence with regulators or government agencies, and reports which raise material issues or could impact on matters regarding the Westpac Group’s financial statements or accounting policies; and

 

§   the Chief Operating Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel regarding any legal matters that may have a material impact on, or require disclosure in, the financial statements.

 

Periodically, the Board Audit Committee consults with the external auditor without the presence of management about internal controls over financial information, reporting and disclosure and the fullness and accuracy of Westpac’s financial statements. The Board Audit Committee also meets with the General Manager Group Audit without management being present.


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

31

 

 



 

 

 


Financial knowledge

 

The Board Audit Committee comprises four independent, Non-executive Directors and is chaired by Peter Marriott.

 

All Board Audit Committee members have appropriate financial experience, an understanding of the financial services industry and satisfy the independence requirements under the ASXCGC Recommendations, the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended) and its related rules, and the NYSE Listing Rules.

 

The Board has determined that Mr Marriott, member of the Board Audit Committee, is an ‘audit committee financial expert’ and independent in accordance with US securities law.

 

The designation of Mr Marriott as an audit committee financial expert does not impose duties, obligations or liability on him that are greater than those imposed on him as a Board Audit Committee member, and does not affect the duties, obligations or liability of any other Board Audit Committee member or Board member. Audit committee financial experts are not deemed as an ‘expert’ for any other purpose.

 

External auditor

 

The role of the external auditor is to provide an independent opinion that our financial reports are true and fair, and comply with applicable regulations.

 

Our external auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), appointed by shareholders at the 2002 AGM. Our present PwC lead audit partner is Michael Codling and the review audit partner is Wayne Andrews. Mr Codling and Mr Andrews assumed responsibility for these roles in December 2011 and January 2015 respectively.

 

The external auditor receives all Board Audit Committee and Board Risk & Compliance Committee papers, attends all meetings of both committees and is available to Committee members at any time. The external auditor also attends the Annual General Meeting (AGM) to answer questions from shareholders regarding the conduct of its audit, the audit report and financial statements and its independence.

 

As our external auditor, PwC is required to confirm its independence and compliance with specified independence standards on a quarterly basis.

 

The roles of lead audit partner and review audit partner must be rotated every five years and cannot be resumed by the same person for a minimum of five years.

 

We strictly govern our relationship with the external auditor, including restrictions on employment, business relationships, financial interests and use of our financial products by the external auditor.

 

Engagement of the external auditor

 

To avoid possible independence or conflict issues, the external auditor is not permitted to carry out certain types of non-audit services for Westpac and may be limited as to the extent to which it can perform other non-audit services as specified in our ‘Pre-approval of engagement of PwC for audit and non-audit services’ (Guidelines). Use of the external audit firm for any non-audit services must be assessed and approved in accordance with the pre-approval process determined by the Board Audit Committee and set out in the Guidelines.

 

 

The breakdown of the aggregate fees billed by the external auditor in respect of each of the two most recent financial years for audit, audit-related, tax and other services is provided in Note 39 to our financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2015. A declaration regarding the Board’s satisfaction that the provision of non-audit services by PwC is compatible with the general standards of auditor independence is provided in Section 10 of the Directors’ report.

 

Group Audit (internal audit)

 

Group Audit is Westpac’s internal audit function and includes the Credit Portfolio Review team both of which provide the Board and Executive Management with an independent and objective evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of management’s control over risk. Group Audit is governed by a Charter approved by the Board Audit Committee that sets out the purpose, role, scope and high level standards for the function. Group Audit covers the governance, risk management and internal control frameworks of Westpac and our wholly owned subsidiaries. It has access to all of our wholly owned entities and conducts audits and reviews following a risk-based planning approach. The General Manager Group Audit has a direct reporting line to the Chairman of the Board Audit Committee and an administrative line to the Chief Financial Officer. Group Audit also has direct access to the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Group Audit’s responsibilities include providing regular reports to the Board Audit Committee and, as deemed appropriate, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, and raising any significant issues with those Committees.

 

Market disclosure

 

We maintain a level of disclosure that seeks to provide all investors with equal, timely, balanced and meaningful information. Consistent with these standards the Westpac Group maintains a Board approved Market Disclosure Policy, which governs how we communicate with our shareholders and the investment community.

 

The policy reflects the requirements of the ASX, NZX and other offshore stock exchanges where we have disclosure obligations, as well as relevant securities and corporations legislation. Under our policy, information that a reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the price or value of our securities must first be disclosed via the ASX unless an exception applies under regulatory requirements.

 

Our Disclosure Committee is responsible for determining what information should be disclosed publicly under the policy, and for assisting employees in understanding what information may require disclosure to the market on the basis that it is price sensitive. The Disclosure Committee is comprised of the CEO, the Executive Team, the Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel and the General Manager, Corporate Affairs and Sustainability.

 

The Chief Operating Officer is the Disclosure Officer. The Disclosure Officer is ultimately responsible for all communication with relevant stock exchanges and notifying regulators in any jurisdiction as a result of market disclosure.


 

 

 

 

32

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 

 


 

Once relevant information is disclosed to the market and available to investors, it is also published on our website. This includes investor discussion packs, presentations on and explanations about our financial results. Our website information also includes Annual Review and Sustainability Reports, Annual Reports, results announcements, CEO and executive briefings (including webcasts, recordings or transcripts of all major events), notices of meetings and key media releases.

 

Shareholder communication and participation

 

We seek to keep our shareholders fully informed through a variety of communication mediums. These are regularly reviewed to improve our communications and utilise new technologies. These approaches include:

 

§   direct two-way communications with shareholders via mail and email;

 

§   the publication of all relevant company information in the Investor Centre section of our website; and

 

§   access to all major market briefings and shareholder meetings via webcasts.

 

Shareholders are provided with advance notice of all major market briefings and shareholder meetings, through ASX announcements and/or the publication of an investor calendar of events on our website.

 

Shareholders are given the option to receive information in print or electronic format from both Westpac and its share registry.

 

We regard the AGM as an important opportunity for engaging and communicating with shareholders. Shareholders are encouraged to attend and actively participate in our AGM, which is webcast and can also be viewed at a later time from our website. Shareholders who are unable to attend the AGM are able to lodge their proxies through a number of channels, including via the internet. At the time of receiving the Notice of Meeting, shareholders are also invited to put forward questions they would like addressed at the AGM.

 

CEO and CFO assurance

 

The Board receives regular reports from management about our financial condition and operational results, as well as that of our controlled entities. Before the Board approves the financial statements for a financial period, the CEO and the CFO provide formal statements to the Board, and have done so for the financial year ended 30 September 2015, that state that in all material respects:

 

§         Westpac’s financial records have been properly maintained in that they:

 

      correctly record and explain its transactions, and financial position and performance;

 

      enable true and fair financial statements to be prepared and audited; and

 

      are retained for seven years after the transactions covered by the records are completed;

 

§         the financial statements and notes comply with the appropriate accounting standards;

 

 

 

§   the financial statements and notes give a true and fair view of Westpac’s and its consolidated entities’ financial position and of their performance;

 

§   any other matters that are prescribed by the Corporations Act and regulations as they relate to the financial statements and notes are satisfied; and

 

§   the declarations provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control, and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

 

Risk management

 

Roles and responsibilities

 

The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving our overall risk management strategy, including determining our appetite for risk. The Board has delegated to the Board Risk & Compliance Committee responsibility for providing recommendations to the Board on Westpac Group’s risk-reward strategy, setting risk appetite, approving frameworks and policies for managing risk, and determining whether to accept risks beyond management’s approval discretion.

 

The annual review of the Risk Management Strategy was completed by the Board Risk & Compliance Committee and was approved by the Board during the year ended 30 September 2015.

 

The Board Risk & Compliance Committee monitors the alignment of our risk profile with our risk appetite, which is defined in the Board Statement of Risk Appetite, and with our current and future capital requirements. The Board Risk & Compliance Committee receives regular reports from management on the effectiveness of our management of Westpac’s material business risks. More detail about the role of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee is set out later in this section under ‘Board Risk & Compliance Committee’.

 

The CEO and Executive Team are responsible for implementing our risk management strategy and frameworks, and for developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk in all of Westpac’s activities.

 

We adopt a Three Lines of Defence approach to risk management which reflects our culture of ‘risk is everyone’s business’ and that all employees are responsible for identifying and managing risk and operating within the Group’s desired risk profile. Effective risk management enables us to:

 

§   accurately measure our risk profile and balance risk and reward within our risk appetite, increasing financial growth opportunities and mitigating potential loss or damage;

 

§   protect Westpac’s depositors, policyholders and investors by maintaining a strong balance sheet;

 

§   embed adequate controls to guard against excessive risk or undue risk concentration; and

 

§   meet our regulatory and compliance obligations.


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

33

 

 



 

 

 


The 1st Line of Defence – Risk identification, risk management and self-assurance

 

Divisional business units are responsible for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks that they originate within approved risk appetite and policies. They are required to establish and maintain appropriate risk management controls, resources and self-assurance processes.

 

The 2nd Line of Defence – Establishment of risk management frameworks and policies and risk management oversight

 

Our 2nd Line of Defence is a separate risk and compliance advisory, control and monitoring function which establishes frameworks, policies, limits and processes for the management, monitoring and reporting of risk.  The 2nd Line of Defence may approve risks outside the authorities granted to the 1st Line. It also evaluates and opines on the adequacy and effectiveness of 1st Line controls and application of frameworks and policies and, where necessary, requires improvement and monitors the 1st Line’s progress toward remediation of identified deficiencies.

 

The 3rd Line of Defence – Independent assurance

 

Our Group Audit function independently evaluates the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s overall risk management framework and controls.

 

Our overall risk management approach is summarised in the following diagram:

 

 

Our overall risk management governance structure is set out in more detail in the table ‘Risk Management Governance Structure’ included in this statement.

 

We distinguish six main types of risk:

 

§         credit risk – the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to Westpac;

 

§         liquidity risk – the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due;

 

§         market risk the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices. This includes interest rate risk in the banking book - the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities;

 

 

§         conduct risk – the risk arising from unfair or inappropriate behaviour or practices of the Westpac Group or its staff;

 

§         operational risk – the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. The definition is aligned to the regulatory (Basel II) definition, including legal and regulatory risk but excluding strategic and reputation risk; and

 

§         compliance risk the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputational loss, arising from our failure to abide by the compliance obligations required of us.

 

In addition to, and linked to, these six main types of risk, we also manage the following risks:

 

§         business risk – the risk associated with the vulnerability of a line of business to changes in the business environment;

 

§         sustainability risk – the risk of reputational or financial loss due to failure to recognise or address material existing or emerging sustainability related environmental, social or governance issues;

 

§         equity risk the potential for financial loss arising from movements in equity values. Equity risk may be direct, indirect or contingent;

 

§         insurance risk the risk of mis-estimation of the expected cost of insured events, volatility in the number or severity of insured events, and mis-estimation of the cost of incurred claims;

 

§         related entity (contagion) risk the risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members compromise the financial and operational position of the authorised deposit-taking institution in the Westpac Group; and

 

§         reputation risk – the risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion resulting from the loss of reputation or public trust and standing.

 

Westpac has received advanced accreditation from APRA and the RBNZ under the Basel II capital framework, and uses the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approach for credit risk and the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) for operational risk when calculating regulatory capital.

 

Board Risk & Compliance Committee

 

The Board Risk & Compliance Committee comprises all of Westpac’s independent, Non-executive Directors and is chaired by Elizabeth Bryan.

 

As set out in its charter, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee:

 

§         provides recommendations to the Board on Westpac Group’s risk-reward strategy;

 

§         sets risk appetite;

 

§         reviews and approves the frameworks for managing risk, including capital, credit, liquidity, market, operational, compliance and reputation risk;

 

§         reviews and approves the limits and conditions that apply to credit risk approval authority delegated to the CEO, CFO and CRO and any other officers of the Westpac Group to whom the Board has delegated credit approval authority;


 

 

 

 

34

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 


 

§         monitors the risk profile, performance, capital levels, exposures against limits and the management and control of our risks;

 

§         monitors changes anticipated in the economic and business environment and other factors considered relevant to our risk profile and risk appetite;

 

§         oversees the development and ongoing review of key policies that support our frameworks for managing risk; and

 

§         may approve accepting risks beyond management’s approval discretion.

 

From the perspective of specific types of risk, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee’s role includes:

 

§         credit risk – approving key policies and limits supporting the Credit Risk Management Framework, and monitoring the risk profile, performance and management of our credit portfolio;

 

§         liquidity risk – approving key policies and limits supporting the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, including our annual funding strategy and liquidity requirements, and recovery and resolutions plans and monitoring the liquidity risk profile;

 

§         market risk – approving key policies and limits supporting the Market Risk Management Framework, including, but not limited to, the Value at Risk and Net Interest Income at Risk limits, and monitoring the market risk profile;

 

§         operational risk – monitoring the operational risk profile, the performance of operational risk management and controls, and the development and ongoing review of operational risk policies supporting the Operational Risk Management Framework;

 

§         reputation risk – reviewing and approving the Reputation Risk Management Framework and reviewing the monitoring of the performance of reputation risk management and controls; and

 

§         compliance risk – reviewing compliance processes and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, discussing with management and the external auditor any material correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any published reports that raise material issues, and reviewing complaints and whistleblower concerns.

 

The Board Risk & Compliance Committee also:

 

§         approves the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process and in doing so reviews the outcomes of enterprise wide stress testing, sets the preferred capital ranges for regulatory capital having regard to Westpac internal economic capital measures, and reviews and monitors capital levels for consistency with the Westpac Group’s risk appetite;

 

 

 

§         provides relevant periodic assurances and disclosures to the Board Audit Committee regarding the operational integrity of the risk management framework; and

 

§         refers to other Board Committees any matters that come to the attention of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee that are relevant for those respective Board Committees.

 

Compliance Management Framework

 

The Compliance Management Framework (the Framework) sets out our approach to managing compliance obligations and mitigating compliance risk, in order to operate within our compliance appetite and achieve our compliance objectives. To proactively manage our compliance risks, we must:

 

§         embed the requirements of our regulators into how we do business, how we conduct ourselves and how our systems and processes are designed and operate;

 

§         comply with our legal obligations, regulatory requirements and voluntary codes of practice to which we subscribe, while being attentive to the needs of our clients; and

 

§         maintain a compliance culture where everyone in every part of the Westpac Group has responsibility for compliance.

 

The mechanisms we use to implement our approach include:

 

§         maintaining a strong governance environment;

 

§         identifying obligations, developing and maintaining Compliance Plans and implementing change;

 

§         developing, implementing and testing compliance controls; and

 

§         monitoring and reporting incidents, issues and risks.

 

As with other forms of risk, 1st Line management is primarily responsible for managing compliance. This is supported by a dedicated 2nd Line Compliance function covering the Group and each area of the business. The Compliance function reports to the Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel.

 

Regular reports are provided to the Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee on the status of compliance across the Group.

 

Remuneration

 

The Board Remuneration Committee assists the Board by ensuring that Westpac has coherent remuneration policies and practices that fairly and responsibly reward individuals having regard to performance, Westpac’s risk management framework, the law and the highest standards of governance.

 

The Board Remuneration Committee has been in place for the whole of the financial year and is comprised of four independent Non-executive Directors and is chaired by Ewen Crouch. All members of the Board Remuneration Committee are also members of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, which assists in the integration of effective risk management into the remuneration framework.


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

35

 

 



 

 

 

 


As set out in its charter, the Board Remuneration Committee:

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the Westpac Group Remuneration Policy (Group Remuneration Policy) and assesses the Group Remuneration Policy’s effectiveness and its compliance with prudential standards;

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the individual remuneration levels of the CEO, Non-executive Directors, Group Executives, other Executives who report directly to the CEO, other persons whose activities in the Board’s opinion affect the financial soundness of Westpac, any person specified by APRA, and any other person the Board determines;

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the remuneration structures for each category of persons covered by the Group Remuneration Policy;

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on corporate goals and objectives relevant to the remuneration of the CEO, and the performance of the CEO in light of these objectives;

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on the short-term and long-term incentive plans for Group Executives;

 

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to approving equity based remuneration plans; and

 

§         oversees general remuneration practices across the Group.

 

The Board Remuneration Committee reviews and recommends to the Board the size of variable reward pools each year based on consideration of pre-determined business performance indicators and the financial soundness of Westpac. The Board Remuneration Committee also approves remuneration arrangements outside of the Group Remuneration Policy relating to individuals or groups of individuals which are significant because of their sensitivity, precedent or disclosure implications. In addition, the Board Remuneration Committee considers and evaluates the performance of senior executives when making remuneration determinations and otherwise as required.

 

The Board Remuneration Committee also reviews and makes recommendations to the Board for the reduction or lapsing of incentive based equity grants to employees, where subsequent information or circumstances indicate that the grant was not justified.

 

Independent remuneration consultants are engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide information across a range of issues including remuneration benchmarking, market practices and emerging trends and regulatory reforms.

 

Further details of our remuneration framework are included in the Remuneration Report in Section 9 of the Directors’ report. The Board Remuneration Committee reviews and recommends the report for approval.

 

 


 

 

 

36

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Corporate governance

 

 

Risk Management Governance Structure

 

Westpac’s risk management governance structure is set out in the table below:

 

Board

 

§         reviews and approves our overall risk management strategy.

 

Board Risk & Compliance Committee (BRCC)

 

§         provides recommendations to the Board on the Westpac Group’s risk-reward strategy;

§         sets risk appetite;

§         reviews and approves frameworks for managing risk;

§         reviews and approves the limits and conditions that apply to credit risk approval authority delegated to the CEO, CFO and CRO and any other officers of the Westpac Group to whom the Board has delegated authority;

§         monitors our risk profile, performance, capital levels, exposures against limits and management and control of our risks;

§         monitors changes anticipated in the economic and business environment and other factors relevant to our risk profile;

§         oversees the development and ongoing review of key policies that support our frameworks for managing risk; and

§         determines whether to accept risks beyond the approval discretion provided to management.

 

Other Board Committees with a risk focus

 

Board Audit Committee

§         oversees the integrity of financial statements and financial reporting systems, and matters relating to taxation risks.

Board Remuneration Committee

§         reviews any matters raised by the BRCC with respect to risk-adjusted remuneration.

Board Technology Committee

§         oversees the technology strategy, implementation, and risks associated with major technology programs.

 

Executive Team

 

§         executes the Board-approved strategy;

§         delivers the Group’s various strategic and performance goals within the approved risk appetite; and

§         monitors key risks within each business unit, capital adequacy and the Group’s reputation.

 

Executive risk committees

 

Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee

 

§         leads the management and oversight of material risks across the Westpac Group within the context of the risk appetite determined by the BRCC;

§         oversees the embedding of the Risk Management Strategy in the Group’s approach to risk governance;

§         oversees risk-related management frameworks and key supporting policies;

§         oversees the Group’s credit, operational, compliance, and market risk profiles;

§         oversees Reputation Risk and Sustainability Risk Management Frameworks and key supporting policies; and

§         identifies emerging credit, operational, compliance and market risks and allocates responsibility for assessing impacts and implementing appropriate actions to address these.

Westpac Group Asset & Liability Committee

 

§         leads the optimisation of funding and liquidity risk-reward across the Group;

§         reviews the level and quality of capital so that it is commensurate with the Group’s risk profile, business strategy and risk appetite;

§         oversees the Liquidity Risk Management Framework and key policies;

§         oversees the Funding and Liquidity Risk Profile and Balance Sheet Risk Profile; and

§         identifies emerging funding and liquidity risks and appropriate actions to address these.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

37

 

 



 

 

 

Risk Management Governance Structure (continued)

 

Executive risk committees (continued)

 

Westpac Group Credit Risk Committee

 

§         leads the optimisation of credit risk-reward across the Group;

§         reviews and oversees the Credit Risk-related Risk Management Frameworks and key supporting policies;

§         oversees Westpac’s credit risk profile;

§         identifies emerging credit risks, allocates responsibility for assessing impacts, and responds as appropriate; and

§         facilitates continuous improvement in credit risk management by providing a forum for testing risk tolerances and debating alternate approaches.

 

Westpac Group Remuneration Oversight Committee

 

§         provides assurance that the remuneration arrangements across the Group have been examined from a People, Risk and Finance perspective;

§         responsible for ensuring that risk is embedded in all key steps in our remuneration framework;

§         reviews and makes recommendations to the CEO for recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee on the Group Remuneration Policy and provides assurance that remuneration arrangements across the Group encourage behaviour that supports Westpac’s long-term financial soundness and the Risk Management Framework;

§         reviews and monitors the remuneration arrangements (other than for Group Executives) for Responsible Persons (as defined in the Group’s Statutory Officers Fit and Proper Policy), risk and financial control personnel, and all other employees for whom a significant portion of total remuneration is based on performance and whose activities, either individually or collectively, may affect the financial soundness of Westpac; and

§         reviews and recommends to the CEO for recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee the criteria and rationale for determining the total quantum of the Group variable reward pool.

 

Risk and compliance functions

 

Risk Function

 

§         develops Group-level Risk Management Frameworks for approval by the BRCC;

§         directs the review and development of key policies supporting the Risk Management Frameworks;

§         develops division-specific policies, risk appetite statements, controls, procedures, and monitoring and reporting capability that align to the frameworks approved by the BRCC;

§         establishes risk concentration limits and monitors risk concentrations; and

§         monitors emerging risk issues.

Compliance Function

 

§         develops the Group-level compliance framework for approval by the BRCC;

§         directs the review and development of compliance policies, compliance plans, controls and procedures;

§         monitors compliance and regulatory obligations and emerging regulatory developments; and

§         reports on compliance standards.

 

Independent internal review

 

Group Audit

 

§         reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of management controls for risk.

 

Divisional business units

 

Business Units

 

§         responsible for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks that they originate within approved risk appetite policies; and

§         establish and maintain appropriate risk management controls, resources and self-assurance processes.

 

 

 

 

38

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

Our Directors present their report together with the financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 30 September 2015.

 

1. Directors

 

The names of the persons who have been Directors, or appointed as Directors, during the period since 1 October 2014 and up to the date of this report are: Lindsay Philip Maxsted, Brian Charles Hartzer (Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer from 2 February 2015), Gail Patricia Kelly (retired as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 1 February 2015), Elizabeth Blomfield Bryan, Ewen Graham Wolseley Crouch, Catriona Alison Deans (Alison Deans), Craig William Dunn (Director from 1 June 2015), Robert George Elstone, Peter John Oswin Hawkins, Peter Ralph Marriott, and Ann Darlene Pickard (retired as Director on 12 December 2014).

 

Particulars of the skills, experience, expertise and responsibilities of the Directors at the date of this report, including all directorships of other listed companies held by a Director at any time in the past three years immediately before 30 September 2015 and the period for which each directorship has been held, are set out below.

 

 

Name: Lindsay Maxsted,
DipBus (Gordon), FCA, FAICD

Age: 61

Term of office: Director since March 2008 and Chairman since December 2011.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2017.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office:  Transurban Group (since March 2008, and Chairman since August 2010), BHP Billiton Limited (since March 2011) and BHP Billiton plc (since March 2011).

 

Other principal directorships: Managing Director of Align Capital Pty Ltd and Director of Baker IDI Heart and Diabetes Institute Holdings Limited.

Other interests: Nil.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Lindsay was formerly a partner at KPMG and was the CEO of that firm from January 2001 to December 2007. His principal area of practice prior to his becoming CEO was in the corporate recovery field managing a number of

 

Australia’s largest insolvency/workout/turnaround engagements including Linter Textiles (companies associated with Abraham Goldberg), Bell Publishing Group, Bond Brewing, McEwans Hardware and Brashs. He is also a former Director and Chairman of the Victorian Public Transport Corporation.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Nominations Committee. Member of each of the Board Audit and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

Name: Brian Hartzer,

BA, CFA

Age: 48

Term of office: Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer since February 2015.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
Not applicable.

Independent: No.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Nil.

Other principal directorships:  The Financial Markets Foundation for Children and Chairman of the Australian Bankers’ Association Incorporated.

 

Other interests: Nil.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Brian was appointed Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer in February 2015. Brian joined Westpac as Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services in June 2012 encompassing Westpac Retail & Business Banking, St.George Banking Group and BT Financial Group. Prior to joining Westpac, Brian spent three years in the UK as CEO for Retail, Wealth and Ulster Bank at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group.

 

Prior to that, he spent ten years with Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) in Australia in a variety of roles, including his final role as CEO, Australia and Global Segment Lead for Retail and Wealth.  Before joining ANZ, Brian spent ten years as a financial services consultant in New York, San Francisco and Melbourne.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of the Board Technology Committee.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

39

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Elizabeth Bryan AM, BA (Econ.), MA (Econ.)

Age: 69

Term of office: Director since November 2006.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2015.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Caltex Australia Limited (since July 2002, and Chairman since October 2007), Insurance Australia Group Limited (since December 2014, and Deputy Chairman since June 2015) and Virgin Australia Holdings Limited (Chairman since May 2015).

 

Other principal directorships: Nil.

Other interests: Member of the Takeovers Panel, ASIC Director Advisory Panel and President of YWCA NSW.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Elizabeth has wide experience on the boards of companies.  Prior to becoming a professional director she served for six years as Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management and its predecessor organisation,

 

NSW State Superannuation Investment and Management Corporation.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. Member of each of the Board Nominations and Board Remuneration Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

Name: Ewen Crouch AM,
BEc (Hons.), LLB, FAICD

Age: 59

Term of office: Director since February 2013.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2016.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: BlueScope Steel Limited (since March 2013).

Other principal directorships: Chairman of Mission Australia.

Other interests: Member of the Commonwealth Remuneration Tribunal, Law Committee of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, Corporations Committee of the Law Council of Australia and Board member of the Sydney Symphony Orchestra and Jawun.

 

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Ewen is one of Australia’s most accomplished mergers and acquisitions lawyers, having worked on some of Australia’s most significant transactions during his career as a partner at Allens from July 1988 to January 2013. He served as a member of that firm’s board for eleven years including four years as Chairman of Partners as well as holding the following roles whilst a partner: Co-Head Mergers & Acquisitions and Equity Capital Markets, Executive Partner, Asian Offices and Deputy Managing Partner.  Ewen was a member of the Takeovers Panel between 2010 to 2015.

 

In 2013, Ewen was awarded an Order of Australia in recognition of his significant service to the law as a contributor to legal professional organisations and to the community.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee. Member of each of the Board Nominations and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

40

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

Name: Alison Deans,
BA, MBA, GAICD

Age: 47

Term of office: Director since April 2014.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2017.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Insurance Australia Group Limited (since February 2013) and Cochlear Limited (since January 2015).

Other principal directorships: kikki.K Holdings Pty Ltd.

Other interests: Nil.

 

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Alison has more than 20 years’ experience in senior management and strategy consulting roles focussed on e-commerce, media and financial services in Australia. During this time, Alison held a number of senior executive roles including as the CEO of eCorp Limited, Hoyts Cinemas and eBay, Australia and New Zealand. Most recently, she was the CEO of the technology-based investment company netus Pty Ltd, which was acquired by Fairfax Media Limited in 2012. She was also an

 

Independent Director of Social Ventures Australia from September 2007 to April 2013. Alison was formerly appointed by the Australian Government to a Panel of Experts conducting an independent cost-benefit analysis and regulatory review of the National Broadband Network.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of each of the Board Risk & Compliance and Board Technology Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Craig Dunn,
BCom, FCA

Age: 52

Term of office: Director since June 2015.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2015.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Nil.

Other principal directorships: Financial Literacy Australia Limited, The Australian Ballet and Chairman of Stone and Chalk Limited.

Other interests: Member of the ASIC External Advisory Panel and Consultant to King & Wood Mallesons.

 

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Craig has more than 20 years’ experience in financial services, including as CEO of AMP Limited from January 2008 to December 2013. Craig was previously a Board member of the Australian Japanese Business Cooperation Committee, and former Chairman of the Investment and Financial Services Association (now the Financial Services Council). He was also a member of the Financial Services Advisory Committee, the Australian Financial Centre

 

Forum, the Consumer and Financial Literacy Taskforce and a Panel member of the Australian Government’s Financial System Inquiry.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of each of the Board Risk & Compliance and Board Remuneration Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: AMP Limited (January 2008 to December 2013).

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

41

 

 



 

 

Name: Robert Elstone,
BA (Hons.), MA (Econ.), MCom

Age: 62

Term of office: Director since February 2012.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2017.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Nil.

Other principal directorships: University of Western Australia Business School.

Other interests: Adjunct Professor at the Business Schools of the Universities of Sydney and Western Australia.

 

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Robert has over 30 years’ experience in senior management roles spanning investment banking, corporate finance, wholesale financial markets and risk management. From July 2006 to October 2011, Robert was Managing Director and CEO of ASX Limited. Previously, he was Managing Director and CEO of the Sydney Futures Exchange from May 2000 to July 2006, and from January 1995 to May 2000, he was Finance Director of Pioneer International.

 

Robert was a Non-executive Director of the National Australia Bank from September 2004 to July 2006, an inaugural member of the Board of Guardians of the Future Fund, and former Chairman of the Financial Sector Advisory Council to the Federal Treasurer.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of each of the Board Audit, Board Remuneration and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Peter Hawkins,
BCA (Hons.), SF Fin, FAIM, ACA (NZ), FAICD

Age: 61

Term of office: Director since December 2008.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2015.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Mirvac Group (since January 2006) and MG Responsible Entity Limited (since April 2015, which is the responsible entity for ASX listed MG Unit Trust).

 

Other principal directorships: Liberty Financial Pty Ltd, Murray Goulburn Co-operative Co. Limited and Clayton Utz.

Other interests: Nil.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Member of the Bank of Melbourne Advisory Board since November 2010.

Skills, experience and expertise: Peter’s career in the banking and financial services industry spans over 40 years in Australia and overseas at both the highest levels of management and directorship of major organisations. Peter has

 

held various senior management and directorship positions with Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited from 1971 to 2005. He was also previously a Director of BHP (NZ) Steel Limited, ING Australia Limited, Esanda Finance Corporation and Visa Inc.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Technology Committee. Member of each of the Board Audit, Board Nominations and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Peter Marriott,
BEc (Hons.), FCA

Age: 58

Term of office: Director since June 2013.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2016.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: ASX Limited (since July 2009).

Other principal directorships: ASX Clearing Corporation Limited, ASX Settlement Corporation Limited and Chairman of Austraclear Limited.

 

Other interests: Member of the Review Panel & Policy Council of the Banking & Finance Oath.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Peter has over 30 years’ experience in senior management roles in the finance industry encompassing international banking, finance and auditing. Peter joined Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) in 1993 and held the role of Chief Financial Officer from July 1997 to May 2012. Prior to his career at ANZ, Peter was a

 

banking and finance, audit and consulting partner at KPMG Peat Marwick. Peter was formerly a Director of ANZ National Bank Limited in New Zealand and various ANZ subsidiaries.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Audit Committee. Member of each of the Board Nominations, Board Risk & Compliance and Board Technology Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

42

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

Company Secretary

 

Our Company Secretaries as at 30 September 2015 are John Arthur and Tim Hartin.

 

John Arthur (LLB (Hons.)) was appointed Group Executive, Counsel & Secretariat and Company Secretary in December 2008. In November 2011, John was appointed Chief Operating Officer and continues to hold the position of Senior Company Secretary. Before that appointment, John was Managing Director & CEO of Investa Property Group until 2007. Previously, John had been a partner at Freehills and Group General Counsel of Lend Lease Corporation Limited. He also served as Chairman of legal firm Gilbert + Tobin and has had a distinguished career as legal partner, corporate executive and non-executive director.

 

Tim Hartin (LLB (Hons.)) was appointed Group Company Secretary in November 2011. Prior to his appointment, Tim was a transactional lawyer at Henderson Boyd Jackson W.S. in Scotland and in London in Herbert Smith’s corporate and corporate finance division. Tim joined Gilbert + Tobin as a Consultant in 2004, where he provided corporate advisory services to ASX listed companies. Tim joined Westpac in 2006 as Counsel, Corporate Core and most recently was the Head of Legal - Risk Management & Workouts, Counsel & Secretariat.

 

2. Executive Team

 

As at 30 September 2015 our Executive Team was:

 

Name

 

Position

 

Year Joined
Group

 

Year Appointed
to Position

Brian Hartzer

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

2012

 

2015

Philip Coffey

 

Deputy Chief Executive Officer

 

1996

 

2014

John Arthur

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

2008

 

2011

Lyn Cobley

 

Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

2015

 

2015

Brad Cooper

 

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

2007

 

2010

David Curran

 

Chief Information Officer

 

2014

 

2014

George Frazis

 

Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

 

2009

 

2015

Alexandra Holcomb

 

Chief Risk Officer

 

1996

 

2014

Peter King

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

1994

 

2014

David Lindberg

 

Chief Executive, Commercial & Business Bank

 

2012

 

2015

David McLean

 

Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

1999

 

2015

Christine Parker

 

Group Executive, Human Resources, Corporate Affairs & Sustainability

 

2007

 

2011

Gary Thursby

 

Chief Strategy Officer

 

2008

 

2015

 

There are no family relationships between or among any of our Directors or Executive Team members.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

43

 

 



 

 

Brian Hartzer BA, CFA. Age 48

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

Brian was appointed Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer in February 2015. Brian joined Westpac as Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services in June 2012 encompassing Westpac Retail & Business Banking, St.George Banking Group and BT Financial Group.

Brian was appointed Chairman of the Australian Bankers’ Association in February 2015. Prior to joining Westpac, Brian spent three years in the UK as CEO for Retail, Wealth and Ulster Bank at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group. Prior to that, he spent ten years with Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) in Australia in a variety of roles, including his final role as CEO, Australia and Global Segment Lead for Retail and Wealth. Before joining ANZ, Brian spent ten years as a financial services consultant in New York, San Francisco and Melbourne.

Brian graduated from Princeton University with a degree in European History and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey BEc (Hons.). Age 58

Deputy Chief Executive Officer

Philip was appointed Deputy Chief Executive Officer in April 2014 with responsibility for overseeing Westpac’s contribution to the Federal Government’s Financial System Inquiry and supporting relationships with key stakeholders including industry groups, regulators, customers and government. He is also responsible for the Group’s strategy, mergers and acquisitions function. Prior to this appointment, Philip held the role of Chief Financial Officer from December 2005. Previous to this, he was Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank, having been appointed to that position in 2002. Philip first joined Westpac in 1996 as Head of Foreign Exchange.

Philip has extensive experience in financial markets, funds management and finance. He began his career at the Reserve Bank of Australia before moving to Citicorp and AIDC Limited. He has also held roles in the United Kingdom and New Zealand. Philip has an honours degree in Economics from the University of Adelaide and has completed the Executive Programme at Stanford University Business School.

 

 

 

 

John Arthur LLB (Hons.). Age 60
Chief Operating Officer

John was appointed Chief Operating Officer in November 2011. He has responsibility for enterprise investments, contact centres, procurement, analytics, banking operations, property, compliance, legal and secretariat services. He joined Westpac as Group Executive, Counsel & Secretariat in December 2008. Before that appointment, John was Managing Director & CEO of Investa Property Group.

Previously, John had been a partner at Freehills and Group General Counsel of Lend Lease Corporation Limited. He also served as Chairman of legal firm Gilbert + Tobin and has had a distinguished career as a legal partner, corporate executive and non-executive director.

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Lyn Cobley BEc, SF FIN, GAICD. Age 52

Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

Lyn was appointed Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank in September 2015. She has responsibility for Westpac’s global relationships with corporate, institutional and government clients as well as all products across financial and capital markets, transactional banking, structured finance and working capital payments. In addition, Lyn oversees Hastings Funds Management, global treasury as well as Westpac’s International and Pacific Island businesses.

Lyn has over 20 years’ experience in financial services. Prior to joining Westpac, Lyn held a variety of senior positions at the Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CBA) including serving as Group Treasurer from 2007 to 2013 and most recently as Executive General Manager, Retail Products & Third Party Banking. She was also Head of Financial Institutions at Barclays Capital in Australia, held senior roles at Citibank in Australia and Asia Pacific including Head of Securitisation and was CEO of Trading Room (a joint venture between Macquarie Bank and Fairfax).

Lyn has a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie University, is a Senior Fellow of the Financial Services Institute of Australia and is a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

 

 

 

 

44

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

Brad Cooper DipBM, MBA. Age 53

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

Brad was appointed Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group in February 2010. Brad initially joined Westpac in April 2007 as Chief Executive, Westpac New Zealand Limited and after successfully leading a change program in that market, moved to the role of Group Chief Transformation Officer leading the Westpac Group’s St.George merger implementation. Prior to joining Westpac, Brad was Chairman of GE Capital Bank and CEO of GE Consumer Finance UK & Ireland. He drove GE’s UK Six Sigma program and was certified as a Quality Leader (Black Belt) in December 2002. He was promoted to CEO of GE Consumer Finance UK in January 2003 and appointed Chairman of GE Capital Bank in April 2004.

 

 

 

 

David Curran BCom. Age 50

Chief Information Officer

David was appointed Chief Information Officer in September 2014. David joined Westpac in February 2014 as a consultant on the Group’s banking technology modernisation program. David has almost 30 years of experience with proven expertise in IT and financial services and the implementation of large, complex projects.

Before joining Westpac, David spent ten years in senior roles at the Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CBA). Before joining CBA, he spent sixteen years at Accenture, where he was a partner, primarily consulting on financial services.

 

 

 

 

George Frazis B Eng (Hons.), MBA (AGSM/Wharton). Age 51

Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

George was appointed Chief Executive, Consumer Bank in June 2015, responsible for managing the end to end relationship with consumer customers. This includes all consumer distribution, digital, marketing, transformation and banking products and services under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands.

Prior to this appointment, he was CEO, St.George Banking Group. George joined the Westpac Group in March 2009 as Chief Executive, Westpac New Zealand Limited. George is highly experienced in the financial services industry. He was formerly Group Executive General Manager at National Australia Bank. Prior to that, George was a senior executive in Commonwealth Bank of Australia’s Institutional Banking Division and has also been a partner with the Boston Consulting Group and an officer in the Royal Australian Air Force.

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb BA, MBA, MA. Age 54

Chief Risk Officer

Alexandra was appointed Chief Risk Officer in August 2014. As Westpac Group’s Chief Risk Officer, Alexandra is responsible for risk management activities across the enterprise across all risk classes and Westpac’s strategic risk objectives.

Since joining Westpac in 1996, Alexandra has held a number of senior positions including Group General Manager, Group Strategy, M&A and Major Projects, Group Executive of Group Strategy, Head of Westpac Institutional Bank Strategy, and most recently, Group General Manager of Global Transactional Services.

Prior to joining Westpac, Alexandra was a senior executive from 1992 to 1996 with Booz Allen & Hamilton International where she specialised in international credit, working throughout the Asia Pacific region. Before that, she worked with Chase Manhattan Bank in New York in private and business banking and international credit audit.  She also worked in project finance in Paris and New York for Banque Indosuez and Barclays Bank respectively.

Alexandra is a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and a Board member of Asia Society Australia. She has an MBA in Finance and Multinational Management from the Wharton School of Business and a Master of Arts in International Studies and French from the University of Pennsylvania. She also holds a BA in English and Economics from Cornell University.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

45

 

 



 

 

Peter King BEc, FCA. Age 45

Chief Financial Officer

Peter was appointed Chief Financial Officer in April 2014, with responsibility for Westpac’s Finance, Group Audit, Tax, Treasury and Investor Relations functions. Prior to this appointment, Peter was the Deputy Chief Financial Officer for three years.

Since joining Westpac in 1994, Peter has held senior finance positions across the Group, including in Group Finance, Business and Consumer Banking, Business and Technology Services, Treasury and Financial Markets.

Peter commenced his career at Deloitte Touché Tohmatsu. He has a Bachelor of Economics from Sydney University and completed the Advanced Management Programme at INSEAD. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants.

 

 

 

 

David Lindberg HBA (Hons. Economics). Age 40

Chief Executive, Commercial & Business Bank

David was appointed Chief Executive, Commercial & Business Bank in June 2015, responsible for managing the Group’s end to end relationships across small and medium enterprises, commercial and agri-business customers as well as asset and equipment finance.

Prior to this appointment, David was Chief Product Officer, responsible for the Group’s retail and business products across all brands, as well as overseeing the Group’s digital activities. Before joining Westpac in 2012, David was Executive General Manager, Cards, Payments & Retail Strategy at the Commonwealth Bank of Australia. David was also formerly Managing Director, Strategy, Marketing & Customer Segmentation at Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited and Managing Vice President and Head of Australia for First Manhattan.

 

 

 

 

David McLean LLB (Hons.). Age 57

Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

David was appointed Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited in February 2015. Since joining Westpac in February 1999, David has held a number of senior roles including Head of Debt Capital Markets New Zealand, General Manager, Private, Wealth and Insurance New Zealand and Head of Westpac Institutional Bank New Zealand, and most recently, Managing Director of the Westpac New York branch.

Before joining Westpac, David was Director, Capital Markets at Deutsche Morgan Grenfell since 1994, where he was responsible for starting and developing a new debt capital markets origination business. He also established the New Zealand branch of Deutsche Bank and was New Zealand Resident Branch Manager. In 1988, David joined Southpac/National Bank as a Capital Markets Executive. Prior to this, David worked as a lawyer in private practice and also served as in-house counsel for NatWest NZ from 1985. David is a Barrister & Solicitor of the High Court of New Zealand.

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker BGDipBus (HRM). Age 55

Group Executive, Human Resources, Corporate Affairs & Sustainability

Christine was appointed Group Executive, Human Resources, Corporate Affairs & Sustainability in October 2011, with responsibility for human resources strategy and management, including reward and recognition, safety, learning and development, careers and talent, employee relations and employment policy. She is also responsible for Corporate Affairs & Sustainability.

Prior to this appointment, she was Group General Manager, Human Resources, from March 2010, with responsibilities across the entire Westpac Group. Prior to that, Christine was General Manager, Human Resources, Westpac New Zealand Limited.

Prior to joining Westpac in 2007, Christine was Group Human Resources Director, Carter Holt Harvey, and from 1999 to 2004, she was Director of Human Resources with Restaurant Brands New Zealand.

 

 

 

 

46

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

Gary Thursby BEc, DipAcc, FCA. Age 53

Chief Strategy Officer

Gary was appointed Chief Strategy Officer in February 2015. Reporting to the Deputy Chief Executive Officer, Gary is responsible for the development of the Group’s strategy, along with business development and mergers and acquisitions. Gary first joined Westpac in 2008 and more recently was Chief Financial Officer, Australian Financial Services, where his responsibilities included Westpac’s Australian retail banking and wealth management businesses.

Gary has a wealth of financial services experience, having held a range of senior positions across a number of financial institutions over the last 20 years. Prior to joining Westpac, he served as Chief Financial Officer, Retail Bank at the Commonwealth Bank of Australia. Gary commenced his career at Deloitte Touché Tohmatsu.

Gary has a Bachelor of Economics and a Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting from Flinders University of South Australia and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants.

 

 

 

 

3. Report on the business

 

a)      Principal activities

 

The principal activities of the Group during the financial year ended 30 September 2015 were the provision of financial services including lending, deposit taking, payments services, investment portfolio management and advice, superannuation and funds management, insurance services, leasing finance, general finance and foreign exchange services.

 

There have been no significant changes in the nature of the principal activities of the Group during 2015.

 

b) Operating and financial review

 

The net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac for the financial year ended 30 September 2015 was $8,012 million, an increase of $451 million or 6% compared to 2014. Key features of this result were:

 

§         a 9% increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges with:

 

          net interest income of $14,267 million, an increase of $725 million or 5% compared to 2014, with loan growth of 7%, customer deposit growth of 4% and stable margins; and

 

          non-interest income of $7,375 million, an increase of $980 million or 15% compared to 2014, primarily due to the gain on the partial sale of BTIM ($1,036 million).  Excluding this item, non-interest income reduced $56 million or 1%, from lower trading income and lower insurance income reflecting higher insurance claims;

 

§         operating expenses were $9,473 million, an increase of $926 million or 11% compared to 2014. This included $505 million related to changes to accounting for technology investment spending.  Excluding this item, operating expenses increased $421 million or 5% primarily due to higher investment related costs, including increased software amortisation and foreign currency translation impacts; and

 

§         impairment charges were $753 million, an increase of $103 million or 16% compared to 2014, mostly due to a reduced benefit from credit quality improvements.  Overall asset quality improved during the year with stressed exposures as a percentage of total committed exposures reducing from 1.24% to 0.99%.

 

A review of the operations of the Group and its divisions and their results for the financial year ended 30 September 2015 is set out in Section 2 of the Annual Report under the sections ‘Review of Group operations’ and ‘Divisional performance’, which form part of this report.

 

Further information about our financial position and financial results is included in the financial statements in Section 3 of the Annual Report, which form part of this report.

 

c) Dividends

 

Since 30 September 2015, Westpac has announced a final ordinary dividend of 94 cents per Westpac ordinary share, totalling approximately $2,993 million for the year ended 30 September 2015 (2014 final ordinary dividend of 92 cents per Westpac ordinary share, totalling approximately $2,860 million). The dividend will be fully franked and will be paid on 21 December 2015.

 

An interim ordinary dividend for the current financial year of 93 cents per Westpac ordinary share for the half year ended 31 March 2015, totalling $2,902 million, was paid as a fully franked dividend on 2 July 2015 (2014 interim ordinary dividend of 90 cents per Westpac ordinary share, totalling $2,798 million).

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

47

 

 



 

 

d) Significant changes in state of affairs and events during and since the end of the 2015 financial year

 

 

Significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group were:

 

§         the appointment of Brian Hartzer as Chief Executive Officer effective 2 February 2015;

 

§         Westpac’s fully underwritten, pro rata accelerated renounceable entitlement offer to raise approximately $3.5 billion of ordinary equity;

 

§         the issue of approximately $2 billion worth of Westpac ordinary shares under the 2015 interim DRP and partial DRP underwrite;

 

§         the issuance of approximately $1.32 billion of securities known as Westpac Capital Notes 3;

 

§         the sale of Westpac’s banking operations in the Solomon Islands, Cook Islands, Samoa and Tonga to the Bank of South Pacific Limited for $114.6 million;

 

§         the partial sale of Westpac’s shareholding in BTIM (down from 59.1% to 31.0%);

 

§         the announcement of Westpac’s new operating structure on 10 June 2015;

 

§         the impact of various accounting changes, resulting in a reduction in the technology assets balance of $505 million (pre-tax) reported as an expense in the Full Year 2015 statutory results; and

 

§         ongoing regulatory changes and developments, which have included changes to liquidity, capital, financial services, taxation and other regulatory requirements.

 

For a discussion of these matters, please refer to ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 of the Annual Report under ‘Information on Westpac’.

 

The Directors are not aware of any other matter or circumstance that has occurred since the end of the financial year that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of these operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years.

 

e) Business strategies, developments and expected results

 

Our business strategies, prospects and likely major developments in the Group’s operations in future financial years and the expected results of those operations are discussed in Section 1 of the Annual Report under ‘Information on Westpac’, including under ‘Outlook’ and ‘Significant developments’.

 

Further information on our business strategies and prospects for future financial years and likely developments in our operations and the expected results of operations have not been included in this report because the Directors believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to us.

 

4. Directors’ interests

 

a)  Directors’ interests in securities

 

The following particulars for each Director are set out in the Remuneration Report in Section 9 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 September 2015 and in the tables below:

 

§         their relevant interests in our shares or the shares of any of our related bodies corporate;

 

§         their relevant interests in debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate;

 

§         their rights or options over shares in, debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate; and

 

§         any contracts:

 

        to which the Director is a party or under which they are entitled to a benefit; and

 

        that confer a right to call for or deliver shares in, debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate.

 

 

 

 

48

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

Directors’ interests in Westpac and related bodies corporate as at 2 November 2015

 

 

 

Number of Relevant
Interests in Westpac
Ordinary Shares

 

Number of Westpac
Share Rights

 

Westpac
CPS

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

17,799

 

-

 

-

 

Brian Hartzer

 

49,571

1

225,199

2

-

 

Elizabeth Bryan

 

26,801

 

-

 

-

 

Ewen Crouch

 

34,877

3

-

 

-

 

Alison Deans

 

9,000

 

-

 

-

 

Craig Dunn

 

8,500

 

-

 

-

 

Robert Elstone

 

10,291

 

-

 

-

 

Peter Hawkins

 

15,218

4

-

 

1,370

 

Peter Marriott

 

20,000

 

-

 

-

 

Former Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

1,797,295

5

390,534

6

-

 

Ann Pickard

 

13,800

7

-

 

-

 

 

1

Brian Hartzer’s interest in Westpac ordinary shares includes 12,075 restricted shares held under the Restricted Share Plan.

 

 

2

Share rights issued under the LTI Performance Plan.

 

 

3

Ewen Crouch and his related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 250 Westpac Capital Notes 2.

 

 

4

Peter Hawkins and his related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 1,433 Westpac Subordinated Notes and 850 Westpac Capital Notes 3.

 

 

5

Gail Kelly’s interest in Westpac ordinary shares includes 85,667 restricted shares held under the CEO Restricted Share Plan. Figure displayed is as at Gail Kelly’s retirement date of 1 February 2015.

 

 

6

Share rights issued under the CEO Performance Plan and held as at Gail Kelly’s retirement date of 1 February 2015.

 

 

7

Ann Pickard’s relevant interests arise through holding 13,800 Westpac American Depositary Shares (ADS). One ADS represents one Westpac fully paid ordinary share. Figure displayed is as at Ann Pickard’s retirement date of 12 December 2014.

 

Note: Certain subsidiaries of Westpac offer a range of registered schemes. The Directors from time to time invest in these schemes and are required to provide a statement to the ASX when any of their interests in these schemes change. ASIC has exempted each Director from the obligation to notify the ASX of a relevant interest in a security that is an interest in BT Cash Management Trust (ARSN 087 531 539), BT Premium Cash Fund (ARSN 089 299 730), Westpac Cash Management Trust (ARSN 088 187 928), BT Wholesale Managed Cash Fund (ARSN 088 832 491) or BT Wholesale Enhanced Cash Fund (ARSN 088 863 469).

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

49

 

 



 

 

b) Indemnities and insurance

 

 

Under the Westpac Constitution, unless prohibited by statute, we indemnify each of the Directors and Company Secretaries of Westpac and of each of our related bodies corporate (except related bodies corporate listed on a recognised stock exchange), each employee of Westpac or our subsidiaries (except subsidiaries listed on a recognised stock exchange), and each person acting as a responsible manager under an Australian Financial Services Licence of any of Westpac’s wholly-owned subsidiaries against every liability incurred by each such person in their capacity as director, company secretary, employee or responsible manager, as the case may be; and all legal costs incurred in defending or resisting (or otherwise in connection with) proceedings, whether civil or criminal or of an administrative or investigatory nature, in which the person becomes involved because of that capacity.

 

Each of the Directors named in this Directors’ report and each of the Company Secretaries of Westpac has the benefit of this indemnity.

 

Consistent with shareholder approval at the 2000 Annual General Meeting, Westpac has entered into a Deed of Access and Indemnity with each of the Directors, which includes indemnification in identical terms to that provided in the Westpac Constitution.

 

Westpac also executed a deed poll in September 2009 providing indemnification equivalent to that provided under the Westpac Constitution to individuals acting as:

 

§         statutory officers (other than as a director) of Westpac;

 

§         directors and other statutory officers of wholly-owned subsidiaries of Westpac; and

 

§         directors and statutory officers of other nominated companies as approved by Westpac in accordance with the terms of the deed poll and Westpac’s Contractual Indemnity Policy.

 

Some employees of Westpac’s related bodies corporate and responsible managers of Westpac and its related bodies corporate are also currently covered by a deed poll that was executed in November 2004, which is in similar terms to the September 2009 deed poll.

 

The Westpac Constitution also permits us, to the extent permitted by law, to pay or agree to pay premiums for contracts insuring any person who is or has been a Director or Company Secretary of Westpac or any of its related bodies corporate against liability incurred by that person in that capacity, including a liability for legal costs, unless:

 

§         we are forbidden by statute to pay or agree to pay the premium; or

 

§         the contract would, if we paid the premium, be made void by statute.

 

Under the September 2009 deed poll, Westpac also agrees to provide directors’ and officers’ insurance to Directors of Westpac and Directors of Westpac’s wholly-owned subsidiaries.

 

For the year ended 30 September 2015, the Group has insurance cover in respect of the amounts which we may have to pay under the indemnities set out above. That cover is subject to the terms and conditions of the relevant insurance, including but not limited to the limit of indemnity provided by the insurance. The insurance policies prohibit disclosure of the premium payable and the nature of the liabilities covered.

 

c) Options and share rights outstanding

 

 

As at the date of this report there are 747,152 share options outstanding and 4,489,400 share rights outstanding in relation to Westpac ordinary shares. The expiry date of the share options range between 20 December 2015 and 1 October 2018 and the weighted average exercise price is $26.73. The latest dates for exercise of the share rights range between 20 December 2015 and 1 May 2026.

 

Holders of outstanding share options and share rights in relation to Westpac ordinary shares do not have any rights under the share options and share rights to participate in any share issue or interest of Westpac or any other body corporate.

 

d) Proceedings on behalf of Westpac

 

 

No application has been made and no proceedings have been brought or intervened in, on behalf of Westpac under section 237 of the Corporations Act.

 

 

 

 

50

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 


5. Environmental disclosure

 

As part of our 2017 Sustainability Strategy we have set targets for our environmental performance. The Westpac Group’s environmental framework starts with ‘Our Principles for Doing Business’, which outline our broad environmental principles. This framework includes:

 

§         our Westpac Group Environment Policy, which has been in place since 1992;

 

§         our Sustainable Supply Chain Management Framework;

 

§         our Sustainability Risk Management Framework; and

 

§         public reporting of our environmental performance. We also participate in a number of voluntary initiatives including the Dow Jones Sustainability Index, CDP1, the Equator Principles, the Principles for Responsible Investment, the United Nations Global Compact and the Banking Environment Initiative’s Soft Commodities Compact.

 

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (Cth) (National Greenhouse Act) came into effect in July 2008. The Group reports on greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and production under the National Greenhouse Act for the period 1 July through 30 June each year.

 

The Group was previously subject to the reporting requirements of the Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 (Cth) (EEO Act). The Commonwealth Government repealed the EEO Act, effective from 29 June 2014. Accordingly, all obligations and activities under the EEO Program, including reporting requirements, have ceased.2

 

Our operations are not subject to any other particular and significant environmental regulation under any law of the Commonwealth of Australia or of any State or Territory of Australia. We may, however, become subject to environmental regulation as a result of our lending activities in the ordinary course of business and we have policies in place to ensure that this potential risk is addressed as part of our normal processes.

 

We have not incurred any liability (including for rectification costs) under any environmental legislation.

 

6. Rounding of amounts

 

 

Westpac is an entity to which ASIC Class Order 98/100 dated 10 July 1998, relating to the rounding of amounts in Directors’ report and financial reports, applies. Pursuant to this Class Order, amounts in this Directors’ report and the accompanying financial report have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, unless indicated to the contrary.

 

1             Formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure Project.

 

2             Westpac implemented energy efficiency opportunities which are expected to result in estimated energy savings of 28,154GJ, carbon savings of 7,112tCO2e and cost savings of $977,063 per year. Westpac also participated in the voluntary NSW Energy Saving Scheme and earned over $195,498 through the sale of 14,816 Energy Savings Certificates.

 

7. Political expenditure

 

 

In line with Westpac policy, no cash donations were made to political parties during the financial year ended 30 September 2015. The expenditure reflected in the table below relates to payment for participation in legitimate political activities where they were assessed to be of direct business relevance to Westpac. Such activities include business observer programs attached to annual party conferences, policy dialogue forums and other political functions such as speeches and events with industry participants.

 

Political expenditure, year ended 30 September 2015

 

Australia

 

 

 

Amount
$
1

 

Australian Labor Party

 

69,550

 

Liberal Party of Australia

 

84,895

 

National Party of Australia

 

-

 

Total

 

154,445

 

 

1             Represents aggregate amount at both Federal and State/Territory levels.

 

New Zealand

 

There was no expenditure on political activities in New Zealand for the year ended 30 September 2015. In line with Westpac policy, no cash donations were made to political parties in New Zealand during the year.


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

51

 

 



 

 

8. Directors’ meetings

 

Each Director attended the following meetings of the Board and Committees of the Board during the financial year ended 30 September 2015:

 

 

Notes

Board

Audit
Committee

Risk & Compliance Committee

Nominations
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Technology
Committee

Number of meetings
held during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

A

B

C

A

B

A

B

C

A

B

A

B

A

B

Lindsay Maxsted

1

10

10

-

4

4

4

4

-

4

4

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

2

6

6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

3

4

3

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

4

10

10

-

-

-

4

4

-

4

4

5

5

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

5

10

10

-

-

-

4

4

-

4

4

5

5

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alison Deans

6

10

10

-

-

-

4

3

1

-

-

-

-

3

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craig Dunn

7

3

3

-

-

-

1

1

-

-

-

1

1

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Elstone

8

10

9

1

4

4

4

4

-

1

1

5

5

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hawkins

9

10

10

-

4

4

4

4

-

4

4

-

-

3

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Marriott

10

10

10

-

4

4

4

4

-

3

3

-

-

3

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ann Pickard

11

4

4

-

-

-

1

1

-

-

-

2

2

-

-

 

This table shows membership of standing Committees of the Board. From time to time the Board may form other committees or request Directors to undertake specific extra duties.

 

A - Meetings eligible to attend as a member

B - Meetings attended as a member

C – Leave of absence granted

 

Unless otherwise stated, each Director has been a member, or the Chairman, of the relevant Committee for the whole of the period from 1 October 2014.

 

1

Chairman of the Board Nominations Committee. Member of the Board Audit Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee.

 

 

2

Brian Hartzer was appointed Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 2 February 2015. Member of the Board Technology Committee from 13 February 2015.

 

 

3

Gail Kelly retired as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer and member of the Board Technology Committee on 1 February 2015.

 

 

4

Chairman of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. Member of the Board Nominations Committee and the Board Remuneration Committee.

 

 

5

Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee. Member of the Board Nominations Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee.

 

 

6

Member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee and the Board Technology Committee.

 

 

7

Craig Dunn was appointed as a Director on 1 June 2015. Member of the Board Remuneration Committee and Board Risk & Compliance Committee from 5 June 2015.

 

 

8

Chairman of the Board Audit Committee, and member of the Board Nominations Committee, until 31 December 2014. Member of the Board Remuneration Committee, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, and from 1 January 2015, a member of the Board Audit Committee.

 

 

9

Chairman of the Board Technology Committee. Member of the Board Audit Committee, the Board Nominations Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee.

 

 

10

Chairman of the Board Audit Committee from 1 January 2015. Member of the Board Audit Committee until 31 December 2014. Member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, the Board Technology Committee, and from 13 February 2015, a member of the Board Nominations Committee.

 

 

11

Ann Pickard retired from the Board and its Committees on 12 December 2014.

 

 

 

 

52

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

9. Remuneration Report

 

 

Introduction from the Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee

 

Dear Shareholder,

 

We are pleased to present Westpac’s 2015 Remuneration Report (Report).

 

2015 Remuneration outcomes

 

Each year, the Board assesses a number of factors when determining remuneration outcomes.  In addition to approved scoreboards including financial performance, the Committee assesses elements such as result quality, performance drivers, the operating environment and accounting changes or adjustments.  This year, the outcomes also recognise the smooth transition to the new CEO and management’s contribution in the context of significant regulatory change.

 

It is against this framework that the short and long-term incentive outcomes have been determined.

 

The 2012 Long-Term Incentive (LTI) grant qualified for 36% vesting this year reflecting our performance against the hurdles established in 2012.  In particular:

 

§   Westpac’s LTI plan Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over the last three years was 62.5%. While ranking second amongst the four major Australian banks, this was a 30th percentile outcome against the designated peer group. As this outcome was below the 50th percentile vesting threshold, none of the 2012 TSR hurdled rights vested.

 

§   Westpac’s Cash Earnings per Share (EPS) growth over the last three years totalled 15.56%, which was above the vesting threshold of 12.8% (4.1% compound annual growth), but below the maximum of 19.1% (6% compound annual growth).  Accordingly, 72% of the 2012 EPS performance tranche vested.

 

Executive changes

 

Brian Hartzer commenced as CEO on 2 February 2015 and there were a number of changes in executive appointments during the year. These included the appointment of Lyn Cobley as Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank and David McLean as CEO of Westpac New Zealand after acting in the role.  David Lindberg also joined the Executive Team with his appointment as Chief Executive, Commercial & Business Bank while George Frazis was appointed Chief Executive, Consumer Bank. Consistent with prior commitments by the Board, all of the new Group Executives, including the CEO, had starting remuneration levels below those of the prior incumbents, applying the Group pay mix.

 

Remuneration frameworks

 

The revised remuneration framework outlined in last year’s Report was implemented in 2015:

 

§   the deferred component of the Short-Term Incentive (STI) increased from 40% to 50% deferred over two years and as a result the cash component of STI paid to our Group Executives has reduced; and

 

§   the prospective approach to LTI allocations introduced, with an extended vesting period of four years.

 

The value of LTI share rights for our executives in Section 6.2 also increased as a consequence of the new 2015 LTI grant, though the values remain ‘at risk’ and subject to meeting both TSR and EPS based performance hurdles over a four year vesting period.

 

We are confident that that our remuneration framework is well positioned to attract and retain the highest quality executives and provide remuneration outcomes which reflect our business performance and sustained outcomes in the interests of our shareholders.

 

 

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

Chairman – Board Remuneration Committee

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

53

 

 



 

 


1. Governance and risk management

 

 

This section details the Group’s approach to governance and risk management as they relate to remuneration.

 

1.1. Governance

 

The Group’s remuneration policies and practices strive to fairly and responsibly reward employees, having regard to performance, the Group’s risk management framework, the law and high standards of governance.

 

The role of the Board is to provide strategic guidance for the Group and effective oversight of management. In this way, the Board is accountable to shareholders for performance. As part of this role, the Board has overall responsibility for remuneration.

 

The Remuneration Committee supports the Board. Its primary function is to assist the Board to fulfil its responsibilities to shareholders with regard to remuneration. The Remuneration Committee monitors the remuneration policies and practices of the Group, external remuneration practices, market expectations and regulatory requirements in Australia and internationally. The Committee’s purpose, responsibilities and duties are outlined in the Charter which is available on the Group’s website.

 

All Board Committee Charters are reviewed every two years. The Board Remuneration Committee Charter was last reviewed and amended in May 2014.

 

Members of the Remuneration Committee during 2015

 

All members of the Remuneration Committee are independent Non-executive Directors. During 2015, the members were:

 

§   Ewen Crouch (Chairman);

 

§   Elizabeth Bryan;

 

§   Craig Dunn (member from 5 June 2015);

 

§   Robert Elstone; and

 

§   Ann Pickard (retired 12 December 2014).

 

Independent remuneration consultant

 

During 2015, the Board retained Guerdon Associates as its independent consultant to provide specialist information on executive remuneration and other Group remuneration matters. These services are provided directly to the Remuneration Committee which is independent of management. The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee oversees the engagement of, remuneration arrangements for, and payment of, the independent consultant.

 

Work undertaken by Guerdon Associates during 2015 included the provision of information relating to the benchmarking of Non-executive Director, CEO and Group Executive remuneration and analysis regarding the Group’s Earnings per Share (EPS) LTI performance hurdle. No remuneration recommendations, as prescribed under the Corporations Act, were made by Guerdon Associates in 2015.

 

Internal governance structure

 

The Westpac internal governance structure includes three levels of Remuneration Oversight Committees (ROCs) which focus on the appropriateness and consistency of remuneration arrangements and outcomes within individual functions and divisions and across the Group. The ROCs support the Board Remuneration Committee by ensuring that the Group-wide remuneration frameworks and outcomes are consistent with the Group’s approved policy.

 

1.2. Risk management

 

We aim to integrate effective risk management into the remuneration framework throughout the organisation. The Chairman of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee is a member of the Remuneration Committee, and members of the Remuneration Committee are also members of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. In carrying out its duties, the Remuneration Committee can access personnel from risk and financial control, and engage external advisors who are independent of management.

 

The Group’s remuneration strategy, executive remuneration framework, policies and practices all reflect the sound risk management that is fundamental to the way we operate. The performance of each division within the Group is reviewed and measured with reference to how risk is managed and the results influence remuneration outcomes.

 

The executive total reward framework specifically includes features to take account of risk.

 

Each year, the Board determines the size of the variable reward pool which funds variable reward outcomes across the Group. This is based on the Group’s performance for the year and an assessment of how profit should be shared among shareholders and employees and retained for growth. The primary financial indicator used is economic profit, which measures cash earnings adjusted for cost of capital used in the business. Cash earnings, return on equity (ROE), Cash EPS and dividends are also taken into account.

 

STI outcomes are based on both financial and non-financial measures, with the latter reflecting risk management outcomes and progress on the implementation of the Group’s strategy. Group economic profit, Group core earnings growth and Group ROE accounted for 40% of the CEO’s scoreboard for 2015. Similarly, Group Executive scoreboards had 45% of their STI allocated based on Group economic profit, divisional economic profit, divisional core earnings growth and divisional expense management (Chief Risk Officer 30%). A performance measure related to the Board’s Risk Appetite Statement accounted for a further 10% of the CEO’s and Group Executives’ scoreboards. In addition, the CEO and each Group Executive are assessed on specific risk measures that may influence any discretionary adjustment to the scoreboard. Ultimately, the Board has 100% discretion over the STI outcome. We believe this discretion is vital to balance a mechanistic approach in determining performance and reward outcomes and to enable previous decisions (either good or bad) to be taken into account. This discretion may be exercised both up and down.


 

 

 

 

54

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

Approval of remuneration decisions

 

We follow a strict process of ‘two-up’ approval for all remuneration decisions. This means that remuneration is approved by the next most senior person above the employee’s manager. This concept is also reflected in our requirement for the Board, based on recommendations from the Remuneration Committee, to approve performance outcomes and remuneration for:

 

§          the CEO and Group Executives; and

 

§          other executives who report directly to the CEO, other persons whose activities in the Board’s opinion affect the financial soundness of the Group and any other person specified by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.

 

Any significant remuneration arrangements that fall outside the Group Remuneration Policy are referred to the Remuneration Committee for review and approval.

 

Shareholding requirements and hedging policy

 

To further align their interests with those of shareholders, the CEO and Group Executives are expected to build and maintain a substantial Westpac shareholding within five years of being appointed to their role. For the CEO, the value of that shareholding is expected to be no less than five times his annual fixed package. For Group Executives, the expected minimum is a value of $1.2 million.

 

Participants in the Group’s equity plans are forbidden from entering either directly or indirectly into hedging arrangements for unvested securities in their STI and LTI equity awards. No financial products of any kind may be used to mitigate the risk associated with these equity instruments. Any attempt to hedge these securities makes them subject to forfeiture. These restrictions have been in place for some time and satisfy the requirements of the Corporations Act which prohibit hedging of unvested securities.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

55

 

 



 

 

2. Key Management Personnel remuneration disclosed in this Report

 

The remuneration of key management personnel (KMP) for the Group is disclosed in this Report. In 2015, KMP comprised Non-executive Directors, the CEO and Group Executives who reported to the CEO and/or led significant parts of the business.

 

CEO and Group Executives

 

Name

 

Position

 

Term as KMP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer1

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly2

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

Part Year

 

 

 

 

 

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

Deputy Chief Executive Officer

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Lyn Cobley3

 

Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

Part Year

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

David Curran

 

Chief Information Officer

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis4

 

Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb

 

Chief Risk Officer

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

David Lindberg5

 

Chief Executive, Commercial & Business Bank

 

Part Year

 

 

 

 

 

David McLean6

 

Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker

 

Group Executive, Human Resources & Corporate Affairs

 

Full Year

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield7

 

Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

Part Year

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Yetton8

 

Group Executive, Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

Part Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-executive Directors

 

Name

Position

Term as KMP

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

Chairman

Full Year

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Alison Deans

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Craig Dunn9

Director

Part Year

 

 

 

Robert Elstone

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Peter Hawkins

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Peter Marriott

Director

Full Year

 

 

 

Ann Pickard10

Director

Part Year

 

 

 

 

1             Brian Hartzer was Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services (AFS) prior to his appointment as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 2 February 2015.

 

2             Gail Kelly retired as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 1 February 2015.

 

3             Lyn Cobley was appointed Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank with effect from 7 September 2015.

 

4             George Frazis was Chief Executive Officer, St.George Banking Group prior to his appointment as Chief Executive, Consumer Bank on 10 June 2015.

 

5             David Lindberg was Chief Product Officer prior to his appointment as Chief Executive, Commercial & Business Bank on 10 June 2015.

 

6             David McLean was Acting Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited prior to his appointment as Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited on 2 February 2015.

 

7             Rob Whitfield resigned effective 10 July 2015.

 

8             Jason Yetton ceased as Group Executive, Westpac Retail & Business Banking on 10 June 2015.

 

9             Craig Dunn was appointed on 1 June 2015.

 

10         Ann Pickard retired on 12 December 2014.

 

 

 

 

56

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

3. Remuneration snapshot 2015

 

This section provides an overview of the Group’s remuneration arrangements during the 2015 financial year.

 

3.1. Remuneration strategy, principles and framework

 

Executive remuneration framework

 

The CEO and Group Executives are remunerated based on a Total Reward framework:

 

 

The target pay mix was adopted in 2012 and is being progressively implemented for existing Group Executives as their remuneration increases. In 2015, Christine Parker and Jason Yetton received increases as their remuneration was significantly below that of their peers and in competitor organisations. George Frazis also received a market aligned increase during 2015.

 

The Total Reward framework has three components and, in aggregate, is benchmarked against relevant financial services competitors:

 

Fixed remuneration – takes into account the size and complexity of the role, individual responsibilities, experience, skills and disclosed market-related pay levels within the financial services industry;

 

Short-term incentive (STI) – is determined based on an STI target set using similar principles to those used for fixed remuneration, and on individual, divisional and Group performance objectives for the year. Performance is measured against risk-adjusted financial targets and non-financial targets that support the Group’s strategy; and

 

Long-term incentive (LTI) – is designed to align the total remuneration of executives to the long-term performance of the Group and the interests of shareholders. The amount of the award takes into account market benchmarks, individual performance over time, succession potential and key skills.

 

4.    Executive remuneration

 

4.1. Remuneration structure and policy

 

a)   Fixed remuneration

 

Fixed remuneration comprises cash salary, salary sacrificed items and employer superannuation contributions.

 

The Group provides superannuation contributions in line with statutory obligations. Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually taking into consideration:

 

§         role and accountabilities;

 

§         relevant market benchmarks within the financial services industry; and

 

§         the attraction, motivation and retention of key executives.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

57

 

 



 

 

 

b) Short-Term Incentive (STI)

 

STI provides the opportunity for participants to earn cash and deferred equity incentives where specific outcomes have been achieved in the financial year. The CEO and each Group Executive are assessed using a balanced scoreboard, combining both annual financial and non-financial objectives which support the Group’s strategic goals.

 

STI targets

 

Brian Hartzer’s full year STI target opportunity for 2015 as CEO was set at $2,686,000. His actual STI target opportunity reflects the part year as CEO and Chief Executive, AFS.

 

STI targets for Group Executives are set by the Remuneration Committee and approved by the Board at the beginning of each performance year based on a range of factors including market competitiveness and the nature of each role. The STI targets for the 2015 performance year did not increase for those Group Executives whose fixed remuneration was unchanged in 2015. The STI awards for Group Executives are managed within the Group-wide variable reward pool.

 

STI outcomes are subject to both a quantitative and qualitative assessment, including a risk management overlay, which is embedded in our scoreboard measurement process. The maximum STI opportunity is 150% of target. The Board has the capacity to adjust STI outcomes (and reduce STI outcomes to zero if appropriate) in the assessment process.

 

STI structure 2015

 

The table below details how and when STI outcomes are delivered, and for deferred payments, the type of equity and the instrument used:

 

 

1             Shares granted under the CEO Restricted Share Plan and the Restricted Share Plan rank equally with Westpac ordinary shares for dividends and voting rights from the date they are granted. The Board has the discretion to satisfy vested share right grants and the allocation of subsequent shares to participants, or the allocation of restricted shares under the deferred STI, by either the issue of new shares or on-market purchase of shares.

 

2             Rights to ordinary shares entitle the holder to Westpac ordinary shares at the time of vesting.

 

 

 

 

58

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

By deferring a portion of the STI in the form of restricted equity, incentive payments are better aligned with the interests of shareholders as the ultimate value of the deferred portion is tied to movements in share price over the restriction period. The deferred STI awards are allocated as restricted shares and, as they recognise past performance and are not subject to further performance conditions, attract dividends over the vesting period.

 

If an executive resigns or retires, or otherwise leaves the Group before his or her securities vest, the Board has discretion in relation to how those securities are treated. If the executive leaves the Group to join another organisation, or is terminated for cause, their securities are generally forfeited. In other circumstances, the Board may elect to allow the securities to remain on foot for the balance of the relevant restriction period and then vest.

 

Securities are also subject to forfeiture at the Board’s discretion in the event of a material issue or financial mis-statement.

 

Details of deferred STI allocations granted in prior years, which have been exercised during the year ended 30 September 2015, are included in Section 6.4 of this Report.

 

c)   Long-Term Incentive (LTI)

 

The CEO and Group Executives are also eligible for an LTI award.

 

LTI structure 2014

 

The LTI grants made for the 2014 remuneration period follow the format and performance hurdles detailed in the 2014 Annual Report (page 62), and will vest in 2017.

 

LTI structure 2015

 

The following diagram and table set out the key features of the 2015 LTI awards made in December 2014 to Group Executives under the Westpac LTI Plan. No awards were made under the CEO Performance or LTI Plans in December 2014.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

59

 

 



 

 

 

LTI award opportunities

 

Brian Hartzer did not receive any awards under the CEO LTI Plan related to his appointment as CEO.  No awards were made in 2015 to Gail Kelly (former CEO) under the CEO Performance Plan.

 

Group Executives receive annual LTI awards in the form of share rights under the Westpac LTI Plan. A share right is not a Westpac share and does not attract the payment of dividends.

 

At the beginning of each year, the Board, advised by the Remuneration Committee, sets the dollar value of the LTI award target for each Group Executive.

 

 

Westpac LTI Plan – Granted after 1 October 2014

 

Equity instrument

Share rights – the Board has the discretion to satisfy vested grants and the allocation of subsequent shares to participants by either the issue of new shares or the on-market purchase of shares, or as a cash payment. One share right entitles the holder to one ordinary share at the time of vesting at a nil exercise cost.

 

Determining the number of securities

The number of share rights each individual receives is determined by dividing the dollar value of the LTI award by the value of the share rights at the beginning of the performance assessment period (performance period).

The value of share rights is determined by an independent valuer taking as a starting point the market price of Westpac shares at grant, and utilising a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model, applying assumptions based on expected life, volatility, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield associated with the securities and the risk of forfeiture attributed to each performance hurdle. The value of a share right may be different for TSR hurdled share rights than for EPS hurdled share rights.

 

Performance hurdles

In December 2014 on the transition from a three to four year performance and vesting cycle, Group Executives were allocated both the 2014 LTI allocation vesting in 2017 and the 2015 LTI allocation vesting in 2018. The LTI grants retain dual TSR and EPS hurdles which are detailed below.

The TSR data is averaged over the three months preceding the measurement date.

Together, the use of these two hurdles is intended to provide a balanced view of the Group’s overall performance and provide strong alignment with shareholder interests.

The two hurdles operate independently.

 

2014 LTI Award

TSR
(50% of the allocation)

Cash EPS CAGR
(50% of the allocation)

 

Westpac’s TSR percentile ranking must equal or exceed the 50th percentile of a defined group of comparator companies (peer group) over the three year performance period. The peer group is comprised of the top 10 selected Australian companies listed on the ASX in the financial services sector.

The companies in the 2014 peer group for the Westpac Reward Plan are:

§   AMP Limited;

§   ASX Limited;

§   Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited;

§   Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited;

§   Commonwealth Bank of Australia;

§   Insurance Australia Group Limited;

§   Lend Lease Group;

§   Macquarie Group Limited;

§   National Australia Bank Limited; and

§   Suncorp Group Limited.

The Cash EPS CAGR measure focuses on growth in cash earnings over a three year performance period. A description of the process used to determine cash earnings is provided at Note 2 to the financial statements.

Westpac has a policy of not providing guidance to the market. Accordingly, the Board will advise specific Cash EPS targets and the Group’s performance against target following the test date.

The Cash EPS targets were developed with the assistance of an independent external advisor who was provided access to Westpac’s long-term business plan and analyst forecasts in regard to the long-term performance of Westpac and its peers.

The EPS performance will be measured once at the completion of the performance period. Westpac shares will be allocated in satisfaction of vested share rights at no cost to participants.

 

 

 

 

60

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

 

Westpac LTI Plan – Granted after 1 October 2014

 

 

2015 LTI Award

 

TSR
(50% of the allocation)

 

Cash EPS CAGR
(50% of the allocation)

 

Westpac’s TSR must equal the growth in the composite index in order for 50% of the TSR tranche to vest.

For 100% to vest, Westpac’s TSR must exceed the growth of the composite index by 21.55 (i.e. average 5% compound annual growth over the four year performance period).

The companies in the 2015 peer group for the Westpac LTI Plan are:

§   AMP Limited;

§   Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited;

§   Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited;

§   Bank of Queensland;

§   Challenger Limited;

§   Commonwealth Bank of Australia;

§   Macquarie Group Limited;

§   National Australia Bank Limited;

§   Perpetual Limited; and

§   Suncorp Group Limited.

 

The Cash EPS CAGR measure as described for the 2014 grant is unchanged for the 2015 LTI award.  EPS rights which satisfy the EPS hurdle and qualify for vesting at the completion of the three year performance period will have a one year holding lock applied and will vest at the completion of the four year term from the commencement date.

 

Targets are set for stretch performance

The Board considers the vesting profile as being appropriate as 100% vesting will only occur where, in respect of the 2014 LTI award, Westpac is ranked third or better out of the total of 11 companies (including Westpac), and in respect of the 2015 LTI award, Westpac’s TSR equals or exceeds the growth of the composite index plus 21.55.

The TSR performance will be measured once at the completion of the performance period. Westpac shares will be allocated in satisfaction of vested share rights at no cost to participants.

 

The expensed value of the December 2013, 2014 and 2015 grants in Table 6.2 of this Report have been discounted to 50%, reflecting the Board’s current assessment of the probability of the threshold EPS hurdles being met and share rights vesting over time.

 

Who measures the performance hurdle outcomes?

To ensure objectivity and external validation, TSR results are calculated by an independent external consultant and are provided to the Board or its delegate to review and determine vesting outcomes.  Under the relevant plan rules, the Board may exercise discretion if in all prevailing circumstances Directors think it is appropriate to do so when determining the ultimate vesting outcome.

 

The Cash EPS CAGR outcome will be determined by the Board based on the Cash EPS disclosed in our results at the completion of the performance period.  Under the relevant plan rules, the Board may exercise discretion if in all prevailing circumstances Directors think it is appropriate to do so when determining the ultimate vesting outcome.

Early vesting is possible in limited cases

For awards made since 1 October 2009, unvested securities may vest before a test date if the executive is no longer employed by the Group due to death or disability. In general, any such vesting is not subject to performance hurdles being met.

 

No re-testing

There is no re-testing on awards made since 2011. Any securities remaining unvested after the nominated measurement period including any holding lock period lapse immediately.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

61

 

 



 

 

 

 

Westpac LTI Plan – Granted after 1 October 2014

 

Treatment of securities

 

The Board has discretion in relation to performance share rights where the CEO or a senior executive resigns or retires, or otherwise leaves the Group before vesting occurs. This discretion enables the Board to vest the relevant securities or leave them on foot for the remainder of the performance period. In exercising its discretion, the Board will take into account all relevant circumstances including those surrounding the departure in question. The Board may also adjust the number of performance share rights downwards, or to zero (in which case they will lapse) where the circumstances of the departure warrant, or to respond to misconduct resulting in significant financial and/or reputational impact to Westpac.

Where a holder acts fraudulently or dishonestly, or is in material breach of his or her obligations under the relevant equity plan, unexercised performance share rights (whether vested or unvested) will lapse unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

4.2. Linking reward and performance

 

CEO performance objectives and key highlights

 

The Remuneration Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on individual performance objectives for the CEO. These objectives are intended to provide a robust link between remuneration outcomes and the key drivers of long-term shareholder value. The STI objectives are set in the form of a scoreboard with targets and measures aligned to our strategic priorities cascaded from the CEO scoreboard to the relevant Group Executive scoreboard. The key financial and non-financial objectives for the CEO in the 2015 financial year, with commentary on key highlights are provided below:

 

Category

Weighting

Measure1

Performance Highlights

 

Return

30%

Economic Profit

§   The Group delivered EP of $4.418 million, down 2% from FY14. While cash earnings increased 3%, the EP outcome was impacted by a 6% increase in average ordinary equity.

 

Return on Equity

§   Return on Equity was 15.8% exceeding our target of 15%, with all divisions achieving returns above their cost of capital despite difficult operating conditions and increased capital requirements.

 

Growth

10%

Core Earnings Growth

§   The Group delivered 3% growth in core earnings, with our Australian and New Zealand consumer and business banks performing above target. Core earnings were impacted by severe weather claims in BTFG and the partial sale of BTIM as well as the FVA adjustments and below target margins in WIB.

 

20%

Customers

§   We have exceeded our customer growth targets, making solid progress towards our goal of on-boarding a million new customers by 2017, while importantly reducing complaints by 31% year on year and down 80% over the past three years.

§   Reached stretch target of 10 million customers across the Group 18 months ahead of target.

§   The Westpac Institutional Bank regained its No.1 spot on the Peter Lee relationship strength index, while retaining the No.1 Lead Transaction Bank position for a 12th year in a row.

§   Our digital platforms have been key to the engagement of customers with Westpac Live ranked No.2 globally by Forrester Research and Westpac One delivering the Best Online Bank award from Canstar in New Zealand. 

 

Market Share

§   We continued to grow our market share for business credit, household deposits and credit cards at or above system.

 

Wealth

§   Maintained sector leading wealth penetration at around 20%.

§   BT Platforms Funds Under Administration ranked No.1 for market share.

 

Asia

§   We continued to grow our Corporate and Institutional customer base for a third straight year.

 

Strength

10%

Adherence to Group Risk Appetite Statement (RAS)

§   The Group has a strong capital position, improved liquidity and funding profiles and impairments at the lowest level among the major Australian banks.

§   The Group has delivered its financial performance while operating within our Group RAS.

 

10%

Balance Sheet Strength and Sustainable Funding

§   The Group’s asset quality remains sector leading with Net Interest Margin performance maintained.

§   Our funding position is strong and well diversified, the average duration extended from 2.77 years to 2.82 years.

 

10%

Business & Technology Architecture

§   Significant progress has been made towards having a world class online and mobile capability, a more resilient infrastructure and a clear road map for continuing development. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

63

 

 



 

 

 

 

10%

People and Sustainability

§   We have retained our position as the most sustainable bank globally in the 2015 Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI) Review.

§   The number of women in leadership grew to 46% and is on track to meet our 2017 target of 50%.

§   Our continued focus on a culture of workplace safety has delivered a 28% reduction in Long Term Injury Frequency Rate well ahead of targets and our 2014 result.

 

 

 

1           Individual measures will differ for each Group Executive.

 

 

 

 

64

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

Our primary financial measure is economic profit which the Board believes, in combination with ROE, is an appropriate measure of returns and of the value created for shareholders complementing the LTI measures. The remaining measures focus on ensuring that we remain strong; deliver targeted growth; and drive simplification, innovation and productivity while helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow. The final STI outcome for 2015 reflects the Board’s view of performance across all balanced scoreboard measures relative to planned outcomes, and the value the Group has delivered for our shareholders.

 

Aligning pay with performance and shareholder return

 

Graph 1 shows the CEO’s STI payment as a percentage of STI target and its relationship to our primary financial metric, economic profit, while Graph 2 shows the Group’s ROE performance being the other key financial metric. Graphs 3 and 4 show the Group’s TSR and EPS performance respectively, these being the LTI hurdles.

 

Graph 1: STI Award for CEO vs Economic Profit

 

 

Graph 2: Return on Equity (ROE) 2012 to 2015

 

 

Graph 3: Total Shareholder Return (TSR) 2011 to 2015

 

 

 

Graph 4: Cash Earnings per Share (EPS) 2012 to 2015

 

 

Application of discretion

 

The Board and the Remuneration Committee recognise that the scoreboard approach, while embracing a number of complementary performance objectives, will never entirely assess overall performance. The Remuneration Committee may therefore make discretionary adjustments, positive and negative, to the scoreboard outcomes for the CEO and Group Executives. The Remuneration Committee uses the following criteria to apply discretionary adjustments:

 

§         matters not known or not relevant at the beginning of the financial year, which are relevant to the under or over performance of the CEO and Group Executives during the financial year;

 

§         the degree of stretch implicit in the scoreboard measures and targets themselves and the context in which the targets were set;

 

§         whether the operating environment during the financial year has been materially better or worse than forecast;

 

§         comparison with the performance of the Group’s principal competitors;

 

§         any major positive or negative risk management or reputational issue that impacts the Group;

 

§         the quality of the financial result as shown by its composition and consistency;

 

§         whether there have been major positive or negative aspects regarding the quality of leadership and/or behaviours consistent with our values; and

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

65

 

 



 

 

 

§         any other relevant under or over performance or other matter not captured.

 

The process ensures that financial measures such as EP are adjusted for non-operating items which impact the current year process such as write-offs, accounting standard changes or one-off transactions (where appropriate) to ensure that employees are neither advantaged nor disadvantaged when determining the incentive outcome. Adjustments are considered on a multi-year basis where appropriate e.g. where a material adjustment has been brought forward into the current year.

 

At the end of the year, the Remuneration Committee reviews performance against objectives and applies any adjustments it considers appropriate. The Remuneration Committee then recommends STI outcomes for the CEO and each Group Executive to the Board for approval, thereby ensuring the Board retains oversight of final awards.

 

 

 

 

66

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

LTI performance outcomes

 

The following table provides the Group’s TSR, dividend, cash earnings per share and share price performance each year from 2011 to 2015:

 

 

 

Years Ended 30 September

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

TSR – three years

 

62.30%

 

102.03%

 

66.09%

 

25.61%

 

9.6%

 

TSR – five years

 

92.78%

 

103.74%

 

90.91%

 

20.03%

 

18.5%

 

Dividends per Westpac share (cents)1

 

187

 

182

 

174

 

166

 

156

 

Cash earnings per Westpac share2

 

$2.50

 

$2.45

 

$2.29

 

$2.16

 

$2.09

 

Share price – high

 

$40.07

 

$35.99

 

$34.79

 

$24.99

 

$25.60

 

Share price – low

 

$29.10

 

$30.00

 

$24.23

 

$19.00

 

$17.84

 

Share price – close

 

$29.70

 

$32.14

 

$32.73

 

$24.85

 

$20.34

 

 

1           Does not include 20 cent special dividend determined in 2013.

 

2           Cash earnings are not prepared in accordance with AAS and have not been subject to audit.

 

The vesting outcomes for awards made to the CEO and Group Executives under the CEO Performance Plan and Westpac Reward Plan that reached the completion of the performance period during the financial year, are set out below. No changes have been made to the terms and conditions of prior grants.

 

TSR hurdle vesting outcomes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remain

 

 

 

 

 

Commencement

 

 

 

TSR Percentile in

 

Vested

 

Lapsed

 

in Plan

 

Equity Instrument

 

Type of Equity

 

Date1

 

Test Date

 

Ranking Group

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

CEO Performance Plan2

 

Performance share rights

 

21 December 2009

 

21 December 2014

 3

40th percentile

 

70

 

30

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

1 October 2010

 

1 October 2015

 3

50th percentile

 

90

 

10

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

1 October 2012

 

1 October 2015

 

30th percentile

 

-

 

100

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac Reward Plan

 

Performance share rights

 

1 October 2010

 

1 October 2015

 3

50th percentile

 

90

 

10

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

1 October 2012

 

1 October 2015

 

30th percentile

 

-

 

100

 

-

 

 

1           Commencement date refers to the commencement of the performance period.

 

2           CEO Performance Plan refers to awards made to Gail Kelly.

 

3           Third test date. Unvested share rights lapsed.  There is no re-testing for awards granted since 2011.

 

Cash EPS CAGR hurdle vesting outcomes

 

 

 

 

 

Commencement

 

 

 

Cash EPS CAGR

 

Vested

 

Lapsed

 

Equity Instrument

 

Type of Equity

 

Date1

 

Test Date

 

Performance

 

%

 

%

 

CEO Performance Plan2

 

Performance share rights

 

1 October 2012

 

1 October 2015

 

4.94%

 

72

 

28

 

Westpac Reward Plan

 

Performance share rights

 

1 October 2012

 

1 October 2015

 

4.94%

 

72

 

28

 

 

1           Commencement date refers to the commencement of the performance period.

 

2           CEO Performance Plan refers to awards made to Gail Kelly.

 

2012 Cash EPS CAGR hurdle

 

The Cash EPS CAGR hurdle and vesting profile over the three year vesting period for the 2012 LTI grant was:

 

§         a minimum of 4.1% CAGR for 50% to vest;

 

§         6% CAGR for 100% to vest; and

 

§         straight-line vesting between 4.1% and 6% CAGR.

 

The Cash EPS CAGR range was developed prior to the allocation in December 2012, and reflected stretch targets in the context of both consensus analyst forecasts and the Westpac strategic plan and business forecasting. The performance range also reflected the forecast market and operating conditions in late 2012.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

67

 

 



 

 

4.3. Remuneration outcomes for the CEO and Group Executives – Linking reward and performance

 

The following table has been prepared to provide shareholders with an outline of the remuneration which has been received for the 2015 performance year either as cash or in the case of prior equity awards, the value which has vested in 2015 (see note 5 below). Details in this table supplement the statutory requirements in Section 6.2 of this report. Unlike the statutory table, which represents remuneration outcomes prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (AAS), this table shows the actual remuneration value received by executives and is not prepared in accordance with AAS.

 

 

 

Fixed
Remuneration
1

 

2015 STI Cash
Payment
2

 

Other Short-Term
Benefits
3

 

2015 Total Cash
Payments
4

 

Prior Year Equity Awards5
Vested during 2015

 

Prior Year Equity Awards5
Forfeited during 2015

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer6

 

2,442,623

 

1,245,960

 

-

 

3,688,583

 

436,856

 

-

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

 

1,150,235

 

728,000

 

-

 

1,878,235

 

1,856,504

 

443,315

Lyn Cobley6

 

77,719

 

-

 

1,100,000

 

1,177,719

 

-

 

-

Philip Coffey

 

1,335,525

 

734,400

 

-

 

2,069,925

 

2,940,393

 

746,062

Brad Cooper

 

1,096,259

 

816,000

 

-

 

1,912,259

 

3,166,210

 

816,052

David Curran

 

984,092

 

547,400

 

-

 

1,531,492

 

-

 

-

George Frazis6

 

1,161,549

 

928,000

 

-

 

2,089,549

 

2,522,158

 

621,718

Alexandra Holcomb

 

981,564

 

499,800

 

-

 

1,481,364

 

1,028,774

 

192,259

Peter King

 

968,511

 

522,580

 

-

 

1,491,091

 

921,140

 

165,230

David Lindberg6

 

272,415

 

151,725

 

-

 

424,140

 

315,312

 

-

David McLean6

 

782,164

 

430,580

 

-

 

1,212,744

 

450,062

 

79,436

Christine Parker

 

853,179

 

508,500

 

-

 

1,361,679

 

897,932

 

123,083

Former Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly6

 

1,048,750

 

1,200,000

 

-

 

2,248,750

 

9,509,812

 

4,288,845

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield6

 

1,413,849

 

566,667

 

1,651,376

 

3,631,892

 

2,767,061

 

689,260

Jason Yetton6

 

690,281

 

427,084

 

-

 

1,117,365

 

1,111,753

 

198,003

 

1       Fixed remuneration includes cash salary, annual leave accrual and salary sacrificed items plus employer superannuation contributions.

 

2       With the exception of Gail Kelly, the cash STI payment represents 50% of the 2015 STI outcome and will be paid in December 2015. The remaining 50% is deferred in the form of equity granted in December 2015 which will vest in equal tranches in October 2016 and 2017.

 

3       Includes payments made on cessation of employment or other contracted amounts.  The payment to Lyn Cobley reflects annual incentive foregone from her previous employer. The payment to Rob Whitfield after nearly 30 years’ service includes a payment in lieu of notice in accordance with his contract provisions.

 

4       This is the addition of the first, second and third columns.

 

5       Prior year equity awards include both deferred STI and LTI allocations subject to performance hurdles which have vested in 2015. The equity value has been calculated as the number of securities that vested or were forfeited during the year ended 30 September 2015, multiplied by the five day volume weighted average price of Westpac ordinary shares at the time they vested or were forfeited, less any exercise price payable.

 

6       Refer Section 2 of this Report for details.

 

5. Non-executive Director remuneration

 

5.1. Structure and policy

 

Remuneration policy

 

Westpac’s Non-executive Director remuneration strategy is designed to attract and retain experienced, qualified Board members and remunerate them appropriately for their time and expertise.

 

As the Board’s focus is on strategic direction, long-term corporate performance and the creation of shareholder value, fees for Non-executive Directors are not directly related to the Group’s short-term results and Non-executive Directors do not receive performance-based remuneration.

 

Non-executive Director remuneration consists of the following components:

 

 

Remuneration Component

 

 

 

Paid as

 

 

 

Detail

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base fee

 

 

Cash

 

 

This fee is for service on the Westpac Banking Corporation Board. The base fee for the Chairman covers all responsibilities, including all Board Committees.

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

Committee fees

 

 

Cash

 

 

Additional fees are paid to Non-executive Directors for chairing or participating in Board Committees.

 

Employer superannuation contributions

 

 

Superannuation

 

 

Reflects statutory superannuation contributions which are capped at the superannuation maximum contributions base as prescribed under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation.

 

Subsidiary Board and Advisory Board fees

 

 

Cash

 

 

Fees are for service on Subsidiary Boards and Advisory Boards. These fees are paid by the relevant subsidiary company.

 

Non-executive Director remuneration in 2015

 

Non-executive Director fee review – effective 1 October 2014

 

The Board reviewed the Non-executive Director fee framework in late 2014. On the basis of market data provided by Guerdon Associates, the Board approved a 2.4% increase to the Chairman and Non-executive Director annual base fees effective 1 October 2014. Remuneration Committee fees for both the Chairman and members increased by 7.8%. No other Committee fees were increased. Non-executive Director fees were last increased in 2013.

 

Changes to Board and Committee composition

 

The following changes were made to Board and Committee composition:

 

§         Craig Dunn was appointed as a Non-executive Director to the Westpac Board effective 1 June 2015 and appointed to the Remuneration and Risk & Compliance Committees effective 5 June 2015; and

 

§         Ann Pickard retired effective 12 December 2014.

 

Fee pool

 

At the 2008 Annual General Meeting, the current fee pool of $4.5 million per annum was approved by shareholders. For the year ended 30 September 2015, $2.94 million (65%) of this fee pool was used. The fee pool is inclusive of employer superannuation contributions.

 

Fee framework

 

This section details the current Non-executive Director fee framework.

 

Base and Committee fees

 

The following table sets out the Board and standing Committee fees:

 

 

 

Annual Rate

 

Base Fee

 

$

 

Chairman

 

795,000

 

Non-executive Directors

 

225,000

 

Committee Chairman Fees

 

 

 

Audit Committee

 

60,000

 

Risk & Compliance Committee

 

60,000

 

Remuneration Committee

 

56,000

 

Technology Committee

 

30,000

 

Committee Membership Fees

 

 

 

Audit Committee

 

30,000

 

Risk & Compliance Committee

 

30,000

 

Remuneration Committee

 

28,000

 

Technology Committee

 

15,000

 

 

Committee fees are not payable to the Chairman of the Board and members of the Nominations Committee.

 

Employer superannuation contributions

 

The Group pays superannuation contributions to Non-executive Directors of up to 9.5% of their fees. The contributions are capped at the maximum compulsory superannuation contributions base prescribed under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation. Employer contributions are paid into an eligible superannuation fund nominated by the Director.

 

Subsidiary Board and Advisory Board fees

 

Throughout the reporting period, additional fees of $35,000 were paid to Peter Hawkins as a member of the Bank of Melbourne Advisory Board.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

69

 

 



 

 

Equity participation

 

Non-executive Directors have voluntarily resolved to build and maintain their individual holdings of Westpac ordinary shares to align their interests with the long-term interests of shareholders. Details of Non-executive Directors’ Westpac (and related bodies corporate) shareholdings are set out in Section 4(a) of the Directors’ report.

 

6. Required remuneration disclosures

 

6.1. Details of Non-executive Director remuneration

 

Details of Non-executive Director remuneration are set out in the table below:

 

 

 

Short-Term Benefits

 

Post-Employment Benefits

 

 

 

 

Westpac Banking
Corporation Board Fees
1

 

Subsidiary and
Advisory Board Fees

 

Superannuation

 

Total

Name

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Non-executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted, Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

795,000

 

-

 

18,989

 

813,989

2014

 

780,000

 

-

 

18,107

 

798,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

313,000

 

-

 

18,989

 

331,989

2014

 

314,677

 

-

 

18,107

 

332,784

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

311,000

 

-

 

18,989

 

329,989

2014

 

288,361

 

-

 

18,107

 

306,468

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alison Deans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

270,000

 

-

 

18,989

 

288,989

2014

 

133,519

 

-

 

9,297

 

142,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craig Dunn2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

94,892

 

-

 

6,569

 

101,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Elstone

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

320,701

 

-

 

18,989

 

339,690

2014

 

331,792

 

-

 

18,107

 

349,899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hawkins

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

315,000

 

35,000

 

18,916

 

368,916

2014

 

310,000

 

35,000

 

18,038

 

363,038

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Marriott

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

322,299

 

-

 

18,989

 

341,288

2014

 

288,635

 

-

 

18,107

 

306,742

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Non-executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ann Pickard2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

57,688

 

-

 

3,860

 

61,548

2014

 

276,000

 

-

 

18,107

 

294,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2,799,580

 

35,000

 

143,279

 

2,977,859

2014 3

 

2,987,280

 

35,000

 

150,085

 

3,172,365

 

1           Includes fees paid to the Chairman and members of Board Committees.

 

2           Refer Section 2 of this Report for details.

 

3           The total fees for 2014 reflect the prior year remuneration for the 2014 reported Non-executive Directors.

 

 

 

 

70

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

6.2. Remuneration details – CEO and other Group Executives

 

This section sets out details of remuneration for the CEO and Group Executives for the 2015 financial year, calculated in accordance with AAS.

 

 

 

Short-Term Benefits

 

Post-Employment Benefits

 

Share-Based Payments

 

 

 

 

Fixed Remu-
neration
1

 

STI (Cash)2

 

Non-
Monetary
Benefits
3

 

Other
Short-Term
Benefits
4

 

Superann-uation
Benefits
5

 

Long Service
Leave

 

Restricted
Shares
6

 

Options7

 

Share
Rights
7

 

Total8

Name

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer9,10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2,413,205

 

1,245,960

 

66,063

 

-

 

29,418

 

57,016

 

782,501

 

-

 

1,143,466

 

5,737,629

2014

 

2,234,087

 

1,162,500

 

3,169

 

-

 

24,705

 

33,487

 

590,484

 

-

 

500,913

 

4,549,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer: Remuneration impact relating to recruitment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

-

 

-

 

1,024,117

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

978,087

 

-

 

-

 

2,002,204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

1,126,050

 

728,000

 

14,971

 

-

 

24,185

 

18,265

 

647,634

 

-

 

1,153,998

 

3,713,103

2014

 

1,204,085

 

943,800

 

14,664

 

-

 

23,337

 

18,260

 

667,095

 

-

 

746,669

 

3,617,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lyn Cobley, Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

71,006

 

-

 

-

 

1,100,000

 

6,713

 

-

 

75,256

 

-

 

-

 

1,252,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey, Deputy Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

1,299,272

 

734,400

 

3,425

 

-

 

36,253

 

20,628

 

792,211

 

-

 

1,262,936

 

4,149,125

2014

 

1,387,582

 

1,120,080

 

3,169

 

-

 

27,359

 

21,079

 

931,706

 

-

 

876,119

 

4,367,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper, Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

1,060,577

 

816,000

 

3,374

 

-

 

35,682

 

16,679

 

803,641

 

-

 

1,130,678

 

3,866,631

2014

 

1,053,638

 

1,123,200

 

2,052

 

-

 

31,114

 

24,585

 

958,854

 

-

 

874,737

 

4,068,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Curran, Chief Information Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

961,663

 

547,400

 

2,359

 

-

 

22,429

 

14,420

 

-

 

-

 

216,485

 

1,764,756

2014

 

60,827

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

5,380

 

907

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

67,114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis, Chief Executive, Consumer Bank9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

1,125,527

 

928,000

 

15,266

 

-

 

36,022

 

22,909

 

797,145

 

-

 

770,797

 

3,695,666

2014

 

923,004

 

1,161,600

 

13,488

 

-

 

27,260

 

15,221

 

845,403

 

-

 

641,432

 

3,627,408

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb, Chief Risk Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

946,104

 

499,800

 

2,359

 

-

 

35,460

 

(2,240)

 

525,239

 

-

 

496,155

 

2,502,877

2014

 

132,303

 

101,864

 

214

 

-

 

4,876

 

463

 

86,361

 

-

 

38,656

 

364,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

938,722

 

522,580

 

2,359

 

-

 

29,789

 

14,960

 

372,877

 

-

 

504,705

 

2,385,992

2014

 

418,016

 

337,212

 

1,203

 

-

 

15,412

 

56,731

 

212,434

 

-

 

87,707

 

1,128,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lindberg, Chief Executive, Commercial & Business Bank9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

264,138

 

151,725

 

2,610

 

-

 

8,277

 

5,961

 

129,810

 

-

 

83,045

 

645,566

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David McLean, Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

712,605

 

430,580

 

75,392

 

-

 

69,559

 

-

 

35,687

 

-

 

264,417

 

1,588,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker, Group Executive, Human Resources & Corporate Affairs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

830,035

 

508,500

 

2,649

 

-

 

23,144

 

16,025

 

478,785

 

-

 

641,184

 

2,500,322

2014

 

758,661

 

702,000

 

2,052

 

-

 

21,086

 

12,177

 

483,827

 

-

 

267,532

 

2,247,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

71

 

 



 

 

 

 

Short-Term Benefits

 

Post-Employment Benefits

 

Share-Based Payments

 

 

 

 

Fixed Remu-neration1

 

STI (Cash)2

 

Non-
Monetary
Benefits
3

 

Other
Short-Term
Benefits
4

 

Superann-uation
Benefits
5

 

Long Service
Leave

 

Restricted
Shares
6

 

Options7

 

Share
Rights
7

 

Total8

Name

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Former Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

1,039,892

 

1,200,000

 

7,679

 

-

 

8,858

 

-

 

642,436

 

-

 

891,410

 

3,790,275

2014

 

3,001,511

 

2,743,200

 

9,853

 

-

 

26,585

 

51,170

 

1,957,830

 

-

 

3,192,579

 

10,982,728

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield, Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

1,383,619

 

566,667

 

2,650

 

1,651,376

 

30,230

 

-

 

614,800

 

-

 

623,110

 

4,872,452

2014

 

1,783,045

 

1,152,000

 

95,335

 

-

 

28,764

 

27,398

 

900,285

 

-

 

699,784

 

4,686,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Yetton, Group Executive, Westpac Retail & Business Banking9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

675,726

 

427,084

 

2,359

 

933,333

 

14,555

 

17,033

 

327,217

 

-

 

693,518

 

3,090,825

2014

 

938,553

 

702,000

 

3,169

 

-

 

21,371

 

45,038

 

485,976

 

-

 

470,082

 

2,666,189

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Fixed remuneration is the total cost of salary, salary sacrificed benefits (including motor vehicles, parking, etc., and any associated fringe benefits tax (FBT)) and an accrual for annual leave entitlements.

 

 

2

2015 STI figures reflect annual cash performance awards accrued but not yet paid in respect of the year ended 30 September 2015.

 

 

3

Non-monetary benefits are determined on the basis of the cost to the Group (including associated FBT, where applicable) and include annual health checks, provision of taxation advice, relocation costs, living away from home expenses and allowances.

 

 

4

Includes payments made on cessation of employment or other contracted amounts. The payment to Lyn Cobley reflects annual incentive foregone from her previous employer. The payment to Rob Whitfield after nearly 30 years’ service includes a payment in lieu of notice in accordance with his contract provisions. The amount for Jason Yetton after 23 years’ service will be paid on cessation less any period of notice served.

 

 

5

The CEO and Group Executives are provided with insurance cover under the Westpac Group Plan at no cost. Superannuation benefits have been calculated consistent with AASB 119 Employee Benefits.

 

 

6

The value of restricted shares is amortised over the applicable vesting period, and the amount shown is the amortisation relating to the 2015 reporting year (and 2014 year as comparison).

 

 

7

Equity-settled remuneration is based on the amortisation over the vesting period (normally three or four years) of the ‘fair value’ at grant date of hurdled and unhurdled options and share rights that were granted during the four years ended 30 September 2015. Details of prior years’ grants have been disclosed in previous Annual Reports. The value of share rights for 2015 includes both the 2014 and 2015 LTI awards on transition to the revised LTI plan. The values for David McLean and Rob Whitfield include 2% and 39% respectively attributed to deferred STI.

 

 

8

The percentage of the total remuneration which is performance related (i.e. STI cash plus share-based payments) was: Brian Hartzer 55%, John Arthur 68%, Lyn Cobley 6%, Philip Coffey 67%, Brad Cooper 71%, David Curran 43%, George Frazis 68%, Alexandra Holcomb 61%, Peter King 59%, David Lindberg 56%, David McLean 46%, Christine Parker 65%, and for former KMP: Gail Kelly 72%, Rob Whitfield 37% and Jason Yetton 47%. The percentage of total remuneration delivered in the form of options (including share rights) was: Brian Hartzer 20%, John Arthur 31%, Lyn Cobley 0%, Philip Coffey 30%, Brad Cooper 29%, David Curran 12%, George Frazis 21%, Alexandra Holcomb 20%, Peter King 21%, David Lindberg 13%, David McLean 17%, Christine Parker 26%, and for former KMP: Gail Kelly 24%, Rob Whitfield 13% and Jason Yetton 22%.

 

 

9

Refer Section 2 of this Report for details. Remuneration details for newly appointed KMP are from the date of appointment. The STI cash figure for Brian Hartzer is the outcome pro-rated for the periods as Chief Executive, AFS and CEO. Brian Hartzer also received a pro-rated 2015 LTI award for the period he was Chief Executive, AFS.

 

 

10

Brian Hartzer’s remuneration for 2014 has been separated into two elements. The first line represents his remuneration as the Chief Executive, AFS for 2014 and the second line represents the elements which have been incurred as a result of the buy-out of equity forfeited on his resignation from his previous employer including $542,834 in relocation benefits and $481,283 FBT expenses on his relocation from London.

 

 

 

 

72

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

6.3. STI allocations for the CEO and Group Executives

 

This section sets out details of STI awards for the CEO and Group Executives for the 2015 financial year:

 

 

 

STI Target

 

Maximum STI1

 

STI Portion Paid in Cash2

 

STI Portion Deferred3

 

 

$

 

%

 

%

 

 

$

 

%

 

$

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer4

 

2,307,334

 

150

 

50

 

1,245,960

 

 

50

 

1,245,960

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

 

1,300,000

 

150

 

50

 

728,000

 

 

50

 

728,000

Lyn Cobley4

 

-

 

150

 

50

 

-

 

 

50

 

-

Philip Coffey

 

1,360,000

 

150

 

50

 

734,400

 

 

50

 

734,400

Brad Cooper

 

1,600,000

 

150

 

50

 

816,000

 

 

50

 

816,000

David Curran

 

952,000

 

150

 

50

 

547,400

 

 

50

 

547,400

George Frazis4

 

1,600,000

 

150

 

50

 

928,000

 

 

50

 

928,000

Alexandra Holcomb

 

952,000

 

150

 

50

 

499,800

 

 

50

 

499,800

Peter King

 

986,000

 

150

 

50

 

522,580

 

 

50

 

522,580

David Lindberg4

 

289,000

 

150

 

50

 

151,725

 

 

50

 

151,725

David McLean4

 

797,371

 

150

 

50

 

430,581

 

 

50

 

430,581

Christine Parker

 

900,000

 

150

 

50

 

508,500

 

 

50

 

508,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly4

 

1,200,000

 

150

 

100

 

1,200,000

 

 

-

 

-

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield4

 

1,333,333

 

150

 

50

 

566,667

 

 

50

 

566,667

Jason Yetton4

 

854,167

 

150

 

50

 

427,084

 

 

50

 

427,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1             The maximum STI potential is 150% of the individual STI Target.

 

2             50% of the STI outcome for the year is paid as cash in December 2015.  The part year STI outcome for Gail Kelly has been paid 100% cash.

 

3             50% of the actual STI outcome is deferred in the form of restricted shares or share rights, half vesting on 1 October 2016 and the remainder vesting on 1 October 2017.

 

4             Refer Section 2 of this Report for details.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

73

 



 

 

6.4. Movement in equity-settled instruments during the year

 

This table shows the details of movements during 2015 in the number and value of equity instruments for the CEO and Group Executives under the relevant plans:

 

Name

 

Type of Equity-Based Instrument

 

Number
Granted
1

 

Number
Vested
2

 

Number
Exercised
3

 

Value
Granted
4
$

 

Value
Exercised
5
$

 

Value Forfeited or
Lapsed
5,6
$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer7

 

Performance share rights

 

129,547

 

-

 

-

 

2,713,522

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

24,150

 

13,676

 

-

 

769,547

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

 

Performance share rights

 

122,943

 

29,310

 

29,310

 

2,531,083

 

1,011,994

 

443,315

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

19,607

 

27,954

 

-

 

624,783

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lyn Cobley7

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

54,011

 

-

 

-

 

1,629,579

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

Performance share rights

 

160,725

 

48,362

 

48,362

 

3,298,589

 

1,669,807

 

746,062

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

23,269

 

42,278

 

-

 

741,474

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Performance options

 

-

 

-

 

196,785

 

-

 

1,643,682

 

-

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

143,434

 

54,957

 

54,957

 

2,952,953

 

1,897,515

 

816,052

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

23,334

 

42,560

 

-

 

743,545

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Curran

 

Performance share rights

 

63,519

 

-

 

-

 

1,264,621

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis7

 

Performance share rights

 

94,372

 

40,302

 

40,302

 

1,926,925

 

1,391,518

 

621,718

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

24,132

 

37,480

 

-

 

768,973

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb

 

Performance options

 

-

 

-

 

31,697

 

-

 

457,835

 

-

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

87,679

 

12,456

 

12,456

 

1,779,688

 

430,072

 

192,259

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

11,007

 

19,387

 

-

 

350,741

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King

 

Performance share rights

 

101,206

 

10,991

 

10,991

 

2,064,879

 

379,489

 

165,230

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

10,947

 

17,467

 

-

 

348,829

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lindberg7

 

Performance share rights

 

12,476

 

-

 

-

 

248,330

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

-

 

9,679

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David McLean7

 

Performance share rights

 

35,662

 

6,151

 

6,151

 

643,414

 

203,319

 

79,436

 

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

11,569

 

6,432

 

32,406

 

333,017

 

1,071,170

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker

 

Performance share rights

 

95,880

 

8,646

 

8,646

 

1,969,122

 

298,523

 

123,083

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

14,583

 

19,212

 

-

 

464,692

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly7

 

CEO Performance share rights

 

-

 

197,848

 

197,848

 

-

 

6,741,595

 

4,288,845

 

 

 

Shares under the CEO Restricted Share Plan

 

56,988

 

83,812

 

-

 

1,815,939

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield7

 

Performance share rights

 

81,961

 

43,966

 

43,966

 

1,687,370

 

1,518,026

 

689,260

 

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

18,780

 

-

 

-

 

564,953

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

23,932

 

41,376

 

-

 

762,600

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Yetton7

 

Performance share rights

 

123,202

 

12,823

 

12,823

 

2,531,603

 

442,743

 

198,003

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

14,583

 

21,607

 

-

 

464,692

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           No performance options were granted in 2015.  The number of performance share rights granted in 2015 includes both the 2014 and 2015 LTI awards on transition to the revised LTI plan.

 

2           72% of hurdled share rights granted in 2011 vested in October 2014 as assessed against the TSR and EPS performance hurdle.

 

 

 

 

74

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

3           Vested options and share rights that were granted prior to October 2009 can be exercised up to a maximum of 10 years from their commencement date. For each share right and each performance option exercised during the year, the relevant executive received one fully paid Westpac ordinary share. The exercise price for share rights is nil.

 

4           For performance share rights, the value granted represents the number of securities granted multiplied by the fair value per instrument as set out in the table in the sub-section titled ‘Fair value of LTI grants made during the year’ below. The value of performance share rights granted in 2015 includes both the 2014 and 2015 LTI awards on transition to the revised LTI plan.  For restricted shares, the value granted represents the number of ordinary shares granted multiplied by the five day volume weighted average price of a Westpac ordinary share on the date the shares were granted. These values, which represent the full value of the equity-based awards made to disclosed Group Executives in 2015, do not reconcile with the amount shown in the table in Section 6.2 of this Report, which shows amortised totals of equity awards over their vesting period. The minimum total value of the grants for future financial years is nil and an estimate of the maximum possible total value in future financial years is the fair value, as shown above.

 

5           The value of each option or share right exercised or lapsed is calculated based on the five day volume weighted average price of Westpac ordinary shares on the ASX on the date of exercise (or lapse), less the relevant exercise price (if any). Where the exercise price is greater than the five day volume weighted average price of Westpac ordinary shares, the value has been calculated as nil.

 

6           Apart from equity instruments referred to in this section, no other equity instruments granted in prior years vested and none were forfeited during the financial year.

 

7           Refer Section 2 of this Report for details.

 

Fair value of LTI grants made during the year

 

The table below provides a summary of the fair value of LTI awards granted to Group Executives during 2015 calculated in accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 2 Share-based Payments and is used for accounting purposes only. The LTI grants will vest on satisfaction of performance and/or service conditions tested in future financial years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

 

 

Commencement

 

 

 

 

 

Value2 per

Equity Instrument

 

Hurdle

 

Granted to

 

Grant Date

 

Date1

 

Test Date

 

Expiry

 

Instrument

Westpac Reward Plan

 

Relative TSR

 

All Group Executives

 

3 December 2014

 

1 October 2014

 

1 October 2017

 

1 October 2024

 

$15.06

 

Cash EPS CAGR

 

 

3 December 2014

 

1 October 2014

 

1 October 2017

 

1 October 2024

 

$28.23

 

Relative TSR

 

 

3 December 2014

 

1 October 2014

 

1 October 2018

 

1 October 2024

 

$13.89

 

Cash EPS CAGR

 

 

3 December 2014

 

1 October 2014

 

1 October 2017

 

1 October 2024

 

$26.76

 

1           The commencement date is the start of the performance period.

 

2           The fair values of share rights granted during the year included in the table above have been independently calculated at their respective grant dates based on the requirements of AASB 2 Share-based Payment. The fair value of rights with Cash EPS CAGR hurdles has been assessed with reference to the share price at grant date and a discount rate reflecting the expected dividend yield over their vesting periods which for the rights valued at $26.76 is 4 years to the 1 October 2018 vesting date. For the purpose of allocating rights with Cash EPS CAGR hurdles, the valuation also takes into account the average Cash EPS CAGR outcome using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The fair value of rights with hurdles based on TSR performance relative to a group of comparator companies also takes into account the average TSR outcome determined using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model.

 

7. Employment agreements

 

 

The remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and Group Executives are formalised in their employment agreements. Each of these employment agreements provides for the payment of fixed and performance-based remuneration, employer superannuation contributions and other benefits such as death and disablement insurance cover.

 

The term and termination provisions of the employment agreements for the current KMP are summarised below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term

 

 

Who

 

Conditions

Duration of agreement

 

§            CEO and Group Executives

 

§            Ongoing until notice given by either party

 

 

 

 

 

Notice to be provided by the executive or the Group to terminate the employment agreement

 

§            CEO and Group Executives

 

§            12 months1

 

 

 

 

 

§            Phil Coffey

 

§            Six months

 

 

 

 

 

Termination payments to be made on termination without cause

 

§            CEO and all Group Executives

 

§            Deferred STI and LTI awards vest according to the applicable equity plan rules

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for cause

 

§            CEO and all other Group Executives

 

§            Immediately for misconduct

§            Three months’ notice for poor performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

§            Brad Cooper and Phil Coffey

 

§            Immediately for misconduct

§            Contractual notice period for poor performance

 

 

 

 

 

Post-employment restraints

 

 

§            CEO and all Group Executives

 

§            12 month non-solicitation restraint

 

1             Payment in lieu of notice may in certain circumstances be approved by the Board for some or all of the notice period.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

75

 

 



 

 

8. Non-executive Directors, CEO and Group Executives — Additional disclosures

 

8.1. Details of Westpac ordinary shares held by Non-executive Directors

 

Shareholdings

 

The following table sets out details of relevant interests in Westpac ordinary shares held by Non-executive Directors (including their related parties) during the year ended 30 September 20151:

 

Name

 

Number Held at
Start of the Year

 

Other Changes
During the Year

 

Number Held at
End of the Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Non-executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

17,283

 

594

 

17,877

Elizabeth Bryan

 

26,801

 

-

 

26,801

Ewen Crouch2

 

38,176

 

320

 

38,496

Alison Deans

 

9,000

 

-

 

9,000

Craig Dunn3

 

n/a

 

8,500

 

8,500

Robert Elstone

 

10,000

 

291

 

10,291

Peter Hawkins4

 

15,218

 

-

 

15,218

Peter Marriott

 

20,000

 

-

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Non-executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ann Pickard 3,5

 

13,800

 

-

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           None of these shares include non-beneficially held shares.

 

2           In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, Ewen Crouch and his related parties held interests in 250 Westpac Capital Notes 2 at year end.

 

3           The information relates to the period these individuals were Non-executive Directors. Refer Section 2 of this Report for details.

 

4           In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, Peter Hawkins and his related parties held interests in 1,370 Convertible Preference Shares and 850 Westpac Capital Notes 3 at year end.

 

5           Ann Pickard’s relevant interests arose through holding 13,800 American Depositary Shares (ADS). One ADS represents one Westpac fully paid ordinary share.

 

 

 

 

76

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

8.2. Details of Westpac equity holdings of Key Management Personnel

 

The following table sets out details of Westpac equity held by the CEO and Group Executives (including their related parties) for the year ended 30 September 20151:

 

Name

 

Type of Equity-based
Instrument

 

Number
Held at Start
of the Year

 

 

Number Granted
During the Year as
Remuneration

 

Received
on Exercise
and/or
Exercised
During the
Year

 

Number
Lapsed
During the
Year

 

Other
Changes
During the
Year

 

Number
Held at End
of the Year

 

Number
Vested and
Exercisable at
End of the
Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

Ordinary shares

 

25,421

 

 

24,150

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

49,571

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

116,608

 

 

129,547

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

246,155

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur2

 

Ordinary shares

 

207,050

 

 

19,607

 

29,310

 

-

 

8,189

 

264,156

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

170,570

 

 

122,943

 

(29,310)

 

(13,040)

 

-

 

251,163

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lyn Cobley3

 

Ordinary shares

 

n/a

 

 

54,011

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

54,011

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey4

 

Ordinary shares

 

283,917

 

 

23,269

 

48,362

 

-

 

(49,993)

 

305,555

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

191,624

 

 

160,725

 

(48,362)

 

(21,948)

 

-

 

282,039

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Ordinary shares

 

129,151

 

 

23,334

 

251,742

 

-

 

(366,645)

 

37,582

 

-

 

 

Performance options

 

196,785

 

 

-

 

(196,785)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

187,438

 

 

143,434

 

(54,957)

 

(24,001)

 

-

 

251,914

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Curran5

 

Ordinary shares

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

-

 

 

63,519

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

63,519

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis

 

Ordinary shares

 

155,278

 

 

24,132

 

40,302

 

-

 

(182,938)

 

36,774

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

137,817

 

 

94,372

 

(40,302)

 

(18,290)

 

-

 

173,597

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb

 

Ordinary shares

 

60,601

 

 

11,007

 

44,153

 

-

 

(69,053)

 

46,708

 

-

 

 

Performance options

 

70,544

 

 

-

 

(31,697)

 

-

 

-

 

38,847

 

38,847

 

 

Performance share rights

 

50,493

 

 

87,679

 

(12,456)

 

(5,656)

 

-

 

120,060

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King

 

Ordinary shares

 

51,956

 

 

10,947

 

10,991

 

-

 

-

 

73,894

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

37,545

 

 

101,206

 

(10,991)

 

(4,860)

 

-

 

122,900

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lindberg3

 

Ordinary shares

 

n/a

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

26,747

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

n/a

 

 

12,476

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

64,984

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David McLean3

 

Ordinary shares

 

3,981

 

 

-

 

38,557

 

-

 

(39,884)

 

2,654

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

15,795

 

 

35,662

 

(6,151)

 

(2,334)

 

-

 

42,972

 

-

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

32,406

 

 

11,569

 

(32,406)

 

-

 

-

 

11,569

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker

 

Ordinary shares

 

29,176

 

 

14,583

 

8,646

 

-

 

(30,361)

 

22,044

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

61,355

 

 

95,880

 

(8,646)

 

(3,619)

 

-

 

144,970

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly3

 

Ordinary shares

 

1,542,459

 

 

56,988

 

197,848

 

-

 

-

 

n/a

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

713,264

 

 

-

 

(197,848)

 

(124,882)

 

-

 

n/a

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield3

 

Ordinary shares

 

290,971

 

 

23,932

 

43,966

 

-

 

(83,024)

 

n/a

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

151,029

 

 

81,961

 

(43,966)

 

(20,279)

 

-

 

n/a

 

-

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

-

 

 

18,780

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

n/a

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Yetton3

 

Ordinary shares

 

160,209

 

 

14,583

 

12,823

 

-

 

-

 

n/a

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

109,468

 

 

123,202

 

(12,823)

 

(5,825)

 

-

 

n/a

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           The highest number of shares held by an individual in the above tables is 0.0096% of total Westpac ordinary shares outstanding as at 30 September 2015.

 

2           In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, John Arthur and his related parties held interests in 1,000 Westpac Capital Notes and 885 Westpac Capital Notes 2 at year-end.

 

3           This information relates to the period these individuals were Key Management Personnel. Refer Section 2 of the Remuneration Report for details.

 

4           In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, Philip Coffey and his related parties held interests in 200,000 Westpac Capital Notes 2 and 3,000 Westpac Capital Notes 3 at year-end.

 

5           David Curran and his related parties held interests in 965 Westpac Convertible Preference Shares at year-end.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

77

 

 



 

 

8.3. Loans to Directors and other Key Management Personnel disclosures

 

All financial instrument transactions that have occurred during the financial year between Directors or other Key Management Personnel (KMP) and the Group are in the ordinary course of business on terms and conditions (including interest and collateral) as apply to other employees and certain customers. These transactions consisted principally of normal personal banking and financial investment services.

 

Details of loans to Directors and other KMP (including their related parties) of the Group are:

 

 

 

Balance at Start of
the Year
$

 

Interest Paid and
Payable for the
Year
$

 

Interest Not
Charged During
the Year
$

 

Balance at End
of the Year
$

 

Number in Group
at End of the Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors

 

3,866,378

 

219,776

 

-

 

4,663,312

 

2

Other KMP

 

14,575,662

 

647,788

 

-

 

10,782,076

 

8

 

 

18,442,040

 

867,564

 

-

 

15,445,388

 

10

 

Individuals (including their related parties) with loans above $100,000 during the 2015 financial year are:

 

 

 

Balance at Start of
the Year
$

 

Interest Paid and
Payable for the
Year
$

 

Interest Not
Charged During
the Year
$

 

Balance at End
of the Year
$

 

Highest
Indebtedness
during the Year
$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

2,341,735

 

142,419

 

-

 

3,248,220

 

3,265,910

Ewen Crouch

 

1,524,643

 

77,357

 

-

 

1,415,092

 

1,524,643

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other KMP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

27,995

 

4,842

 

-

 

63,063

 

106,127

John Arthur

 

-

 

41,235

 

-

 

1,463,544

 

1,490,000

Philip Coffey

 

2,394,000

 

118,312

 

-

 

2,394,000

 

2,394,000

Brad Cooper

 

3,996,192

 

87,777

 

-

 

266,534

 

4,041,548

George Frazis

 

228,225

 

7,653

 

-

 

-

 

228,225

Alexandra Holcomb

 

2,918,498

 

132,203

 

-

 

3,964,352

 

4,071,467

David McLean

 

-

 

50,293

 

-

 

31,975

 

1,358,144

Christine Parker

 

1,960,298

 

125,061

 

-

 

2,598,608

 

3,455,895

Rob Whitfield1

 

2,750,454

 

55,915

 

-

 

n/a

 

2,750,454

Jason Yetton1

 

300,000

 

24,497

 

-

 

n/a

 

1,790,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           This information relates to the period these individuals were Key Management Personnel. Refer Section 2 of the Remuneration Report for details.

 

 

 

 

78

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Directors’ report

 

 

10. Auditor

 

a)       Auditor’s independence declaration

 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act is below:

 

 

 

 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

 

As lead auditor for the audit of Westpac Banking Corporation for the year ended 30 September 2015, I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:

 

a.        no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

 

b.        no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

 

This declaration is in respect of Westpac Banking Corporation and the entities it controlled during the period.

 

 

 

Michael Codling
Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Sydney
2 November 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757

Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 1171

T +61 2 8266 0000, F +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

 

 

 

 

 

b) Non-audit services

 

We may decide to engage PwC on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where their expertise or experience with Westpac or a controlled entity is important.

 

Details of the non-audit service amounts paid or payable to PwC for non-audit services provided during the 2014 and 2015 financial years are set out in Note 39 to the financial statements.

 

PwC also provides audit and non-audit services to non-consolidated entities, non-consolidated trusts of which a Westpac Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity and non-consolidated superannuation funds or pension funds. The fees in respect of these services were approximately $9.9 million in total (2014 $7.9 million). PwC may also provide audit and non-audit services to other entities in which Westpac holds a minority interest and which are not consolidated. Westpac is not aware of the amount of any fees paid to PwC by those entities.

 

Westpac has a policy on engaging PwC, details of which are set out in the ‘Corporate governance’ section, including the subsection entitled ‘Engagement of the external auditor’, which forms part of this Directors’ report.

 

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice received from the Board Audit Committee, is satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services during 2015 by PwC is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act. The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by PwC, as set out above, did not compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act for the following reasons:

 

§           all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Board Audit Committee, which is of the view that they do not impact the impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; and

 

§           none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

79

 

 



 

 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

 

GRAPHIC

Lindsay Maxsted
Chairman
2 November 2015

Brian Hartzer
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
2 November 2015

 

 

 

 

80

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Five year summary

 

Reading this report

 

Review of Group operations

 

Divisional performance

 

Risk and risk management

 

Other Westpac business information

 



 

Five year summary1

 

(in $m unless otherwise indicated)

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Income statements for the years ended 30 September2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

14,267

 

13,542

 

12,821

 

12,502

 

11,996

 

Non-interest income

 

7,375

 

6,395

 

5,774

 

5,481

 

4,917

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

21,642

 

19,937

 

18,595

 

17,983

 

16,913

 

Operating expenses

 

(9,473)

 

(8,547)

 

(7,976)

 

(7,957)

 

(7,406)

 

Impairment charges

 

(753)

 

(650)

 

(847)

 

(1,212)

 

(993)

 

Profit before income tax

 

11,416

 

10,740

 

9,772

 

8,814

 

8,514

 

Income tax expense

 

(3,348)

 

(3,115)

 

(2,947)

 

(2,812)

 

(1,455)

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(56)

 

(64)

 

(74)

 

(66)

 

(68)

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

8,012

 

7,561

 

6,751

 

5,936

 

6,991

 

Balance sheet as at 30 September2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

623,316

 

580,343

 

536,164

 

514,445

 

496,609

 

Other assets

 

188,840

 

190,499

 

164,933

 

164,167

 

173,619

 

Total assets

 

812,156

 

770,842

 

701,097

 

678,612

 

670,228

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

475,328

 

460,822

 

424,482

 

394,991

 

370,278

 

Debt issues

 

171,054

 

152,251

 

144,133

 

147,847

 

165,931

 

Loan capital

 

13,840

 

10,858

 

9,330

 

9,537

 

8,173

 

Other liabilities

 

98,019

 

97,574

 

75,615

 

79,972

 

82,038

 

Total liabilities

 

758,241

 

721,505

 

653,560

 

632,347

 

626,420

 

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

 

53,915

 

49,337

 

47,537

 

46,265

 

43,808

 

Key financial ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

187

 

182

 

174

 

166

 

156

 

Special dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

-

 

-

 

20

 

-

 

-

 

Dividend payout ratio (%)3

 

73.4

 

74.7

 

79.7

 

85.3

 

67.0

 

Return on average ordinary equity (%)

 

16.2

 

16.3

 

15.2

 

13.9

 

17.8

 

Basic earnings per share (cents)

 

256.3

 

243.7

 

218.3

 

194.7

 

233.0

 

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)4

 

13.08

 

11.57

 

11.09

 

10.49

 

9.96

 

Share price ($):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

40.07

 

35.99

 

34.79

 

24.99

 

25.60

 

Low

 

29.10

 

30.00

 

24.23

 

19.00

 

17.84

 

Close

 

29.70

 

32.14

 

32.73

 

24.85

 

20.34

 

Business performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses to operating income ratio (%)

 

43.8

 

42.9

 

42.9

 

44.2

 

43.8

 

Net interest margin (%)

 

2.09

 

2.09

 

2.14

 

2.16

 

2.19

 

Capital adequacy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity to total assets (%)

 

6.6

 

6.4

 

6.8

 

6.8

 

6.5

 

Total equity to total average assets (%)

 

6.8

 

6.7

 

6.9

 

6.9

 

7.0

 

APRA Basel III:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity Tier 1 (%)5

 

9.5

 

9.0

 

9.1

 

8.2

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 ratio (%)6

 

11.4

 

10.6

 

10.7

 

10.3

 

9.7

 

Total capital ratio (%)6

 

13.3

 

12.3

 

12.3

 

11.7

 

11.0

 

Credit quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net impaired assets to equity and collectively assessed provisions (%)

 

1.8

 

2.5

 

4.1

 

5.6

 

6.3

 

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total loans (basis points)

 

53

 

60

 

73

 

82

 

88

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full-time equivalent employees (number at financial year end)7

 

32,620

 

33,586

 

33,045

 

33,418

 

33,898

 

 

1    Where accounting classifications have changed or where changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively, comparatives have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

 

2    The above income statement extracts for 2015, 2014 and 2013 and balance sheet extracts for 2015 and 2014 are derived from the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. The above income statement extracts for 2012 and 2011 and balance sheet extracts for 2013, 2012 and 2011 are derived from financial statements previously published.

 

3    Excludes special dividends and adjusted for Treasury shares.

 

4    Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation, after deducting goodwill and other intangible assets divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding, less Treasury shares held.

 

5    Basel III was not effective in Australia until 1 January 2013. The 2012 ratio has been presented on a pro forma Basel III basis. No comparative is presented for 2011. For further information, refer to Note 33 to the financial statements.

 

6    Basel III was not effective in Australia until 1 January 2013. Comparatives are presented on a Basel II basis. For further information, refer to Note 33 to the financial statements.

 

7    Full-time equivalent employees includes full-time and pro-rata part-time staff. It excludes staff on unpaid absences (e.g. unpaid maternity leave), overtime, temporary and contract staff.

 

 

 

 

82

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Reading this report

 

 

Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements

 

This Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Forward-looking statements are statements about matters that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report and include statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations with respect to our business and operations, market conditions, results of operations and financial condition, including, without limitation, future loan loss provisions and financial support to certain borrowers. We use words such as ‘will’, ‘may’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘seek’, ‘would’, ‘should’, ‘could’, ‘continue’, ‘plan’, ‘estimate’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’ or other similar words to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to change, certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are, in many instances, beyond our control, and have been made based upon management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect upon us. There can be no assurance that future developments will be in accordance with our expectations or that the effect of future developments on us will be those anticipated. Actual results could differ materially from those which we expect, depending on the outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to:

 

§         the effect of, and changes in, laws, regulations, taxation or accounting standards or practices and government policy, particularly changes to liquidity, leverage and capital requirements;

 

§         the stability of Australian and international financial systems and disruptions to financial markets and any losses or business impacts Westpac or its customers or counterparties may experience as a result;

 

§         market volatility, including uncertain conditions in funding, equity and asset markets;

 

§         adverse asset, credit or capital market conditions;

 

§         the conduct, behaviour or practices of Westpac or its staff;

 

§         changes to our credit ratings;

 

§         levels of inflation, interest rates, exchange rates and market and monetary fluctuations;

 

§         market liquidity and investor confidence;

 

§         changes in economic conditions, consumer spending, saving and borrowing habits in Australia, New Zealand and in other countries in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties conduct their operations and our ability to maintain or to increase market share and control expenses;

 

§         the effects of competition in the geographic and business areas in which Westpac conducts its operations;

 

§         information security breaches, including cyberattacks;

 

§         reliability and security of Westpac’s technology and risks associated with changes to technology systems;

 

§         the timely development and acceptance of new products and services and the perceived overall value of these products and services by customers;

 

§         the effectiveness of Westpac’s risk management policies, including our internal processes, systems and employees;

 

§         the incidence or severity of Westpac insured events;

 

§         the occurrence of environmental change or external events in countries in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties conduct their operations;

 

§         internal and external events which may adversely impact Westpac’s reputation;

 

§         changes to the value of Westpac’s intangible assets;

 

§         changes in political, social or economic conditions in any of the major markets in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties operate;

 

§         the success of strategic decisions involving diversification or innovation, in addition to business expansion and integration of new businesses; and

 

§         various other factors beyond Westpac’s control.

 

The above list is not exhaustive. For certain other factors that may impact on forward-looking statements made by Westpac, refer to ‘Risk factors’ under the section ‘Risk and risk management’. When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to Westpac, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events.

 

Westpac is under no obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this Annual Report.

 

Significant developments

 

For a discussion of significant developments impacting the Group, refer to ‘Significant developments’ under ‘Information on Westpac’ in Section 1.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

83

 

 



 

 

Currency of presentation, exchange rates and certain definitions

 

In this Annual Report, ‘financial statements’ means our audited consolidated balance sheets as at 30 September 2015 and 30 September 2014 and income statements, statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years ended 30 September 2015, 2014 and 2013 together with accompanying notes which are included in this Annual Report.

 

Our financial year ends on 30 September. As used throughout this Annual Report, the financial year ended 30 September 2015 is referred to as 2015 and other financial years are referred to in a corresponding manner.

 

We publish our consolidated financial statements in Australian dollars. In this Annual Report, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, references to ‘dollars’, ‘dollar amounts’, ‘$’, ‘AUD’ or ‘A$’ are to Australian dollars, references to ‘US$’, ‘USD’ or ‘US dollars’ are to United States dollars and references to ‘NZ$’, ‘NZD’ or ‘NZ dollars’ are to New Zealand dollars. Solely for the convenience of the reader, certain Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars at a specified rate. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Australian dollar amounts actually represent such US dollar amounts or have been or could be converted into US dollars at the rate indicated. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of Australian dollars into US dollars have been made at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7020, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in Australian dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the ‘noon buying rate’) as of Wednesday, 30 September 2015. The Australian dollar equivalent of New Zealand dollars at 30 September 2015 was A$1.00 = NZ$1.098, being the closing spot exchange rate on that date. Refer to ‘Exchange rates’ in Section 4 for information regarding the rates of exchange between the Australian dollar and the US dollar for the financial years ended 30 September 2011 to 30 September 2015.

 

Any discrepancies between totals and sums of components in tables contained in this Annual Report are due to rounding.

 

 

 

 

84

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Selected consolidated financial and operating data

 

We have derived the following selected financial information as of, and for the financial years ended, 30 September 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

Accounting standards

 

The financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report, unless otherwise indicated, have been prepared and presented in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (AAS). Compliance with AAS ensures that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies described in the Notes to the financial statements.

 

Recent accounting developments

 

For a discussion of recent accounting developments refer to Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Critical accounting estimates

 

Our reported results are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of the income statement and the balance sheet. Note 1(d) includes a description of our critical accounting assumptions and estimates. We have discussed each of the assumptions and estimates with our Board Audit Committee (BAC). The following is a summary of the areas we consider involve our most critical accounting estimates.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

Financial instruments classified as held-for-trading (including derivatives) or designated at fair value through income statement and financial assets classified as available-for-sale are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. All derivatives are measured and recognised at fair value. As far as possible, financial instruments are valued with reference to quoted, observable market prices or by using models which employ observable valuation parameters. Where valuation models rely on parameters for which inputs are not observable, judgments and estimation may be required.

 

As at 30 September 2015, the fair value of trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss, loans designated at fair value, available-for-sale securities and life insurance assets was $102,455 million (2014: $102,254 million). The value of other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement, deposits and other borrowings at fair value, debt issues at fair value and life insurance liabilities was $76,342 million (2014: $88,051 million). The fair value of outstanding derivatives was a net liability of $131 million (2014: $1,865 million net asset). The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities determined by valuation models that use unobservable market prices was $1,969 million (2014: $1,815 million) and $57 million (2014: $48 million), respectively. The fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities, including derivatives, is largely determined based on valuation models using observable market prices and rates. Where observable market inputs are not available, day one profits or losses are not recognised.

 

We believe that the judgments and estimates used are reasonable in the current market. However, a change in these judgments and estimates would lead to different results as future market conditions can vary from those expected.

 

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

Provisions for credit impairment represent management’s best estimate of the impairment charges incurred in the loan portfolios as at the balance date. There are two components of our loan impairment provisions: Individually Assessed Provisions (IAPs) and Collectively Assessed Provisions (CAPs).

 

In determining IAPs, considerations that have a bearing on the amount and timing of expected future cash flows are taken into account. For example, the business prospects of the customer, the realisable value of collateral, our position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process. These judgments and estimates can change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in revisions to the impairment provision as individual decisions are made.

 

The CAPs are established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral and security, past loss experience, current economic conditions, expected default and timing of recovery based on portfolio trends. The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are estimated loss rates and related emergence periods. The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ from reported loan impairment provisions. These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates, unemployment levels, payment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

As at 30 September 2015, gross loans to customers were $626,344 million (2014: $583,516 million) and the provision for impairment on loans was $3,028 million (2014: $3,173 million).

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

85

 

 



 

 

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of the identified net assets of acquired businesses. The determination of the fair value of the assets and liabilities of acquired businesses requires the exercise of management judgment. Different fair values would result in changes to the goodwill and to the post-acquisition performance of the acquisitions.

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually by determining if the carrying value of the cash-generating unit (CGU) that it has been allocated to is recoverable. The recoverable amount is the higher of the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. Determination of appropriate cash flows and discount rates for the calculation of the value in use is subjective. As at 30 September 2015, the carrying value of goodwill was $8,809 million (2014: $9,112 million). Refer to Note 26 to the financial statements for further information.

 

Superannuation obligations

 

The actuarial valuation of our defined benefit plan obligations are dependent upon a series of assumptions, the key ones being discount rate, salary increase rate, mortality, morbidity and investment returns assumptions. Different assumptions could significantly alter the amount of the difference between plan assets and defined benefit obligations and the amount recognised directly in retained earnings.

 

The aggregate superannuation deficits across all our plans as at 30 September 2015 was $192 million (2014: $315 million). One plan had a superannuation surplus as at 30 September 2015 of $18 million (2014: $nil).

 

Provisions (other than loan impairment charges)

 

Provisions are held in respect of a range of obligations such as employee entitlements, restructuring costs, litigation provisions and non-lending losses, impairment charges on credit commitments and surplus lease space. Some of the provisions involve significant judgment about the likely outcome of various events and estimated future cash flows.

 

Income taxes

 

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. All our businesses predominantly operate in jurisdictions with similar tax rates to the Australian corporate tax rate. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. For these circumstances, we hold appropriate provisions. Where the final outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred tax provisions in the period where such determination is made.

 

Life insurance contract liabilities

 

The actuarial valuation of life insurance contract liabilities and associated deferred policy acquisition costs are dependent upon a number of assumptions. The key factors impacting the valuation of these liabilities and related assets are the cost of providing benefits and administrating the contracts, mortality and morbidity experience, discontinuance experience and the rate at which projected future cash flows are discounted.

 

 

 

 

86

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Income statement review

 

Consolidated income statement1

 

As at 30 September

2015

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

(in $m unless otherwise indicated)

US$2

A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

Interest income

22,671

32,295

32,248

33,009

36,873

38,098

Interest expense

(12,656)

(18,028)

(18,706)

(20,188)

(24,371)

(26,102)

Net interest income

10,015

14,267

13,542

12,821

12,502

11,996

Non-interest income

5,177

7,375

6,395

5,774

5,481

4,917

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

15,192

21,642

19,937

18,595

17,983

16,913

Operating expenses

(6,650)

(9,473)

(8,547)

(7,976)

(7,957)

(7,406)

Impairment charges

(529)

(753)

(650)

(847)

(1,212)

(993)

Profit before income tax

8,013

11,416

10,740

9,772

8,814

8,514

Income tax expense

(2,350)

(3,348)

(3,115)

(2,947)

(2,812)

(1,455)

Net profit for the year

5,663

8,068

7,625

6,825

6,002

7,059

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(39)

(56)

(64)

(74)

(66)

(68)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

5,624

8,012

7,561

6,751

5,936

6,991

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)

3,124

3,124

3,098

3,087

3,043

2,997

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

179.9

256.3

243.7

218.3

194.7

233.0

Diluted earnings per share (cents)3

175.0

249.3

238.7

213.5

189.4

223.6

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

131

187

182

174

166

156

Special dividends per ordinary share (cents)

-

-

-

20

-

-

Dividend payout ratio (%)4

73.4

73.4

74.7

79.7

85.3

67.0

 

 

1           Where accounting classifications have changed or where changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively, comparatives have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

 

2           Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7020, the noon buying rate in New York City on 30 September 2015.

 

3           Based on basic earnings per share, with the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding adjusted for the conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares, issued for no consideration, and after adjusting earnings for distributions on dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

4           Calculated by dividing the dividends per ordinary share by the basic earnings per ordinary share. Excludes special dividends and adjusted for Treasury shares.

 

Overview of performance – 2015 v 2014

 

 

Net profit attributable to owners for 2015 was $8,012 million, an increase of $451 million or 6% compared to 2014. There were a number of significant infrequent items that in aggregate increased net profit. These included the partial sale of the Group’s shareholding in BT Investment Management Limited (BTIM)1 which generated an after tax gain of $665 million, several tax recoveries of $121 million, partially offset by higher technology expenses of $354 million (post-tax) following changes to accounting for technology investment spending and derivative valuation methodologies changes which resulted in an $85 million2 (post-tax) charge.

 

Net interest income increased $725 million or 5% compared to 2014, with total loan growth of 7% and customer deposit growth of 4%. Net interest margin was stable at 2.09%, with lower Treasury income, reduced asset spreads and higher liquidity costs offset by reduced cost of funds from both deposit products and wholesale funding.

 

Non-interest income increased $980 million or 15% compared to 2014 primarily due to the gain associated with the sale of BTIM shares ($1,036 million). Excluding this item, non-interest income reduced $56 million or 1% from lower trading income2 and lower insurance income reflecting higher insurance claims mostly associated with severe weather events.

 

Operating expenses increased $926 million or 11% compared to 2014. This included $505 million related to changes to accounting for technology investment spending. Excluding this item, operating expenses increased $421 million or 5% primarily due to higher investment related costs, including increased software amortisation and foreign currency translation impacts.

 

Impairment charges increased $103 million compared to 2014 mostly due to a reduced benefit from credit quality improvements while direct write-offs were also higher. Overall asset quality improved during the year with stressed exposures as a percentage of total committed exposures reducing from 1.24% to 0.99%.

 

The effective tax rate of 29.3% in 2015 was marginally higher than the 29.0% recorded in 2014.

 

2015 basic earnings per share were 256.3 cents per share compared to 243.7 cents per share in 2014.

 

1    Refer to divisional results of BT Financial Group (Australia) for more detail.

 

2           In 2015 changes were made to derivative valuation methodologies, which include the first time adoption of a Funding Valuation Adjustment (FVA) to the fair value of derivatives. The impact of these changes resulted in a $122 million (pre-tax) charge which reduced non-interest income.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

87

 

 



 

 

 

The Board has determined a final dividend of 94 cents per ordinary share. The full year ordinary dividends of 187 cents represent an increase of 3% over ordinary dividends declared in 2014 and a pay-out ratio of 73.4%. The full year ordinary dividend is fully franked.

 

Income statement review – 2015 v 2014

Net interest income – 2015 v 2014

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Interest income

32,295

32,248

33,009

Interest expense

(18,028)

(18,706)

(20,188)

Net interest income

14,267

13,542

12,821

Increase/(decrease) in net interest income

 

Due to change in volume

878

802

430

Due to change in rate

(153)

(81)

(111)

Change in net interest income

725

721

319

 

Net interest income increased $725 million or 5% compared to 2014. Key features include:

 

§         net interest income excluding Treasury and Markets increased $863 million or 7%, reflecting 6% growth in average interest-earning assets and a 2 basis point increase in Group net interest margin excluding Treasury and Markets; and

 

§         in aggregate, Treasury and Markets net interest income decreased $138 million or 25% due to lower returns in Treasury related to the liquid asset portfolio and balance sheet management activities.

 

Total loans were $43.0 billion or 7% higher than 2014. Excluding foreign exchange translation impacts, total loans increased $38.7 billion or 7%.

 

Key features of total loan growth were:

 

§   Australian housing loans increased $24.8 billion or 7% at 0.8x system1. New lending volumes increased 13% during the year. Excluding the impact of customer switching to owner occupied lending, investor property lending growth was under 10%2;

 

§   Australian personal loans and cards increased $1.0 billion or 5%, with growth across auto finance and personal lending;

 

§   Australian business loans increased $8.6 billion or 6% at 1.2x system1. Growth in institutional lending was mainly in infrastructure and financial services segments. Westpac RBB and St.George increased 4%, with new lending 11% higher;

 

§   New Zealand lending increased NZ$4.6 billion or 7%. Mortgages grew at 6% (0.8x system3), and business lending increased 8% (in line with system); and

 

§   other overseas loans increased $3.2 billion or 23%. Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, other overseas loans increased $0.1 billion. Growth in term lending was offset by lower trade finance volumes.

 

Total customer deposits were $17.9 billion or 4% higher than 2014. Excluding foreign exchange translation impacts, customer deposits increased $14.7 billion or 4%.

 

Key features of total customer deposit growth were:

 

§         Australian customer deposits increased $17.2 billion or 5%. Household deposits grew at system4 in the year. Growth in financial corporation and non-financial corporation deposits was modest as pricing was adjusted to reflect relative Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) value. Australian non-interest bearing deposits increased from growth in mortgage offset accounts;

 

§         New Zealand customer deposits increased NZ$2.5 billion or 5%, with a focus on higher quality deposits; and

 

§         other overseas customer deposits decreased $2.4 billion.

 

Certificates of deposits decreased $3.4 billion or 7%, reflecting decreased short term wholesale funding in this form.

 

1           Source: Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA).

 

2           As measured under APRA’s 10% growth rate threshold for investor property lending.

 

3           Source: Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ).

 

4           Source: APRA.

 

 

 

 

88

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Interest spread and margin – 2015 v 2014

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Group

 

Net interest income

14,267

13,542

12,821

Average interest earning assets

683,814

647,362

599,869

Average interest bearing liabilities

640,628

606,553

560,470

Average net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity

43,186

40,809

39,399

Interest spread1

1.91%

1.90%

1.90%

Benefit of net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity2

0.18%

0.19%

0.24%

Net interest margin3

2.09%

2.09%

2.14%

 

 

1           Interest spread is the difference between the average yield on all interest earning assets and the average yield on all interest bearing liabilities.

 

2           The benefit of net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity is determined by applying the average yield paid on all interest bearing liabilities to the average level of net non-interest bearing funds as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

 

3           Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets.

 

Net interest margin was 2.09% in 2015, remaining flat compared to 2014. Key drivers of the margin were:

 

§         a 8 basis point decline from asset spreads. The primary driver was increased competition in mortgages. Business, institutional, and unsecured lending spreads were also lower;

 

§         a 2 basis point decline from Treasury and Markets, reflecting lower returns from the management of the liquids portfolio and balance sheet management in Treasury;

 

§         a 2 basis point decline from increased holdings of high quality liquid assets to meet the new LCR requirement from 1 January 2015 and the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) fee of 15 basis points; and

 

§         a 1 basis point decline from capital and other due to the impact of lower hedge rates on capital returns in relation to 2014, partially offset by increased capital from the 2015 interim dividend DRP and partial DRP underwrite; offset by

 

§         a 13 basis point increase from lower funding costs. This comprised:

 

              a 3 basis point increase from lower term funding costs, as pricing for new term senior issuances was lower than maturing deals; and

 

              a 10 basis point increase from customer deposit impacts, mostly from improved spreads on term deposits and savings accounts.

 

Non-interest income – 2015 v 2014

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Fees and commissions

2,942

2,926

2,723

Wealth management and insurance income

2,228

2,254

1,944

Trading income

964

1,017

1,069

Other income

1,241

198

38

Non-interest income

7,375

6,395

5,774

 

Non-interest income was $7,375 million in 2015, an increase of $980 million or 15% compared to 2014. The increase was primarily driven by the partial sale of an interest in BTIM and higher fees and commissions, partially offset by a decline in wealth management and insurance income and trading income.

 

Fees and commissions income was $2,942 million in 2015, an increase of $16 million or 1% compared to 2014. This increase was primarily due to growth in business lending fees, institutional fees and the full period impact of the Lloyds acquisition. Credit card income was lower mostly reflecting promotional point awards associated with the launch of the Westpac New Zealand Airpoints loyalty program.

 

Wealth management and insurance income was $2,228 million in 2015, a decrease of $26 million or 1% compared to 2014. This decrease was primarily due to:

 

§         funds management and life insurance revenue grew as a result of the benefit of positive net flows, higher average FUM and FUA balances and growth in net earned premiums of 12% on life insurance. This was offset by the lower BTIM income associated with the partial sale and move to equity accounting1, lower performance fee income, a slightly higher loss ratio and increased claims which is consistent with growth in the book; and

 

§         general insurance income decreased from higher insurance claims mostly related to severe weather events ($65 million). This was partly offset by gross written premium growth of 6% driven by home and contents sales.

 

1           Refer to divisional results of BT Financial Group (Australia) for more detail.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

89

 

 



 

 

 

Trading income was $964 million in 2015, a decrease of $53 million or 5% compared to 2014. This decrease reflects the $122 million charge from methodology changes to derivative valuation adjustments1 which more than offset higher Market sales and trading income. The contribution to trading income from Westpac Pacific was also lower following the introduction of exchange rate controls in PNG which reduced foreign exchange income.

 

Other income was $1,241 million in 2015, an increase of $1,043 million or 527% compared to 2014. This increase was primarily driven by the partial sale of an interest in BTIM which delivered a realised gain of $1,036 million and a rise in income from asset sales.

 

Operating expenses – 2015 v 2014

 

$m

2015

20141

2013

Salaries and other staff expenses

4,704

4,571

4,269

Equipment and occupancy expenses

954

904

873

Technology expenses

2,288

1,574

1,406

Other expenses

1,527

1,498

1,428

Total operating expenses

9,473

8,547

7,976

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

43.8%

42.9%

42.9%

 

1    Prior comparative period has been restated to reflect business structure changes in 2015.

 

Operating expenses increased $926 million or 11% compared to 2014. The key factors of the result were:

 

§   changes to the accounting approach for technology investment spend resulted in an increase in the technology and IT equipment expenses by $505 million or 32%, with a further $118 million or 1% higher than 2014 due to higher investment related expenses;

 

§   foreign currency translation contributed $51 million or 1%; partially offset by

 

§   lower BTIM expenses associated with the partial sale and move to equity accounting2; and

 

§   delivery of productivity benefits of $239 million or 3%.

 

Salaries and other staff expenses were $4,704 million, an increase of $133 million or 3% compared to 2014. This result reflects the full year impact of annual salary increases, partially offset by a reduction in FTE from productivity initiatives and lower BTIM expenses associated with the partial sale and move to equity accounting.

 

Equipment and occupancy costs were $954 million, an increase of $50 million or 6% compared to 2014. This increase was due to:

 

§   rental expenses increased as a result of the Group moving from landlord to tenant following the sale of property and relocation to Barangaroo with a fixed rent lease3; and

 

§   investment in an additional 12 Bank of Melbourne branches.

 

Technology expenses were $2,288 million, an increase of $714 million or 45%. This was driven by:

 

§   higher technology expenses, IT equipment depreciation and impairment expenses of $623 million or 40%, including the impact of changes to the accounting for technology investments ($505 million); and

 

§   higher software licensing and volume related costs.

 

Other expenses were $1,527 million, $29 million or 2% higher compared to 2014. This increase was due to:

 

§   higher non lending losses of $97 million due mainly to higher credit card and digital fraud and the release of $75 million provision in 2014 related to Bell litigation not repeated; and

 

§   professional service costs associated with higher outsourced operational costs; partially offset by

 

§   Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant of $100 million in 2014 not repeated in 2015.

 

Impairment charges – 2015 v 2014

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Impairment charges

753

650

847

Impairment charges to average gross loans (basis points)

12

12

16

 

1    In 2015 changes were made to derivative valuation methodologies, which include the first time adoption of a Funding Valuation Adjustment (FVA) to the fair value of derivatives. The impact of these changes resulted in a $122 million (pre-tax) charge which reduced non-interest income.

2    Refer to divisional results of BT Financial Group (Australia) for more detail.

3    Accounting standards require any lease with fixed rent increases to be “Straight-lined”, spreading the fixed annual rental increases evenly over the term of the lease. This adjustment brings forward future increases in cash rent, creating a flat profile over the life of the lease.

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

The improvement in asset quality through 2015, including low levels of new impaired assets, has led to impairment charges relative to average gross loans remaining modest at 12 basis points. While the level of impairment charges was low, they increased over the year from higher collectively assessed provision charges. Balance sheet provisions were broadly maintained, with collective provisions rising $49 million and individually assessed provisions are lower from the work out of existing impaired assets, down $198 million. Economic overlays were little changed ($1 million) over 2015 with a balance of $388 million at 30 September 2015.

 

Impairment charges of $753 million were up $103 million when compared to 2014.

 

Key movements included:

 

§   new Individually Assessed Provisions (IAP) reduced by $118 million offset by lower write-backs and recoveries, $111 million lower compared to 2014; and

 

§   total new Collectively Assessed Provisions (CAP) were $110 million higher than 2014. Write-offs increased $91 million compared to 2014 due to the alignment of provisioning practices in the acquired Lloyds portfolio and growth in the Westpac RBB unsecured portfolio. Other changes in CAPs were a smaller benefit as portfolio quality improved at a slower rate.

 

Income tax expense – 2015 v 2014

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Income tax expense

3,348

3,115

2,947

Tax as a percentage of profit before income tax expense (effective tax rate)

29.3%

29.0%

30.2%

 

Income tax expense was $3,348 million in 2015, an increase of $233 million or 7% compared to 2014. The effective tax rate increased to 29.3% in 2015, from 29.0% in 2014. The increase was largely due to the finalisation of prior period taxation matters in 2014 that was not repeated in 2015.

 

Overview of performance – 2014 v 2013

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation was $7,561 million, an increase of $810 million or 12% compared to 2013. Features of this result included a 7% increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges, a 7% increase in operating expenses and a 23% reduction in impairment charges.

 

Net interest income increased $721 million or 6% with total loan growth of 8% and customer deposit growth of 7%, while net interest margins reduced 5 basis points, mostly related to reduced Treasury income and higher liquid asset balances.

 

Non-interest income increased $621 million or 11% compared to 2013 due to growth in wealth management, insurance and banking fees.

 

Operating expenses increased $571 million or 7% compared to 2013, from operating and integration costs associated with the Lloyds acquisition, foreign exchange translation impacts, higher software amortisation and the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant of $100 million.

 

Impairment charges decreased 23% compared to 2013, following a continued reduction in stressed exposures, with lower new impaired assets and further write-backs. Australian Financial Services (AFS), Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) and Westpac New Zealand all recorded lower impairment charges, while economic overlays were unchanged.

 

The effective tax rate was 29.0% in 2014 compared to 30.2% in 2013. The decrease reflects the release of provisions no longer required following the finalisation of prior period taxation matters.

 

2014 basic earnings per share were 243.7 cents per share compared to 218.3 cents per share in 2013.

 

The Board has determined a final dividend of 92 cents per ordinary share. The full year ordinary dividend of 182 cents represents an increase of 5% over ordinary dividends declared in 2013 and a pay-out ratio of 74.7%. The full year ordinary dividend is fully franked.

 

Income statement review – 2014 v 2013

 

Net interest income – 2014 v 2013

 

Net interest income was $13,542 million in 2014, an increase of $721 million or 6% compared to 2013.

 

Net interest margins declined 5 basis points to 2.09% in 2014 from 2.14% in 2013. The lower net interest margin reflected increased competition in lending and lower Treasury revenue, which were partially offset by improved margins from retail and wholesale funding costs.

 

Total loans1 in 2014 were 8% higher compared to 2013, with the key feature being 7% growth in Australian housing loans. Loan growth had the following specific components:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    For the purposes of this discussion on net interest income, loan and deposit growth has been determined by comparing balances at 30 September 2014 to balances at 30 September 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

91

 

 



 

 

 

§   Australian housing loans increased $22.5 billion or 7%. The growth through the year reflected the Group’s focus on improving growth relative to system1 with enhancements to all elements of the mortgage process from application through to settlement;

 

§   Australian business lending increased $10.6 billion or 8% driven by acquisition of Lloyds ($5.4 billion) and a rise in institutional lending mainly in property, infrastructure and natural resources. New lending was higher by 18% across Westpac RBB and St.George, with growth partially offset by business customers remaining cautious and paying down debt;

 

§   Australian personal loans and cards increased $4.1 billion or 24% due to the acquisition of the Lloyds auto finance portfolio ($2.5 billion) and credit card growth. Customer card numbers increased due to competitive offers, product upgrades and the launch of new products throughout the year;

 

§   other overseas loans increased $3.7 billion or 38% from growth in trade finance and term loans; and

 

§   New Zealand lending increased $3.0 billion or 5%, driven primarily by mortgage growth.

 

Total deposits and other borrowings (deposits)2 increased $36.3 billion or 9% in 2014 compared to 2013. The growth in customer deposits3 of $26.6 billion or 7% was weighted to household deposits. Business deposit growth was lower, as the Group focused on deposits which are more efficient for liquidity purposes.

 

Deposit growth had the following specific components:

 

§   Australian customer deposits increased $20.1 billion or 6%, with growth weighted to household deposits. AFS transaction account balances were 17% higher primarily in consumer;

 

§   other overseas customer deposits increased $3.9 billion, with growth in term deposits primarily in Asia;

 

§   New Zealand customer deposits increased $2.7 billion or 7%, primarily reflecting growth in consumer online deposits; and

 

§   certificates of deposits increased $9.7 billion, reflecting increased short term funding to support growth in trade finance.

 

Interest spread and margin – 2014 v 2013

 

Net interest margin was 2.09% in 2014, a decline of 5 basis points compared to 2013. Key drivers of the margin decrease were:

 

§   a 8 basis point decline from asset spreads. The primary driver was the increase in competition from institutional lending, with mortgages and business spreads also lower;

 

§   a 4 basis point decline from Treasury and Markets, reflecting lower returns from the management of the liquids portfolio and balance sheet management in Treasury;

 

§   a 2 basis point decline as average levels of liquid assets increased $11.9 billion; and

 

§   a 2 basis point decline due to lower returns on capital balances as hedge rates reduced relative to 2013; partially offset by

 

§   a 11 basis point increase from lower retail and wholesale funding costs. This included:

 

   a 6 basis point increase from lower wholesale funding costs as pricing for new long term senior issuance was lower than maturing deals, many of which were originated during the global financial crisis, and the non-recurrence of costs relating to the buyback of certain government guaranteed debt during 2013. This was partially offset by higher Additional Tier 1 capital costs as recent issuances are more expensive; and

 

   a 5 basis point increase from customer deposit impacts, primarily due to improved term deposit spreads. This was partially offset by a lower hedging benefit on low interest deposits and lower working capital deposit spreads.

 

Non-interest income – 2014 v 2013

 

Non-interest income was $6,395 million in 2014, an increase of $621 million or 11% compared to 2013. The increase was primarily driven by higher fees and commissions, wealth management and insurance income and other income, partially offset by a decline in trading income.

 

Fees and commissions income was $2,926 million in 2014, an increase of $203 million or 7% compared to 2013. This increase was primarily due to:

 

§   an increase in credit card fee income driven by higher interchange fees through greater customer spending in premium cards and growth in customer accounts (up 3%); and

 

§   an increase in business lending fee income due to the acquisition of Lloyds and increased line fees and growth in the term lending portfolio.

 

Wealth management and insurance income was $2,254 million in 2014, an increase of $310 million or 16% compared to 2013. This increase was primarily due to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    Source: Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA).

2    For the purposes of this discussion on net interest income, loan and deposit growth has been determined by comparing balances at 30 September 2014 to balances at 30 September 2013.

3    Customer deposits are a subset of total deposits. Certificates of deposit are excluded from total deposits to calculate customer deposits.

 

 

 

 

92

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

§   higher FUM/FUA related income of $172 million with the benefit from positive net flows and improved investment markets while margins remained stable;

 

§   an increase in life insurance income of $74 million with in-force premiums rising 16% following expansion of the distribution network. Loss ratios were stable;

 

§   an increase in general insurance income of $58 million with gross written premiums rising 11% from new business growth with more customers choosing to insure through BTFG, higher premiums and retention rate improvements and a favourable claims experience from a decline in catastrophe and working claims; and

 

§   an increase in performance fee income of $17 million from higher BTIM performance fees ($79 million), largely offset by reduction in Hastings performance fees ($62 million); partially offset by

 

§   a decrease in lenders mortgage insurance income from lower written risk volume partly offset by lower claims consistent with decrease in portfolio size.

 

Trading income decreased by $52 million or 5% compared to 2013. Markets trading income was lower with higher customer related income in WIB, AFS and New Zealand offset by a negative CVA movement and lower Westpac Pacific income following the introduction of exchange rate controls in PNG impacting foreign exchange income.

 

Other income was $198 million in 2014, an increase of $160 million compared to 2013. This increase was primarily driven by a reduction in the loss on derivatives held for risk management of $91 million reflecting unrealised movements in the AUD/NZD exchange rate, higher rental income from operating leases acquired with Lloyds of $32 million, and a rise in income from asset sales of $30 million.

 

Operating expenses – 2014 v 2013

 

Operating expenses were $8,547 million in 2014, an increase of $571 million or 7% compared to 2013. Excluding foreign exchange translation impacts ($98 million) and the impact of Lloyds ($163 million), operating expenses increased $310 million or 4%. The key factors of this result were:

 

§   the impact of investments which added $273 million or 3% to expense growth, including 1% from higher software amortisation and hardware depreciation;

 

§   Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant of $100 million; partially offset by

 

§   delivery of productivity initiatives.

 

Salaries and other staff expenses were $4,571 million in 2014, an increase of $302 million or 7% compared to 2013. Excluding the impact of Lloyds ($83 million) and foreign exchange translation impacts ($56 million) salaries and other staff expenses increased $163 million or 4%. This increase reflects:

 

§   annual salary increases and additional staff to support the Group’s expansion in Bank of Melbourne and Asia;

 

§   higher performance related payments in the wealth business associated with higher performance fees earned; partially offset by

 

§   delivery of productivity savings including supplier and simplification programs.

 

Equipment and occupancy expenses were $904 million in 2014, an increase of $31 million or 4% compared to 2013. This increase was driven by:

 

§   impact of Lloyds;

 

§   an additional 16 Bank of Melbourne branches; partially offset by

 

§   savings from property consolidation.

 

Technology expenses were $1,574 million in 2014, an increase of $168 million or 12%. This increase was due to:

 

§   software amortisation increased $90 million and hardware depreciation increased $11 million related to the Group’s investment program, including the impact of regulatory change, Asia and digital investments; and

 

§   increased costs related to the Group’s investment program, including higher technology and professional services.

 

Other expenses were $1,498 million in 2014, an increase of $70 million or 5% compared to 2013. This increase was due to:

 

§   Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant; partially offset by

 

§   delivery of cost management initiatives including renegotiation with vendors and migration of customers from paper to e-statements.

 

Impairment charges – 2014 v 2013

 

The improvement in asset quality continued throughout 2014 with stressed assets and the emergence of new impaired assets continuing to reduce. This improvement contributed to a $197 million reduction in impairment charges compared to 2013. The improvement in impairment charges was most evident in the corporate and business lending portfolios. Economic overlays were stable over 2014 with a balance of $389 million at 30 September 2014.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

93

 

 



 

 

 

Impairment charges of $650 million were down $197 million or 23% compared to 2013 and represented 12 basis points of average gross loans.

 

Key movements included:

 

§   new individually assessed provisions less write-backs and recoveries were $412 million lower than 2013, reflecting the continued reduction in new impaired assets across the Group; and

 

§   total new collectively assessed provisions (CAPs) were $215 million higher than 2013. Write-offs were similar to the prior year, while other changes in CAPs were a smaller positive. Stressed assets have continued to improve although the rate of improvement has slowed resulting in a lower benefit to CAPs.

 

Income tax expense – 2014 v 2013

 

Income tax expense was $3,115 million in 2014, an increase of $168 million or 6% compared to 2013. The effective tax rate decreased to 29.0% in 2014, from 30.2% in 2013. The decrease was largely due to the finalisation of prior period taxation matters.

 

Balance sheet review

 

Selected consolidated balance sheet data1

 

The detailed components of the balance sheet are set out in the notes to the financial statements.

 

As at 30 September

2015

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

 

US$m2

A$m

A$m

A$m

A$m

A$m

Cash and balances with central banks

10,369

14,770

25,760

11,699

12,523

16,258

Receivables due from other financial institutions

6,727

9,583

7,424

11,210

10,228

8,551

Derivative financial instruments

33,817

48,173

41,404

28,356

35,489

49,145

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities

57,765

82,287

81,933

79,100

71,739

69,006

Loans

437,568

623,316

580,343

536,164

514,445

496,609

Life insurance assets

9,214

13,125

11,007

13,149

11,907

7,916

All other assets

14,673

20,902

22,971

21,419

22,281

22,743

Total assets

570,133

812,156

770,842

701,097

678,612

670,228

Payables due to other financial institutions

13,149

18,731

18,636

8,836

7,564

14,512

Deposits and other borrowings

333,680

475,328

460,822

424,482

394,991

370,278

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

6,477

9,226

19,236

10,302

9,964

9,803

Derivative financial instruments

33,909

48,304

39,539

32,990

38,935

39,405

Debt issues

120,080

171,054

152,251

144,133

147,847

165,931

Life insurance liabilities

8,114

11,559

9,637

11,938

10,875

7,002

All other liabilities

7,160

10,199

10,526

11,549

12,634

11,316

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

522,569

744,401

710,647

644,230

622,810

618,247

Total loan capital3

9,716

13,840

10,858

9,330

9,537

8,173

Total liabilities

532,285

758,241

721,505

653,560

632,347

626,420

Net assets

37,848

53,915

49,337

47,537

46,265

43,808

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

37,274

53,098

48,456

46,674

44,295

41,826

Non-controlling interests

574

817

881

863

1,970

1,982

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

37,848

53,915

49,337

47,537

46,265

43,808

Average balances

 

Total assets

560,690

798,703

737,124

688,295

665,804

628,428

Loans and other receivables4

417,128

594,200

559,789

516,482

501,118

476,083

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

34,651

49,361

46,477

44,350

42,605

39,378

Non-controlling interests

600

854

862

1,972

1,964

1,921

 

1    Where accounting classifications have changed or where changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively, comparatives have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

 

2    Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7020, the noon buying rate in New York City on 30 September 2015.

 

3    This includes Westpac Capital Notes 3 (Westpac CN3) in 2015, Westpac Capital Notes 2 (Westpac CN2) in 2014, Westpac Capital Notes (Westpac CN), Westpac Convertible Preference Shares (Westpac CPS) and 2004 Trust Preferred Securities (2004 TPS) in 2015, 2014 and 2013; Westpac Stapled Preferred Securities II (SPS II) in 2013; Westpac CPS, Westpac Stapled Preferred Securities (SPS), SPS II and 2004 TPS in 2012; and SPS, SPS II and 2004 TPS in 2011.

 

4    Other receivables include other assets, cash and balances with central banks.

 

 

 

 

94

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Summary of consolidated ratios

 

As at 30 September

 

 

2015

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

(in $m unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

US$1

A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

Profitability ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin2

 

 

2.09

2.09

2.09

2.14

2.16

2.19

Return on average assets3

 

 

1.00

1.00

1.03

0.98

0.89

1.11

Return on average ordinary equity4

 

 

16.2

16.2

16.3

15.2

13.9

17.8

Return on average total equity5

 

 

16.0

16.0

16.0

14.6

13.3

16.9

Capital ratio (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average total equity to average total assets

 

 

6.3

6.3

6.4

6.7

6.7

6.6

Tier 1 ratio6

 

 

11.4

11.4

10.6

10.7

10.3

9.7

Total capital ratio6

 

 

13.3

13.3

12.3

12.3

11.7

11.0

Earnings ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)7

 

 

179.9

256.3

243.7

218.3

194.7

233.0

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)8

 

 

175.0

249.3

238.7

213.5

189.4

223.6

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

 

131

187

182

174

166

156

Special dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

 

-

-

-

20

-

-

Dividend payout ratio (%)

 

 

73.4

73.4

74.7

79.7

85.3

67.0

Credit quality ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges on loans written off (net of recoveries)

 

 

777

1,107

1,302

1,323

1,604

1,867

Impairment charges on loans written off (net of recoveries) to average loans (bps)

 

 

18

18

23

25

32

38

 

1           Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7020, the noon buying rate in New York City on 30 September 2015.

 

2           Calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets.

 

3           Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation by average total assets.

 

4           Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation by average ordinary equity.

 

5           Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation by average ordinary equity and non-controlling interests.

 

6           Basel III was not effective in Australia until 1 January 2014. Comparatives are presented on a Basel II basis. For further information, refer to Note 33 to the financial statements.

 

7           Based on the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares.

 

8           Based on basic earnings per share, with the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding adjusted for the conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares, issued for no consideration, and after adjusting earnings for distributions on dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

Balance sheet review

Assets – 2015 v 2014

 

Total assets as at 30 September 2015 were $812.2 billion, an increase of $41.3 billion or 5% compared to 30 September 2014. Significant movements during the year included:

 

§         cash and balances with central banks decreased $11.0 billion or 43% reflecting lower liquid assets held in this form;

 

§         receivables due from other financial institutions increased $2.2 billion or 29% due to higher collateral posted with derivative counterparties, mainly related to foreign currency swaps and forwards;

 

§         trading securities, other financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities increased $0.4 billion or 0.4%. Holdings of liquid assets for LCR purposes increased $4.7 billion, partially offset by a reduction of $4.3 billion in bonds held for trading purposes;

 

§         derivative assets increased $6.8 billion or 16% mainly due to foreign currency translation impacts on cross currency swaps and forward contracts, offset by an increase in netting for centrally cleared trades;

 

§         loans grew $43.0 billion or 7%. Refer to Loan Quality below for further information; and

 

§         life insurance assets increased by $2.1 billion or 19%, as two additional managed funds were consolidated.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

95

 

 



 

 

 

Liabilities and equity – 2015 v 2014

 

Total liabilities as at 30 September 2015 were $758.2 billion, an increase of $36.7 billion or 5% compared to 30 September 2014. Significant movements during the year included:

 

§   deposits and other borrowings increased $14.5 billion or 3%; Australian deposits increased $17.2 billion, New Zealand deposit increased $3.1 billion, other overseas deposits decreased $2.4 billion and certificates of deposits decreased $3.4 billion;

 

§   other financial liabilities at fair value through the income statement decreased $10.0 billion or 52% due to reduced funding of securities through repurchase agreements;

 

§   derivative liabilities increased $8.8 billion or 22% mainly due to foreign currency translation impacts on cross currency swaps and forward contracts, offset by an increase in netting for centrally cleared trades;

 

§   debt issues increased $18.8 billion or 12% ($8 billion or 5% increase excluding foreign currency translation impacts) reflecting additional long term and short term issuances;

 

§   life insurance liabilities increased by $1.9 billion or 20%, as two additional managed funds were consolidated; and

 

§   loan capital increased $3.0 billion or 27% reflecting the Westpac Capital Notes 3 (Additional Tier 1 capital) issuance of $1.3 billion, subordinated debt issuances of $1.0 billion and foreign currency translation impacts.

 

Equity increased $4.6 billion or 9% reflecting retained profits less dividends paid, profit on the partial sale of an interest in BTIM and shares issued under both the 2014 final DRP and 2015 interim DRP and partial underwrite.

 

Loan quality 2015 v 2014

 

 

 

As at 30 September

 

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Total gross loans1

 

626,344

 

583,516

 

539,806

 

Average gross loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

526,378

 

492,670

 

467,835

 

New Zealand

 

62,508

 

58,428

 

50,112

 

Other overseas

 

15,906

 

13,125

 

8,807

 

Total average gross loans

 

604,792

 

564,223

 

526,754

 

 

1           Gross loans are stated before related provisions for impairment.

 

Total gross loans represented 77% of the total assets of the Group as at 30 September 2015, compared to 76% in 2014.

 

Australia and New Zealand average gross loans were $588.9 billion in 2015, an increase of $37.8 billion or 7% from $551.1 billion in 2014. This increase was primarily due to growth in Australian housing lending and business lending.

 

Other overseas average loans were $15.9 billion in 2015, an increase of $2.8 billion or 21% from $13.1 billion in 2014. This was primarily due to growth in term lending.

 

Approximately 14.0% of the loans at 30 September 2015 mature within one year and 23.1% mature between one year and five years. Retail lending comprises the majority of the loan portfolio maturing after five years.

 

 

 

 

96

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

 

 

As at 30 September

 

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Impaired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans1:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

1,593

 

2,030

 

3,249

 

4,034

 

4,287

 

Impairment provisions

 

(689)

 

(862)

 

(1,363)

 

(1,463)

 

(1,487)

 

Net

 

904

 

1,168

 

1,886

 

2,571

 

2,800

 

Restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

39

 

93

 

156

 

153

 

129

 

Impairment provisions

 

(16)

 

(44)

 

(56)

 

(44)

 

(29)

 

Net

 

23

 

49

 

100

 

109

 

100

 

Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit greater than 90 days past due:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

263

 

217

 

195

 

199

 

200

 

Impairment provisions

 

(172)

 

(141)

 

(135)

 

(134)

 

(147)

 

Net

 

91

 

76

 

60

 

65

 

53

 

Net impaired loans

 

1,018

 

1,293

 

2,046

 

2,745

 

2,953

 

Provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually assessed provisions

 

669

 

867

 

1,364

 

1,470

 

1,461

 

Collectively assessed provisions

 

2,663

 

2,614

 

2,585

 

2,771

 

2,953

 

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments

 

3,332

 

3,481

 

3,949

 

4,241

 

4,414

 

Loan quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions for impaired loans to total impaired loans2

 

46.3%

 

44.8%

 

43.2%

 

37.4%

 

36.0%

 

Total impaired loans to total loans

 

0.30%

 

0.40%

 

0.67%

 

0.85%

 

0.92%

 

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total loans

 

0.53%

 

0.60%

 

0.73%

 

0.82%

 

0.88%

 

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total impaired loans

 

175.8%

 

148.8%

 

109.7%

 

96.7%

 

95.6%

 

Collectively assessed provisions to non-housing performing loans

 

1.2%

 

1.3%

 

1.4%

 

1.6%

 

1.7%

 

 

1           Non-performing loans are loans with an impaired internal risk grade, excluding restructured assets.

 

2           Impairment provisions relating to impaired loans include individually assessed provisions plus the proportion of the collectively assessed provisions that relate to impaired loans. The proportion of the collectively assessed provisions that relate to impaired loans was $208 million as at 30 September 2015 (2014: $180 million, 2013: $190 million, 2012: $171 million, 2011: $202 million). This sum is compared to the total gross impaired loans to determine this ratio.

 

The quality of our loan portfolio improved during 2015, with total impaired loans as a percentage of total gross loans of 0.30% at 30 September 2015, a decrease of 0.10% from 0.40% at 30 September 2014.

 

At 30 September 2015, we had 3 impaired counterparties with exposure greater than $50 million, collectively accounting for 15% of total impaired loans. This compares to 5 impaired counterparties with exposure greater than $50 million in 2014 accounting for 22% of total impaired loans. There were 9 impaired exposures at 30 September 2015 that were less than $50 million and greater than $20 million (2014: 9 impaired exposures).

 

At 30 September 2015, 77% of our exposure was to either investment grade or secured consumer mortgage segment (2014: 77%, 2013: 77%, 2012: 76%) and 95% of our exposure as at 30 September 2015 was in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific region (2014: 95%, 2013: 97%, 2012: 97%).

 

We believe that Westpac remains appropriately provisioned with total impairment provisions for impaired loans to total impaired loans coverage at 46.3% at 30 September 2015 compared to 44.8% at 30 September 2014. Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total impaired loans represented 175.8% of total impaired loans as at 30 September 2015, up from 148.8% at 30 September 2014. Total provisions for impairments on loans and credit commitments to total loans was 0.53% at 30 September 2015, down from 0.60% at 30 September 2014 (2013: 0.73%).

 

Consumer mortgage loans 90 days past due at 30 September 2015 were 0.42% of outstandings, down from 0.45% of outstandings at 30 September 2014 (2013: 0.51%).

 

Other consumer loan delinquencies (including credit card and personal loan products) were 1.07% of outstandings as at 30 September 2015, an increase of 8 basis points from 0.99% of outstandings as at 30 September 2014 (2013: 1.04%).

 

Potential problem loans as at 30 September 2015 amounted to $923 million, a decrease of 35% from $1,421 million at 30 September 2014. The reduction of potential problem loans is due mainly to the upgrade or repayment of some of these assets.

 

Potential problem loans are facilities that are performing and no loss is expected, but the customer demonstrates significant weakness in debt servicing or security cover that could jeopardise repayment of debt on current terms if not rectified. Potential

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

97

 

 



 

 

 

problem loans are identified using established credit frameworks and policies, which include the ongoing monitoring of facilities through the use of watchlists.

 

Capital resources

 

Capital management strategy

 

Westpac’s approach seeks to balance the fact that capital is an expensive form of funding with the need to be adequately capitalised as an ADI. Westpac considers the need to balance efficiency, flexibility and adequacy when determining sufficiency of capital and when developing capital management plans.

 

Westpac evaluates these considerations through an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), the key features of which include:

 

§         the development of a capital management strategy, including preferred capital range, capital buffers and contingency plans;

 

§         consideration of both economic and regulatory capital requirements;

 

§         a process that challenges the capital measures, coverage and requirements which incorporates, amongst other things, the impact of adverse economic scenarios; and

 

§         consideration of the perspectives of external stakeholders including rating agencies and equity and debt investors.

 

Westpac’s capital ratios are significantly above APRA minimum capital adequacy requirements.

 

Basel Capital Accord

 

The regulatory limits applied to our capital ratios are consistent with A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems, also known as Basel III, issued by the Bank for International Settlements. This framework reflects the advanced risk management practices that underpin the calculation of regulatory capital through a broad array of risk classes and advanced measurement processes.

 

As provided for in the Basel III accord, APRA has exercised discretions to make the framework applicable in the Australian market, and in particular has required that Australian banks use sophisticated models for credit risk, operational risk and interest rate risk taken in the banking book. In addition, APRA has applied discretion in the calculation of the components of regulatory capital. The new Basel III prudential standards became effective on 1 January 2013.

 

Westpac is accredited by APRA to apply advanced models permitted by the Basel III global capital adequacy regime to the measurement of its regulatory capital requirements. Westpac uses the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based approach for credit risk, the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) for operational risk and the internal model approach for Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB). Effective risk management is regarded as a key activity performed at all levels of the Group. Achieving advanced accreditation from APRA has resulted in a broad array of changes to risk management practices that have been implemented across all risk classes. We recognise that embedding these principles and practices into day-to-day activities of the divisions to achieve the full benefits of these changes is an ongoing facet of risk management.

 

Australia’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are generally consistent but not completely aligned with the approach agreed upon by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). APRA has exercised its discretion in applying the Basel framework to Australian ADIs, resulting in a more conservative approach than the minimum standards published by the BCBS. APRA also introduced the new standards from 1 January 2013 with no phasing in of higher capital requirements as allowed by the BCBS. The application of these discretions act to reduce reported capital ratios relative to those reported in other jurisdictions.

 

Under APRA’s implementation of Basel III, Australian banks are required to maintain a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of at least 4.5%, Tier 1 ratio of 6.0% and Total Regulatory Capital of 8.0%. Subject to certain limitations, Common Equity Tier 1 capital consists of paid-up share capital, retained profits and certain reserves, less the deduction of certain intangible assets, capitalised expenses and software, and investments and retained earnings in insurance and funds management subsidiaries that are not consolidated for capital adequacy purposes. The balance of eligible capital is defined as Additional Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital which includes, subject to limitations, mandatory convertible notes, perpetual floating rate notes and like instruments, and term subordinated debt less a deduction for holdings of Westpac’s own subordinated debt and that of other financial institutions.

 

 

 

 

98

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Westpac’s regulatory capital ratios as at 30 September are summarised in the table below:

 

$m

2015

2014

Common equity

51,972

47,137

Deductions from common equity

(17,903)

(17,413)

Total common equity after deductions

34,069

29,724

 

Additional Tier 1 capital

6,729

5,273

Net Tier 1 regulatory capital

40,798

34,997

 

Tier 2 capital

6,942

5,902

Deductions from Tier 2 capital

(206)

(198)

Total Tier 2 capital after deductions

6,736

5,704

Total regulatory capital

47,534

40,701

 

Credit risk

310,342

281,459

Market risk

10,074

8,975

Operational risk

31,010

29,340

Interest rate risk in the banking book

2,951

7,316

Other assets

4,203

4,297

Total risk weighted assets

358,580

331,387

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

9.5%

9.0%

Additional Tier 1 capital ratio

1.9%

1.6%

Tier 1 capital ratio

11.4%

10.6%

Tier 2 capital ratio

1.9%

1.7%

Total regulatory capital ratio

13.3%

12.3%

 

Refer to ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 for a discussion on future regulatory developments that may impact upon capital requirements.

 

Purchases of equity securities

 

 

The following table details share repurchase activity for the year ended 30 September 2015:

 

 

 

Total Number of
Ordinary Shares
Purchased

 

Average Price Paid
per Ordinary Share
$

 

Total Number of Ordinary
Shares Purchased as Part of
a Publicly Announced
Program

 

Maximum Number
(or Approximate $ Value) of Ordinary
Shares that May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs

Month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October (2014)

 

1,043,268

 

34.30

 

-

 

n/a

November (2014)

 

1,207,585

 

33.27

 

-

 

n/a

December (2014)

 

1,900,247

 

32.81

 

-

 

n/a

January (2015)

 

62,836

 

32.96

 

-

 

n/a

February (2015)

 

1,034,114

 

37.06

 

-

 

n/a

March (2015)

 

77,397

 

38.64

 

-

 

n/a

April (2015)

 

89,860

 

38.92

 

-

 

n/a

May (2015)

 

54,521

 

34.56

 

-

 

n/a

June (2015)

 

59,699

 

33.11

 

-

 

n/a

July (2015)

 

117,182

 

34.06

 

-

 

n/a

August (2015)

 

180,030

 

32.16

 

-

 

n/a

September (2015)

 

77,815

 

30.51

 

-

 

n/a

Total

 

5,904,554

 

34.08

 

-

 

-

 

Purchases of ordinary shares during the year were made on market and relate to the following:

 

§         to deliver to eligible employees under the Employee Share Plan (ESP): 823,869 ordinary shares;

 

§         to deliver to employees upon the exercise of options and performance share rights: 2,084,582 ordinary shares;

 

§         Treasury shares held by statutory life funds and managed investment schemes and ordinary shares held by Westpac in respect of equity derivatives sold to customers: 928,162 ordinary shares; and

 

§         to allocate to eligible employees under the Restricted Share Plan (RSP): 2,067,941 ordinary shares.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

99

 

 



 

 

Refer to Note 32 to the financial statements for a discussion of Treasury share purchases.

 

Commitments

 

 

Contractual obligations and commitments

 

 

In connection with our operating activities we enter into certain contractual obligations and commitments. The following table shows our significant contractual cash obligations as at 30 September 2015:

 

$m

 

1 Year

 

Over 1
to 3 Years

 

Over 3
to 5 Years

 

Over
5 Years

 

Total

On balance sheet long-term debt1

 

29,052

 

56,414

 

37,197

 

12,528

 

135,191

Operating leases2

 

553

 

883

 

508

 

1,436

 

3,380

Total contractual cash obligations

 

29,605

 

57,297

 

37,705

 

13,964

 

138,571

 

1           Refer to Note 19 to the financial statements for details of on balance sheet long-term debt.

 

2           Refer to Note 30 to the financial statements for details of operating leases.

 

The above table excludes deposits and other liabilities taken in the normal course of banking business and short-term and undated liabilities.

 

Commercial commitments1

 

The following table shows our significant commercial commitments as at 30 September 2015:

 

$m

 

1 Year

 

Over 1
to 3 Years

 

Over 3
to 5 Years

 

Over
5 Years

 

Total

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

 

1,705

 

1,627

 

429

 

881

 

4,642

Trade letters of credit

 

2,642

 

303

 

-

 

-

 

2,945

Non-financial guarantees

 

5,081

 

1,903

 

361

 

2,086

 

9,431

Commitments to extend credit

 

67,700

 

33,861

 

20,622

 

52,208

 

174,391

Other commitments

 

164

 

-

 

20

 

-

 

184

Total commercial commitments

 

77,292

 

37,694

 

21,432

 

55,175

 

191,593

 

1           The numbers in this table are notional amounts (refer to Note 31 to the financial statements).

 

 

 

 

100

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

Divisional performance – 2015 v 2014

 

In 2015 our operations comprised five primary customer-facing business divisions:

 

§         Westpac Retail & Business Banking, which we refer to as Westpac RBB;

 

§         St.George Banking Group, which we refer to as St.George;

 

§         BT Financial Group (Australia), which we refer to as BTFG;

 

§         Westpac Institutional Bank, which we refer to as WIB; and

 

§         Westpac New Zealand.

 

Although Westpac announced in June 2015 that it would implement a new organisational structure for its Australian retail and business banking operations, up to 30 September 2015 the accounting and financial performance continued to be reported (both internally and externally) on the basis of the existing structure. From 1 October 2015, Westpac will report under the new structure, comprising the following five primary customer-facing business divisions:

 

§         Consumer Bank: responsible for all Australian consumer relationships across all brands;

 

§         Commercial & Business Bank: responsible for all Australian business and commercial consumer relationships across all brands;

 

§         BT Financial Group: the Group’s wealth management, insurance and private banking businesses;

 

§         Westpac Institutional Bank: responsible for the relationship with institutional and corporate customers, along with the Group’s International operations including Asia and the Pacific; and

 

§         Westpac New Zealand: responsible for all customer segments in New Zealand.

 

Other divisions in the Group include Customer & Business Services, Treasury, Group Technology and Core Support.

 

The accounting standard AASB 8 Operating Segments requires segment results to be presented on a basis that is consistent with information provided internally to Westpac’s key decision makers. In assessing financial performance, including divisional results, Westpac uses a measure of performance referred to as ‘cash earnings’. Cash earnings is not a measure of cash flow or net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes non-cash items reflected in net profit determined in accordance with AAS. To calculate cash earnings, the specific adjustments to the net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation include both cash and non-cash items and are outlined below. Cash earnings is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing operations and is therefore available for distribution to shareholders. Management believes this allows the Group to more effectively assess performance for the current period against prior periods and to compare performance across business divisions and across peer companies.

 

A reconciliation of cash earnings to net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for each business division is set out in Note 2 to the financial statements.

 

Three categories of adjustments are made to statutory results to determine cash earnings:

 

§         material items that key decision makers at Westpac believe do not reflect ongoing operations;

 

§         items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles, impact of Treasury shares and economic hedging impacts; and

 

§         accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact statutory results.

 

The discussion of our divisional performance in this section is presented on a cash earnings basis unless otherwise stated. Cash earnings is not directly comparable to statutory results presented in other parts of this Annual Report.

 

Outlined below are the cash earnings adjustments to the reported result:

 

§   partial sale of BTIM – During 2015 the Group recognised a significant gain following the partial sale and deconsolidation of the Group’s shareholding in BTIM. This gain has been treated as a cash earnings adjustment given its size and that it does not reflect ongoing operations;

 

§   capitalised technology cost balances – Following changes to the Group’s technology and digital strategy, rapid changes in technology and evolving regulatory requirements, a number of accounting changes have been introduced, including moving to an accelerated amortisation methodology for most existing assets with a useful life of greater than 3 years, writing off the capitalised cost of regulatory program assets where the regulatory requirements have changed and directly expensing more project costs. The expense recognised this year to reduce the carrying value of impacted assets has been treated as a cash earnings adjustment given its size and that it does not reflect ongoing operations;

 

§   amortisation of intangible assets – The merger with St.George, the acquisition of J O Hambro Capital Management (JOHCM) and the acquisition of Lloyds resulted in the recognition of identifiable intangible assets. The commencement of equity accounting for BTIM also resulted in the recognition of notional identifiable intangible assets within the investments in associate’s carrying value. The intangible assets recognised relate to core deposits, customer relationships, management contracts and distribution relationships. These intangible items are amortised over their useful life, ranging between four and twenty years. The amortisation of these intangible assets (excluding capitalised software) is a cash earnings adjustment because it is a non-cash flow item and does not affect cash distributions available to shareholders;

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

101

 

 



 

 

§         acquisition, transaction and integration expenses – Costs associated with the acquisition of Lloyds have been treated as a cash earnings adjustment as they do not reflect the earnings expected from the acquired businesses following the integration period;

 

§         Lloyds tax adjustments – Tax adjustments arising from the acquisition of Lloyds have been treated as a cash earnings adjustment in line with our treatment of Lloyds acquisition and integration costs;

 

§         fair value on economic hedges (which do not qualify for hedge accounting under AAS) comprise:

 

          the unrealised fair value (gain)/loss on foreign exchange hedges of future New Zealand earnings impacting non-interest income is reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on reported results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings over the life of the hedge; and

 

          the unrealised fair value (gain)/loss on hedges of accrual accounted term funding transactions are reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on reported results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings over the life of the hedge.

 

§         ineffective hedges – The (gain)/loss on ineffective hedges is reversed in deriving cash earnings for the period because the gain or loss arising from the fair value movement in these hedges reverses over time and does not affect the Group’s profits over time;

 

§         Treasury shares – Under AAS, Westpac shares held by the Group in the managed funds and life businesses are deemed to be Treasury shares and the results of holding these shares are not permitted to be recognised as income in the reported results. In deriving cash earnings, these results are included to ensure there is no asymmetrical impact on the Group’s profits because the Treasury shares support policyholder liabilities and equity derivative transactions which are re-valued in determining income;

 

§         buyback of Government guaranteed debt – The Group has bought back certain Government guaranteed debt issues which reduced Government guarantee fees (70 basis points) paid. In undertaking the buybacks, a cost was incurred reflecting the difference between current interest rates and the rate at which the debt was initially issued. In the reported result, the cost incurred was recognised at the time of the buyback. In cash earnings, the cost incurred was being amortised over the original term of the debt that was bought back, consistent with a 70 basis point saving being effectively spread over the remaining life of the issue. The cash earnings adjustment gives effect to the timing difference between reported results and cash earnings;

 

§         Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant – During 2014, the Group provided a grant to establish the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation. The grant was treated as a cash earnings adjustment due to its size and because it does not reflect ongoing operations;

 

§         prior period tax provisions – During 2011, the Group raised provisions for certain tax positions for transactions previously undertaken by the Group. A number of these matters have now been resolved, resulting in a release of the provisions which were no longer required. As the provisions raised were treated as a cash earnings adjustment, the release was treated in a consistent manner;

 

§         Bell litigation provision – During 2012, the Group recognised additional provisions in respect of the long running Bell litigation. This was treated as a cash earnings adjustment at the time due to its size, historical nature and because it did not reflect ongoing operations. In 2014, the Bell litigation was settled and the release of provisions no longer required was treated as a cash earnings adjustment;

 

§         fair value amortisation of financial instruments – The accounting for the merger with St.George resulted in the recognition of fair value adjustments on the St.George retail bank loans, deposits, wholesale funding and associated hedges, with these fair value adjustments being amortised over the life of the underlying transactions. The amortisation of these adjustments is considered to be a timing difference relating to non-cash flow items that do not affect cash distributions available to shareholders and therefore, have been treated as a cash earnings adjustment; and

 

§         accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results comprise:

 

          policyholder tax recoveries – Income and tax amounts that are grossed up to comply with the AAS accounting standard covering Life Insurance Business (policyholder tax recoveries) are reversed in deriving income and taxation expense on a cash earnings basis; and

 

          operating leases – Under AAS rental income on operating leases is presented gross of the depreciation of the assets subject to the lease. These amounts are offset in deriving non-interest income and operating expenses on a cash earnings basis.

 

The guidance provided in Australian Securities and Investments Commission Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

 

 

 

 

102

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

Cash earnings and assets by division

 

The following tables present, for each of the key divisions of our business, the cash earnings and total assets at the end of the financial years ended 30 September 2015, 2014 and 2013. Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements for the disclosure of our geographic and business segments and the reconciliation to net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

Cash earnings by business division

 

 

 

Years Ended 30 September

 

$m

 

2015

 

20141

 

2013

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

2,788

 

2,583

 

2,360

 

St.George Banking Group

 

1,688

 

1,575

 

1,387

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

904

 

900

 

778

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

1,286

 

1,467

 

1,570

 

Westpac New Zealand

 

851

 

790

 

632

 

Other divisions

 

303

 

313

 

336

 

Total Cash Earnings

 

7,820

 

7,628

 

7,063

 

 

1           Prior comparative period has been restated to reflect business structure changes in 2015.

 

Total assets by business division

 

 

 

Years Ended 30 September

 

$bn

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

291.6

 

276.6

 

261.9

 

St.George Banking Group

 

188.1

 

175.3

 

159.7

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

35.8

 

31.8

 

32.2

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

123.7

 

118.9

 

97.3

 

Westpac New Zealand

 

71.5

 

65.9

 

61.5

 

Other divisions

 

101.5

 

102.3

 

88.5

 

Total assets

 

812.2

 

770.8

 

701.1

 

 

In presenting divisional results on a management reporting basis, internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments are included in the performance of each division reflecting the management structure rather than the legal entity (these results cannot be compared to results for individual legal entities). Where management reporting structures or accounting classifications have changed, financial results for comparative periods have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

 

Our internal transfer pricing frameworks facilitate risk transfer, profitability measurement, capital allocation and business unit alignment, tailored to the jurisdictions in which we operate. Transfer pricing allows us to measure the relative contribution of our products and divisions to the Group’s interest margin, and other dimensions of performance. Key components of our transfer pricing frameworks are funds transfer pricing for interest rate and liquidity risk, and allocation of basis and contingent liquidity costs, including capital allocation.

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking (Westpac RBB) is responsible for sales and service to consumer, SME, commercial and agribusiness customers (with turnover of up to around $100 million) in Australia under the Westpac brand.

 

Activities are conducted through Westpac RBB’s network of branches, call centres, ATMs, EFTPOS terminals, internet and mobile banking services, business banking centres and via the division’s specialised consumer and business relationship managers. Support is also provided by cash flow, trade finance, transactional banking, financial markets, property finance and wealth specialists.

 

Westpac RBB also works in an integrated way with BTFG and WIB in the sales and service of select financial services products. Much of the associated revenue from these products is retained by the product originators, BTFG and WIB.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

103

 

 



 

 

Performance of Westpac RBB

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Net interest income

6,395

5,953

5,649

Non-interest income

1,457

1,441

1,359

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

7,852

7,394

7,008

Operating expenses

(3,397)

(3,266)

(3,153)

Impairment charges

(471)

(436)

(485)

Profit before income tax

3,984

3,692

3,370

Income tax expense

(1,196)

(1,109)

(1,010)

Cash earnings for the year

2,788

2,583

2,360

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

-

-

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

2,788

2,583

2,360

$bn

$bn

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

173.8

162.5

149.2

Loans

286.0

270.7

256.4

Total assets

291.6

276.6

261.9

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

43.3%

44.2%

45.0%

 

2015 v 2014

 

Westpac RBB increased cash earnings $205 million or 8%.

 

Net interest income increased 7% from a 4% rise in average interest-earning assets and a 7 basis point improvement in net interest margins:

 

§         the rise in margins was due to improved deposit spreads as term deposit and savings rates were repriced. Margins were also assisted by favourable deposit mix movements, together with lower wholesale funding costs;

 

§         asset spreads were lower from competition for new lending, across mortgages and business;

 

§         lending increased $15.3 billion or 6%. Mortgages were the main driver of the increase, rising $13.1 billion or 6%. Business lending increased 4% with SME up 7%, while other lending was up $0.1 billion as growth in personal loans offset a decline in credit card balances; and

 

§         deposits increased $11.3 billion or 7%, with growth in consumer and business transaction and online account balances partially offset by a decline in term deposits.  Mortgage offset accounts continued to grow, up 27%.

 

Non-interest income increased $16 million or 1% with most of the rise due to more consumers and businesses actively managing their foreign exchange risks and an increase in business line fees from growth in business lending. The increases were partly offset by lower credit card income following repricing in 2014.

 

Operating expenses increased 4% with most of the rise related to investment spending, including higher amortisation. Salary and other annual increases were largely offset by productivity savings.

 

There were further improvements in asset quality with total stressed assets falling, and consumer delinquencies declining.  Impairment charges were up $35 million from lower write-backs and portfolio growth.

 

For a discussion of the results of Westpac RBB for 2014 v 2013, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2014 v 2013’.

 

St.George Banking Group

 

St.George Banking Group (St.George) is responsible for sales and service to consumer, SME and corporate customers (businesses with facilities up to $150 million) in Australia under the St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands.

 

Activities are conducted through St.George’s network of branches, third party distributors, call centres, ATMs, EFTPOS terminals, internet and mobile banking services, business banking centres and specialised consumer and business relationship managers. Support is provided by cash flow, trade finance, transactional banking, automotive and equipment finance, financial markets, property finance, and wealth specialists.

 

St.George also works in an integrated way with BTFG and WIB in the sales and service of select financial services products. Much of the associated revenue from these products is retained by the product originators, BTFG and WIB.

 

 

 

 

104

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

Performance of St.George

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Net interest income

3,768

3,531

3,210

Non-interest income

555

515

466

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

4,323

4,046

3,676

Operating expenses

(1,629)

(1,559)

(1,401)

Impairment charges

(280)

(236)

(293)

Profit before income tax

2,414

2,251

1,982

Income tax expense

(726)

(676)

(595)

Cash earnings for the year

1,688

1,575

1,387

Net cash earnings adjustments

(126)

(125)

(128)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

1,562

1,450

1,259

$bn

$bn

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

96.2

93.5

88.6

Loans

181.1

168.3

152.6

Total assets

188.1

175.3

159.7

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

37.7%

38.5%

38.1%

 

2015 v 2014

 

St.George delivered cash earnings of $1,688 million, up 7%, driven by solid volume growth, well managed net interest margins and the full period impact of Lloyds ($16 million).

 

Net interest income was up $237 million or 7%, supported by a 7% rise in average interest-earning assets with net interest margin steady at 2.29%:

 

§         margins were unchanged over the year with improved deposit spreads (particularly term deposits) offset by a reduction in asset spreads;

 

§         lending increased $12.8 billion or 8%:

 

        Mortgages increased $10.6 billion (or 8%). Growth was achieved across all brands and proprietary channels, particularly in Bank of Melbourne which has continued to grow above system in Victoria;

 

        Investor property lending has eased in line with regulatory requirements;

 

        Business lending increased 4% over the period mostly from commercial property and SME; and

 

        Other lending increased 8% from growth in auto loans and credit cards.

 

§         deposits were up $2.7 billion or 3%, with most of the increase in at call savings and transaction accounts, including mortgage offset accounts. Balance growth was more modest over the year as the division focused on maintaining margins and prioritising growth in high LCR value deposits. This contributed to lower business term deposits.

 

Non-interest income was up $40 million or 8%, with around half of the rise due to an increase in business line fees. Other lending fees were also up including the benefit of the full period impact of the Lloyds acquisition.

 

Operating expenses increased $70 million or 4%, with the full period impact of Lloyds contributing $29 million to the rise. Run cost increases were offset by productivity benefits, with most of the expense increase due to higher investment including:

 

§         Bank of Melbourne expansion, which added around $32 million to expenses over the year including 12 new branches, increased employee numbers and a rise in depreciation; and

 

§         roll-out of new branch formats (FreshStart) and the Business Connect model for serving SME customers.

 

Impairment charges were up $44 million or 19% with most of the rise reflecting lower write-backs and higher write-offs. Overall asset quality improved further over the year, with total stressed assets to total committed exposure falling 49 basis points.

 

For a discussion of the results of St.George Banking Group for 2014 v 2013, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2014 v 2013’.

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

BT Financial Group (BTFG) is the wealth management arm of the Westpac Group providing customers with a range of wealth services.

 

BTFG’s funds management operations include the manufacturing and distribution of investment, superannuation, retirement products, platforms including BT Wrap and Asgard, financial advice, private banking, margin lending and broking. BTFG’s insurance covers the manufacturing and distribution of life, general and lenders mortgage insurance.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

105

 

 



 

 

BTFG’s brands include Advance, Ascalon Capital Managers, Asgard, Licensee Select, BT Select and Securitor, as well as the Advice, Private Banking and Insurance operations of Westpac, St.George, Bank of Melbourne and BankSA. BTIM is 31% owned by the Westpac Group and following the partial sale during 2015 is equity accounted in BTFG’s Funds Management business from July 2015.

 

Performance of BTFG

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Net interest income

448

406

402

Non-interest income

2,192

2,257

1,930

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

2,640

2,663

2,332

Operating expenses

(1,304)

(1,323)

(1,207)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

4

2

(1)

Profit before income tax

1,340

1,342

1,124

Income tax expense

(404)

(403)

(328)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(32)

(39)

(18)

Cash earnings for the year

904

900

778

Net cash earnings adjustments

(23)

(22)

(22)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

881

878

756

$bn

$bn

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

23.4

22.4

20.3

Loans

17.2

15.9

14.6

Total assets

35.8

31.8

32.2

Funds under management

46.3

89.0

76.2

Funds under administration

121.9

112.7

102.7

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

49.4%

49.7%

51.8%

 

Cash earnings

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Funds management business

555

520

420

Insurance

282

324

273

Capital and other

67

56

85

Total cash earnings

904

900

778

 

The partial sale of BTIM in June 2015 reduced the Group’s ownership to 31%. In considering the impact of the partial BTIM sale, the contribution to cash earnings of the BTIM shares sold was $24 million in 2015. This contribution was wholly in the Funds Management business.

 

BTIM is now equity accounted with the share of BTIM’s profit recorded in non-interest income, less tax Westpac is required to pay.

 

2015 v 2014

 

BTFG increased cash earnings by $4 million, with 7% growth in funds management cash earnings more than offset by a 13% decline in insurance cash earnings due to a rise in insurance claims;

 

§         Funds management cash earnings were up $35 million or 7%, driven by higher FUM and FUA related income and growth in Private Wealth. Average FUM (excluding BTIM) and FUA balances were up 14% and 12% respectively. The spot FUM balance declined 48% with the partial sale of BTIM;

 

§         insurance cash earnings declined $42 million, or 13% from the impact of higher claims with more severe weather events occurring in 2015 including, three major weather events (Brisbane hail storm, Cyclone Marcia, and a major NSW storm). Catastrophe claims were $65 million higher than 2014. Net earned premiums increased $106 million, with Life Insurance in-force premiums up 13% and a rise in gross written premiums of 6%; and

 

§         cash earnings from Capital and other increased $11 million, as higher stamp duty costs incurred in 2014 were not repeated.

 

 

 

 

106

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

Funds management business

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Net interest income

402

365

339

Non-interest income

1,664

1,692

1,426

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

2,066

2,057

1,765

Operating expenses

(1,214)

(1,233)

(1,127)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

4

2

(1)

Profit before income tax

856

826

637

Income tax expense

(269)

(267)

(199)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(32)

(39)

(18)

Cash earnings for the year

555

520

420

Net cash earnings adjustments

(23)

(22)

(22)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

532

498

398

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

58.8%

59.9%

63.9%

 

Cash earnings increased $35 million or 7%.

 

Net interest income was up 10% from higher lending and deposit volumes and improved margins.

 

Non-interest income decreased $28 million, or 2%:

 

§         BTIM performance fees were $84 million lower compared to 2014;

 

§         impacts associated with the partial sale of BTIM and move to equity accounting; partly offset by

 

§         FUM related revenue excluding BTIM increased $24 million, reflecting positive flows in BT Super for Life (Retail) and Advance; and

 

§         FUA related revenue increased $27 million, driven by higher net flows on BT Wrap and Asgard platforms.

 

Operating expenses decreased $19 million or 2%, from a $45 million decrease in performance fee related payments in BTIM and the partial sale of BTIM and move to equity accounting. These benefits were partly offset by higher investment related costs associated with compliance programs and the continued development of the Panorama platform.

 

Tax and other non-controlling interests decreased $5 million or 2%, from the partial sale of BTIM and move to equity accounting.

 

Insurance business

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Net interest income

4

6

6

Non-interest income

487

534

446

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

491

540

452

Operating expenses

(89)

(77)

(60)

Profit before income tax

402

463

392

Income tax expense

(120)

(139)

(119)

Cash earnings for the year

282

324

273

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

-

-

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

282

324

273

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

18.1%

14.3%

13.3%

 

Cash earnings decreased $42 million, or 13% due to higher General Insurance claims from severe weather events, partly offset by increased revenue from net earned premiums.

 

Net operating income decreased $49 million or 9%:

 

§         general insurance claims were $95 million higher. This was mostly due to the three severe events in 2015 being significantly larger than events experienced in 2014;

 

§         life insurance net earned premiums increased $77 million, with in-force premiums rising 13%. General Insurance net earned premium revenue increased $45 million with gross written premiums rising 6% from growth in home and contents sales;

 

§         higher premiums in Life Insurance were partially offset by a rise in claims consistent with the larger portfolio and a higher loss ratio; and

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

107

 

 



 

 

§   Lenders Mortgage Insurance (LMI) income increased from changes to LMI arrangements for mortgages where the LVR ratio is >90%.

 

Operating expenses increased $12 million or 16%, in line with increased volumes and claims activity.

 

For a discussion of the results of BTFG for 2014 v 2013, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2014 v 2013’

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivers a broad range of financial products and services to retail, commercial, corporate, institutional and Government customers with connections to Australia and New Zealand.

 

WIB operates through dedicated industry relationship and specialist product teams, with expert knowledge in transactional banking, financial and debt capital markets, specialised capital, and alternative investment solutions.

 

Customers are supported through branches and subsidiaries located in Australia, New Zealand, US, UK and Asia.

 

Performance of WIB

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

 

Net interest income

1,645

1,658

1,646

 

Non-interest income

1,458

1,470

1,584

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

3,103

3,128

3,230

 

Operating expenses

(1,289)

(1,174)

(1,086)

 

Impairment (charges)/benefit

39

135

88

 

Profit before income tax

1,853

2,089

2,232

 

Income tax expense

(567)

(622)

(662)

 

Cash earnings for the year

1,286

1,467

1,570

 

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

-

-

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

1,286

1,467

1,570

 

 

$bn

$bn

$bn

 

Deposits and other borrowings1

77.4

78.1

73.7

 

Loans

74.4

66.2

56.6

 

Total assets

123.7

118.9

97.3

 

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

41.5%

37.5%

33.6%

 

 

1    Refers to total customer deposits in this table and excludes Certificates of Deposit.

 

2015 v 2014

 

WIB delivered cash earnings of $1,286 million, down $181 million, or 12%. The lower result was largely due to methodology changes to derivative valuations, which reduced revenue by $122 million, and a $96 million lower impairment benefit. These items reduced cash earnings by $153 million.

 

Net interest income decreased $13 million, or 1%, with a 7% increase in average interest-earning assets offset by a 15 basis point decline in net interest margin:

 

§         institutional margins continue to be impacted by higher levels of liquidity from global quantitative easing. This has contributed to tightening asset spreads for new lending. Deposits spreads have tightened from competition for high quality LCR deposits. Interest income on capital was also lower;

 

§         lending increased $8.2 billion or 12%, mainly from growth in Asia, securitisation deals and infrastructure; and

 

§         deposits were 1% lower with reductions in short term deposit balances offset by an increase in transactional balances as the business sought to move towards deposits that are more efficient for LCR purposes.

 

Non-interest income decreased $12 million. 2015 included a $122 million negative impact from methodology changes to derivative valuations. Excluding this impact, non-interest income was up $110 million reflecting:

 

§         a 4% rise in markets sales income from improved customer flows. Foreign exchange sales income increased, driven by increased currency volatility encouraging more customers to actively manage their risks. Fixed income sales increased, driven by a number of large project finance transactions;

 

§   higher trading income, particularly in the first half of the year;

 

§   Hastings non-interest income increased $54 million; partly offset by

 

§   a $22 million negative movement in CVA.

 

Operating expenses increased $115 million or 10% from:

 

§   ongoing investment in Asia;

 

 

 

 

108

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

§   regulatory and compliance costs; and

 

§   investments in customer systems to drive improved service.

 

Asset quality improved over 2015, although the high level of write backs in 2014 was not repeated. WIB recorded an impairment benefit of $39 million, compared to a $135 million benefit in 2014.

 

For a discussion of the results of WIB for 2014 v 2013, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2014 v 2013’.

 

Westpac New Zealand

 

Westpac New Zealand is responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products for consumers, business and institutional customers in New Zealand.

 

Westpac conducts its New Zealand banking business through two banks in New Zealand: Westpac New Zealand Limited, which is incorporated in New Zealand and Westpac Banking Corporation (New Zealand Branch), which is incorporated in Australia.

 

Westpac New Zealand operates via an extensive network of branches and ATMs across both the North and South Islands. Business and institutional customers are also served through relationship and specialist product teams. Banking products are provided under the Westpac brand while insurance and wealth products are provided under Westpac Life and BT brands, respectively. New Zealand also has its own infrastructure, including technology, operations and treasury.

 

Performance of Westpac New Zealand

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

 

Net interest income

1,590

1,455

1,281

 

Non-interest income

457

438

389

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

2,047

1,893

1,670

 

Operating expenses

(832)

(776)

(697)

 

Impairment charges

(44)

(24)

(97)

 

Profit before income tax

1,171

1,093

876

 

Income tax expense

(317)

(300)

(241)

 

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(3)

(3)

(3)

 

Cash earnings for the year

851

790

632

 

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

-

-

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

851

790

632

 

 

$bn

$bn

$bn

 

Deposits and other borrowings1

47.3

44.1

41.4

 

Loans

62.8

57.7

54.7

 

Total assets

71.5

65.9

61.5

 

Funds under management

5.9

4.9

3.9

 

Funds under administration

1.8

1.5

1.2

 

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

40.6%

41.0%

41.7%

 

 

1    Refers to total customer deposits in this table.

 

2015 v 2014

 

Cash earnings increased $61 million or 8% with net profit before impairments and income tax up 9%. The results of Westpac New Zealand were positively affected by the decline in value of the NZ$ to the A$.

 

Net interest income increased $135 million or 9%, with average interest-earning assets increasing 7% and net interest margin increasing 4 basis points.

 

§   higher deposit spreads, lower wholesale funding costs and increased Treasury income were partly offset by lower asset spreads from competition and a rise in the proportion of lower spread fixed rate loans.

 

§   total lending increased $5.1 billion or 9%:

 

   mortgages increased $2.8 billion or 8%, growing at 0.8 times system1, as the division prioritised maintaining margins; and

 

        business lending increased $2.2 billion or 11%, in line with system1, driven by growth across a number of sectors including in agricultural lending, and food manufacturing.

 

§   deposits increased $3.2 billion, or 7%, with all growth in at call and transaction accounts.

 

Non-interest income increased $19 million or 4% driven by:

 

1    Source: RBNZ.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

109

 

 



 

 

§   foreign exchange impacts of $6 million;

 

§   an increase in gains on asset sales and asset recoveries;

 

§   increased wealth income with FUM and FUA balances both up 20%; and

 

§   this was partly offset by reduced cards income primarily in relation to the division’s implementation of the new Air New Zealand Airpoints loyalty program.

 

Operating expenses increased $56 million or 7%, from annual salary increases and higher investment related costs including higher depreciation and software amortisation.

 

Asset quality improved over the year across business and consumer segments. Despite this improvement, impairment charges increased $20 million, as the 2014 charge of $24 million was particularly low and was supported by write-back and recoveries that were not matched in 2015.

 

For a discussion of the results of Westpac New Zealand for 2014 v 2013, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2014 v 2013’.

 

Other divisions

 

Other divisions comprise:

 

Westpac Pacific

 

Westpac Pacific provides banking services for retail and business customers in the Pacific. Branches, ATMs, telephone banking and internet banking channels are used to deliver business activities in Fiji, Papua New Guinea (PNG), Solomon Islands and Vanuatu. Westpac Pacific’s financial products include personal savings accounts, business transactional accounts, personal and business lending products, business services and a range of international products.

 

Customer & Business Services1

 

Customer & Business Services, which encompasses banking operations, customer contact centres, product, marketing, compliance, legal and property services.

 

Treasury

 

Treasury, the primary focus of which is the management of the Group’s interest rate risk and funding requirements by managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities. Treasury’s earnings are primarily impacted by the hedging decisions taken on behalf of the Group to manage net interest income outcomes and assist net interest income growth.

 

Core Support1

 

Core Support comprises those functions performed centrally, including finance, risk and human resources.

 

Group Items

 

Group Items includes earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, accounting entries for certain intra-group transactions that facilitate the presentation of the performance of our operating segments, earnings from non-core asset sales and certain other head office items such as centrally raised provisions.

 

Group Technology1

 

Group Technology comprises functions responsible for technology strategy and architecture, infrastructure and operations, applications development and business integration.

 

Performance of other divisions

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Net interest income

393

493

724

Non-interest income

182

203

193

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

575

696

917

Operating expenses

(184)

(148)

(215)

Impairment charges

(1)

(91)

(59)

Profit before income tax

390

457

643

Income tax expense

(64)

(120)

(252)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(23)

(24)

(55)

Cash earnings for the year

303

313

336

Net cash earnings adjustments

341

80

(162)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

644

393

174

 

2015 v 2014

 

Other divisions’ cash earnings were $303 million in 2015, down $10 million.

 

1    Certain costs are allocated to other divisions in the Group.

 

 

 

 

110

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges reduced $121 million compared with 2014, with a reduction in Treasury income ($114 million decrease) related to lower returns on the liquid asset portfolio and balance sheet management activities.

 

Operating expenses were $36 million higher in 2015 due to increased restructuring costs.

 

Impairment charges were lower in 2015 due to a large increase in central economic overlay provisions experienced in 2014, not repeated in 2015.

 

The effective tax rate was lower in 2015 due to the finalisation of prior period taxation matters.

 

For a discussion of the results of this division for 2014 v 2013, refer to ‘Divisional performance – 2014 v 2013’.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

111

 

 



 

 

Divisional performance – 2014 v 2013

 

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

2014 v 2013

 

Westpac RBB delivered cash earnings of $2,583 million, up $223 million, or 9%.

 

Net interest income increased 5% from a 3% rise in average interest-earning assets and a 6 basis point improvement in margins:

 

§         the 6 basis point rise in margins was due to improved deposit spreads, favourable deposit mix impacts and lower wholesale funding costs. Asset spreads were lower from competition for new lending, particularly in mortgages, along with an increase in fixed rate lending;

 

§         lending increased $14.3 billion or 6%, mostly in mortgages. A focus on improving all elements of the mortgage process has contributed to a 6% rise in mortgages with growth skewed to the second half of the year; and

 

§         deposits increased $13.3 billion or 9%, with most of the growth in higher quality, more stable balances particularly consumer savings and the transaction accounts of consumers and businesses.

 

Non-interest income was up 6%, with most of the rise due to a lift in cards income from higher customer activity. Business income was also higher from a rise in lending activity and from more businesses managing their financial markets risks, especially foreign exchange.

 

Operating expenses increased 4% with higher investment and regulatory change related spending and costs associated with increasing the number of customer facing employees. This was partially offset by productivity savings across the network.

 

There was a further improvement in asset quality over the year with business impaired assets as a percent of total committed exposure falling by one third and mortgage delinquencies improved a further 3 basis points to 0.47%. As a result, impairment charges were 10% lower over the year.

 

St.George Banking Group

 

2014 v 2013

 

St.George delivered cash earnings of $1,575 million, up 14%. The Lloyds business contributed $47 million to full year cash earnings.

 

Net interest income was up $321 million or 10%, supported by a 7% rise in average interest-earning assets and a 7 basis point improvement in margins:

 

§   the rise in margins was mostly due to improved deposit spreads and lower wholesale funding costs. The inclusion of Lloyds was also positive for margins given the mix of its portfolio. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in spreads on new business and mortgage lending;

 

§   lending was up $15.7 billion or 10%, excluding Lloyds loans increased $9.2 billion or 6%:

 

        mortgages increased $8.9 billion (up 8%). Growth was achieved across all brands and proprietary channels, particularly in Bank of Melbourne;

 

        business lending increased 11% over the period primarily due to the acquisition of Lloyds, excluding this, business lending was $0.5 billion lower principally from a further reduction in gearing from property related companies along with the work-out or exit of stressed assets; and

 

   other lending increased 9% (excluding the impact of Lloyds) from good growth in auto loans, personal loans and credit cards.

 

§   deposits were up $4.9 billion or 6%, with most of the increase in at call savings and transaction accounts. Term deposits declined 7% driven largely by business term deposits, as these customers preferred to hold balances in at call accounts. Consumer term deposits were up 3%. Acquiring the Lloyds book resulted in a 2 percentage point decline in the deposit to loan ratio.

 

Non-interest income was up $49 million or 11%, with around half of the rise due to Lloyds. Business fees were also higher reflecting the cost of providing facilities, including for undrawn commitments.

 

Operating expenses increased $158 million or 11%, with Lloyds contributing $86 million to the rise. Excluding Lloyds, expenses increased 5%. Ongoing costs were largely offset with productivity benefits with most of the increase due to investment, including:

 

§   Bank of Melbourne expansion has added around $33 million to expenses over the year including new branches, increased employee numbers and a rise in depreciation and amortisation; and

 

§   improving the customer experience including via new branch formats (FreshStart), and the Business Connect model for serving SME customers.

 

Impairment charges were down $57 million or 19% across both consumer and business facilities as asset quality has materially improved across business and consumer portfolios.

 

 

 

 

112

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

2014 v 2013

 

Cash earnings were $900 million, an increase of $122 million or 16%.

 

Funds Management cash earnings were up $100 million or 24%, driven by higher funds management performance fees (in BTIM), net flows onto Platforms and an increase in average FUM and FUA of 25% and 14% respectively. Advice income was up driven by an expanded planner network with continued focus on quality advice. The contribution from Private Wealth was also higher.

 

The Insurance contribution was up $51 million or 19%, supported by a rise in net earned premiums of 19% in Life Insurance and 14% in General Insurance. These increases were partially offset by a lower contribution from LMI.

 

Contribution from Capital and other was down significantly year on year mainly due to reduction in investment earnings from lower interest rates along with higher stamp duty costs.

 

Funds Management Business

 

Cash earnings of $520 million were up $100 million or 24%, driven by a 17% increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges.

 

Net interest income was up 8% from higher lending and deposit volumes and stronger margins in Private Wealth.

 

Non-interest income increased $266 million, or 19%:

 

§         FUM related revenue increased $105 million, up 23%, with a 25% rise in average FUM from inflows into Advance and Equity Income Funds, improved markets and positive foreign exchange movement impacts. FUM margins were little changed over the year;

 

§         outperformance against benchmarks in a number of portfolios has led to a significant rise in performance fees received in BTIM and JOHCM (up $79 million);

 

§         FUA revenue increased $47 million, up 11%, driven by good flows on platforms and improved markets. Average margins were flat over the year;

 

§         Advice income increased $38 million or 12% from new business revenue generated by an expanded planner network with continued focus on quality advice and increasing customer facing time; and

 

§         increased net flows into Advance, partially offset by lower equities income.

 

Operating expenses increased $106 million or 9% from:

 

§   investment related costs, including the Panorama platform;

 

§   an increase in performance fee related bonuses associated with BTIM and JOHCM; and

 

§   other operating costs were up due to higher FTE costs associated with regulatory change and other volume related costs.

 

Insurance Business

 

Cash earnings increased $51 million or 19%, due to higher revenue from the expanded distribution network, improved sales across the Group’s banking brands and lower General Insurance claims.

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges increased $88 million or 19%:

 

§   the Life and General Insurance businesses continue to offer a range of solutions to help our customers protect their wealth. Life Insurance revenue increased $40 million or 17%, with in-force premiums rising 16%. General Insurance revenue increased $58 million with gross written premiums rising 11% from growth in new business and pricing initiatives.

 

§         higher premiums in Life Insurance have been partially offset by a rise in net incurred claims consistent with the larger portfolio; while the value of lapses is higher, the lapse rates have remained flat and continue to be below industry averages;

 

§         enhancements to the claims management processes in General Insurance have contributed to lower claims in 2014; and

 

§         LMI revenue was down $10 million with the continued impact of the decision to de-risk the portfolio in 2009 and lower claims consistent with the decrease in portfolio size.

 

Operating expenses increased $17 million or 28%, in-line with increased volumes and higher FTE costs in claims management to support the growth of the portfolio.

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

2014 v 2013

 

WIB delivered cash earnings of $1,467 million, down 7% ($103 million). The lower result was largely due to the impact of items that boosted 2013, in particular:

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

113

 

 



 

 

§   CVA was a charge of $23 million in 2014, compared to an $87 million benefit in 2013, largely due to currency movements; and

 

§   revenue associated with Hastings’ exit of listed infrastructure funds generated income of $115 million in 2013. This income was not repeated in 2014.

 

WIB’s cash earnings from all other activities increased $55 million or 4%. Customer revenue was up 6%. WIB has focused on meeting customer risk management needs and has delivered an uplift in lending and fee-related revenue.

 

Net interest income increased $12 million, or 1%, compared to 2013 with a 13% increase in average interest-earning assets partly offset by a 24 basis point decline in margins. While margin pressure was experienced on both assets and liabilities, competition was most intense for transactional deposits:

 

§   lending grew $9.6 billion, or 17%, primarily in corporate lending and trade finance, with growth from Asia and the addition of Lloyds; and

 

§   deposits increased $4.4 billion, or 6%, as WIB continued to build on its total relationship focus. Growth was particularly strong in term deposits.

 

Non-interest income decreased $114 million or 7%. 2013 included significant revenue associated with Hastings’ exit of listed infrastructure funds, and an $87 million CVA benefit compared to a $23 million CVA charge in 2014.

 

Excluding the impact of these items, WIB’s non-interest income was up $111 million reflecting:

 

§   growth in markets income, from improved customer flows. Growth over the year was most prominent in FX and commodities, carbon and energy;

 

§   Lloyds contribution; and

 

§   increase in other fees from additional lending and transaction volumes.

 

Operating expenses increased $88 million or 8%, mainly reflecting:

 

§   an increase in WIB’s investment in Asia ($60 million), including building product and technology capabilities along with additional FTE and branch premises costs;

 

§   Lloyds operating expenses ($15 million); and

 

§   increased costs from regulatory change ($14 million).

 

Asset quality improved in 2014 and, as a result, impairments contributed a $135 million benefit, compared to an $88 million benefit in 2013. Write-backs and collectively assessed provision benefits continued in 2014, albeit at a lower rate than 2013, and new individually assessed provisions were significantly lower than 2013.

 

Westpac New Zealand

 

2014 v 2013

 

Westpac New Zealand delivered cash earnings of $790 million, up $158 million or 25%.

 

Net interest income increased $174 million or 14%, of which foreign exchange translation impacts contributed $146 million. Excluding foreign exchange impacts, net interest income increased $28 million due to average interest-earning assets increasing 5% and margins declining 6 basis points. Margins and average interest-earning assets were impacted by the inclusion of Treasury assets (transfer from Group Businesses) in Westpac New Zealand’s result in the second half of 2014. Adjusting for these assets, margins were 4 basis points lower and average interest-earning assets were 4% higher:

 

§   drivers of the 4 basis point contraction in margin were:

 

   reduced lending spreads as customers switched to lower spread fixed rate mortgages, continued intense competition and business stressed assets run-off; and

 

   improved deposit spreads from active rate management, further portfolio optimisation and a reduction in wholesale funding costs.

 

§   total lending increased $3.0 billion or 5%:

 

   mortgages increased $2.1 billion or 6%, achieving 1.2 times system1 driven by good growth in mortgages with an LVR less than 80%; and

 

   business lending increased $0.8 billion or 4%, with growth in targeted areas in particular agriculture lending 2.2 times system1.

 

§   deposits increased $2.7 billion, up 7% with the deposit to loan ratio up 82 basis points to 76.5%. The majority of the growth was in at call and transaction accounts which increased $2.3 billion or 12%, primarily in online deposits, up $1.7 billion.

 

Non-interest income increased $49 million or 13%, driven by:

 

§   foreign exchange impacts of $44 million; and

 

1    Source: Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ).

 

 

 

 

114

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Divisional performance

 

 

§   increased insurance income and an uplift in fees earned from FUM/FUA growth, with balances up $1.3 billion or 25%, to $6.4 billion; partially offset by

 

§   insurance recoveries associated with the Christchurch earthquake received in 2013, which were not repeated in 2014.

 

Operating expenses increased $79 million or 11%, of which foreign exchange translation impacts contributed $78 million.

 

A continued focus on disciplined cost management has supported investment in strategic priorities which are contributing to both an enhanced customer experience and productivity benefits. As a result the expense to income ratio was down 75 basis points in 2014 to 41.0%.

 

Impairment charges decreased $73 million or 75%, as asset quality continued to improve, with lower consumer delinquencies and the run-off and management of business stressed assets.

 

Other divisions

 

2014 v 2013

 

Other divisions’ cash earnings were $313 million in 2014, down $23 million.

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges decreased $221 million with Treasury income impacted by low market volatility, contributing to lower returns from the liquids portfolio and balance sheet management. The impact of exchange controls in PNG, and hedging of New Zealand earnings and offshore capital also reduced income. This was partially offset by an increase in profit from asset sales, with remaining shares in Visa sold in 2014.

 

Operating expenses were $67 million lower due to a reduction in defined benefits superannuation expense, employee provisions raised in 2013 that were not repeated and a decrease in centrally managed program costs.

 

Impairment charges of $91 million reflect an increase in centrally held economic overlay impairment provisions related to sectors in the economy undergoing structural change.

 

The effective tax rate reduced with the release of tax provisions no longer required, following the finalisation of prior period taxation matters. Non-controlling interests were lower by $29 million following the maturity of the 2003 TPS in 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

115

 

 



 

 

Risk factors

 

Our business is subject to risks that can adversely impact our financial performance, financial condition and future performance. If any of the following risks occur, our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition could be materially adversely affected, with the result that the trading price of our securities could decline and as a security holder you could lose all, or part, of your investment. You should carefully consider the risks described and the other information in this Annual Report before investing in our securities. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem to be immaterial, may also become important factors that affect us.

 

Risks relating to our business

 

Our businesses are highly regulated and we could be adversely affected by failing to comply with existing laws and regulations or by changes in laws, regulations or regulatory policy

 

As a financial institution, we are subject to detailed laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding, including Australia, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, the United States and Asia. We are also supervised by a number of different regulatory and supervisory authorities which have broad administrative powers over our businesses. In Australia, the relevant regulatory authorities include the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA), Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA), Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), Australian Securities Exchange (ASX), Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (AUSTRAC) and the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) and the Financial Markets Authority (FMA) have supervisory oversight of our New Zealand operations. In the United States we are subject to supervision and regulation by the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). In the United Kingdom, we are subject to supervision and regulation by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA). In Asia, we are subject to supervision and regulation by local authorities, including the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (HKMA). In other jurisdictions in which we operate, including various Pacific countries, we are also required to comply with relevant requirements of the local regulatory bodies.

 

We are responsible for ensuring that we comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements (including accounting standards) and industry codes of practice in the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding, as well as meeting our ethical standards.

 

Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputational loss, arising from our failure to abide by compliance obligations required of us. In Australia, an example of the broad administrative power available to regulatory authorities is the power available to APRA under the Banking Act 1959 in certain circumstances to investigate our affairs and/or issue a direction to us (such as a direction to comply with a prudential requirement, to conduct an audit, to remove a Director, executive officer or employee or not to undertake transactions). Other regulators also have the power to investigate, including looking into past conduct. In recent years, there have been significant increases in the nature and scale of regulatory investigations, enforcement actions and the quantum of fines issued by global regulators. The nature of these reviews can be wide ranging and, for example, currently include industry-wide investigations into potential manipulation in financial markets. During the year, Westpac has received notices and requests for information from its regulators. Regulatory investigations, fines, penalties or restrictions or regulator imposed conditions could adversely affect our business, reputation, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

As with other financial services providers, we face increasing supervision and regulation in most of the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding, particularly in the areas of funding, liquidity, capital adequacy, conduct and prudential regulation, anti-bribery and corruption, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing and trade sanctions. In December 2010 the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) announced a revised global regulatory framework known as Basel III. Basel III, among other things, increases the required quality and quantity of capital held by banks and introduces new standards for the management of liquidity risk. APRA has now incorporated much of the framework into its prudential standards. Further details on the Basel III framework are set out in ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1.

 

During the year ended 30 September 2015, there were also a series of other regulatory releases from authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding proposing significant regulatory change for financial institutions. This includes new accounting and reporting standards which have been finalised, global OTC derivatives reform and the US Dodd-Frank legislation, including the Volcker Rule promulgated thereunder. The latter is designed to reform the entire system for the supervision and regulation of financial firms that operate in or have a connection with the US, including non-US banks like Westpac. Other areas of proposed or potential change that could impact us include changes to tax legislation, including franking, regulation relating to remuneration, consumer protection and competition legislation, privacy and data protection, anti-bribery and corruption, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing laws and trade sanctions. In addition, further changes may occur driven by policy, prudential or political factors. In 2013, the Australian Government commissioned a Financial System Inquiry with broad terms of reference. The FSI’s Final Report made 44 recommendations relating to a broad number of matters across the financial sector.  On 20 October 2015, the Government announced its final response to the FSI’s recommendations.  The Government endorsed the overwhelming majority of the recommendations across the five key areas the FSI considered: Resilience; Superannuation; Innovation; Consumer Outcomes; and the Regulatory System. The Government will establish a number of consultation processes to consider detailed implementation. The final impact of the FSI is difficult to predict but may result in substantial regulatory changes, including changes to capital requirements which could have a material impact on our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition. Further details on the FSI are set out in ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1.

 

 

 

 

116

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Regulation is becoming increasingly extensive and complex. Some areas of potential regulatory change involve multiple jurisdictions seeking to adopt a coordinated approach. This may result in conflicts with specific requirements of the jurisdictions in which we operate and, in addition, such changes may be inconsistently introduced across jurisdictions.

 

Changes may also occur in the oversight approach of regulators. It is possible that governments in jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding might revise their application of existing regulatory policies that apply to, or impact, Westpac’s business, including for reasons relating to national interest and/or systemic stability.

 

Regulatory changes and the timing of their introduction continue to evolve and we currently manage our businesses in the context of regulatory uncertainty. The nature and impact of future changes are not predictable and are beyond our control. Regulatory compliance and the management of regulatory change is an increasingly important part of our strategic planning. We expect that we will be required to continue to invest significantly in compliance and the management and implementation of regulatory change and, at the same time, significant management attention and resources will be required to update existing or implement new processes to comply with the new regulations.

 

Regulatory changes may also impact our operations by requiring us to have increased levels of liquidity and higher levels of, and better quality, capital as well as place restrictions on the businesses we conduct,(including limiting our ability to provide products and services to certain customers), require us to amend our corporate structure or require us to alter our product or service offerings. If regulatory change has any such effect, it could adversely affect one or more of our businesses, restrict our flexibility, require us to incur substantial costs and impact the profitability of one or more of our business lines. Any such costs or restrictions could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

For further information refer to ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 and the sections ‘Critical accounting assumptions and estimates’ and ‘Future developments in accounting standards’ in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Adverse credit and capital market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet funding and liquidity needs and may increase our cost of funding

 

We rely on credit and capital markets to fund our business and as a source of liquidity. Our liquidity and costs of obtaining funding are related to credit and capital market conditions.

 

Global credit and capital markets can experience periods of extreme volatility, disruption and decreased liquidity as was demonstrated during the Global Financial Crisis. While there have now been extended periods of stability in these markets, the environment has become more volatile and unpredictable. The main risks we face are damage to market confidence, changes to the access and cost of funding and a slowing in global activity or through other impacts on entities with whom we do business.

 

As of 30 September 2015, approximately 33% of our total funding originated from domestic and international wholesale markets, of this around 61% was sourced outside Australia and New Zealand.

 

A shift in investment preferences of businesses and consumers away from bank deposits towards other asset or investment classes could increase our need for funding from other, potentially less stable or more expensive forms of funding.

 

If market conditions deteriorate due to economic, financial, political or other reasons, our funding costs may be adversely affected and our liquidity and our funding and lending activities may be constrained.

 

If our current sources of funding prove to be insufficient, we may be forced to seek alternative financing. The availability of such alternative financing, and the terms on which it may be available, will depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing market conditions, the availability of credit, our credit ratings and credit market capacity. Even if available, the cost of these alternatives may be more expensive or on unfavourable terms, which could adversely affect our financial performance, liquidity, capital resources and financial condition. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain adequate funding and do so at acceptable prices, nor that we will be able to recover any additional costs.

 

If Westpac is unable to source appropriate funding, we may also be forced to reduce our lending or begin selling liquid securities. Such actions may adversely impact our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Westpac enters into collateralised derivative obligations, which may require Westpac to post additional collateral based on movements in market rates, which have the potential to adversely affect Westpac’s liquidity.

 

For a more detailed description of liquidity risk, refer to ‘Funding and Liquidity risk management’ in this section and in Note 22 to the financial statements.

 

Sovereign risk may destabilise financial markets adversely

 

Sovereign risk is the risk that foreign governments will default on their debt obligations, will be unable to refinance their debts as they fall due, or will nationalise parts of their economy including assets of financial institutions such as Westpac.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

117

 

 



 

 

Should one sovereign default, there could be a cascading effect to other markets and countries, the consequences of which, while difficult to predict, may be similar to or worse than those experienced during the Global Financial Crisis. Such an event could destabilise global financial markets adversely affecting our liquidity, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Failure to maintain credit ratings could adversely affect our cost of funds, liquidity, competitive position and access to capital markets

 

Credit ratings are independent opinions on our creditworthiness. Our credit ratings affect the cost and availability of our funding from capital markets and other funding sources and they may be important to customers or counterparties when evaluating our products and services. Therefore, maintaining high quality credit ratings is important.

 

The credit ratings assigned to us by rating agencies are based on an evaluation of a number of factors, including our financial strength, structural considerations regarding the Australian financial system and the credit rating of the Australian Government. A credit rating downgrade could be driven by the occurrence of one or more of the other risks identified in this section or by other events including changes to the methodologies used by the rating agencies to determine ratings.

 

Failure to maintain our current credit ratings could adversely affect our cost of funds and related margins, collateral requirements, liquidity, competitive position and our access to capital markets. The extent and nature of these impacts would depend on various factors, including the extent of any ratings change, whether our ratings differ among agencies (split ratings) and whether any ratings changes also impact our peers or the sector.

 

A systemic shock in relation to the Australian, New Zealand or other financial systems could have adverse consequences for Westpac or its customers or counterparties that would be difficult to predict and respond to

 

There is a risk that a major systemic shock could occur that causes an adverse impact on the Australian, New Zealand or other financial systems.

 

As outlined above, during the past decade the financial services industry and capital markets have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by market volatility and the negative outlook for global economic conditions. A shock to one of the major global economies could again result in currency and interest rate fluctuations and operational disruptions that negatively impact the Group.

 

Any such market and economic disruptions could adversely affect financial institutions such as Westpac because consumer and business spending may decrease, unemployment may rise and demand for the products and services we provide may decline, thereby reducing our earnings. These conditions may also affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or our counterparties to meet their obligations, causing us to incur higher credit losses. These events could also result in the undermining of confidence in the financial system, reducing liquidity, impairing our access to funding and impairing our customers and counterparties and their businesses. If this were to occur, our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

The nature and consequences of any such event are difficult to predict and there can be no certainty that we could respond effectively to any such event.

 

Declines in asset markets could adversely affect our operations or profitability

 

Declines in Australian, New Zealand or other asset markets, including equity, residential and commercial property and other asset markets, could adversely affect our operations and profitability.

 

Declining asset prices also impact our wealth management business. Earnings in our wealth management business are, in part, dependent on asset values because we typically receive fees based on the value of securities and/or assets held or managed. A decline in asset prices could negatively impact the earnings of this business.

 

Declining asset prices could also impact customers and counterparties and the value of security (including residential and commercial property) we hold against loans and derivatives which may impact our ability to recover amounts owing to us if customers or counterparties were to default. It may also affect our level of provisioning which in turn impacts our profitability and financial condition.

 

Our business is substantially dependent on the Australian and New Zealand economies

 

Our revenues and earnings are dependent on economic activity and the level of financial services our customers require. In particular, lending is dependent on various factors including economic growth, business investment, business and consumer sentiment, levels of employment, interest rates and trade flows in the countries in which we operate.

 

We conduct the majority of our business in Australia and New Zealand and, consequently, our performance is influenced by the level and cyclical nature of lending in these countries. These factors are in turn impacted by both domestic and international economic conditions, natural disasters and political events. A significant decrease in Australian and New Zealand housing valuations could adversely impact our home lending activities because borrowers with loans in excess of their property value show a higher propensity to default and in the event of defaults our security would be eroded, causing us to incur higher credit losses. The demand for our home lending products may also decline due to buyer concerns about decreases in values.

 

Adverse changes to the economic and business conditions in Australia and New Zealand and other countries such as China, India and Japan, could also adversely affect the Australian economy and our customers. In particular, due to the current relationship between Australia and China, particularly in the mining and resources sectors, a slowdown in China’s economic growth could negatively impact

 

 

 

 

118

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 

the Australian economy. Changes in economic conditions could in turn result in reduced demand for our products and services and affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. If this were to occur, it could negatively impact our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

An increase in defaults in credit exposures could adversely affect our liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition

 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to Westpac. It is a significant risk and arises primarily from our lending and derivatives activities.

 

We establish provisions for credit impairment based on current information. If economic conditions deteriorate, some customers and/or counterparties could experience higher levels of financial stress and we may experience a significant increase in defaults and write-offs, and be required to increase our provisioning. Such events would diminish available capital and could adversely affect our liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Credit risk also arises from certain derivative contracts we enter into and from our dealings with, and holdings of, debt securities issued by other banks, financial institutions, companies, governments and government bodies the financial conditions of which may be affected to varying degrees by economic conditions in global financial markets.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of credit risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section and Note 22 to the financial statements.

 

We face intense competition in all aspects of our business

 

The financial services industry is highly competitive. We compete, both domestically and internationally, with retail and commercial banks, asset managers, investment banking firms, brokerage firms, other financial service firms and businesses in other industries with emerging financial services aspirations. This includes specialist competitors that may not be subject to the same capital and regulatory requirements and therefore may be able to operate more efficiently. Digital technologies are changing consumer behaviour and the competitive environment. The use of digital channels by customers to conduct their banking continues to rise and emerging competitors are increasingly utilising new technologies and seeking to disrupt existing business models, including in relation to digital payment services. The Group faces competition from established providers of financial services as well as the threat of competition from banking businesses developed by non-financial services companies.

 

If we are unable to compete effectively in our various businesses and markets, our market share may decline. Increased competition may also adversely affect us by diverting business to our competitors or creating pressure to lower margins.

 

Increased competition for deposits could also increase our cost of funding and lead us to access other types of funding or reduce lending. We rely on bank deposits to fund a significant portion of our balance sheet and deposits have been a relatively stable source of funding. We compete with banks and other financial services firms for such deposits. To the extent that we are not able to successfully compete for deposits, we would be forced to rely more heavily on other, potentially less stable or more expensive forms of funding, or reduce lending.

 

We are also dependent on our ability to offer products and services that match evolving customer preferences. If we are not successful in developing or introducing new products and services or responding or adapting to changes in customer preferences and habits, we may lose customers to our competitors. This could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

For more detail on how we address competitive pressures refer to ‘Competition’ in Section 1.

 

We could suffer losses due to market volatility

 

We are exposed to market risk as a consequence of our trading activities in financial markets and through the asset and liability management of our financial position. This is the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices. This includes interest rate risk in the banking book, such as the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities. If we were to suffer substantial losses due to any market volatility it may adversely affect our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition. For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of market risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

We could suffer losses due to conduct risk

 

Conduct risk is the risk arising from unfair or inappropriate behaviour or practices of the Westpac Group or its staff.  We are highly dependent on the conduct of our employees, contractors and external service providers.  We could, for example, be adversely affected in the event that an employee, contractor or external service provider engages in unfair or inappropriate conduct. This could include losses from a failure to meet a professional obligation to specific clients, including fiduciary and suitability requirements, or from the nature or design of a product. While we have policies and processes to manage employee, contractor or external service provider misconduct, these policies and processes may not always be effective.

 

We could suffer losses due to operational risks

 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It also includes, among other things, technology risk, model risk and outsourcing risk.  While we have policies and processes to manage the risk of human error these policies and processes may not always be effective.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

119

 

 



 

 

We could incur losses from incorrect or fraudulent payments and settlements, particularly real-time payments.  Fraudulent conduct can also emerge from external parties seeking to access the bank’s systems and customers’ accounts. If systems, procedures and protocols for managing fraud fail, or are ineffective, they could lead to loss which could adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

 

As a financial services organisation, Westpac is heavily reliant on the use of data and models in the conduct of its business. We are therefore exposed to model risk, being the risk of loss arising because of errors or inadequacies in data or a model, or in the control and use of the model.

 

Westpac relies on a number of suppliers, both in Australia and overseas, to provide services to it and its customers. Failure by these suppliers to deliver services as required could disrupt services and adversely impact Westpac’s operations, profitability or reputation.

 

Operational risks could impact on our operations or adversely affect demand for our products and services.

 

Operational risks can directly impact our reputation and result in financial losses which would adversely affect our financial performance or financial condition.

 

Entities within the Group may be involved from time to time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of their business. The Group’s material contingent liabilities are described in Note 31 to the financial statements. There is a risk that these contingent liabilities may be larger than anticipated or that additional litigation or other contingent liabilities may arise.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of operational risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

We could suffer information security risks, including cyberattacks

 

The proliferation of new technologies, the increasing use of the internet and telecommunications to conduct financial transactions and the growing sophistication and activities of organised crime have resulted in increased information security risks for major financial institutions such as Westpac and our external service providers.

 

While Westpac has systems in place to detect and respond to cyberattacks, these systems may not always be effective and there can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses from cyberattacks or other information security breaches in the future.

 

Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of information on our computer systems and networks, and the systems and networks of external suppliers. Although we implement measures to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of our information, there is a risk that the computer systems, software and networks on which we rely may be subject to security breaches, unauthorised access, malicious software, external attacks or internal breaches that could have an adverse impact on our confidential information or that of our customers and counterparties.

 

Major banks in other jurisdictions have suffered security breaches from sophisticated cyberattacks. Our external service providers or other parties that facilitate our business activities (e.g. vendors, exchanges, clearing houses, central depositories and financial intermediaries) are also subject to the risk of cyberattacks. Any such security breach could result in the loss of customers and business opportunities, significant disruption to Westpac’s operations, misappropriation of Westpac’s confidential information and/or that of our customers and damage to Westpac’s computers or systems and/or those of our customers. Such a security breach could also result in reputational damage, claims for compensation and regulatory investigations and penalties, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance, or financial condition.

 

Our risk and exposure to such threats remains heightened because of the evolving nature of technology, Westpac’s prominence within the financial services industry, the prominence of our customers (including government, mining and health) and our plans to continue to improve and expand our internet and mobile banking infrastructure.

 

We continue to seek to strengthen and enhance our cybersecurity systems and investigate or remediate information security vulnerabilities, investing additional resources to endeavour to counter new and emerging threats as they continue to evolve.

 

We could suffer losses due to technology failures

 

The reliability and security of our information and technology infrastructure are crucial in maintaining our banking applications and processes. There is a risk that our information and technology systems might fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control.

 

Further, our ability to develop and deliver products and services to customers is dependent upon technology that requires periodic renewal. We are constantly managing technology projects including projects to consolidate technology platforms, simplify and enhance our technology and operations environment, improve productivity and provide for a better customer experience. Failure to implement these projects or manage associated change effectively could result in cost overruns, a failure to achieve anticipated productivity, operational instability or reputational damage. In turn, this could place us at a competitive disadvantage and adversely affect our financial performance.

 

We could suffer losses due to failures in governance or risk management strategies

 

We have implemented risk management strategies and internal controls involving processes and procedures intended to identify, monitor and manage the risks to which we are subject, including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk (such as interest rate, foreign

 

 

 

 

120

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 

exchange and equity risk), compliance risk, conduct risk, insurance risk, sustainability risk, related entity (contagion) risk and operational risk; all of which may impact the Group’s reputation.

 

However, there are inherent limitations with any risk management framework as there may exist, or emerge in the future, risks that we have not anticipated or identified.

 

If any of our governance or risk management processes and procedures prove ineffective or inadequate or are otherwise not appropriately implemented, we could suffer unexpected losses and reputational damage which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

We could suffer losses due to insurance risk

 

We have exposure to insurance risk in our life insurance, general insurance and lenders mortgage insurance businesses, which may adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition.

 

Insurance risk is the risk of mis-estimation of the expected cost of insured events, volatility in the number or severity of insured events, and mis-estimation of the cost of incurred claims.

 

In the life insurance business, insurance risk arises primarily through mortality (death) and morbidity (illness and injury) risks being greater than expected.

 

In the general insurance business, insurance risk arises mainly through environmental factors (including floods and bushfires) and other calamities, such as earthquakes, tsunamis and volcanic activity, as well as general variability in home and contents insurance claim amounts. Further details on environmental risk factors are discussed below.

 

In the lenders mortgage insurance business, insurance risk arises primarily from an unexpected downturn in economic conditions.

 

We could also suffer losses if our reinsurance arrangements are not effective.

 

We could suffer losses due to environmental factors

 

We and our customers operate businesses and hold assets in a diverse range of geographic locations. Any significant environmental change or external event (including fire, storm, flood, earthquake, pandemic or terrorism events) in any of these locations has the potential to disrupt business activities, impact on our operations, damage property and otherwise affect the value of assets held in the affected locations and our ability to recover amounts owing to us. In addition, such an event could have an adverse impact on economic activity, consumer and investor confidence, or the levels of volatility in financial markets.

 

The risk of loss due to environmental factors is also relevant to our insurance business. The frequency and severity of external events such as natural disasters is difficult to predict and it is possible that the amounts we reserve for such events may not be adequate to cover actual claims that may arise, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Reputational damage could harm our business and prospects

 

Our ability to attract and retain customers and our prospects could be adversely affected if our reputation is damaged.

 

Reputation risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion resulting from the loss of reputation or public trust and standing. It arises where there are differences between stakeholders’ current and emerging perceptions, beliefs and expectations and our current and planned activities, performance and behaviours.

 

There are various potential sources of reputational damage, including failure to effectively manage risks in accordance with our risk management frameworks, potential conflicts of interest, pricing policies, failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, failure to meet our market disclosure obligations, regulatory investigations into past conduct, making inaccurate public statements, environmental, social and ethical issues, engagement and conduct of external suppliers, failure to comply with anti-money laundering and anti-bribery and corruption laws, trade sanctions and counter-terrorism finance legislation or privacy laws, litigation, failure of information security systems, improper sales and trading practices, failure to comply with personnel and supplier policies, improper conduct of companies in which we hold strategic investments, technology failures and security breaches. Our reputation could also be adversely affected by the actions of the financial services industry in general or from the actions of customers, suppliers and other counterparties.

 

Failure, or perceived failure, to appropriately address issues that could or do give rise to reputational risk could also impact the regulatory change agenda, give rise to additional legal risk, subject us to regulatory investigations, regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties, class actions or remediation costs, or harm our reputation among customers, investors and the marketplace. This could lead to loss of business which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

121

 

 



 

 

We could suffer losses due to impairment of capitalised software, goodwill and other intangible assets that may adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition

 

In certain circumstances Westpac may be exposed to a reduction in the value of intangible assets. As at 30 September 2015, Westpac carried goodwill principally related to its investments in Australia, other intangible assets principally relating to assets recognised on acquisition of subsidiaries and capitalised software balances.

 

Westpac is required to assess the recoverability of the goodwill balances on at least an annual basis or wherever an indicator of impairment exists. For this purpose Westpac uses a discounted cash flow calculation. Changes in the methodology or assumptions upon which the calculation is based, together with expected changes in future cash flows, could materially impact this assessment, resulting in the potential write-off of part or all of the goodwill balances.

 

Capitalised software and other intangible assets are assessed for indicators of impairment at least annually or on indication of impairment. In the event that an asset is no longer in use, or that the cash flows generated by the asset do not support the carrying value, an impairment will be recorded, adversely impacting the Group’s financial condition. The estimates and assumptions used in assessing the useful life of an asset can be affected by a range of factors including changes in strategy and the rate of external changes in technology and regulatory requirements.

 

We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down underwritten securities

 

As a financial intermediary we underwrite listed and unlisted debt and equity securities. Underwriting activities include the development of solutions for corporate and institutional customers who need capital and investor customers who have an appetite for certain investment products. We may guarantee the pricing and placement of these facilities. We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down our risk to other market participants. This risk is more pronounced in times of heightened market volatility.

 

Certain strategic decisions may have adverse effects on our business

 

Westpac, at times, evaluates and may implement strategic decisions and objectives including diversification, innovation, divestment or business expansion initiatives, including acquisitions of businesses. The expansion or integration of a new business can be complex and costly and may require Westpac to comply with additional local or foreign regulatory requirements which may carry additional risks. These decisions may, for a variety of reasons, not deliver the anticipated positive business results and could have a negative impact on our business, prospects, engagement with regulators, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Limitation on Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Liability

 

The liability of PricewaterhouseCoopers (an Australian partnership which we refer to as PwC Australia), with respect to claims arising out of its audit report included in this Annual Report, is subject to the limitations set forth in the Professional Standards Act 1994 of New South Wales, Australia, as amended (the Professional Standards Act) and The Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia (NSW) Scheme adopted by The Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia (ICAA) on 8 October 2014 and approved by the New South Wales Professional Standards Council pursuant to the Professional Standards Act (the NSW Accountants Scheme). For matters occurring on or prior to 8 October 2014, the liability of PwC Australia may be subject to the limitations set forth in predecessor schemes. The current NSW Accountants Scheme expires on 8 October 2019 unless further extended or replaced.

 

The Professional Standards Act and the NSW Accountants Scheme may limit the liability of PwC Australia for damages with respect to certain civil claims arising in, or governed by the laws of, New South Wales directly or vicariously from anything done or omitted to be done in the performance of its professional services for us, including, without limitation, its audits of our financial statements. The extent of the limitation depends on the timing of the relevant matter and is:

 

§         in relation to matters occurring on or after 8 October 2013, a maximum liability for audit work of A$75 million; or

 

§         in relation to matters occurring on or prior to 7 October 2013, the lesser of (in the case of audit services) ten times the reasonable charge for the service provided and a maximum liability for audit work of A$75 million; or

 

§         in relation to matters occurring on or prior to 7 October 2007, the lesser of (in the case of audit services) ten times the reasonable charge for the service provided and a maximum liability (in the case of audit work) of A$20 million.

 

The limitations do not apply to claims for breach of trust, fraud or dishonesty.

 

In addition, there is equivalent professional standards legislation in place in other states and territories in Australia and amendments have been made to a number of Australian federal statutes to limit liability under those statutes to the same extent as liability is limited under state and territory laws by professional standards legislation. Accordingly, liability for acts or omissions by PwC Australia in Australian states or territories other than New South Wales may be limited in a manner similar to that in New South Wales. These limitations of liability may limit recovery upon the enforcement in Australian courts of any judgment under US or other foreign laws rendered against PwC Australia based on or related to its audit report on our financial statements. Substantially all of PwC Australia’s assets are located in Australia. However, the Professional Standards Act and the NSW Accountants Scheme have not been subject to judicial consideration and therefore how the limitation might be applied by the courts and the effect of the limitation on the enforcement of foreign judgments are untested.

 

 

 

 

122

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Risk management

 

Westpac’s vision is to be one of the world’s great service companies, helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow.

 

Effective risk management is one of the keys to achieving this goal. It influences our customer experiences and public perceptions, our financial performance, reputation and shareholder expectations, and thus our future success. We regard managing risk as a fundamental activity, performed at all levels of the Group.

 

The Risk Management Strategy is approved by the Board and reviewed by the Board Risk and Compliance Committee (BRCC) on an annual basis or more frequently where required by a material business or strategy change or a material change to the Group’s risk profile. It is owned by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

For further information regarding the role and responsibilities of the BRCC and other Board committees in managing risk, refer to Westpac’s Corporate Governance Statement in Section 1.

 

The CEO and Executive Team are responsible for implementing our Risk Management Strategy and frameworks, and for developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk in all of Westpac’s activities.

 

As outlined in the ‘Corporate governance’ section, we adopt a Three Lines of Defence approach to risk management which reflects our culture of ‘risk is everyone’s business’ and that all employees are responsible for identifying and managing risk and operating within the Group’s desired risk profile.

 

For a comprehensive discussion of the risks to which Westpac is exposed, and its policies to manage these risks, refer to Westpac’s Corporate Governance Statement in Section 1 and Note 22 to the financial statements.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to Westpac.

 

We have a framework and supporting policies for managing the credit risk associated with lending across our business divisions. The framework and policies encompass all stages of the credit cycle – origination, evaluation, approval, documentation, settlement, ongoing administration and problem management. For example, we have established product-based standards for lending to individuals, with key controls including minimum serviceability standards and maximum loan to security value ratios. We offer residential property loans to both owner-occupiers and investors at both fixed and variable rates, secured by a mortgage over the property or other acceptable collateral. Where we lend to higher loan to value ratios, we typically also require lenders mortgage insurance. Similarly, we have established criteria for business, commercial, corporate and institutional lending, which can vary by industry segment. In this area we focus on the performance of key financial risk ratios, including interest coverage, debt serviceability and balance sheet structure. When providing finance to smaller business, commercial and corporate borrowers we typically obtain security, such as a mortgage over property and/or a general security agreement over business assets. For larger corporates and institutions we typically also require compliance with selected financial ratios and undertakings and may hold security. In respect of commercial property lending we maintain loan origination and ongoing risk management standards, including specialised management for higher value loans. We consider factors such as the nature, location, quality and expected demand for the asset, tenancy profile and experience and quality of management. We actively monitor the Australian and New Zealand property markets and the composition of our commercial property loan book across the Group.

 

The extension of credit is underpinned by the Group’s Principles of Responsible Lending. This is reflected in our commitment to comply with all local legislation, codes of practice and relevant guidelines and obligations to market our products responsibly and stay in touch with the expectations of customers and the community.

 

Refer to Note 22 to the financial statements for details of our credit risk management policies.

 

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

For information on the basis for determining the provision for impairment charges on loans refer to ‘Critical accounting assumptions and estimates’ in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Credit risk concentrations

 

We monitor our credit portfolio to manage risk concentrations. At 30 September 2015, our exposure to consumers comprised 71% (2014: 71%, 2013: 71%) of our on-balance sheet loans and 57% (2014: 57%, 2013: 57%) of total credit commitments. At 30 September 2015, 90% (2014: 90%, 2013: 90%) of our exposure to consumers was supported by residential real estate mortgages. The consumer category includes investment property loans to individuals, credit cards, personal loans, overdrafts and lines of credit. Our consumer credit risks are diversified, with substantial consumer market share in every state and territory in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific region. Moreover, these customers service their debts with incomes derived from a wide range of occupations, in city as well as country areas.

 

Exposures to businesses, government and other financial institutions are classified into a number of industry clusters based on groupings of related Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes and are monitored against industry risk limits. The level of industry risk is measured and monitored on a dynamic basis. We also control the concentration risks that can arise from large exposures to individual borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

123

 

 



 

 

Cross-border outstandings

 

Cross-border outstandings are loans, placements with banks, interest earning investments and monetary assets denominated in currencies other than the borrower’s or guarantor’s local currency, or the local currency of the Westpac branch or subsidiary holding the asset. They are grouped on the basis of the country of domicile of the borrower or the ultimate guarantor of the risk. The table below excludes irrevocable letters of credit, amounts of which are immaterial. The relevant foreign denominated currencies have been converted at the closing spot exchange rate used in the financial statements.

 

Our cross-border outstandings to borrowers in countries that individually represented in excess of 0.75% of Group total assets as at 30 September in each of the past three years were as follows:

 

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)

 

Governments and
Official Institutions

 

Banks and Other
Financial
Institutions

 

Other (Primarily
Commercial
and Industrial)

 

Total

 

%
of Total
Assets

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

8,063

 

3,403

 

951

 

12,417

 

1.5%

Australia

 

2

 

2,237

 

4,438

 

6,677

 

0.8%

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

5,151

 

3,438

 

488

 

9,077

 

1.2%

Australia

 

6

 

4,844

 

3,261

 

8,111

 

1.1%

China

 

2

 

2,556

 

3,692

 

6,250

 

0.8%

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

6

 

2,981

 

3,808

 

6,795

 

1.0%

 

Impaired assets among cross-border outstandings were $6 million as at 30 September 2015 (2014: $79 million, 2013: $146 million).

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due. This risk could potentially arise as a result of:

 

§   an inability to meet both expected and unexpected current and future cashflows and collateral needs without affecting either daily operations or the financial condition of the bank; and/or

 

§   inadequate market depth or market disruption impacting the ability to offset or eliminate a position at the market price.

 

The Westpac Group has a liquidity risk management framework designed with the objective of meeting cash flow obligations under a wide range of market conditions, including name specific and market-wide scenarios as well as meeting the requirements of the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR).

 

Refer to Note 22 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion of our liquidity risk management policies.

 

 

 

 

124

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Westpac debt programs and issuing shelves

 

Access in a timely and flexible manner to a diverse range of debt markets and investors is provided by the following programs and issuing shelves as at 30 September 2015:

 

Program Limit

 

Issuer(s)

 

Program/Issuing Shelf Type

Australia

 

 

 

 

No limit

 

WBC

 

Debt Issuance Program

Euro Market

 

 

 

 

USD 2.5 billion

 

WBC

 

Euro Transferable Certificate of Deposit Program

USD 20 billion

 

WBC/WSNZL1

 

Euro Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposit Program

USD 70 billion

 

WBC

 

Euro Medium Term Note Program

USD 7.5 billion

 

WSNZL1

 

Euro Medium Term Note Program

USD 40 billion

 

WBC2

 

Global Covered Bond Program

EUR 5 billion

 

WSNZL3

 

Global Covered Bond Program

Japan

 

 

 

 

JPY 750 billion

 

WBC

 

Samurai shelf

JPY 750 billion

 

WBC

 

Uridashi shelf

United States

 

 

 

 

USD 45 billion

 

WBC

 

US Commercial Paper Program

USD 10 billion

 

WSNZL1

 

US Commercial Paper Program

USD 35 billion

 

WBC

 

US MTN Program

No limit

 

WBC (NY Branch)

 

Certificate of Deposit Program

No limit

 

WBC

 

US Securities and Exchange Commission registered shelf

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

No limit

 

WNZL

 

Medium Term Note and Registered Certificate of Deposit Program

 

1           Notes issued under this program by Westpac Securities NZ Limited, London branch are guaranteed by Westpac New Zealand Limited, its parent company.

2           Notes issued under this program are guaranteed by BNY Trust Company of Australia Limited as trustee of the Westpac Covered Bond Trust.

3           Notes issued under this program by Westpac Securities NZ Limited, London branch are guaranteed by Westpac New Zealand Limited, its parent company, and Westpac NZ Covered Bond Limited.

 

Market risk

 

Market risk is the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Market risk arises in both trading and banking book activities.

 

Our trading activities are conducted in our Financial Markets and Treasury businesses. Financial Market’s trading book activity represents dealings that encompass book running and distribution activity. Treasury’s trading activity represents dealings that include the management of interest rate, foreign exchange (FX) and credit spread risk associated with wholesale funding, liquid asset portfolios and hedging of foreign currency earnings and capital deployed offshore.

 

Refer to Note 22 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion of our market risk management policies.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

125

 

 



 

 

The table below depicts the aggregate Value at Risk (VaR), by risk type, for the year ended 30 September:

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

$m

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

Interest rate risk

 

18.1

 

7.0

 

11.4

 

30.7

 

6.3

 

15.6

 

30.8

 

9.1

 

16.7

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

11.8

 

0.5

 

3.6

 

7.6

 

1.2

 

3.0

 

5.7

 

0.5

 

2.1

 

Equity risk

 

0.6

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

0.7

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

0.8

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

Commodity risk1

 

5.7

 

1.7

 

3.1

 

2.9

 

1.3

 

2.0

 

6.1

 

1.2

 

2.9

 

Other market risks2

 

6.7

 

2.9

 

4.6

 

11.3

 

5.4

 

9.2

 

13.0

 

5.8

 

7.9

 

Diversification effect

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(7.2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(8.2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(10.7)

 

Net market risk

 

23.5

 

9.0

 

15.8

 

40.2

 

9.5

 

22.0

 

35.4

 

12.5

 

19.2

 

 

1    Includes electricity risk.

2    Includes prepayment risk and credit spread risk (exposure to movements in generic credit rating bands).

 

The graph below compares the actual profit and loss from trading activities on a daily basis to VaR1 over the reporting period:

 

Traded Risk: Actual Profit and Loss vs. VaR

 

01 October 2014 to 30 September 2015

 

 

Each point on the graph represents one day’s profit or loss from trading activities. The result is placed on the graph relative to the associated VaR utilisation. The downward sloping line represents the point where a loss is equal to VaR utilisation. Therefore, any point below the line represents a back-test exception (i.e. where the loss is greater than VaR).

 

Operational risk and compliance risk

 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events including legal risk but excluding strategic and reputation risk. It also includes, among other things, technology risk, model risk and outsourcing risk.

 

The way operational risk is managed has the potential to positively or negatively impact our customers, our employees, our financial performance and our reputation.

 

Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputational loss, arising from our failure to abide by the compliance obligations required of us.

 

1    Westpac estimates VaR as the potential loss in earnings from adverse market movements and is calculated over a 1-day time horizon to a 99% confidence level using 1 year of historical data.

 

 

 

 

126

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Compliance is focused on meeting our legal and regulatory obligations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate by proactively managing compliance risk. Refer to Westpac’s Corporate Governance Statement in Section 1 for information on our management of operational and compliance risk.

 

The Group’s Operational Risk Management Framework and Compliance Management Framework assists all divisions to achieve their objectives through the effective identification, assessment, measurement, management, monitoring, reporting, control and mitigation of their risks. The Operational Risk Management Framework defines the organisational and governance structures, roles and responsibilities, principles, policies, processes and systems that we use to manage operational risk. The Compliance Management Framework sets out the approach of Westpac Group to managing compliance obligations and mitigating compliance risk, in order to operate within our compliance appetite and achieve our compliance objective. This is discussed in further detail in Note 22 to the financial statements.

 

Other risks

 

Business risk

 

The risk associated with the vulnerability of a line of business to changes in the business environment.

 

Conduct risk

 

The risk arising from unfair or inappropriate behaviour or practices of the Westpac Group or its staff.

 

The Westpac Group Code of Conduct describes the standards of conduct expected of our people, both employees and contractors. It is supported by policies and procedures to manage conduct-related risks including through our dealings in financial markets, and through managing our statutory and professional obligations to specific clients, including fiduciary and suitability requirements, and product management and design.

 

Sustainability risks

 

The risk of damage to Westpac’s reputation or financial performance due to failure to recognise or address material existing or emerging sustainability-related environmental, social or governance issues.

 

The Group has in place a Sustainability Risk Management Framework that is supported by a suite of key supporting policies and position statements. These include the Principles for Doing Business, Principles for Responsible Lending, ESG Credit Risk Policy, Climate Change and Environment Position Statement and Action Plan and sensitive sector position statements, and Sustainable Supply Chain Management Code of Conduct and Framework, many of which are publicly available. The Sustainability Risk Management Framework was reviewed and updated in 2014.

 

Westpac is also a signatory to a number of voluntary principles-based frameworks that guide the integration of ESG-related issues into investment analysis. These include the Equator Principles covering project finance activities and the Principles for Responsible Investment covering investment analysis.

 

Equity risk

 

The potential for financial loss arising from movements in equity values. Equity risk may be direct, indirect or contingent.

 

The Group’s direct equity risk arises from principal investments or net trading or underwriting positions in listed or unlisted equities. It also includes seed funding, debt for equity swaps, equity derivatives and other situations where the value of Westpac’s investment is directly affected by the change in value of the equity instrument to the full extent of that change.

 

Our indirect equity risk arises from movements in the equity markets that affect business performance e.g. income derived as a result of managing or administering equity investments on behalf of other parties where fee income is based on the amount of funds under management.

 

Our contingent equity risk arises from normal lending activities secured by or with recourse to listed and/or unlisted equities and the borrower, or to another equity like source of risk protection. Contingent risk materialises when there is a default, and a subsequent shortfall from the realisation of equity related assets that is not covered from other sources of recourse.

 

The Group has in place various policies, limits and controls to manage these risks and the conflicts of interest that can potentially arise.

 

Insurance risk

 

The risk of misestimation of the expected cost of insured events, volatility in the number or severity of insured events, and misestimation of the cost of incurred claims.

 

Subsidiaries within the Group undertake life insurance, general insurance and lenders mortgage insurance. They are governed by independent boards and are subject to separate regulatory oversight and controls. These subsidiaries have comprehensive reinsurance arrangements in place to transfer risk and protect against catastrophic events. They are capitalised to a level that exceeds the minimum required by the relevant regulator.

 

Related entity (contagion) risk

 

The risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members compromise the financial and operational position of the ADI in the Westpac Group.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

127

 

 



 

 

The Group has in place a Risk Management Framework and a suite of supporting policies and procedures governing the control of dealings with, and activities that may be undertaken by, Group members. Controls include the measurement, approval and monitoring of, and limitations on, the extent of intra-group credit exposures and other forms of parent entity support, plus requirements related to control of Group badging, product distribution, promotional material, service-level agreements and managing potential conflicts of interest.

 

Reputation risk

 

The risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion resulting from the loss of reputation or public trust and standing.

 

Reputation risk can arise from gaps between current and/or emerging stakeholder perceptions and expectations relative to our current or planned activities, performance or behaviours. It can affect the Group’s brands and businesses positively or negatively. Stakeholder perceptions can include (but are not limited to) views on financial performance, quality of products or services, quality of management, leadership and governance, history and heritage and our approach to sustainability, social responsibility and ethical behaviour.

 

We have a Reputation Risk Management Framework and key supporting policies in place covering the way we manage reputation risk as one of our key risks across the Group, including the setting of risk appetite and roles and responsibilities for risk identification, measurement and management, monitoring and reporting.

 

Structured entities

 

We are associated with a number of structured entities in the ordinary course of business, primarily to provide funding and financial services products to our customers.

 

Structured entities are typically set up for a single, pre-defined purpose, have a limited life, generally are not operating entities and do not have employees. The most common form of structured entity involves the acquisition of financial assets by the structured entity that are funded by the issuance of securities to external investors (securitisation). Repayment of the securities is determined by the performance of the assets acquired by the structured entity.

 

Under AAS, a structured entity is consolidated and reported as part of the Group if it is controlled by the parent entity in line with AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. The definition of control is based on the substance rather than the legal form. Refer to Note 36 to the financial statements for a description of how we apply the requirements to evaluate whether to consolidate structured entities and for information on both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we have established or sponsored the establishment of structured entities in relation to securitisation, as detailed below.

 

Covered bond guarantors

 

Through our covered bond programs we assign our equitable interests in residential mortgage loans to a structured entity covered bond guarantor which guarantees the obligations of our covered bonds. We provide arm’s length swaps to the covered bond guarantor in accordance with relevant prudential guidelines. We have no obligation to repurchase any assets from the covered bond guarantor, other than in certain circumstances where there is a breach of representation or warranty. We may repurchase loans from the covered bond guarantor at our discretion, subject to the conditions set out in the transaction documents.

 

As at 30 September 2015, the carrying value of assets pledged for the covered bond programs for the Group was $40.3 billion (2014: $39.3 billion).

 

Refer to Note 25 to the financial statements for further details.

 

Securitisation structured entities

 

Through our securitisation programs we assign our equitable interests in assets (in respect of RMBS, principally residential mortgage loans, and in respect of ABS, principally auto receivables) to structured entities, which issue securities to investors. We provide arm’s length interest rate swaps and liquidity facilities to the structured entities in accordance with relevant prudential guidelines. We have no obligation to repurchase any securitisation securities, other than in certain circumstances (excluding impaired assets) where there is a breach of representation or warranty within 120 days of the initial sale (except in respect of our program in New Zealand which imposes no such time limitation). We may remove assets from the program where they cease to conform with the terms and conditions of the securitisation programs or through a program’s clean-up features.

 

As at 30 September 2015, our assets securitised through a combination of privately or publicly placed issues to Australian, New Zealand, European and United States investors was $12.1 billion (2014: $11.6 billion).

 

Under AAS substantially all of the structured entities involved in our loan securitisation programs are consolidated by the Group.

 

Refer to Note 25 to the financial statements for further details.

 

 

 

 

128

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Customer funding conduits

 

We arrange financing for certain customer transactions through a commercial paper conduit that provides customers with access to the commercial paper market. As at 30 September 2015, we administered one significant conduit (2014: one), that was created prior to 1 February 2003, with commercial paper outstanding of $0.8 billion (2014: $1.4 billion). We provide a letter of credit facility as credit support to the commercial paper issued by the conduit. This facility is a variable interest in the conduit that we administer and represents a maximum exposure to loss of $86 million as at 30 September 2015 (2014: $147 million). The conduit is consolidated by the Group.

 

Refer to Note 25 to the financial statements for further details.

 

Structured finance transactions

 

We have entered into transactions with structured entities to provide financing to customers or to provide financing to the Group. Any financing arrangements to customers are entered into under normal lending criteria and are subject to our normal credit approval processes. The assets arising from these financing activities are generally included in receivables due from other financial institutions or available-for-sale securities. The liabilities arising from these financing activities are generally included in payables due to other financial institutions, debt issues or financial liabilities designated at fair value. Exposures in the form of guarantees or undrawn credit lines are included within contingent liabilities and credit-related commitments.

 

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

 

Refer to Note 38 to the financial statements for details of our superannuation plans and Note 31 for details of our contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments.

 

Financial reporting

 

Internal control over financial reporting

 

The US Congress passed the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act in July 2002, which is commonly known as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOx). SOx is a wide ranging piece of US legislation concerned largely with financial reporting and corporate governance. We are obligated to comply with SOx by virtue of being a foreign registrant with the SEC and we have established procedures designed to comply with all applicable requirements of SOx.

 

Disclosure controls and procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of 30 September 2015.

 

Based upon this evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 30 September 2015.

 

Management’s Report on internal control over financial reporting

 

Rule 13a-15(a) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires us to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting. Refer to the sections headed ‘Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting’ and ‘Report of independent registered public accounting firm’ in Section 3 for those reports.

 

Changes in our internal control over financial reporting

 

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) for the year ended 30 September 2015 that has been identified that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

129

 

 



 

Other Westpac business information

 

 

Employees

 

The number of employees in each area of business as at 30 September1:

 

 

 

2015

 

20142

 

20132

 

Westpac RBB

 

9,397

 

10,052

 

9,992

 

St.George

 

5,396

 

5,492

 

5,185

 

BTFG

 

4,041

 

4,062

 

4,076

 

WIB

 

1,710

 

1,643

 

1,546

 

Westpac New Zealand

 

4,375

 

4,342

 

4,481

 

Other

 

10,322

 

10,782

 

10,317

 

Total employees

 

35,241

 

36,373

 

35,597

 

 

 

1    Total employees includes full-time, pro-rata part-time, overtime, temporary and contract staff.

 

2    Prior comparative periods have been restated to reflect business structures changes in 2015.

 

2015 v 2014

 

Total employees decreased by 1,132 compared to 30 September 2014, from the partial sale and subsequent deconsolidation of BTIM (237), the sale of operations in Cook Islands, Samoa and Tonga (201), and delivery of productivity programs. These were partially offset by expansion in Asia (62) and additional Bank of Melbourne employees (79).

 

2014 v 2013

 

Total FTE increased by 776 compared to 30 September 2013. This increase was driven by the acquisition of Lloyds (554 FTE) and investment in Bank of Melbourne (149 FTE), further expansion in Asia (91 FTE) and simplification programs (61 FTE). These were partly offset by productivity program benefits.

 

Property

 

We occupy premises primarily in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific Islands including 1,430 branches, (2014: 1,534) as at 30 September 2015. As at 30 September 2015, we owned approximately 2.0% (2014: 2.0%) of the premises we occupied in Australia, none (2014: none) in New Zealand and 38% (2014: 54%) in the Pacific Islands. The remainder of premises are held under commercial lease with the terms generally averaging five years. As at 30 September 2015, the carrying value of our directly owned premises and sites was approximately $113 million (2014: $228 million).

 

Westpac Place in the Sydney CBD is the Group’s head office. A new 12 year lease is currently under negotiation to continue to occupy 275 Kent Street and to allow the early exit of levels 24-32.

 

We continue a corporate presence in Kogarah, in the Sydney metro area, which is a key corporate office of St.George. The Kogarah office has a 2,319 seat capacity and is home to “The Hive”, our innovation centre. A lease commitment at this site extends to 2021 with five five-year options to extend.

 

In November 2011, an Agreement for Lease for part of 150 Collins Street, Melbourne, was executed. The term of the lease is 12 years. Westpac’s first fully Agile workspace environment was opened in October 2015, with 1,000 staff now occupying our new Melbourne Head Office.

 

In June 2013, an Agreement for Lease was executed with Westpac as anchor tenant for the T2 Tower at the Barangaroo South development. The term of the lease is 15 years. Two major construction milestones have been achieved which resulted in handing to Westpac the Ground Floor and Levels 1-15 and levels 17-28.

 

Relocation to Barangaroo began in early August 2015. By the end of February 2016 close to 6,000 personnel are expected to move to Barangaroo.

 

‘Westpac on Takutai Square’ is Westpac New Zealand’s head office, located at the Eastern end of Britomart Precinct near Customs Street in Auckland, contains 24,510 square metres of office space across two buildings and has a capacity of approximately 2,110 seats. A lease commitment at this site extends to 2021, with two six-year options to extend.

 

Significant long term agreements

 

Westpac has no individual contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, that would constitute a material contract.

 

Related party disclosures

 

Details of our related party disclosures are set out in Note 40 to the financial statements and details of Directors’ interests in securities are set out in the Remuneration Report included in the Directors’ Report. The related party disclosures relate principally to transactions with our Directors and Director-related parties as we do not have individually significant shareholders and our transactions with other related parties are not significant.

 

Other than as disclosed in Note 40 to the financial statements and the Remuneration Report, if applicable, loans made to parties related to Directors and other key management personnel of Westpac are made in the ordinary course of business on normal terms and conditions (including interest rates and collateral). Loans are made on the same terms and conditions

 

 

 

 

130

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Other Westpac business information

 

 

(including interest rates and collateral) as apply to other employees and certain customers in accordance with established policy. These loans do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present any other unfavourable features.

 

Auditor’s remuneration

 

Auditor’s remuneration, including goods and services tax, to the external auditor for the years ended 30 September 2015 and 2014 is provided in Note 39 to the financial statements.

 

Audit related services

 

Westpac Group Secretariat monitors the application of the pre-approval process in respect of audit, audit-related and non-audit services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) and promptly brings to the attention of the BAC any exceptions that need to be approved pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X. The pre-approval guidelines are communicated to Westpac’s divisions through publication on the Westpac intranet.

 

During the year ended 30 September 2015, there were no fees paid by Westpac to PwC that required approval by the BAC pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

131

 

 



 

 

This page has been intentionally left blank.

 

 

 

 

132

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

Financial statements

 

Income statements

Statements of comprehensive income

Balance sheets

Statements of changes in equity

Cash flow statements

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1

Basis of preparation and critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

Note 24

Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities and collateral arrangements

 

 

 

Note 25

Securitisation and covered bonds

Financial performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 2

Segment reporting

 

Other assets, other liabilities, commitments and contingencies

Note 3

Net interest income

 

Note 4

Non-interest income

 

Note 26

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Note 5

Operating expenses

 

Note 27

Other assets

Note 6

Impairment charges

 

Note 28

Provisions

Note 7

Income tax

 

Note 29

Other liabilities

Note 8

Earnings per share

 

Note 30

Operating lease commitments

Note 9

Average balance sheet and interest rates

 

Note 31

Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments

Financial assets and financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Note 10

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

Capital and dividends

Note 11

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

Note 32

Shareholders’ equity

Note 12

Available-for-sale securities

 

Note 33

Capital adequacy

Note 13

Loans

 

Note 34

Dividends

Note 14

Provisions for impairment charges

 

 

 

Note 15

Life insurance assets and life insurance liabilities

 

Group structure

Note 16

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

Note 35

Investments in subsidiaries and associates

Note 17

Deposits and other borrowings

 

Note 36

Structured entities

Note 18

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

 

 

Note 19

Debt issues

 

Employee benefits

Note 20

Loan capital

 

Note 37

Share-based payments

Note 21

Derivative financial instruments

 

Note 38

Superannuation commitments

Note 22

Financial risk

 

 

 

Note 23

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

Other

 

 

 

 

Note 39

Auditor’s remuneration

 

 

 

Note 40

Related party disclosures

 

 

 

Note 41

Notes to the cash flow statements

 

 

 

Note 42

Subsequent events

 

Statutory statements

 

Directors’ declaration

 

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

 



 

Financial statements

 

 

Income statements for the years ended 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

Parent Entity

 

$m

 

Note

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

Interest income

 

3

 

32,295

 

32,248

 

33,009

 

32,043

 

32,076

Interest expense

 

3

 

(18,028)

 

(18,706)

 

(20,188)

 

(20,502)

 

(21,012)

Net interest income

 

 

 

14,267

 

13,542

 

12,821

 

11,541

 

11,064

Non-interest income

 

4

 

7,375

 

6,395

 

5,774

 

5,722

 

5,905

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

 

 

21,642

 

19,937

 

18,595

 

17,263

 

16,969

Operating expenses

 

5

 

(9,473)

 

(8,547)

 

(7,976)

 

(7,773)

 

(6,939)

Impairment charges

 

6

 

(753)

 

(650)

 

(847)

 

(622)

 

(561)

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

11,416

 

10,740

 

9,772

 

8,868

 

9,469

Income tax expense

 

7

 

(3,348)

 

(3,115)

 

(2,947)

 

(2,121)

 

(2,235)

Net profit for the year

 

 

 

8,068

 

7,625

 

6,825

 

6,747

 

7,234

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(56)

 

(64)

 

(74)

 

-

 

-

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

8,012

 

7,561

 

6,751

 

6,747

 

7,234

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

8

 

256.3

 

243.7

 

218.3

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

8

 

249.3

 

238.7

 

213.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The above income statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

 

134

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Financial statements

 

 

Statements of comprehensive income for the years ended 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

$m

 

Note

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

Net profit for the year

 

 

 

8,068

 

7,625

 

6,825

 

6,747

 

7,234

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised in equity

 

 

 

(148)

 

263

 

57

 

(152)

 

222

 

Transferred to income statements

 

 

 

(73)

 

(94)

 

(104)

 

(21)

 

9

 

Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised in equity

 

 

 

(59)

 

41

 

(51)

 

140

 

90

 

Transferred to income statements

 

 

 

(131)

 

(197)

 

(234)

 

(167)

 

(239)

 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

 

 

 

15

 

61

 

114

 

33

 

14

 

Income tax on items taken to or transferred from equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities reserve

 

 

 

67

 

(52)

 

15

 

53

 

(48)

 

Cash flow hedging reserve

 

 

 

54

 

47

 

85

 

8

 

45

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

(11)

 

-

 

-

 

Share of associates’ other comprehensive income

 

 

 

5

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Own credit adjustment on financial liabilities designated at fair value (net of tax)

 

 

 

160

 

11

 

44

 

160

 

11

 

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation recognised in equity (net of tax)

 

 

 

111

 

(47)

 

247

 

115

 

(49)

 

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)

 

 

 

1

 

33

 

162

 

169

 

55

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

8,069

 

7,658

 

6,987

 

6,916

 

7,289

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

8,013

 

7,594

 

6,913

 

6,916

 

7,289

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

56

 

64

 

74

 

-

 

-

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

8,069

 

7,658

 

6,987

 

6,916

 

7,289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The above statements of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

135

 

 



 

 

Balance sheets as at 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

$m

 

Note

 

2015

2014

 

2015

2014

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

41

 

14,770

25,760

 

13,372

23,400

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

10

 

9,583

7,424

 

8,741

5,483

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

11

 

27,454

45,909

 

24,896

44,324

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

21

 

48,173

41,404

 

47,540

41,307

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

12

 

54,833

36,024

 

50,344

32,009

 

Loans

 

13

 

623,316

580,343

 

546,075

505,604

 

Life insurance assets

 

15

 

13,125

11,007

 

-

-

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

 

1,309

1,528

 

1,152

1,389

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

 

 

-

-

 

145,560

140,098

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

 

 

-

-

 

4,585

4,687

 

Investments in associates

 

35

 

756

-

 

-

-

 

Property and equipment

 

 

 

1,592

1,452

 

1,354

1,113

 

Deferred tax assets

 

7

 

1,377

1,397

 

1,463

1,322

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

26

 

11,574

12,606

 

9,180

9,715

 

Other assets

 

27

 

4,294

5,988

 

3,294

5,017

 

Total assets

 

 

 

812,156

770,842

 

857,556

815,468

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

16

 

18,731

18,636

 

18,133

18,411

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

17

 

475,328

460,822

 

425,509

414,183

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

18

 

9,226

19,236

 

9,226

19,155

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

21

 

48,304

39,539

 

48,050

39,141

 

Debt issues

 

19

 

171,054

152,251

 

144,715

127,846

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

539

662

 

518

614

 

Life insurance liabilities

 

15

 

11,559

9,637

 

-

-

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

 

 

-

-

 

143,885

135,066

 

Provisions

 

28

 

1,489

1,618

 

1,332

1,403

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

7

 

55

55

 

-

-

 

Other liabilities

 

29

 

8,116

8,191

 

6,433

6,409

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

 

 

744,401

710,647

 

797,801

762,228

 

Loan capital

 

20

 

13,840

10,858

 

13,840

10,858

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

758,241

721,505

 

811,641

773,086

 

Net assets

 

 

 

53,915

49,337

 

45,915

42,382

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

32

 

29,280

26,943

 

29,280

26,943

 

Treasury shares and RSP treasury shares

 

32

 

(385)

(304)

 

(308)

(239)

 

Reserves

 

32

 

1,031

1,176

 

940

921

 

Retained profits

 

 

 

23,172

20,641

 

15,248

14,002

 

Convertible debentures

 

32

 

-

-

 

755

755

 

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

53,098

48,456

 

45,915

42,382

 

Non-controlling interests

 

32

 

817

881

 

-

-

 

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

 

 

 

53,915

49,337

 

45,915

42,382

 

 

The above balance sheets should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

136

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Financial statements

 

 

Statements of changes in equity as at 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

Consolidated

 

$m

 

Share
capital
(Note 32)

 

Reserves
(Note 32)

 

Retained
profits

 

Total equity
attributable
to owners
of Westpac
Banking
Corporation

 

Non-
controlling
interests
(Note 32)

 

Total
shareholders’
equity and
non-
controlling
interests

 

Balance at 1 October 2012

 

26,163

 

958

 

17,174

 

44,295

 

1,970

 

46,265

 

Net profit for the year

 

-

 

-

 

6,751

 

6,751

 

74

 

6,825

 

Net other comprehensive income for the year

 

-

 

(129)

 

291

 

162

 

-

 

162

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

-

 

(129)

 

7,042

 

6,913

 

74

 

6,987

 

Transactions in capacity as equity holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares1

 

-

 

-

 

(5,249)

 

(5,249)

 

-

 

(5,249)

 

Special dividends on ordinary shares2

 

-

 

-

 

(310)

 

(310)

 

-

 

(310)

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

531

 

-

 

-

 

531

 

-

 

531

 

Realised gain on redemption of 2003 TPS

 

-

 

-

 

296

 

296

 

-

 

296

 

Other equity movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share based payment arrangements

 

-

 

130

 

-

 

130

 

-

 

130

 

Exercise of employee share options and rights

 

124

 

-

 

-

 

124

 

-

 

124

 

Redemption of Westpac SPS

 

173

 

-

 

-

 

173

 

-

 

173

 

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)

 

(162)

 

-

 

-

 

(162)

 

-

 

(162)

 

(Acquisition)/Disposal of treasury shares

 

(61)

 

-

 

-

 

(61)

 

-

 

(61)

 

Redemption of 2003 TPS

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(1,137)

 

(1,137

 

Other

 

-

 

(6)

 

-

 

(6)

 

(44)

 

(50)

 

Total contributions and distributions

 

605

 

124

 

(5,263)

 

(4,534)

 

(1,181)

 

(5,715)

 

Balance at 30 September 2013

 

26,768

 

953

 

18,953

 

46,674

 

863

 

47,537

 

Net profit for the year

 

-

 

-

 

7,561

 

7,561

 

64

 

7,625

 

Net other comprehensive income for the year

 

-

 

69

 

(36)

 

33

 

-

 

33

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

-

 

69

 

7,525

 

7,594

 

64

 

7,658

 

Transactions in capacity as equity holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares1

 

-

 

-

 

(5,527)

 

(5,527)

 

-

 

(5,527)

 

Special dividends on ordinary shares2

 

-

 

-

 

(310)

 

(310)

 

-

 

(310)

 

Other equity movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share based payment arrangements

 

-

 

156

 

-

 

156

 

-

 

156

 

Exercise of employee share options and rights

 

49

 

-

 

-

 

49

 

-

 

49

 

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)

 

(127)

 

-

 

-

 

(127)

 

-

 

(127)

 

(Acquisition)/Disposal of treasury shares

 

(51)

 

-

 

-

 

(51)

 

-

 

(51)

 

Other

 

-

 

(2)

 

-

 

(2)

 

(46)

 

(48)

 

Total contributions and distributions

 

(129)

 

154

 

(5,837)

 

(5,812)

 

(46)

 

(5,858)

 

Balance at 30 September 2014

 

26,639

 

1,176

 

20,641

 

48,456

 

881

 

49,337

 

Net profit for the year

 

-

 

-

 

8,012

 

8,012

 

56

 

8,068

 

Net other comprehensive income for the year

 

-

 

(270)

 

271

 

1

 

-

 

1

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

-

 

(270)

 

8,283

 

8,013

 

56

 

8,069

 

Transactions in capacity as equity holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares1

 

-

 

-

 

(5,752)

 

(5,752)

 

-

 

(5,752)

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

1,412

 

-

 

-

 

1,412

 

-

 

1,412

 

Dividend reinvestment plan underwrite

 

1,000

 

-

 

-

 

1,000

 

-

 

1,000

 

Other equity movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share based payment arrangements

 

-

 

141

 

-

 

141

 

-

 

141

 

Exercise of employee share options and rights

 

16

 

-

 

-

 

16

 

-

 

16

 

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)

 

(91)

 

-

 

-

 

(91)

 

-

 

(91)

 

(Acquisition)/Disposal of treasury shares

 

(81)

 

-

 

-

 

(81)

 

-

 

(81)

 

Disposal of controlled entities

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(105)

 

(105)

 

Other

 

-

 

(16)

 

-

 

(16)

 

(15)

 

(31)

 

Total contributions and distributions

 

2,256

 

125

 

(5,752)

 

(3,371)

 

(120)

 

(3,491)

 

Balance at 30 September 2015

 

28,895

 

1,031

 

23,172

 

53,098

 

817

 

53,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    2015 comprises 2015 interim dividend 93 cents and 2014 final dividend 92 cents per share (2014: 2014 interim dividend 90 cents and 2013 final dividend 88 cents, 2013: 2013 interim dividend 86 cents and 2012 final dividend 84 cents), all fully franked at 30%.

 

2    2015 comprises nil cents per share (2014: 10 cents per share, 2013: 10 cents per share) fully franked at 30%.

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

137

 

 



 

 

Statements of changes in equity as at 30 September (continued)

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

Parent

 

$m

 

Share
capital
(Note 32)

 

Reserves
(Note 32)

 

Retained
profits

 

Total equity
attributable
to owners
of Westpac
Banking
Corporation

 

Convertible
debentures
(Note 32)

 

Total
shareholders’
equity and
other equity
instruments

 

Balance at 1 October 2013

 

26,840

 

691

 

12,666

 

40,197

 

755

 

40,952

 

Net profit for the year

 

-

 

-

 

7,234

 

7,234

 

-

 

7,234

 

Net other comprehensive income for the year

 

-

 

93

 

(38)

 

55

 

-

 

55

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

-

 

93

 

7,196

 

7,289

 

-

 

7,289

 

Transactions in capacity as equity holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares1

 

-

 

-

 

(5,534)

 

(5,534)

 

-

 

(5,534)

 

Special dividends on ordinary shares2

 

-

 

-

 

(310)

 

(310)

 

-

 

(310)

 

Distributions on convertible debentures

 

-

 

-

 

(16)

 

(16)

 

-

 

(16)

 

Other equity movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share based payment arrangements

 

-

 

137

 

-

 

137

 

-

 

137

 

Exercise of employee share options and rights

 

49

 

-

 

-

 

49

 

-

 

49

 

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)

 

(127)

 

-

 

-

 

(127)

 

-

 

(127)

 

(Acquisition)/Disposal of treasury shares

 

(58)

 

-

 

-

 

(58)

 

-

 

(58)

 

Total contributions and distributions

 

(136)

 

137

 

(5,860)

 

(5,859)

 

-

 

(5,859)

 

Balance at 30 September 2014

 

26,704

 

921

 

14,002

 

41,627

 

755

 

42,382

 

Net profit for the year

 

-

 

-

 

6,747

 

6,747

 

-

 

6,747

 

Net other comprehensive income for the year

 

-

 

(106)

 

275

 

169

 

-

 

169

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

-

 

(106)

 

7,022

 

6,916

 

-

 

6,916

 

Transactions in capacity as equity holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares1

 

-

 

-

 

(5,762)

 

(5,762)

 

-

 

(5,762)

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

1,412

 

-

 

-

 

1,412

 

-

 

1,412

 

Dividend reinvestment plan underwrite

 

1,000

 

-

 

-

 

1,000

 

-

 

1,000

 

Distributions on convertible debentures

 

-

 

-

 

(14)

 

(14)

 

-

 

(14)

 

Other equity movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share based payment arrangements

 

-

 

125

 

-

 

125

 

-

 

125

 

Exercise of employee share options and rights

 

16

 

-

 

-

 

16

 

-

 

16

 

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)

 

(91)

 

-

 

-

 

(91)

 

-

 

(91)

 

(Acquisition)/Disposal of treasury shares

 

(69)

 

-

 

-

 

(69)

 

-

 

(69)

 

Total contributions and distributions

 

2,268

 

125

 

(5,776)

 

(3,383)

 

-

 

(3,383)

 

Balance at 30 September 2015

 

28,972

 

940

 

15,248

 

45,160

 

755

 

45,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    2015 comprises 2015 interim dividend 93 cents and 2014 final dividend 92 cents per share (2014: 2014 interim dividend 90 cents and 2013 final dividend 88 cents), all fully franked at 30%.

2    2015 comprises nil cents per share (2014: 10 cents per share) fully franked at 30%.

 

Both of the above statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

138

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Financial statements

 

 

Cash flow statements1 for the years ended 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

$m

 

Note

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

 

 

32,377

 

32,136

 

33,048

 

32,151

 

32,029

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(18,319)

 

(18,743)

 

(20,520)

 

(20,803)

 

(21,051)

 

Dividends received excluding life business

 

 

 

12

 

11

 

10

 

1,519

 

1,651

 

Other non-interest income received

 

 

 

5,289

 

5,732

 

6,618

 

3,985

 

2,766

 

Operating expenses paid

 

 

 

(7,502)

 

(7,327)

 

(7,139)

 

(6,072)

 

(5,848)

 

Income tax paid excluding life business

 

 

 

(3,322)

 

(2,660)

 

(2,691)

 

(3,027)

 

(2,456)

 

Life business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from policyholders and customers

 

 

 

1,921

 

1,694

 

1,759

 

-

 

-

 

Interest and other items of similar nature

 

 

 

33

 

48

 

45

 

-

 

-

 

Dividends received

 

 

 

328

 

297

 

301

 

-

 

-

 

Payments to policyholders and suppliers

 

 

 

(1,754)

 

(1,723)

 

(1,912)

 

-

 

-

 

Income tax paid

 

 

 

(104)

 

(123)

 

(109)

 

-

 

-

 

Cash flows from operating activities before changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

8,959

 

9,342

 

9,410

 

7,753

 

7,091

 

Net (increase)/decrease in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

21,538

 

1,724

 

(319)

 

22,668

 

1,083

 

Loans

 

 

 

(39,569)

 

(35,734)

 

(15,667)

 

(38,270)

 

(33,659)

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

(1,000)

 

3,932

 

(511)

 

(2,108)

 

3,966

 

Life insurance assets and liabilities

 

 

 

(191)

 

(156)

 

(154)

 

-

 

-

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

 

497

 

126

 

489

 

511

 

145

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

11,730

 

(3,329)

 

9,126

 

11,497

 

(3,028)

 

Other assets

 

 

 

95

 

121

 

425

 

729

 

667

 

Net increase/(decrease) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

 

 

(10,027)

 

9,079

 

266

 

(9,945)

 

8,992

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

8,526

 

34,229

 

22,155

 

6,548

 

32,244

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

(1,194)

 

9,419

 

363

 

(1,544)

 

9,280

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

95

 

(382)

 

(3)

 

158

 

(423)

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

 

41

 

(541)

 

28,371

 

25,580

 

(2,003)

 

26,358

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

8,471

 

6,768

 

5,043

 

4,993

 

4,910

 

Purchase of available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

(26,551)

 

(12,443)

 

(11,802)

 

(22,779)

 

(10,299)

 

Net (increase)/decrease in investments in controlled entities

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

102

 

173

 

Net movement in amounts due to/from controlled entities

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,288

 

(5,341)

 

Purchase of intangible assets

 

 

 

(630)

 

(664)

 

(738)

 

(582)

 

(594)

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

 

(677)

 

(515)

 

(304)

 

(633)

 

(397)

 

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

 

 

 

24

 

17

 

7

 

5

 

11

 

Purchase of controlled entity, net of cash acquired

 

41

 

-

 

(7,744)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Proceeds from disposal of controlled entities, net of cash disposed

 

41

 

648

 

-

 

-

 

16

 

-

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities

 

 

 

(18,715)

 

(14,581)

 

(7,794

)

(15,590)

 

(11,537)

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue of loan capital (net of issue costs)

 

 

 

2,244

 

1,768

 

1,958

 

2,244

 

1,768

 

Redemption of loan capital

 

 

 

-

 

(385)

 

(2,244)

 

-

 

(385)

 

Net increase/(decrease) in debt issues

 

 

 

6,826

 

3,678

 

(14,005)

 

6,155

 

2,519

 

Dividend reinvestment plan underwrite

 

 

 

1,000

 

-

 

-

 

1,000

 

-

 

Proceeds from exercise of employee options

 

 

 

16

 

49

 

124

 

16

 

49

 

Purchase of shares on exercise of employee options and rights

 

 

 

(73)

 

(113)

 

(174)

 

(73)

 

(113)

 

Shares purchased for delivery of employee share plan

 

 

 

(27)

 

(27)

 

-

 

(27)

 

(27)

 

Purchase of RSP treasury shares

 

 

 

(69)

 

(59)

 

(68)

 

(69)

 

(59)

 

Net sale/(purchase) of other treasury shares

 

 

 

(12)

 

8

 

7

 

-

 

1

 

Payment of dividends

 

 

 

(4,340)

 

(5,837)

 

(5,028)

 

(4,364)

 

(5,860)

 

Payment of distributions to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(52)

 

(48)

 

(50)

 

-

 

-

 

Redemption of 2003 Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

(805)

 

-

 

-

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

 

 

 

5,513

 

(966)

 

(20,285)

 

4,882

 

(2,107)

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(13,743)

 

12,824

 

(2,499)

 

(12,711)

 

12,714

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

2,753

 

1,237

 

1,675

 

2,683

 

1,177

 

Cash and cash equivalents as at the beginning of the year

 

 

 

25,760

 

11,699

 

12,523

 

23,400

 

9,509

 

Cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the year

 

41

 

14,770

 

25,760

 

11,699

 

13,372

 

23,400

 

 

1    Certain cash flows have been reclassified between operating activities and we have revised comparatives for consistency. These changes have had no impact on the reported net increase/decrease in cash and cash equivalents.

 

The above cash flow statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Details of the reconciliation of net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities to net profit for the year are provided in Note 41.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

139

 

 



 

 

 

Note 1. Basis of preparation and critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

This financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation (the Parent Entity), together with its controlled entities (the Group or Westpac), for the year ended 30 September 2015 was authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 2 November 2015. The Directors have the power to amend and reissue the financial report.

 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial report are set out below and in the relevant notes to the financial statements. These policies have been consistently applied to all the financial years presented, unless otherwise stated.

 

a.     Basis of preparation

 

(i)     Basis of accounting

 

This financial report is a general purpose financial report prepared in accordance with the requirements for an authorised deposit-taking institution under the Banking Act 1959 (as amended), Australian Accounting Standards (AAS) and Interpretations as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act 2001. Westpac Banking Corporation is a for-profit entity for the purposes of preparing this financial report.

 

The financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and Interpretations as issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC).

 

This financial report also includes additional disclosures required for foreign registrants by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

The Group’s significant accounting policies relating to specific financial statement items are set out under the relevant notes. Accounting policies that affect the financial statements as a whole and details of critical accounting assumptions and estimates are set out below. Details of changes in accounting standards impacting the financial statements are set out in Note (a) (v) below.

 

(ii)    Historical cost convention

 

The financial report has been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by applying fair value accounting to available-for-sale securities, and financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) classified at fair value through income statement.

 

(iii)   Comparative revisions

 

Comparative information has been revised where appropriate to conform to changes in presentation in the current year to enhance comparability.

 

(iv)   Rounding of amounts

 

All amounts have been rounded in accordance with ASIC Class Order 98/100, to the nearest million dollars, unless otherwise stated.

 

(v)    Changes in accounting standards

 

The following standards and amendments have been adopted in the 2015 financial year:

 

§   AASB 2012-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

 

The amendment was applied by the Group from 1 October 2014 and adds application guidance to AASB 132 Financial Instruments: Presentation. It clarified the conditions for applying the offsetting criteria of AASB 132 including what constitutes a currently legally enforceable right of set-off and the circumstances in which gross settlement systems may be considered the equivalent to net settlement. The application of AASB 2012-3 has not resulted in any material changes to the netting of balances presented on the Group’s balance sheet.

 

§   AASB 2015-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosure Initiative: Amendments to AASB 101

 

AASB 2015-2 was issued on 28 January 2015 and is applicable for the 2017 financial year end unless early adopted. The amendments clarify that preparers of financial statements should apply professional judgement in determining what information is disclosed and the order of presentation in the financial statements. Westpac has early adopted the amendments and as a result has changed the location of certain accounting policies within the notes, changed the order of certain notes and removed or aggregated certain immaterial disclosures. In applying materiality to financial statement disclosures, we consider both the amount and nature of each item. Comparatives have been restated where relevant.

 

b.     Principles of consolidation

 

Westpac controls and accordingly consolidates an entity (subsidiaries) when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity, and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

 

All transactions between Group entities are eliminated. Non-controlling interests and equity of non-wholly-owned subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated Income statement, Statement of comprehensive income, Balance sheet and Statement of changes in equity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control commences and are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

 

 

 

 

140

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Basis of preparation and critical accounting assumptions and estimates (continued)

 

(i)     Business combinations

 

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued or liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred (except for those arising on the issue of equity instruments which are recognised directly in equity).

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured at fair value on the acquisition date. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the total consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest and the fair value of any previous Westpac equity interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired.

 

(ii)    Foreign currency translation

 

Functional and presentational currency

 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars which is the Parent Entity’s functional and presentation currency. The functional currency of offshore entities is usually the main currency of the economy it operates in.

 

 

Transactions and balances

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement, except when deferred in other comprehensive income for qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges.

 

 

Foreign operations

 

Assets and liabilities of overseas branches and subsidiaries that have a functional currency other than the Australian dollar are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance date. Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Other equity balances are translated at historical exchange rates. The resulting exchange differences are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.

 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of borrowings and other foreign currency instruments designated as hedges of the net investment in foreign operations are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve. When all or part of a foreign operation is disposed or borrowings that are part of the net investments are repaid, a proportionate share of such exchange differences are recognised in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal or repayment of borrowing.

 

c.     Financial assets and financial liabilities

 

(i)     Recognition

 

Purchases and sales of financial assets, except for loans and receivables, are recognised on trade-date; the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Loans and receivables are recognised on settlement date, when cash is advanced to the borrowers.

 

Financial liabilities are recognised when an obligation arises.

 

(ii)    Classification and measurement

 

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: financial assets at fair value through income statement, derivatives financial instruments, loans and receivables and available-for-sale securities. The Group has not classified any of its financial assets as held-to-maturity investments.

 

The Group classifies significant financial liabilities in the following categories: payables due to other financial institutions, deposits and other borrowings, other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement, derivative financial instruments, debt issues and loan capital.

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through income statement are recognised initially at fair value. All other financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs.

 

The accounting policy for each category of financial asset or financial liability mentioned above is set out in the note for the relevant item.

 

The Group’s policies for determining the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are set out in Note 23.

 

(iii)   Derecognition

 

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired, or when the Group has either transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full under a ‘pass through’ arrangement together with the transfer of substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

Where the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership but has retained control, the asset continues to be recognised on the balance sheet to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

141

 

 



 

 

Note 1. Basis of preparation and critical accounting assumptions and estimates (continued)

 

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in profit or loss through the Income statement.

 

(iv)   Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements (including securities borrowed and lent)

 

Where securities are sold subject to an agreement to repurchase at a predetermined price (‘repos’), they remain recognised on balance sheet in their original category (i.e. ‘Trading securities’ or ‘Available-for-sale’). A liability (‘Securities sold under agreement to repurchase’) is recognised in respect of the cash consideration received. Where the underlying securities are part of a trading portfolio, the associated liability is recognised as part of ‘Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement’. Where the underlying securities are classified as ‘Available-for-sale’, the associated liability is recognised in either ‘Payables due to other financial institutions’ or ‘Deposits and other borrowings’, depending on the counterparty.

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (‘reverse repos’) are not recognised on the balance sheet and the cash consideration paid is recorded as part of ‘Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value’.

 

As part of its trading activities, the Group also lends and borrows securities on a collateralised basis. Securities lent remain on the Group’s balance sheet and securities borrowed are not reflected on the Group’s balance sheet, as the risk and rewards of ownership remain with the initial holder. Where cash is provided as collateral, the amount advanced to or received from third parties is recognised as a receivable or borrowing respectively.

 

Fees and interest relating to these transactions are recognised in interest income and interest expense using the effective interest rate method, over the expected life of the agreements. Any fair value movements are recorded in trading income.

 

d.     Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

The application of the Group’s accounting policies necessarily requires the use of judgment, estimates and assumptions. Should different assumptions or estimates be applied, the resulting values would change, impacting the net assets and income of the Group. The nature of significant assumptions and estimates used are noted below.

 

(i)     Fair value of financial instruments

 

Financial instruments classified as held-for-trading (including derivatives) or designated at fair value through income statement and financial assets classified as available-for-sale are recognised in the financial statements at fair value.

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

 

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an active market. Wherever possible the Group determines the fair value of a financial instrument based on the quoted price.

 

Where no direct quoted price in an active market is available, the Group applies present value estimates or other market accepted valuation techniques. The use of a market accepted valuation technique will typically involve the use of a valuation model and appropriate inputs to the model.

 

The majority of models used by the Group employ only observable market data as inputs. However, for certain financial instruments data may be employed which is not readily observable in current markets.

 

Various factors influence the availability of observable inputs and these may vary from product to product and change over time. Factors include the depth of activity in the relevant market, the type of product, whether the product is new and not widely traded in the marketplace, the maturity of market modelling and the nature and complexity of the transaction (bespoke or generic). To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are not observable in the market, the determination of fair value can require more judgement, dependent on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall valuation. Unobservable inputs are determined based on the best information available. These inputs are generally derived and extrapolated from other relevant market data and calibrated against industry standards, economic models and observed transaction prices.

 

In order to determine a reliable fair value for a financial instrument, where appropriate, management may apply adjustments to the techniques used above. These adjustments reflect the Group’s assessment of factors that market participants would consider in setting the fair value.

 

In determining the fair value of derivatives, the Group adjusts the mid-market valuations produced by derivative pricing models to the appropriate exit price valuation. These adjustments incorporate bid/offer spreads and credit valuation adjustments. They also include funding valuation adjustments on the uncollateralised derivative portfolio.

 

The fair value of financial instruments is provided in Note 23 as well as the mechanism by which fair value has been derived.

 

 

 

 

142

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1. Basis of preparation and critical accounting assumptions and estimates (continued)

 

(ii)            Provisions for impairment charges on loans and credit commitments

 

Provisions for credit impairment represent management’s estimate of the impairment charges incurred in the loan portfolios and on undrawn contractually committed credit facilities and guarantees provided as at the balance sheet date. Changes to the provisions are reported in the income statement as part of impairment charges on loans. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly by the Group to reduce differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

 

§   Individual component

 

All impaired loans that exceed specified thresholds are individually assessed for impairment. Individually assessed loans principally comprise the Group’s portfolio of commercial loans to medium and large businesses. Impairment is recognised as the difference between the carrying value of the loan, the discounted value of management’s best estimate of future cash repayments and proceeds from any security held (discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate for fixed rate loans and the loan’s current effective interest rate for variable rate loans). Relevant considerations that have a bearing on the expected future cash flows are taken into account, including the business prospects for the customer, the realisable value of collateral, the Group’s position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process. Subjective judgments are made in this process. Furthermore, judgments can change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in revisions to the impairment provision as individual decisions are taken.

 

§   Collective component

 

This is made up of two elements: loan impairment provisions for impaired loans that are below individual assessment thresholds (collective impaired loan provisions) and loan impairments that have been incurred but have not been separately identified at the balance sheet date (incurred but not reported provisions). These are established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral and security, past loss experience, current economic conditions, expected defaults and timing of recovery based on portfolio trends. The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are the estimated loss rates and the related emergence periods. The emergence period for each loan product type is determined through studies of loss emergence patterns. Loan files where losses have emerged are reviewed to identify the average time period between observable loss indicator events and the loss becoming identifiable. The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ materially from reported loan impairment provisions. These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates and their effect on consumer spending, unemployment levels, payment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

Details on the Group’s impairment charges are provided in Notes 6 and 14.

 

(iii)         Goodwill

 

The determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities of the acquired businesses requires the exercise of management judgment. Different fair values would result in changes to the goodwill balance and to the post-acquisition performance of the acquisition.

 

To determine if goodwill is impaired, the carrying value of the identified Cash Generating Unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated, is compared to its recoverable amount, which is determined on a value-in-use basis. Value in use is the present value of expected future cash flows from the CGU, and the determination of the appropriate cash flows and discount rates to use is subjective. The key assumptions applied to determine if any impairment exists are outlined in Note 26.

 

(iv)        Superannuation obligations

 

The Group operates a number of defined benefit plans as described in Note 38. For each of these plans, independent actuarial valuations of the plan’s obligations using the projected unit credit method and the fair value measurements of the plan’s assets are performed at least annually. The actuarial valuation of plan obligations is dependent upon a series of assumptions, the key ones being price inflation, salaries growth, mortality, morbidity, investment returns and discount rate. Different assumptions could significantly alter the amount of the difference between plan assets and obligations, and the superannuation cost charged to the income statement. In the current year the discount rate applied to the Australian superannuation fund changed from a blended interest rate of government bonds to the yield on high quality corporate bonds that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the superannuation liabilities.

 

(v)           Provisions (other than loan impairment)

 

Provisions are held in respect of a range of obligations such as employee entitlements, restructuring costs, litigation provisions, non-lending losses and onerous contracts (for example leases with surplus space). Provisions carried for long service leave are supported by an independent actuarial report. Some of the provisions involve significant judgment about the likely outcome of various events and estimated future cash flows. The deferral of these benefits involves the exercise of management judgments about the ultimate outcomes of the transactions. Payments that are expected to be incurred after more than one year are discounted at a rate which reflects both current interest rates and the risks specific to that provision. In the current year the relevant discount rate used changed from a blended interest rate of government bonds to the yield on high quality corporate bonds that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the liabilities.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

143

 

 



 

 

 

Note 1. Basis of preparation and critical accounting assumptions and estimates (continued)

 

(vi)        Income taxes

 

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes, based on the Group’s understanding of the relevant tax law. There are many transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax outcome is unclear. For these circumstances, we hold appropriate provisions. Where the final outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred tax provisions in the period where such determination is made. Refer to Note 7 for details of the Group’s deferred tax balances.

 

(vii)     Life insurance contract liabilities

 

Life insurance contract liabilities are computed using statistical or mathematical methods, which are expected to give approximately the same results as if an individual liability was calculated for each contract. These computations are made by suitably qualified personnel on the basis of recognised actuarial methods, with due regard to relevant actuarial principles. The methodology takes into account the risks and uncertainties of the particular classes of the life insurance business written.

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs are connected with the measurement basis of life insurance contract liabilities and are equally sensitive to the factors that are considered in the liability measurement.

 

The key factors that affect the estimation of these liabilities and related assets are:

 

§         the cost of providing benefits and administrating the contracts;

 

§         mortality and morbidity experience, including enhancements to policyholder benefits;

 

§         discontinuance experience, which affects the Group’s ability to recover the cost of acquiring new business over the life of the contracts; and

 

§         the rate at which projected future cash flows are discounted.

 

In addition, factors such as regulation, competition, interest rates, taxes, securities market conditions and general economic conditions affect the level of these liabilities. In some contracts, the Group shares experience on investment results with its customers, which can offset the impacts of these factors on the profitability of these products.

 

e.                Future developments in accounting standards

 

The following new standards and interpretations which may have a material impact on the Group have been issued, but are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group:

 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments (December 2014) will replace AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. It includes a revised classification and measurement model, a forward looking ‘expected loss’ impairment model and modifies the approach to hedge accounting. Unless early adopted the standard is effective for the 30 September 2019 financial year end. The major changes under the standard are:

 

§   replaces the multiple classification and measurement models in AASB 139 with a single model that has two classification categories: amortised cost and fair value;

 

§   a financial asset is measured at amortised cost if two criteria are met: a) the objective of the business model is to hold the financial asset for the collection of the contractual cash flows, and b) the contractual cash flows under the instrument solely represent the payment of principal and interest;

 

§   if a financial asset is eligible for amortised cost measurement, an entity can elect to measure it at fair value if it eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch;

 

§   requires more timely recognition of expected credit losses using a three stage approach. For financial assets where there has been no significant increase in credit risk since origination a provision for 12 months expected credit losses is required. For financial assets where there has been a significant increase in credit risk or where the asset is credit impaired a provision for full lifetime expected losses is required;

 

§   interest is calculated on the gross carrying amount of a financial assets, except where the asset is credit impaired;

 

§   there will be no separation of an embedded derivative where the instrument is a financial asset;

 

§   equity instruments must be measured at fair value, however an entity can elect on initial recognition to present the fair value changes on non-trading equity investments directly in other comprehensive income. There is no subsequent recycling of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss; however dividends from such investments will continue to be recognised in profit or loss;

 

 

 

 

144

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1. Basis of preparation and critical accounting assumptions and estimates (continued)

 

§         if an entity holds an investment in asset-backed securities (ABS) it must determine the classification of that investment by looking through to the underlying assets and assess the credit quality of the investment compared with the underlying portfolio of assets. If an entity is unable to look through to the underlying assets, then the investment must be measured at fair value;

 

§         where the fair value option is used for valuing financial liabilities the change in fair value relating to the entity’s own credit risk is presented in other comprehensive income, except where it would create an accounting mismatch. If such a mismatch is created or enlarged, all changes in fair value (including the effects of changes in the credit risk) is recognised in profit or loss. The Group early adopted this amendment from 1 October 2013; and

 

§         aligns hedge accounting more closely with risk management activities by increasing the eligibility of both hedged items and hedging instruments and introducing a more principles-based approach to assessing hedge effectiveness.

 

AASB 9 will impact the classification and measurement of the Group’s financial instruments when the remainder of the standard is adopted.

 

The Group is in the process of assessing the full impact of the application of AASB 9. The financial impact on the financial statements has not yet been determined.

 

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers was issued on 28 May 2014 and will be effective for the 30 September 2019 financial year. The standard provides a single comprehensive model for revenue recognition. It replaces AASB 118 Revenue and related interpretations. The application of AASB 15 is not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

 

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

Note 2. Segment reporting

 

Accounting policy

 

 

Operating segments are presented on a basis that is consistent with information provided internally to Westpac’s key decision makers and reflects the management of the business, rather than the legal structure of the Group.

 

In assessing the financial performance of its divisions internally, Westpac uses a measure of performance it refers to as ‘cash earnings’.

 

Cash earnings is not a measure of cash flow or net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes non-cash items reflected in net profit determined in accordance with AAS. The specific adjustments include both cash and non-cash items. Cash earnings, as calculated by Westpac, is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing operations and is therefore available for distribution to shareholders.

 

Management believes this allows the Group to more effectively assess performance for the current period against prior periods and to compare performance across business divisions and across peer companies.

 

Three categories of adjustments are made to statutory results to determine cash earnings:

 

§   material items that key decision makers at Westpac believe do not reflect ongoing operations;

 

§   items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles, impact of Treasury shares and economic hedging impacts; and

 

§   accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact statutory results.

 

Internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments have been reflected in the performance of each operating segment. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis.

 

 

 

Reportable operating segments

 

In February 2015 following the appointment of Brian Hartzer as Chief Executive Officer, the Australian Financial Services segment was discontinued. The three businesses which comprised this segment being Westpac Retail & Business Banking, St.George Banking Group and BT Financial Group (Australia) are now individual reportable segments.

 

Although Westpac announced in June 2015 that it would implement a new organisational structure for its Australian Retail and Business Banking operations, up to 30 September 2015 the accounting and financial performance continued to be reported (both internally and externally) on the basis of the existing structure. Refer to Section 2 for further details.

 

The operating segments are defined by the customers they service and the services they provide:

 

§   Westpac Retail & Business Banking (Westpac RBB), which is responsible for sales and service for consumer, small-to-medium enterprise (SME), commercial and agribusiness customers (with turnover of up to $100 million) in Australia under the Westpac brand;

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

145

 

 



 

 

 

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

 

§   St.George Banking Group (St.George), which is responsible for sales and service to consumer, SME and corporate customers (businesses with facilities of up to $150 million) in Australia under the St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands;

 

§   BT Financial Group (Australia) (BTFG), which is Westpac’s Australian wealth division. Its operations include the provision of funds management, insurance, financial advice, margin lending, private banking and broking services. BTFG’s brands include Advance, Ascalon Capital Managers, Asgard, Licensee Select, BT Select, and Securitor, as well as the Advice, Private Banking and Insurance operations of Westpac, St.George, Bank of Melbourne and BankSA. BTFG also incorporates the activities of BT Investment Management, which following Westpac’s partial sale is equity accounted from July 2015;

 

§   Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB), which delivers a broad range of financial services to commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers with connections to Australia and New Zealand. Customers are supported through branches and subsidiaries located in Australia, New Zealand, US, UK and Asia; and

 

§   Westpac New Zealand, which is responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products for consumers, business and institutional customers in New Zealand. Banking products are provided under the Westpac brand, while insurance and wealth products are provided under Westpac Life and BT brands respectively.

 

Other divisions in the Group include:

 

§   Westpac Pacific provides banking services for retail and business customers in four Pacific Island Nations. Prior to July 2015, Westpac Pacific also provided these services to customers in Samoa, Cook Islands and Tonga. On 10 July 2015, Westpac sold its interest in these operations;

 

§   Group items, including earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, accounting entries for certain intra-group transactions that facilitate the presentation of the performance of our operating segments, earnings from non core asset sales and certain other head office items such as centrally raised provisions;

 

§   Treasury, which is primarily focused on the management of the Group’s interest rate risk and funding requirements by managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities;

 

§   Customer & Business Services, which encompasses banking operations, customer contact centres, product, marketing, compliance, legal and property services;

 

§   Group Technology, which comprises functions responsible for technology strategy and architecture, infrastructure and operations, applications development and business integration; and

 

§   Core Support, which comprises those functions performed centrally including finance, risk and human resources.

 

Comparative changes

 

Prior period comparatives were restated for the following business structure transfers:

 

§   Private Bank Asia operations undertaken in Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) to Westpac Retail & Business Banking (Westpac RBB);

 

§   Relationship management of a number of clients from WIB to Westpac RBB;

 

§   BankSA general insurance activities from St.George to BT Financial Group (Australia); and

 

§   The presentation of depreciation, amortisation and impairments by segments for 2014 and 2013 have been restated to conform with current year.

 

 

 

 

146

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

 

The tables below present the segment results on a cash earnings basis:

 

2015

 

$m

Westpac
Retail &
Business
Banking

St.
George
Banking
Group

BT
Financial
Group
(Australia)

Westpac
Institutional
Bank

Westpac
New
Zealand

Other
Divisions

Total

Net cash
earnings
adjustment

Net profit
for the
year

Net interest income

6,395

3,768

448

1,645

1,590

393

14,239

28

14,267

Non-interest income

1,457

555

2,192

1,458

457

182

6,301

1,074

7,375

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

7,852

4,323

2,640

3,103

2,047

575

20,540

1,102

21,642

Operating expenses

(3,397)

(1,629)

(1,304)

(1,289)

(832)

(184)

(8,635)

(838)

(9,473)

Impairment charges

(471)

(280)

4

39

(44)

(1)

(753)

-

(753)

Profit before income tax

3,984

2,414

1,340

1,853

1,171

390

11,152

264

11,416

Income tax expense

(1,196)

(726)

(404)

(567)

(317)

(64)

(3,274)

(74)

(3,348)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

-

-

(32)

-

(3)

(23)

(58)

2

(56)

Cash earnings for the year

2,788

1,688

904

1,286

851

303

7,820

192

8,012

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

(126)

(23)

-

-

341

192

 

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

2,788

1,562

881

1,286

851

644

8,012

Additional information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairments

(5)

(16)

(42)

(123)

(93)

(1,180)

(1,459)

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets1

291,647

188,094

35,813

123,735

71,538

101,329

812,156

Total liabilities

186,032

97,677

37,168

124,603

63,490

249,271

758,241

Additions of property and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets

15

13

73

261

58

893

1,313

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    Total assets for BT Financial Group (Australia) include the equity accounted carrying value of the investment in BTIM of $756 million.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

147

 

 



 

 

 

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

 

2014

 


$m

Westpac Retail &
Business Banking

St.
George
Banking
Group

BT
Financial
Group
(Australia)

Westpac
Institutional
Bank

Westpac
New
Zealand

Other
Divisions

Total

Net cash
earnings
adjustment

Net profit
for the
year

Net interest income

5,953

3,531

406

1,658

1,455

493

13,496

46

13,542

Non-interest income

1,441

515

2,257

1,470

438

203

6,324

71

6,395

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

7,394

4,046

2,663

3,128

1,893

696

19,820

117

19,937

Operating expenses

(3,266)

(1,559)

(1,323)

(1,174)

(776)

(148)

(8,246)

(301)

(8,547)

Impairment charges

(436)

(236)

2

135

(24)

(91)

(650)

-

(650)

Profit before income tax

3,692

2,251

1,342

2,089

1,093

457

10,924

(184)

10,740

Income tax expense

(1,109)

(676)

(403)

(622)

(300)

(120)

(3,230)

115

(3,115)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

-

-

(39)

-

(3)

(24)

(66)

2

(64)

Cash earnings for the year

2,583

1,575

900

1,467

790

313

7,628

(67)

7,561

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

(125)

(22)

-

-

80

(67)

 

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

2,583

1,450

878

1,467

790

393

7,561

Additional information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairments

(3)

(17)

(45)

(83)

(80)

(575)

(803)

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

276,648

175,302

31,803

118,892

65,874

102,323

770,842

Total liabilities

176,281

94,818

34,288

130,178

57,568

228,372

721,505

Additions of property and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets

68

325

72

196

80

799

1,540

 

 

 

 

 

148

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

 

2013

 


$m

Westpac Retail &
Business Banking

St.
George
Banking
Group

BT
Financial
Group
(Australia)

Westpac
Institutional
Bank

Westpac
New
Zealand

Other
Divisions

Total

Net cash
earnings
adjustment

Net profit
for the
year

Net interest income

5,649

3,210

402

1,646

1,281

724

12,912

(91)

12,821

Non-interest income

1,359

466

1,930

1,584

389

193

5,921

(147)

5,774

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

7,008

3,676

2,332

3,230

1,670

917

18,833

(238)

18,595

Operating expenses

(3,153)

(1,401)

(1,207)

(1,086)

(697)

(215)

(7,759)

(217)

(7,976)

Impairment charges

(485)

(293)

(1)

88

(97)

(59)

(847)

-

(847)

Profit before income tax

3,370

1,982

1,124

2,232

876

643

10,227

(455)

9,772

Income tax expense

(1,010)

(595)

(328)

(662)

(241)

(252)

(3,088)

141

(2,947)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

-

-

(18)

-

(3)

(55)

(76)

2

(74)

Cash earnings for the year

2,360

1,387

778

1,570

632

336

7,063

(312)

6,751

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

(128)

(22)

-

-

(162)

(312)

 

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

2,360

1,259

756

1,570

632

174

6,751

Additional information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairments

(3)

(15)

(44)

(47)

(51)

(523)

(683)

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

261,903

159,652

32,210

97,342

61,469

88,521

701,097

Total liabilities

166,122

90,141

33,932

116,230

53,882

193,253

653,560

Additions of property and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets

66

28

82

104

117

645

1,042

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

149

 

 



 

 

 

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

 

Reconciliation of cash earnings to net profit

 

$m

2015

2014

2013

Cash earnings for the year

7,820

7,628

7,063

Cash earnings adjustments:

 

Partial sale of BTIM

665

-

-

Capitalised technology cost balances

(354)

-

-

Amortisation of intangible assets

(149)

(147)

(150)

Acquisition, transaction and integration expenses

(66)

(51)

-

Lloyds tax adjustments

64

-

-

Fair value gain/(loss) on economic hedges

33

105

(21)

Ineffective hedges

(1)

(46)

20

Treasury shares

(1)

(7)

(42)

Buyback of government guaranteed debt

1

42

(43)

Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant

-

(70)

-

Prior year tax provisions

-

70

-

Bell litigation provision

-

54

-

Fair value amortisation of financial instruments

-

(17)

(67)

TPS revaluations

-

-

(9)

Total Cash earnings adjustments

192

(67)

(312)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

8,012

7,561

6,751

 

Further details of the above cash earnings adjustments, which are all net of tax is provided in Section 2.

 

Revenue from products and services

 

Details of revenue from external customers by product or service are disclosed in Notes 3 and 4. No single customer amounts to greater than 10% of the Group’s revenue.

 

Geographic segments

 

Geographic segments are based on the location of the office in which the following items are recognised:

 

2015

2014

2013

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

Revenue

Australia

33,991

85.7

32,880

85.1

34,159

88.1

New Zealand

4,937

12.4

4,738

12.3

3,885

10.0

Other1

742

1.9

1,025

2.6

739

1.9

Total

39,670

100.0

38,643

100.0

38,783

100.0

Non-current assets2

Australia

11,949

90.8

12,828

91.2

12,324

91.2

New Zealand

751

5.7

797

5.7

786

5.8

Other1

466

3.5

433

3.1

405

3.0

Total

13,166

100.0

14,058

100.0

13,515

100.0

 

1           Other includes Pacific Islands, Asia, the Americas and Europe.

 

2           Non-current assets include property and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

 

 

 

150

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 3. Net interest income

 

Accounting policy

 

 

Interest income and expense for all interest bearing financial assets and liabilities (including those instruments measured at fair value) is recognised using the effective interest rate method. Net income related to treasury’s interest rate and liquidity management activities is included in net interest income.

 

The effective interest rate method calculates the amortised cost of a financial instrument and allocates the interest income or interest expense over its expected life. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument, or when appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, cash flows are estimated based upon all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) but do not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all fees and other amounts paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate (e.g. loan establishment fees), transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts.

 

Interest relating to impaired loans is recognised using the loan’s original effective interest rate based on the net carrying value of the impaired loan or for a variable rate loan, the current effective interest rate. This rate is also used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring impairment charges.

 

Interest income on finance leases is brought to account progressively over the life of the lease, consistent with the outstanding investment and unearned income balance.

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Interest income

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

219

225

102

170

182

Receivables due from other financial institutions

87

84

113

50

35

Net ineffectiveness on qualifying hedges

(13)

(58)

31

(8)

(61)

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

1,032

1,482

1,732

956

1,413

Available-for-sale securities

1,634

1,386

1,226

1,445

1,231

Loans

29,307

29,104

29,781

24,468

24,666

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

12

18

23

12

18

Due from subsidiaries

-

-

-

4,933

4,585

Other interest income

17

7

1

17

7

Total interest income1

32,295

32,248

33,009

32,043

32,076

Interest expense

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

(304)

(300)

(190)

(304)

(299)

Deposits and other borrowings

(10,669)

(11,499)

(12,555)

(9,008)

(10,029)

Trading liabilities

(2,475)

(2,523)

(2,806)

(2,476)

(2,268)

Debt issues

(3,908)

(3,813)

(4,008)

(3,205)

(3,096)

Due to subsidiaries

-

-

-

(4,873)

(4,791)

Loan capital

(535)

(490)

(529)

(495)

(458)

Other interest expense

(137)

(81)

(100)

(141)

(71)

Total interest expense2

(18,028)

(18,706)

(20,188)

(20,502)

(21,012)

Net interest income

14,267

13,542

12,821

11,541

11,064

 

 

1      Total interest income for financial assets that are not at fair value through profit or loss is $31,276 million (2014: $30,824 million, 2013: $31,246 million) for the Group and $31,095 million (2014: $30,724 million) for the Parent Entity.

 

2      Total interest expense for financial liabilities that are not at fair value through profit or loss is $14,363 million (2014: $14,996 million, 2013: $16,116 million) for the Group and $16,923 million (2014: $17,636 million) for the Parent Entity.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

151

 

 



 

 

Note 4. Non-interest income

 

Accounting policy

 

 

Fees and commission income is recognised as follows:

 

§         Income earned on the execution of a significant act is recognised when the act has been completed (for example, advisory or arrangement services, placement services and underwriting services);

 

§         Income earned for providing ongoing services is recognised as the services are provided (for example, maintaining and administering existing facilities); and

 

§         Income which forms an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument is recognised using the effective interest method and recorded in interest income (for example, loan origination fees).

 

Premium income

 

Life insurance premiums with a regular due date are recognised as revenue on an accrual basis. Premiums with no due date are recognised on a cash received basis.

 

Life investment premiums include a management fee component which is recognised as funds management income over the period the service is provided. The deposit components of life insurance and investment contracts are not revenue and are treated as movements in life insurance policy liabilities.

 

General insurance premium comprises amounts charged to policyholders, including fire service levies, but excludes taxes collected on behalf of third parties. The earned portion of premiums received and receivable is recognised as revenue.

 

General insurance premium revenue is earned from the date of attachment of risk and over the term of the policies written, based on actuarial assessment of the likely pattern in which risk will emerge. The portion not yet earned based on the pattern assessment is recognised as unearned premium liability.

 

Claims expense

 

Life and general insurance contract claims are recognised as an expense when a liability has been established.

 

Claims incurred in respect of life investment contracts represent withdrawals and are recognised as a reduction in life insurance liabilities.

 

Trading income

 

Realised and unrealised gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of trading assets, liabilities and derivatives are recognised in the period in which they arise except day one profits or losses which are deferred where certain valuation inputs are unobservable. Dividend income on the trading portfolio is recorded as part of trading income. Net income related to treasury’s interest rate and liquidity management activities is included in net interest income.

 

Dividend income

 

Dividends on quoted shares are recognised on the ex-dividend date. Dividends on unquoted shares are recognised when the company’s right to receive payment is established.

 

Rental income on operating leases

 

Operating lease rental income is recognised on a straight line basis over the lease term.

 

 

 

152

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 4. Non-interest income (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

 

 

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility fees

 

1,342

1,329

1,253

1,287

1,265

Transaction fees and commissions received

 

1,247

1,254

1,160

1,025

1,030

Other non-risk fee income

 

353

343

310

501

312

Transactions with subsidiaries

 

-

-

-

417

514

Total fees and commissions

 

2,942

2,926

2,723

3,230

3,121

Wealth management and insurance income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance and funds management net operating income

 

2,033

2,000

1,738

-

-

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance
net operating income

 

195

254

206

-

-

Total wealth management and insurance income

 

2,228

2,254

1,944

-

-

Trading income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange income

 

708

530

440

622

407

Other trading products

 

256

487

629

275

520

Total trading income

 

964

1,017

1,069

897

927

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received from subsidiaries

 

-

-

-

1,509

1,643

Dividends received from other entities

 

12

11

10

10

8

Net gain on disposal of assets

 

103

97

67

95

127

Net gain/(loss) on ineffective hedges

 

2

-

(1)

2

-

Net gain/(loss) on hedging overseas operations

 

(1)

12

(6)

(77)

18

Net gain/(loss) on derivatives held for risk management purposes1

 

(27)

(27)

(118)

(27)

(27)

Net gain/(loss) on financial instruments designated at fair value

 

(10)

(14)

32

11

18

Gain on disposal of controlled entities

 

1,041

-

-

-

-

Rental income on operating leases

 

54

32

-

30

1

Share of associates net profit

 

5

-

-

-

-

Other

 

62

87

54

42

69

Total other income

 

1,241

198

38

1,595

1,857

Total non-interest income

 

7,375

6,395

5,774

5,722

5,905

Wealth management and insurance income comprised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funds management income

 

1,334

1,337

1,149

-

-

Life insurance premium income

 

1,002

881

761

-

-

Life insurance commissions, investment income and other income

 

530

639

1,125

-

-

Life insurance claims and changes in life insurance liabilities

 

(833)

(857)

(1,297)

-

-

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance
net premiums earned

 

453

426

402

-

-

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance investment, commissions and other income

 

30

22

25

-

-

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance claims incurred, underwriting and commission expenses

 

(288)

(194)

(221)

-

-

Total wealth management and insurance income

 

2,228

2,254

1,944

-

-

 

 

1           Income from derivatives held for risk management purposes reflects impact of economic hedge of foreign currency capital and earnings where hedge accounting is not achieved.

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

153

 

 



 

 

Note 5. Operating expenses

 

Accounting policy

 

 

Operating expenses are recognised as the relevant service is rendered or asset is consumed or once a liability is incurred.

 

Salaries and other staff expenses

 

Salaries and wages are recognised over the period the employee renders the service to receive the benefit.

 

The accounting policies for share-based payments and superannuation benefits are included in Note 37 and Note 38 respectively. The accounting policies for other employee benefits are included in Note 28.

 

Operating lease rentals

 

Operating lease payments are recognised in the income statement as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern of the benefit received. Incentives received on entering into operating leases are recorded as liabilities and amortised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

 

Useful lives for each category of assets are as follows:

 

§         Premises and sites

Up to 50 years

 

 

§         Leasehold improvements

Up to 10 years

 

 

§         Furniture and equipment

3 to 15 years

 

 

§         IT equipment

3 to 5 years

 

 

§         Assets under lease

Up to 7 years

 

 

§         Computer software

3 to 10 years

 

 

§         Core deposit intangible

9 years

 

 

§         Other intangibles

3 to 8 years

 

Computer software assets and directly related hardware are amortised over their useful life of 3 to 10 years using either the straight-line or the diminishing balance method (using the Sum of Years Digits). The useful life and amortisation method applied are based on an assessment of the benefits expected to be received from each asset.

 

Depreciation and amortisation for all other asset categories is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of assets less any residual value over their estimated useful lives.

 

In the current period the Group reviewed both the depreciation method and useful life of certain technology assets. This resulted in increased depreciation, amortisation and impairment of technology assets in the current period of $505 million which otherwise would have been recognised over the forthcoming 8 years.

 

An impairment charge is recognised as part of operating expenses whenever the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount.

 

Wealth management acquisition costs

 

Deferred acquisition costs are the variable costs that are directly related to and incremental to the acquisition of new business principally in relation to the Group’s life insurance and retail funds management business. These costs are recorded as an asset and are amortised in the income statement on the same basis as the recognition of related revenue.

 

 

 

 

154

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 5. Operating expenses (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

Salaries and other staff expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee remuneration, entitlements and on-costs

 

4,094

 

3,990

 

3,762

 

3,199

 

3,120

 

Superannuation expense1

 

362

 

336

 

324

 

294

 

272

 

Equity based compensation

 

174

 

184

 

155

 

119

 

133

 

Restructuring costs

 

74

 

61

 

28

 

71

 

57

 

Total salaries and other staff expenses

 

4,704

 

4,571

 

4,269

 

3,683

 

3,582

 

Equipment and occupancy expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease rentals

 

586

 

565

 

565

 

507

 

481

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

229

 

199

 

183

 

190

 

156

 

Other

 

139

 

140

 

125

 

113

 

111

 

Total equipment and occupancy expenses

 

954

 

904

 

873

 

810

 

748

 

Technology expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and impairment of IT equipment

 

170

 

105

 

94

 

152

 

91

 

Amortisation and impairment of software assets

 

1,051

 

493

 

403

 

927

 

413

 

Software maintenance and licences

 

221

 

199

 

220

 

181

 

159

 

Technology services

 

575

 

541

 

483

 

432

 

442

 

Data processing

 

67

 

69

 

64

 

65

 

68

 

Telecommunications

 

204

 

167

 

142

 

178

 

139

 

Total technology expenses

 

2,288

 

1,574

 

1,406

 

1,935

 

1,312

 

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets and deferred expenditure

 

221

 

223

 

224

 

207

 

207

 

Impairment on investments in subsidiaries

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

19

 

22

 

Non-lending losses

 

74

 

(23)

 

43

 

64

 

(33)

 

Credit card loyalty programs

 

134

 

136

 

135

 

134

 

136

 

Professional services

 

615

 

580

 

526

 

425

 

377

 

Postage and stationery

 

204

 

205

 

222

 

159

 

158

 

Advertising

 

150

 

159

 

164

 

117

 

114

 

Westpac Bicentennial Foundation grant

 

-

 

100

 

-

 

-

 

100

 

Other expenses

 

129

 

118

 

114

 

220

 

216

 

Total other expenses

 

1,527

 

1,498

 

1,428

 

1,345

 

1,297

 

Operating expenses2

 

9,473

 

8,547

 

7,976

 

7,773

 

6,939

 

 

 

1           Refer to Note 38 for details of defined benefit expense.

 

2           The presentation of operating expenses has been revised to better reflect the nature of our business and we have revised comparatives for consistency.

 

Note 6. Impairment charges

 

Accounting policy

 

 

The Group assesses at each balance date whether there is any objective evidence of impairment of its loan portfolio. An impairment charge is incurred if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more loss events which have an impact on the estimated cash flows of the financial asset that can be reliably estimated. Objective evidence includes significant financial difficulties of an obligor, adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers or national, local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on a group of loans. The amount of the charge is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the loan is reduced through the use of a provision account which is either individually assessed or collectively assessed (refer Note 14) and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment is the current effective interest rate.

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

155

 

 



 

 

 

Note 6. Impairment charges (continued)

 

When a loan or part of a loan is uncollectable, it is written off against the related provision for impairment. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the charge for loan impairment in the income statement. If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment charge decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognised impairment charge is reversed by adjusting the provision account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in the income statement.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

Reconciliation of impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually assessed provisions raised

 

 

566

 

 

684

 

 

1,112

 

 

457

 

 

550

Write-backs

 

 

(297)

 

 

(433)

 

 

(479)

 

 

(274)

 

 

(373)

Recoveries

 

 

(131)

 

 

(106)

 

 

(76)

 

 

(82)

 

 

(73)

Collectively assessed provisions raised

 

 

615

 

 

505

 

 

290

 

 

521

 

 

457

Impairment charges

 

 

753

 

 

650

 

 

847

 

 

622

 

 

561

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Refer to Note 14 for further details on Provisions for impairment charges.

 

Note 7. Income tax

 

Accounting policy

 

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income.

 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the financial year using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction at the balance date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

 

Deferred tax is accounted for using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the amounts attributed to those assets and liabilities for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:

 

§ temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither the accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

 

§ temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 

§ taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

 

Deferred tax is determined using the tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction at the balance sheet date which are expected to apply in the periods in which the assets will be realised or the liabilities settled.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset where they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on the same taxable entity or different entities in the same taxable group and where we have a legal right and intention to settle on a net basis.

 

The Parent Entity and its wholly owned, Australian-controlled entities are part of a tax consolidated group under Australian tax law. The Parent Entity is the head entity in the tax consolidated group. All entities in the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax sharing agreement which, in the opinion of the Directors, limits the joint and several liabilities of the wholly owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity.

 

Tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and assets arising from temporary differences are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the tax-consolidated group using a ‘group allocation basis’. Current tax liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and relevant tax credits of the members of the tax-consolidated group are recognised by the Parent Entity (as head entity in the tax-consolidated group).

 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly owned entities fully compensate the Parent Entity for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by the Parent Entity for any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to the Parent Entity under the tax consolidation legislation.

 

 

 

 

156

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 7. Income tax (continued)

 

The determination of the provision for income taxes is one of the Group’s critical accounting assumptions and estimates as detailed in Note 1d(vi).

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

The income tax expense for the year is reconciled to the profit before income tax as follows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

11,416

 

10,740

 

9,772

 

8,868

 

9,469

Prima facie income tax based on the Australian company tax rate of 30%

 

3,425

 

3,222

 

2,932

 

2,660

 

2,841

The effect of amounts which are not deductible (assessable) in calculating taxable income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in tax rate

 

-

 

1

 

(2)

 

-

 

1

Dividend adjustments

 

11

 

7

 

(2)

 

(453)

 

(493)

Life insurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax adjustment on policyholder earnings

 

-

 

3

 

24

 

-

 

-

Adjustment for life business tax rates

 

(4)

 

(4)

 

(8)

 

1

 

1

Hybrid capital distributions

 

46

 

36

 

26

 

46

 

36

Other non-assessable items

 

(52)

 

(22)

 

(18)

 

(23)

 

(22)

Other non-deductible items

 

25

 

46

 

37

 

19

 

39

Adjustment for overseas tax rates

 

(27)

 

(22)

 

-

 

3

 

10

Income tax (over)/under provided in prior years

 

(88)

 

(14)

 

(7)

 

(76)

 

(15)

Other items1

 

12

 

(138)

 

(35)

 

(56)

 

(163)

Total income tax expense in the income statement

 

3,348

 

3,115

 

2,947

 

2,121

 

2,235

Income tax analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense attributable to profit from ordinary activities comprised:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current income tax

 

3,347

 

2,704

 

2,566

 

2,329

 

1,923

Deferred income tax

 

89

 

425

 

388

 

(132)

 

327

Under/(over) provision in prior years

 

(88)

 

(14)

 

(7)

 

(76)

 

(15)

Total income tax expense attributable to profit from ordinary activities

 

3,348

 

3,115

 

2,947

 

2,121

 

2,235

Total Australia

 

2,964

 

2,694

 

2,595

 

2,117

 

2,172

Total Overseas

 

384

 

421

 

352

 

4

 

63

Total income tax expense attributable to profit from ordinary activities

 

3,348

 

3,115

 

2,947

 

2,121

 

2,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    2014 includes the release of provisions no longer required following the finalisation of prior period taxation matters.

 

The effective tax rate was 29.3% in 2015 (29.0% in 2014).

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

157

 

 



 

 

Note 7. Income tax (continued)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in income statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

906

 

926

 

726

 

756

Provision for long service leave, annual leave and other employee benefits

 

299

 

311

 

274

 

271

Financial instruments

 

269

 

180

 

221

 

163

Property and equipment

 

235

 

227

 

222

 

217

Other provisions

 

182

 

184

 

164

 

169

Other liabilities

 

334

 

340

 

326

 

324

 

 

2,225

 

2,168

 

1,933

 

1,900

Amounts recognised directly in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

12

 

(55)

 

18

 

(35)

Defined benefit deficit

 

62

 

113

 

61

 

113

 

 

74

 

58

 

79

 

78

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions1

 

(922)

 

(829)

 

(549)

 

(656)

Net deferred tax assets

 

1,377

 

1,397

 

1,463

 

1,322

Net deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months

 

430

 

376

 

492

 

349

Net deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months

 

947

 

1,021

 

971

 

973

Movement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance as at beginning of the year

 

1,397

 

1,773

 

1,322

 

1,632

Credited to income statements

 

886

 

484

 

689

 

374

Recognised in other comprehensive income

 

16

 

(31)

 

1

 

(28)

Set-off of deferred tax assets pursuant to set-off provisions1

 

(922)

 

(829)

 

(549)

 

(656)

Closing balance as at end of the year

 

1,377

 

1,397

 

1,463

 

1,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Deferred tax assets and liabilities are set-off where they relate to income tax levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different entities within the same taxable group.

 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

 

Deferred tax assets relating to certain tax losses have not been recognised because it is not considered probable that future taxable profit will be available against which they can be realised.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

 

Tax losses on revenue account

 

80

 

82

 

72

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

158

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 7. Income tax (continued)

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in income statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments

 

249

 

135

 

204

 

156

Finance lease transactions

 

142

 

142

 

41

 

34

Property and equipment

 

112

 

223

 

116

 

217

Life insurance assets

 

73

 

53

 

-

 

-

Other assets

 

385

 

262

 

132

 

185

 

 

961

 

815

 

493

 

592

Amounts recognised directly in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

16

 

69

 

56

 

64

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions1

 

(922)

 

(829)

 

(549)

 

(656)

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

55

 

55

 

-

 

-

Net deferred tax liabilities to be recovered within 12 months

 

25

 

24

 

-

 

-

Net deferred tax liabilities to be recovered after more than 12 months

 

30

 

31

 

-

 

-

Movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance as at beginning of the year

 

55

 

22

 

-

 

-

Charged to income statements

 

975

 

909

 

557

 

701

Recognised in other comprehensive income

 

(53)

 

(47)

 

(8)

 

(45)

Set-off of deferred tax assets pursuant to set-off provisions1

 

(922)

 

(829)

 

(549)

 

(656)

Closing balance as at end of the year

 

55

 

55

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Deferred tax assets and liabilities are set-off where they relate to the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different entities within the same taxable group.

 

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities relating to aggregate temporary differences of $49 million (2014: $44 million) associated with investments in subsidiaries have not been recognised because the Parent Entity controls whether the liability will be incurred and it is satisfied that the liability will not be incurred in the foreseeable future.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

159

 

 



 

 

Note 8. Earnings per share

 

Accounting policy

 

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to equity holders, excluding costs of servicing other equity instruments, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue during the financial year, excluding the number of ordinary shares purchased by the Group and held as Treasury shares. Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the earnings and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

Refer to Note 20 Loan capital and Note 37 Share-based payments for further information on the potential dilutive instruments.

 

Consolidated

2015

2014

2013

$m

Basic

Diluted

Basic

Diluted

Basic

Diluted

Reconciliation of earnings used in  the calculation of earnings per ordinary share

 

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

8,012

8,012

7,561

7,561

6,751

6,751

Restricted Share Plan (RSP) treasury shares distributions1

(6)

-

(10)

-

(12)

-

Distributions relating to convertible loan capital instruments

-

184

-

165

-

161

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation adjusted for the effect of dilution

8,006

8,196

7,551

7,726

6,739

6,912

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

3,134

3,134

3,109

3,109

3,100

3,100

Effect of own shares held

(10)

(10)

(11)

(11)

(13)

(13)

Potential dilutive adjustment:

 

 

Exercise of options and share rights and vesting of restricted shares

-

6

-

9

-

14

Convertible loan capital instruments

-

157

-

130

-

137

Total weighted average number of ordinary shares

3,124

3,287

3,098

3,237

3,087

3,238

Earnings per ordinary share (cents)

256.3

249.3

243.7

238.7

218.3

213.5

 

1           While the equity granted to employees remains unvested, RSP treasury shares are deducted from ordinary shares on issue in arriving at the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. Despite the shares being unvested, employees are entitled to dividends and to voting rights on the shares. Consequently, a portion of the profit for the period is allocated to RSP treasury shares to arrive at earnings attributed to ordinary shareholders.

 

 

 

 

160

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 9. Average balance sheet and interest rates

 

The following table lists the average balances and related interest for the major categories of the Group’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. Averages used are predominantly daily averages:

 

Consolidated

2015

2014

2013

 

Average
Balance
$m

Interest
Income
$m

Average
Rate
%

Average
Balance
$m

Interest
Income
$m

Average
Rate
%

Average
Balance
$m

Interest
Income
$m

Average
Rate
%

Assets

 

 

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions:

 

 

 

Australia

2,542

63

2.5

2,433

60

2.5

2,852

86

3.0

New Zealand

359

6

1.7

294

5

1.7

338

5

1.5

Overseas

7,005

18

0.3

5,151

19

0.4

5,959

22

0.4

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value:

 

 

 

Australia

28,077

822

2.9

32,877

1,226

3.7

38,506

1,560

4.1

New Zealand

3,812

138

3.6

4,358

132

3.0

3,309

88

2.7

Overseas

4,772

72

1.5

10,134

124

1.2

6,262

84

1.3

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

Australia

36,974

1,422

3.8

27,222

1,230

4.5

21,475

1,107

5.2

New Zealand

2,886

130

4.5

2,384

107

4.5

2,085

93

4.5

Overseas

2,040

82

4.0

1,351

49

3.6

1,089

26

2.4

Regulatory deposits:

 

 

 

Other overseas

1,147

12

1.0

1,369

18

1.3

1,512

23

1.5

Loans and other receivables1:

 

 

 

Australia

502,474

25,280

5.0

474,570

25,498

5.4

449,405

26,712

5.9

New Zealand

63,349

3,818

6.0

59,240

3,449

5.8

50,801

2,924

5.8

Overseas

28,377

432

1.5

25,979

331

1.3

16,276

279

1.7

Total interest earning assets and interest income

683,814

32,295

4.7

647,362

32,248

5.0

599,869

33,009

5.5

Non-interest earning assets

 

 

 

Cash, receivables due from other financial institutions and regulatory deposits

1,970

 

 

1,513

723

Derivative financial instruments

49,400

 

 

28,866

33,967

Life insurance assets

11,590

 

 

13,687

12,713

All other assets2

51,929

 

 

45,696

 

 

41,023

 

 

Total non-interest earning assets

114,889

 

 

89,762

 

 

88,426

 

 

Total assets

798,703

 

 

737,124

688,295

 

1           Loans and receivables are stated net of provisions for impairment charges on loans. Other receivables include other assets and cash with central banks that are interest earning.

 

2           Includes property and equipment, goodwill and intangibles, other assets, deferred tax and non-interest bearing loans relating to mortgage offset accounts.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

161

 

 



 

 

Note 9. Average balance sheet and interest rates (continued)

 

Consolidated

2015

2014

2013

 

Average
Balance
$m

Interest
Income
$m

Average
Rate
%

Average
Balance
$m

Interest
Income
$m

Average
Rate
%

Average
Balance
$m

Interest
Income
$m

Average
Rate
%

Liabilities

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

Australia

11,839

247

2.1

10,253

250

2.4

4,218

131

3.1

New Zealand

584

14

2.4

547

11

2.0

458

7

1.5

Overseas

5,417

43

0.8

4,767

39

0.8

4,648

52

1.1

Deposits and other borrowings:

 

 

 

Australia

357,199

8,815

2.5

342,385

9,850

2.9

325,634

11,141

3.4

New Zealand

45,555

1,643

3.6

42,444

1,453

3.4

35,674

1,214

3.4

Overseas

30,760

211

0.7

29,347

196

0.7

25,368

200

0.8

Loan capital:

 

 

 

Australia

10,888

492

4.5

8,729

424

4.9

7,183

414

5.8

Overseas

753

43

5.7

1,358

66

4.9

2,436

115

4.7

Other interest bearing liabilities1:

 

 

 

Australia

164,075

5,856

3.6

151,742

5,824

3.8

144,777

6,353

4.4

New Zealand

12,842

661

5.1

12,364

552

4.5

10,073

561

5.6

Overseas

716

3

0.4

2,617

41

1.6

1

-

-

Total interest bearing liabilities and interest expense

640,628

18,028

2.8

606,553

18,706

3.1

560,470

20,188

3.6

Non-interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

Deposits and payables due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

Australia

29,948

 

 

23,826

19,173

New Zealand

3,531

 

 

3,169

2,578

Overseas

1,061

 

 

812

783

Derivative financial instruments

51,808

 

 

31,172

35,542

Life insurance policy liabilities

10,035

 

 

12,359

11,574

All other liabilities2

11,477

 

 

11,894

 

 

11,853

 

 

Total non-interest bearing liabilities

107,860

 

 

83,232

 

 

81,503

 

 

Total liabilities

748,488

 

 

689,785

 

 

641,973

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

49,361

 

 

46,477

44,350

Non-controlling interests

854

 

 

862

 

 

1,972

 

 

Total equity

50,215

 

 

47,339

 

 

46,322

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

798,703

 

 

737,124

688,295

 

 

1           Includes net impact of Treasury balance sheet management activities.

 

2           Includes other liabilities, provisions, current and deferred tax liabilities.

 

 

 

 

162

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 9. Average balance sheet and interest rates (continued)

 

The following table allocates changes in net interest income between changes in volume and changes in rate for the last two fiscal years. Volume and rate variances have been calculated on the movement in average balances and the change in the interest rates on average interest earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities. The variance caused by change in both volume and rate has been allocated in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of each change to the total.

 

Consolidated

2015

2014

Change Due to

Change Due to

$m

Volume

Rate

Total

Volume

Rate

Total

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions:

 

 

 

Australia

3

-

3

(13)

(13)

(26)

New Zealand

1

-

1

(1)

1

-

Overseas

7

(8)

(1)

(3)

-

(3)

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value:

 

 

 

Australia

(179)

(225)

(404)

(229)

(105)

(334)

New Zealand

(17)

23

6

28

16

44

Overseas

(66)

14 

(52)

54

(14)

40

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

Australia

441

(249)

192 

296

(173)

123

New Zealand

23

-

23

13

1

14

Overseas

25

8

33

6

17

23

Regulatory deposits:

 

 

 

Overseas

(3)

(3)

(6)

(2)

(3)

(5)

Loans and other receivables:

 

 

 

Australia

1,499

(1,717)

(218)

1,496

(2,710)

(1,214)

New Zealand

239

130

369

486

39

525

Overseas

31

70

101

166

(114)

52

Total change in interest income

2,004

(1,957)

47

2,297

(3,058)

(761)

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

Australia

39

(42)

(3)

187

(68)

119

New Zealand

1

2

3

1

3

4

Overseas

5

(1)

4

1

(14)

(13)

Deposits and other borrowings:

 

 

 

Australia

426

(1,461)

(1,035)

573

(1,864)

(1,291)

New Zealand

106

84

190

230

9

239

Overseas

9

6

15

31

(35)

(4)

Loan capital:

 

 

 

Australia

105

(37)

68

89

(79)

10

Overseas

(29)

6

(23)

(51)

2

(49)

Other interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

Australia

473

(441)

32

306

(835)

(529)

New Zealand

21

88

109

128

(137)

(9)

Overseas

(30)

(8)

(38)

-

41

41

Total change in interest expense

1,126

(1,804)

(678)

1,495

(2,977)

(1,482)

Change in net interest income:

 

 

 

Australia

721

(210)

511

395

(155)

240

New Zealand

118

(21)

97

167

182

349

Overseas

39

78

117

240

(108)

132

Total change in net interest income

878

(153)

725

802

(81)

721

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

163

 

 



 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

 

Note 10. Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

Accounting policy

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They include conduit assets, collateral placed and interbank lending. These financial assets are initially recognised at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Conduit assets1

823

1,417

-

-

Cash collateral

7,602

3,830

7,586

3,686

Interbank lending

1,158

2,177

1,155

1,797

Total receivables due from other financial institutions

9,583

7,424

8,741

5,483

 

1           Further information on conduit assets is disclosed in Note 25. Conduit assets are only available to meet associated conduit liabilities disclosed in Note 19.

 

Note 11. Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

Accounting policy

 

Trading securities are acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term or are part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit taking. It includes debt and equity instruments which are actively traded.

 

Financial assets designated at fair value at inception include securities purchased under agreement to resell that are part of a trading portfolio, and other financial assets which either contain an embedded derivative, are managed on a fair value basis, or reduce or eliminate an accounting mismatch. A portfolio of retail fixed rate bills which have been designated at fair value to reduce an accounting mismatch have, due to their nature, been presented within the loans category in the Balance sheet (refer Note 13).

 

These financial assets are recognised at fair value with gains and losses included in the Income statement. Interest earned on Government and other debt securities is recognised within Net interest income (Note 3) and dividends earned on equity securities are recorded in Non-interest income – other income (Note 4).

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Trading securities

20,170

36,881

39,448

18,272

35,794

Securities purchased under agreement to resell

3,982

6,275

6,882

3,982

6,275

Other financial assets designated at fair value

3,302

2,753

2,759

2,642

2,255

Total trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

27,454

45,909

49,089

24,896

44,324

 

Trading securities include the following:

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Government and semi-government securities

12,545

25,275

20,518

11,937

25,244

Debt securities

7,555

11,519

18,883

6,265

10,463

Equity securities

20

44

22

20

44

Other

50

43

25

50

43

Total trading securities

20,170

36,881

39,448

18,272

35,794

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value include:

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Debt securities

2,900

2,447

2,471

2,531

2,117

Equity securities

402

306

288

111

138

Total other financial assets designated at fair value

3,302

2,753

2,759

2,642

2,255

 

 

 

 

 

164

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 11. Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value (continued)

 

The Group has total holdings of debt securities from three Australian State Governments (Queensland Treasury Corporation: $13,447 million and NSW Treasury Corporation: $9,065 million and Treasury Corporation of Victoria: $5,706 million) the aggregate book and market value, each of which exceeded 10% of the Group total shareholders’ equity at 30 September 2015.

 

The Group holds $8,473 million of US Government treasury notes (2014: $4,559 million, 2013: $4,978 million).

 

Both of the above are recognised in the categories trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities (Note 12) at 30 September 2015.

 

Note 12. Available-for-sale securities

 

Accounting policy

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are held at fair value with gains and losses included in other comprehensive income. This classification is used for debt or equity securities that are not held for trading purposes or designated at fair value through the Income statement or loans and receivables.

 

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence of impairment. Impairment exists if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more loss events which have an impact on the estimated cash flows of the available-for-sale security that can be reliably estimated. For debt instruments classified as available-for-sale, evidence of impairment includes significant financial difficulties or adverse changes in the payment status of an issuer or national, local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on a group of financial assets. For equity investments classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is also considered in determining whether the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment charge previously recognised in profit or loss – is removed from other comprehensive income and recognised in the income statement. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of an available-for-sale debt increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment event, the impairment charge is reversed through the income statement. Subsequent reversal of impairment charges on equity instruments are not recognised in the income statement until the instrument is disposed of.

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Available-for-sale securities

Government and semi-government securities

41,112

22,573

19,941

38,182

19,858

Debt securities

13,672

13,241

9,868

12,133

12,127

Equity securities1

49

210

202

29

24

Total available-for-sale securities

54,833

36,024

30,011

50,344

32,009

 

1           Investments in certain unlisted securities are measured at cost because the fair value cannot be reliably measured. These investments represent non-controlling interests in companies for which active markets do not exist and quoted prices are not available. 2015: $33 million (2014: $16 million).

 

The following table shows the maturities of the Group’s available-for-sale securities and their weighted-average yield as at 30 September 2015. There are no tax-exempt securities.

 

 

Within
1 Year

Over 1 Year
to 5 Years

Over 5 Years
to 10 Years

Over
10 Years

No Specific
Maturity

Total

Weighted
Average

2015

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

Carrying amount

 

Government and semi-government securities

12,002

3.5%

16,097

4.2%

13,013

3.2%

-

-

-

-

41,112

3.8%

Debt securities

1,403

2.7%

11,183

3.4%

1,086

3.7%

-

-

-

-

13,672

3.3%

Equity securities

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

49

-

49

-  

Total by maturity

13,405

27,280

14,099

-

49

54,833

 

The maturity profile is determined based upon contractual terms for available-for-sale instruments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

165

 

 



 

 

 

 

Note 13. Loans

 

Accounting policy

 

Loans are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are initially recognised at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method and are presented net of any provisions for impairment.

 

Loan products that have both a mortgage and deposit facility are presented on a gross basis in the balance sheet, segregating the loan and deposit component into the respective balance sheet line items as they do not meet the criteria to be offset. Interest earned on this product is presented on a net basis in the income statement as this reflects how the customer is charged.

 

Included within loans are leases that have been classified as finance leases. In its capacity as a lessor, the Group primarily offers finance leases. A finance lease is a lease where substantially all the risks and rewards of the leased asset transfer to the lessee. Assets held under finance lease are recognised at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease. The recognition of finance income is based on a pattern reflecting a constant periodic return on the Group’s net investment in the finance lease.

 

The following table shows loans disaggregated by type of product. Loans are classified based on the location of the booking office:

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Australia

Housing

375,848

351,037

375,826

351,009

Personal (loans and cards)

22,234

21,242

16,321

14,080

Business

145,481

136,903

138,478

128,241

Margin lending

1,980

1,960

1,987

1,984

Other

112

113

112

113

Total Australia

545,655

511,255

532,724

495,427

New Zealand

 

 

Housing

38,351

35,465

-

-

Personal (loans and cards)

1,800

1,636

-

-

Business

23,485

21,279

328

305

Other

93

90

-

-

Total New Zealand

63,729

58,470

328

305

Other overseas

 

 

Trade finance

5,639

6,147

5,639

6,146

Other

11,321

7,644

9,857

6,315

Total other overseas

16,960

13,791

15,496

12,461

Total loans

626,344

583,516

548,548

508,193

Provisions on loans (refer to Note 14)

(3,028)

(3,173)

(2,473)

(2,589)

Total net loans1,2

623,316

580,343

546,075

505,604

 

1           Included in net loans is $7,076 million (2014: $9,330 million) of loans designated at fair value to reduce an accounting mismatch. The cumulative fair value adjustment for credit risk is a decrease of $41 million (2014: $62 million decrease) for the Group and Parent Entity. The change in fair value of loans attributable to credit risk recognised during the period is $21 million (2014: $36 million) for the Group and Parent Entity.

 

2         The presentation of loans has been revised to better reflect the nature of our business and we have restated comparatives to improve comparability.

 

 

 

 

 

166

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 13. Loans (continued)

 

The following table shows loans presented based on their industry classification:

 

Consolidated

$m

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

Australia

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

7,690

7,447

7,108

7,106

7,121

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

7,741

7,224

7,304

7,549

7,790

Construction

6,114

6,416

6,049

6,313

6,084

Finance and insurance

16,054

14,644

13,259

13,101

15,925

Government, administration and defence

794

784

881

930

781

Manufacturing

9,538

9,269

9,415

10,663

11,339

Mining

4,441

3,293

2,339

1,836

1,488

Property, property services and business services

59,337

55,150

49,030

47,184

45,559

Services1

11,756

10,874

9,715

9,467

8,936

Trade2

16,038

15,616

14,619

15,868

16,094

Transport and storage

10,002

9,330

8,868

9,351

6,677

Utilities3

3,549

3,272

3,002

3,239

2,581

Retail lending

390,592

365,822

340,139

328,109

316,777

Other

2,009

2,114

2,416

2,298

1,330

Total Australia

545,655

511,255

474,144

463,014

448,482

Overseas

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

652

562

585

594

580

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

7,938

6,938

6,506

5,345

4,975

Construction

1,447

1,184

1,367

1,220

1,180

Finance and insurance

6,643

3,880

2,960

2,406

1,998

Government, administration and defence

432

389

639

533

464

Manufacturing4

6,402

5,091

4,484

3,682

2,925

Mining4

1,203

2,010

1,335

640

368

Property, property services and business services

13,672

12,448

11,225

9,620

9,659

Services1

2,774

2,486

2,651

2,174

2,149

Trade2,4

6,161

6,127

5,435

4,411

4,047

Transport and storage

2,439

1,730

1,528

1,589

1,928

Utilities3

1,820

1,764

1,476

1,212

1,010

Retail lending

29,029

27,462

25,363

21,766

20,723

Other

77

190

108

73

166

Total overseas

80,689

72,261

65,662

55,265

52,172

Total loans

626,344

583,516

539,806

518,279

500,654

Provisions on loans

(3,028)

(3,173)

(3,642)

(3,834)

(4,045)

Total net loans

623,316

580,343

536,164

514,445

496,609

 

1           Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

2           Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

3           Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

4           Comparatives have been restated to improve comparability.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

167

 

 



 

 

 

 

Note 13. Loans (continued)

 

The following table shows the consolidated contractual maturity distribution of all loans by type of customer as at 30 September 2015:

 

2015

$m

Up to 1 Year

1 to 5 Years

Over 5 Years

Total

Loans by type of customer in Australia1

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

2,306

4,739

645

7,690

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

2,808

4,063

870

7,741

Construction

1,364

3,627

1,123

6,114

Finance and insurance

5,591

6,536

3,927

16,054

Government, administration and defence

44

302

448

794

Manufacturing

3,260

4,940

1,338

9,538

Mining

795

1,959

1,687

4,441

Property, property services and business services

18,838

32,015

8,484

59,337

Services2

1,560

7,729

2,467

11,756

Trade3

5,912

8,322

1,804

16,038

Transport and storage

1,377

6,795

1,830

10,002

Utilities4

94

2,582

873

3,549

Retail lending

18,665

43,332

328,595

390,592

Other

975

907

127

2,009

Total Australia

63,589

127,848

354,218

545,655

Total overseas

24,011

17,150

39,528

80,689

Total loans

87,600

144,998

393,746

626,344

 

1      Some mortgage lending to customers with business banking relationships is included in loans over 5 years categorised by the industry of the associated business.

2      Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

3      Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

4      Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

Consolidated

2015

2014

$m

Loans at
Variable
Interest
Rates

Loans at
Fixed
Interest
Rates

Total

Loans at
Variable
Interest
Rates

Loans at
Fixed
Interest
Rates

Total

Interest rate segmentation of Group
loans maturing after one year

 

 

 

By offices in Australia

394,307

87,759

482,066

353,625

94,316

447,941

By offices overseas

18,641

38,037

56,678

16,244

34,746

50,990

Total loans maturing after one year

412,948

125,796

538,744

369,869

129,062

498,931

 

 

 

 

 

168

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 13. Loans (continued)

 

Loans include the following finance lease receivables:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

 

2014

Gross investment in finance leases, receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

 

743

 

 

904

 

388

 

 

416

Due after one year but not later than five years

 

4,668

 

 

5,039

 

2,228

 

 

2,059

Due after five years

 

419

 

 

689

 

303

 

 

312

Unearned future finance income on finance leases

 

(804)

 

 

(958)

 

(315)

 

 

(327)

Net investment in finance leases

 

5,026

 

 

5,674

 

2,604

 

 

2,460

Accumulated allowance for uncollectable minimum lease payments

 

(10)

 

 

(26)

 

(7)

 

 

(9)

Net investment in finance leases after accumulated allowance

 

5,016

 

 

5,648

 

2,597

 

 

2,451

The net investment in finance leases may be analysed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

 

713

 

 

868

 

375

 

 

402

Due after one year but not later than five years

 

4,000

 

 

4,305

 

1,991

 

 

1,822

Due after five years

 

313

 

 

501

 

238

 

 

236

Total net investment in finance leases

 

5,026

 

 

5,674

 

2,604

 

 

2,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 14. Provisions for impairment charges

 

Accounting policy

 

The Group has individually assessed provisions and collectively assessed provisions. Individually assessed provisions are made against loans that exceed specified thresholds and which have been individually assessed as impaired. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed loan, it includes that loan in a group of loans with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Loans that are individually assessed and for which an impairment loss is, or continues to be, recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

 

The determination of the provision for impairment is one of the Group’s critical accounting assumptions and estimates as described in Note 1d(ii).

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

Collectively assessed provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

2,614

 

 

2,585

 

2,771

 

2,148

 

 

2,107

Net provisions raised

 

615

 

 

505

 

290

 

521

 

 

457

Write-offs

 

(793)

 

 

(702)

 

(708)

 

(627)

 

 

(585)

Interest adjustment

 

190

 

 

189

 

196

 

156

 

 

151

Exchange rate and other adjustments

 

37

 

 

37

 

36

 

5

 

 

18

Balance as at end of the year

 

2,663

 

 

2,614

 

2,585

 

2,203

 

 

2,148

Individually assessed provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

867

 

 

1,364

 

1,470

 

719

 

 

1,123

Provisions raised

 

566

 

 

684

 

1,112

 

457

 

 

550

Write-backs

 

(297)

 

 

(433)

 

(479)

 

(274)

 

 

(373)

Write-offs

 

(445)

 

 

(706)

 

(691)

 

(338)

 

 

(532)

Interest adjustment

 

(22)

 

 

(34)

 

(75)

 

(24)

 

 

(36)

Exchange rate and other adjustments

 

-

 

 

(8)

 

27

 

3

 

 

(13)

Balance as at end of the year

 

669

 

 

867

 

1,364

 

543

 

 

719

Total provisions for impairment charges on loans and credit commitments

 

3,332

 

 

3,481

 

3,949

 

2,746

 

 

2,867

Less provisions for credit commitments (refer to Note 28)

 

(304)

 

 

(308)

 

(307)

 

(273)

 

 

(278)

Total provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

3,028

 

 

3,173

 

3,642

 

2,473

 

 

2,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

169

 

 



 

 

Note 14. Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

The following table presents provisions for impairment charges on loans by industry classification for the past five years:

 

Consolidated

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

Individually assessed provisions by industry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

38

 

1.1

 

47

 

1.4

 

59

 

1.5

 

53

 

1.2

 

45

 

1.0

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

23

 

0.7

 

47

 

1.4

 

80

 

2.0

 

46

 

1.1

 

28

 

0.6

Construction

 

20

 

0.6

 

61

 

1.8

 

66

 

1.7

 

73

 

1.7

 

63

 

1.4

Finance and insurance

 

23

 

0.7

 

24

 

0.7

 

24

 

0.6

 

38

 

0.9

 

58

 

1.3

Manufacturing

 

41

 

1.2

 

36

 

1.0

 

108

 

2.7

 

116

 

2.7

 

90

 

2.0

Mining

 

11

 

0.3

 

15

 

0.4

 

4

 

0.1

 

2

 

0.1

 

2

 

-

Property, property services and business services

 

224

 

6.8

 

283

 

8.1

 

428

 

10.9

 

518

 

12.2

 

559

 

12.7

Services1

 

20

 

0.6

 

32

 

0.9

 

48

 

1.2

 

121

 

2.9

 

96

 

2.2

Trade2

 

39

 

1.2

 

70

 

2.0

 

116

 

2.9

 

87

 

2.1

 

97

 

2.2

Transport and storage

 

54

 

1.6

 

12

 

0.3

 

45

 

1.1

 

47

 

1.1

 

38

 

0.9

Utilities3

 

-

 

-

 

2

 

0.1

 

29

 

0.8

 

22

 

0.5

 

23

 

0.5

Retail lending

 

57

 

1.7

 

60

 

1.7

 

76

 

1.9

 

67

 

1.6

 

74

 

1.7

Other

 

3

 

0.1

 

2

 

0.1

 

6

 

0.2

 

7

 

0.2

 

7

 

0.2

Total Australia

 

553

 

16.6

 

691

 

19.9

 

1,089

 

27.6

 

1,197

 

28.3

 

1,180

 

26.7

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

5

 

0.1

 

2

 

-

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

6

 

0.2

 

6

 

0.2

 

17

 

0.4

 

20

 

0.5

 

20

 

0.5

Construction

 

1

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

6

 

0.2

 

2

 

0.1

 

4

 

0.1

Finance and insurance

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

9

 

0.2

 

9

 

0.2

 

3

 

0.1

Manufacturing

 

33

 

1.0

 

33

 

0.9

 

6

 

0.2

 

16

 

0.4

 

29

 

0.7

Mining

 

13

 

0.4

 

36

 

1.0

 

37

 

0.9

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

Property, property services and business services

 

43

 

1.3

 

38

 

1.1

 

71

 

1.8

 

116

 

2.7

 

112

 

2.5

Services1

 

2

 

0.1

 

1

 

-

 

40

 

1.0

 

35

 

0.8

 

6

 

0.1

Trade2

 

1

 

-

 

2

 

0.1

 

2

 

0.1

 

3

 

0.1

 

7

 

0.2

Transport and storage

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Utilities3

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Retail lending

 

8

 

0.2

 

10

 

0.3

 

17

 

0.4

 

14

 

0.3

 

27

 

0.6

Total New Zealand

 

107

 

3.2

 

128

 

3.6

 

207

 

5.2

 

220

 

5.2

 

211

 

4.8

Total other overseas

 

9

 

0.3

 

48

 

1.4

 

68

 

1.7

 

53

 

1.2

 

70

 

1.6

Total individually assessed provisions

 

669

 

20.1

 

867

 

24.9

 

1,364

 

34.5

 

1,470

 

34.7

 

1,461

 

33.1

Total collectively assessed provisions

 

2,663

 

79.9

 

2,614

 

75.1

 

2,585

 

65.5

 

2,771

 

65.3

 

2,953

 

66.9

Total provisions for impairment charges and credit commitments

 

3,332

 

100.0

 

3,481

 

100.0

 

3,949

 

100.0

 

4,241

 

100.0

 

4,414

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

2           Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

3           Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

170

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 14. Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

The following table shows details of loan write-offs by industry classifications for the past five years:

 

Consolidated

 

 

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Write-offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

(40)

 

(26)

 

(31)

 

(24)

 

(34)

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

(36)

 

(60)

 

(30)

 

(11)

 

(23)

Construction

 

(40)

 

(37)

 

(46)

 

(106)

 

(27)

Finance and insurance

 

(12)

 

(10)

 

(14)

 

(11)

 

(5)

Manufacturing

 

(20)

 

(85)

 

(50)

 

(45)

 

(134)

Mining

 

(17)

 

(4)

 

(5)

 

(1)

 

(15)

Property, property services and business services

 

(174)

 

(232)

 

(340)

 

(453)

 

(507)

Services1

 

(18)

 

(22)

 

(58)

 

(41)

 

(28)

Trade2

 

(56)

 

(70)

 

(69)

 

(53)

 

(57)

Transport and storage

 

(24)

 

(43)

 

(18)

 

(37)

 

(60)

Utilities3

 

(2)

 

(3)

 

(2)

 

(33)

 

(7)

Retail lending

 

(658)

 

(603)

 

(545)

 

(597)

 

(661)

Other

 

(13)

 

(14)

 

(9)

 

(11)

 

(21)

Total Australia

 

(1,110)

 

(1,209)

 

(1,217)

 

(1,423)

 

(1,579)

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

(2)

 

(3)

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

(3)

 

(10)

 

(7)

 

(23)

 

(59)

Construction

 

-

 

(5)

 

(4)

 

(9)

 

(24)

Finance and insurance

 

-

 

(10)

 

(13)

 

(2)

 

(1)

Manufacturing

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

(3)

 

(17)

 

(12)

Mining

 

(28)

 

(10)

 

-

 

(1)

 

-

Property, property services and business services

 

(18)

 

(41)

 

(94)

 

(105)

 

(126)

Services1

 

(1)

 

(37)

 

(5)

 

(5)

 

(4)

Trade2

 

(4)

 

(3)

 

(4)

 

(3)

 

(15)

Transport and storage

 

-

 

-

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

-

Utilities3

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(13)

Retail lending

 

(55)

 

(49)

 

(46)

 

(59)

 

(84)

Other

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(1)

 

(1)

Total New Zealand

 

(110)

 

(168)

 

(178)

 

(228)

 

(342)

Total other overseas

 

(18)

 

(31)

 

(4)

 

(57)

 

(6)

Total write-offs

 

(1,238)

 

(1,408)

 

(1,399)

 

(1,708)

 

(1,927)

Write-offs in relation to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collectively assessed provisions

 

(793)

 

(702)

 

(708)

 

(756)

 

(739)

Individually assessed provisions

 

(445)

 

(706)

 

(691)

 

(952)

 

(1,188)

Total write-offs

 

(1,238)

 

(1,408)

 

(1,399)

 

(1,708)

 

(1,927)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

2           Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

3           Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

171

 

 



 

 

Note 14. Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

The following table shows details of recoveries of loans by industry classifications for the past five years:

 

Consolidated

 

 

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

Construction

 

4

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

-

Finance and insurance

 

8

 

8

 

3

 

2

 

-

Manufacturing

 

3

 

3

 

8

 

5

 

-

Property, property services and business services

 

17

 

12

 

11

 

23

 

9

Services1

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

Trade2

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

-

Transport and storage

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

1

 

-

Utilities3

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

-

 

-

Retail lending

 

78

 

62

 

41

 

61

 

46

Other

 

1

 

2

 

-

 

1

 

-

Total Australia

 

113

 

92

 

68

 

96

 

55

Total New Zealand

 

18

 

14

 

8

 

8

 

5

Total recoveries

 

131

 

106

 

76

 

104

 

60

Total write-offs

 

(1,238)

 

(1,408)

 

(1,399)

 

(1,708)

 

(1,927)

Net write-offs and recoveries

 

(1,107)

 

(1,302)

 

(1,323)

 

(1,604)

 

(1,867)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

2           Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

3           Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

Note 15. Life insurance assets and life insurance liabilities

 

Accounting policy

 

Assets held by the life insurance companies and their subsidiaries, including investments in funds managed by the Group, are designated at fair value through income statement as required by AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts. Changes in fair value are included in the Income statement. Most assets are held in the life insurance statutory funds and can only be used within the restrictions imposed under the Life Insurance Act 1995. The main restrictions are that the assets in a fund can only be used to meet the liabilities and expenses of that fund, to acquire investments to further the business of the fund or as distribution when solvency and capital adequacy requirements are met. Therefore they are not as liquid as other financial assets.

 

Life insurance liabilities consist of life insurance contract liabilities, life investment contract liabilities and external liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds which have been determined to support either the life insurance or life investment contracts.

 

Life investment contract liabilities

 

Life investment contract liabilities are designated at fair value through income statement. Fair value is based on the higher of the valuation of linked assets, or the minimum current surrender value.

 

Life insurance contract liabilities

 

The value of life insurance contract liabilities is calculated using the margin on services methodology. The methodology takes into account the risks and uncertainties of the particular classes of the life insurance business written. Deferred policy acquisition costs are included in the measurement basis of life insurance contract liabilities and are therefore equally sensitive to the factors that are considered in the liabilities measurement. This methodology is in accordance with Prudential Standard LPS 340 Valuation of Policy Liabilities.

 

Under this methodology, planned profit margins and an estimate of future liabilities are calculated separately for each related product group using applied assumptions at each reporting date. Profit margins are released over each reporting period in line with the service that has been provided. The balance of the planned profit is deferred by including them in the value of policy liabilities.

 

External liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds

 

External liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds are designated at fair value through income statement.

 

 

 

 

172

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 15. Life insurance assets and life insurance liabilities (continued)

 

The determination of the fair value of life insurance assets uses the same judgements as other financial assets which are described in the critical accounting assumptions and estimates in Note 1d(vii).

 

The determination of life insurance liabilities is also one of the Group’s critical accounting assumptions and estimates described in Note 1d(vii).

 

Life insurance assets

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

$m

 

2015

 

2014

Investments held directly and in unit trusts

 

 

 

 

Equities

 

4,350

 

5,063

Debt

 

7,448

 

4,889

Property

 

621

 

621

Loans

 

51

 

65

Other

 

655

 

369

Total life insurance assets

 

13,125

 

11,007

 

There were no life insurance assets in the Parent Entity as at 30 September 2015 (2014: nil).

 

Life insurance liabilities

 

Consolidated
Reconciliation of movements in policy liabilities

 

Life investment
contracts

 

Life insurance
contracts

 

Total

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Opening balance

 

10,378

 

8,080

 

(741)

 

(652)

 

9,637

 

7,428

Movements in policy liabilities reflected
in the income statement

 

463

 

545

 

(95)

 

(89)

 

368

 

456

Contract contributions recognised in policy liabilities

 

875

 

831

 

-

 

-

 

875

 

831

Contract withdrawals recognised in policy liabilities

 

(1,183)

 

(1,298)

 

-

 

-

 

(1,183)

 

(1,298)

Contract fees, expenses and tax recoveries

 

(129)

 

(140)

 

-

 

-

 

(129)

 

(140)

Change in non-controlling interest of
managed investment schemes

 

1,991

 

2,360

 

-

 

-

 

1,991

 

2,360

Closing balance

 

12,395

 

10,378

 

(836)

 

(741)

 

11,559

 

9,637

 

There were no life insurance liabilities in the Parent Entity as at 30 September 2015 (2014: nil).

 

Note 16. Payables due to other financial institutions

 

Accounting policy

 

Payables due to other financial institutions include interbank borrowing, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, cash collateral and deposits (including vostro, settlement and clearing account balances) due to central and other banks. These financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Cash collateral

 

4,037

 

3,876

 

3,445

 

3,842

Offshore central bank deposits

 

3,922

 

3,039

 

3,922

 

3,039

Interbank borrowing

 

5,271

 

5,478

 

5,265

 

5,287

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

 

5,501

 

6,243

 

5,501

 

6,243

Total payables due to other financial institutions

 

18,731

 

18,636

 

18,133

 

18,411

 

1         Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are not derecognised from the balance sheet, as set out in Note 1(c)(iv). The carrying value of securities pledged under repurchase agreements for the Group and the Parent Entity is $6,998 million (2014: $8,099 million).

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

173

 

 



 

 

Note 17. Deposits and other borrowings

 

Accounting policy

 

Deposits and other borrowings include certificates of deposit, at-call and term deposits, other related interest-bearing financial instruments and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

 

Subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, deposits and other borrowings are measured at either amortised cost using the effective interest rate method or at fair value through the income statement where they are designated as such on initial recognition.

 

The Group designates certain deposits and other borrowings at fair value when those liabilities are managed on a fair value basis (as part of a trading portfolio), where an accounting mismatch is eliminated or reduced (which arises from associated derivatives executed for risk management purposes), or where the instrument contains an embedded derivative. These liabilities are measured at fair value with changes in fair value (except own credit) recognised through the Income statement in the period in which they arise. The change in the portion of the fair value that is attributable to Westpac’s own credit risk is recognised in other comprehensive income except where it would create an accounting mismatch, in which case it is also recognised through the Income statement.

 

Interest expense incurred is recorded within net interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

32,156

 

35,481

 

 

32,223

 

35,538

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

 

33,030

 

25,773

 

 

33,030

 

25,773

Other interest bearing at call

 

209,755

 

187,904

 

 

209,638

 

187,876

Other interest bearing term

 

122,071

 

133,972

 

 

122,071

 

133,972

Total Australia

 

397,012

 

383,130

 

 

396,962

 

383,159

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

974

 

1,031

 

 

-

 

-

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

 

3,671

 

3,217

 

 

-

 

-

Other interest bearing at call

 

21,735

 

18,418

 

 

-

 

-

Other interest bearing term

 

21,863

 

22,500

 

 

-

 

-

Total New Zealand

 

48,243

 

45,166

 

 

-

 

-

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

15,054

 

15,065

 

 

15,054

 

15,065

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

 

1,009

 

914

 

 

431

 

355

Other interest bearing at call

 

1,752

 

1,694

 

 

1,211

 

1,204

Other interest bearing term

 

12,258

 

14,853

 

 

11,851

 

14,400

Total overseas

 

30,073

 

32,526

 

 

28,547

 

31,024

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

475,328

 

460,822

 

 

425,509

 

414,183

Deposits and other borrowings at fair value1

 

46,239

 

49,636

 

 

45,331

 

48,661

Deposits and other borrowings at amortised cost

 

429,089

 

411,186

 

 

380,178

 

365,522

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

475,328

 

460,822

 

 

425,509

 

414,183

 

1           The amount that would be contractually required to be paid at maturity to the holders of the financial liabilities designated at fair value through income statement for the Group is $46,284 million (2014: $49,614 million) and for the Parent Entity is $45,372 million (2014: $48,632 million).

 

 

 

 

174

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 17. Deposits and other borrowings (continued)

 

The following table shows average balances and average rates in each of the past three years for major categories of deposits:

 

Consolidated

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Balance
$m

 

Average
Rate
%

 

 

Average Balance
$m

 

Average
Rate
%

 

Average Balance
$m

 

Average
Rate
%

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

 

29,201

 

 

 

 

23,082

 

 

 

18,399

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

32,201

 

2.5%

 

 

31,793

 

2.7%

 

29,352

 

3.1%

Other interest bearing at call

 

199,107

 

2.0%

 

 

182,046

 

2.5%

 

162,748

 

3.1%

Other interest bearing term

 

125,891

 

3.2%

 

 

128,546

 

3.5%

 

133,534

 

3.9%

Total Australia

 

386,400

 

 

 

 

365,467

 

 

 

344,033

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

 

4,514

 

 

 

 

3,926

 

 

 

3,345

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

16,617

 

0.6%

 

 

15,717

 

0.5%

 

15,259

 

0.6%

Other interest bearing at call

 

22,427

 

3.0%

 

 

20,354

 

3.1%

 

16,483

 

2.9%

Other interest bearing term

 

37,271

 

2.9%

 

 

35,720

 

2.6%

 

29,300

 

2.9%

Total overseas

 

80,829

 

 

 

 

75,717

 

 

 

64,387

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit and term deposits

 

All certificates of deposit issued by foreign offices were greater than US$100,000.

 

The maturity profile of certificates of deposit and term deposits greater than US$100,000 issued by Australian operations is set out below:

 

Consolidated 2015

 

 

 

 

 

Between

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

Less Than
3 Months

 

Between
3 and
6 Months

 

6 Months
and
1 Year

 

Over 1 Year

 

Total

 

Certificates of deposit greater than US$100,000

 

21,196

 

10,823

 

5

 

132

 

32,156

 

Term deposits greater than US$100,000

 

59,854

 

22,421

 

12,792

 

7,679

 

102,746

 

 

Note 18. Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

Accounting policy

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement includes trading securities sold short and securities sold under repurchase agreements which have been designated at fair value on initial recognition. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at fair value with changes in fair value (except as noted below) recognised through the income statement in the period in which they arise. For financial liabilities that have been designated at fair value, the change in the portion of the fair value that is attributable to Westpac’s own credit risk is recognised in other comprehensive income except where it would create an accounting mismatch, in which case it is recognised through the Income statement.

 

Interest expense incurred is recorded within net interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

 

8,407

 

17,277

 

8,407

 

17,196

Securities sold short

 

819

 

1,959

 

819

 

1,959

Total other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

9,226

 

19,236

 

9,226

 

19,155

 

1         Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are not derecognised from the balance sheet, as set out in Note 1(c)(iv). The carrying value of securities pledged under repurchase agreements for the Group is $8,653 million (2014: $17,879 million) and for the Parent Entity is $8,653 million (2014: $17,798 million).

 

The amount that would be contractually required to be paid at maturity to the holders of other financial liabilities at fair value for the Group is $9,141 million (2014: $19,111 million) and for the Parent Entity is $9,141 million (2014: $19,030 million).

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

175

 

 



 

 

Note 19. Debt issues

 

Accounting policy

 

Debt issues are bonds, notes, commercial paper and debentures that have been issued by entities in the Group. Debt issues also include acceptances, which are bills of exchange initially accepted and discounted by the Group that have been subsequently rediscounted into the market. Bill financing provided to customers by accepting and discounting of bills of exchanges is reported as part of loans.

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, debt issues are measured at either amortised cost using the effective interest rate method or at fair value through income statement where they are designated as such on initial recognition. The Group designates certain debt issues at fair value to reduce or eliminate an accounting mismatch which arises from associated derivatives executed for risk management purposes, or where the instrument contains an embedded derivative. These financial liabilities are measured at fair value with changes in fair value (except own credit) recognised through the income statement in the period in which they arise. The change in the fair value that is attributable to Westpac’s own credit risk is recognised in other comprehensive income except where it would create an accounting mismatch, in which case it is also recognised through the Income statement.

 

Interest expense incurred is recorded within net interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

Presented in the following table are the Group and Parent Entity’s debt issues at 30 September 2015 and 2014. The distinction between short-term and long-term debt is based on the maturity of the underlying security at origination.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Debt issues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Own issuances

 

34,943

 

30,302

 

32,470

 

27,562

Customer conduits1

 

823

 

1,418

 

-

 

-

Acceptances

 

97

 

101

 

97

 

101

Total short-term debt

 

35,863

 

31,821

 

32,567

 

27,663

Long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered bonds

 

35,062

 

26,168

 

31,401

 

23,167

Senior

 

87,645

 

82,377

 

80,747

 

77,016

Securitisation

 

12,034

 

11,277

 

-

 

-

Convertible notes

 

-

 

27

 

-

 

-

Structured notes

 

450

 

581

 

-

 

-

Total long-term debt

 

135,191

 

120,430

 

112,148

 

100,183

Total debt issues

 

171,054

 

152,251

 

144,715

 

127,846

Debt issues at fair value2

 

9,318

 

9,542

 

6,415

 

6,315

Debt issues at amortised cost

 

161,736

 

142,709

 

138,300

 

121,531

Total debt issues

 

171,054

 

152,251

 

144,715

 

127,846

 

1         Further information on customer conduits is disclosed in Note 25.

 

2         The amount that would be contractually required to be paid at maturity to the holders of the financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss for the Group is $9,372 million (2014: $9,529 million) and for the Parent Entity is $6,483 million (2014: $6,324 million). Included in the carrying value of debt issues at fair value is a decrease for cumulative changes in own credit spreads of $218 million (2014: $58 million) for the Group and Parent Entity.

 

 

 

 

176

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 19. Debt issues (continued)

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

$m

 

2015

 

2014

Short-term debt

 

 

 

 

US commercial paper

 

34,943

 

30,259

Asset backed commercial paper (by currency):

 

 

 

 

AUD

 

823

 

1,301

USD

 

-

 

117

Total asset backed commercial paper

 

823

 

1,418

NZD promissory notes

 

-

 

43

Acceptances

 

97

 

101

Total short-term debt

 

35,863

 

31,821

Long-term debt (by currency):

 

 

 

 

AUD

 

41,706

 

39,356

CHF

 

1,912

 

2,130

EUR

 

27,278

 

20,522

GBP

 

7,067

 

3,785

JPY

 

4,272

 

7,557

NZD

 

2,991

 

2,969

USD

 

48,145

 

41,808

Other

 

1,820

 

2,303

Total long-term debt

 

135,191

 

120,430

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

US commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

 

38,774

 

35,173

 

35,727

Approximate average amount outstanding

 

35,482

 

31,130

 

30,158

Approximate weighted average interest rate on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average amount outstanding

 

0.3%

 

0.3%

 

0.4%

Outstanding as at end of the year

 

0.3%

 

0.3%

 

0.4%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Group manages foreign exchange exposure from debt issuances as part of its hedging activities. Further details of the Group’s hedge accounting are in Note 21.

 

Note 20. Loan capital

 

Accounting policy

 

Loan capital are instruments issued by the Group with terms and conditions that qualify for inclusion as regulatory capital under APRA Prudential Standards. Loan capital is recognised as a financial liability initially measured at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible debentures and Trust preferred securities

 

765

 

633

 

765

 

633

Convertible preference shares

 

1,182

 

1,180

 

1,182

 

1,180

Westpac capital notes

 

3,981

 

2,669

 

3,981

 

2,669

Total Additional Tier 1 loan capital

 

5,928

 

4,482

 

5,928

 

4,482

Tier 2 loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes

 

7,408

 

5,974

 

7,408

 

5,974

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

504

 

402

 

504

 

402

Total Tier 2 loan capital

 

7,912

 

6,376

 

7,912

 

6,376

Total loan capital

 

13,840

 

10,858

 

13,840

 

10,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

177

 

 



 

 

 

Note 20. Loan capital (continued)

 

Additional Tier 1 loan capital

 

A summary of the key terms of certain Additional Tier 1 (AT1) instruments is provided in the following table1.

 

 

Convertible preference shares

Capital notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instrument

$1,189 million Convertible Preference Shares (CPS)

i)      $1,384 million Westpac Capital Notes (WCN)

ii)     $1,311 million Westpac Capital Notes 2 (WCN 2)

iii)    $1,324 million Westpac Capital Note 3 (WCN 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Face value

A$100

A$100 (all)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue date

23 March 2012

i)                 8 March 2013

ii)              23 June 2014

iii)           8 September 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend/
distribution payment dates
2

31 March, 30 September

i)      8 March, 8 June, 8 September, 8 December

ii)     23 March, 23 June, 23 September, 23 December

iii)    22 March, 22 June, 22 September, 22 December

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend/ distribution rate2

(180 day bank bill rate + 3.25% per annum) x
(1 – Australian corporate tax rate)

i)      (90 day bank bill rate + 3.20% per annum) x
(1 - Australian corporate tax rate)

ii)     (90 day bank bill rate + 3.05% per annum) x
(1 - Australian corporate tax rate)

iii)    (90 day bank bill rate + 4.00% per annum) x
(1 - Australian corporate tax rate)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential scheduled conversion dates3

31 March 2020 and each dividend payment date thereafter

i)      8 March 2021 and each payment date thereafter

ii)     23 September 2024 and each payment date thereafter

iii)    22 March 2023 and each payment date thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optional call date

31 March 2018 and each dividend payment
date thereafter or in certain other
limited circumstances

i)      8 March 2019 or in certain other limited circumstances

ii)     23 September 2022 or in certain other limited circumstances

iii)    22 March 2021 or in certain other limited circumstances

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital trigger / Non-viability trigger

Capital trigger only

i)      Capital trigger and non-viability trigger

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum conversion number4,5

24.0038 Westpac ordinary shares
per CPS

ii)     16.7280 Westpac ordinary shares per WCN

ii)     14.5476 Westpac ordinary shares per WCN 2

iii)    16.0102 Westpac ordinary shares per WCN 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basel III capital treatment

Transitional treatment as Additional
Tier 1 capital

Fully compliant Additional Tier 1 capital (all)

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

1  Excludes convertible debentures and Trust preferred securities (TPS 2004).

 

2  Dividends are applicable to CPS only.

 

3  Conversion on these dates is subject to the satisfaction of the scheduled conversion conditions.

 

4  Based on the initial face value of A$100.

 

5  Maximum conversion number applicable to a capital trigger event or non-viability trigger event.

 

 

 

 

178

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 20. Loan capital (continued)

 

Common features of Additional Tier 1 instruments tabled above

 

Payment conditions

 

Dividends are discretionary and only payable subject to a dividend payment test. The dividend payment test requires that dividends will only be paid if the Westpac directors determine to pay a dividend, the dividend payment does not exceed the distributable profits of Westpac (unless APRA gives its prior written approval), and APRA does not object to the payment of the dividend. Distributions are discretionary and are only payable subject to the satisfaction of the distribution payment conditions, being Westpac’s absolute discretion; the distribution payment not resulting in a breach of Westpac’s capital requirements under APRA’s prudential standards; the distribution payment not resulting in Westpac becoming, or likely to become, insolvent; and APRA not otherwise objecting to the payment of the distribution.

 

If for any reason a dividend or distribution has not been paid in full on the relevant dividend or distribution payment date, broadly Westpac must not (other than in certain limited circumstances) determine or pay any dividends on Westpac ordinary shares or undertake a discretionary buy back or capital reduction of Westpac ordinary shares, unless the unpaid dividend or distribution is paid in full within 20 business days or in certain other circumstances.

 

The AT1 instruments convert into Westpac ordinary shares in the following circumstances:

 

Scheduled Conversion

 

On the applicable scheduled conversion date, it is expected that the relevant AT1 instrument will be converted into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares, provided certain conversion conditions are satisfied. For the relevant AT1 instrument converted, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the terms of the instrument. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the Westpac ordinary share price determined over the 20 business day period prior to the scheduled conversion date and includes a 1% discount.

 

Capital Trigger Event or Non-Viability Trigger Event

 

Westpac may be required to convert some or all AT1 instruments into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares upon the occurrence of a capital trigger event or non-viability trigger event. A capital trigger event will occur when Westpac’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125% (on a level 1 or level 2 basis1,2). A non-viability trigger event will occur when APRA notifies Westpac in writing that it believes conversion of some or all AT1 instruments (or conversion or write-down of other capital instruments of the Westpac Group) or a public sector injection of capital, or equivalent support, is necessary because, without it, Westpac would become non-viable3. No conversion conditions apply in these circumstances. For the applicable AT1 instrument converted, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the terms of the AT1 instrument, but subject to a maximum conversion number. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the share price determined over the five business day period prior to the capital trigger event or non-viability trigger event. For each instrument, the maximum conversion number is set using a Westpac ordinary share price which is broadly equivalent to 20% of the Westpac ordinary share price at the time of issue. Following the occurrence of a capital trigger event or non-viability trigger event, if conversion of an AT1 instrument does not occur for any reason within five business days, holder’s rights in relation to the AT1 instrument will be terminated4.

 

Early conversion

 

If Westpac elects to convert an AT1 instrument on its optional call date5, conversion occurs on broadly similar terms as to scheduled conversion, described above.

 

Early conversion may also occur in certain other limited circumstances (such as following an acquisition, tax or regulatory event) on broadly similar terms to a scheduled conversion, described above.

 

Convertible debentures and Trust preferred securities (2004 TPS)

 

A wholly owned entity Westpac Capital Trust IV (Capital Trust IV) issued 525,000 2004 TPS in the United States of America at US$1,000 each on 5 April 2004, with non-cumulative semi-annual distributions (31 March and 30 September) in arrears at the annual rate of 5.256% up to but excluding 31 March 2016. From, and including 31 March 2016 the 2004 TPS will pay non-cumulative quarterly distributions (30 June, 30 September, 31 December and 31 March) in arrears at a floating rate equal to the London InterBank Offer Rate (LIBOR) plus 1.7675% per year. Proceeds from the issue of TPS were ultimately invested in convertible debentures issued by Westpac in an aggregate amount of US$525,001,000. 2004 TPS qualify for transitional treatment as Additional Tier 1 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 


1   Level 1 comprises Westpac Banking Corporation and its subsidiary entities that have been approved by APRA as being part of a single ‘Extended Licenced Entity’ for the purposes of measuring capital adequacy. Level 2 includes all subsidiary entities except those entities specifically excluded by APRA regulations for the purposes of measuring capital adequacy.

 

2   On a Level 2 basis only for CPS.

 

3   CPS does not contain a non-viability trigger event.

 

4   Excludes CPS.

 

5   Excludes WCN.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

179

 

 



 

 

 

Note 20. Loan capital (continued)

 

The sole assets of the Capital Trust IV comprise 525,001 2004 Funding TPS issued by a wholly owned entity, Tavarua Funding Trust IV (Funding Trust IV) totalling US$525,001,000. The 2004 Funding TPS have an issue price of US$1,000 each with non cumulative semi-annual distributions in arrears at the annual rate of 5.256% up to but excluding 31 March 2016. From and including 31 March 2016, the 2004 Funding TPS will pay non-cumulative quarterly distributions (30 June, 30 September, 31 December and 31 March) in arrears at a floating rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.7675% per year.

 

Funding Trust IV has issued common securities with a total price of US$1,000 to Westpac. The assets of Funding Trust IV comprise convertible debentures issued by Westpac in an aggregate amount of US$525,001,000 and US Government securities purchased with the proceeds of the common securities.

 

The convertible debentures are unsecured, junior subordinated obligations of Westpac and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment of principal and distributions to Westpac’s obligations to its depositors and creditors.

 

The convertible debentures will only pay distributions to the extent they are declared by the Board of Directors of Westpac, or an authorised committee of the Board. Any distribution is subject to the satisfaction that no deferral conditions exist. If certain deferral conditions exist a distribution is not permitted to be declared unless approved by APRA.

 

Westpac has guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, the payment in full of distributions or redemption amounts, the delivery of ADRs and other payments on the 2004 TPS and the 2004 Funding TPS to the extent that the Capital Trust IV and the Funding Trust IV have funds available.

 

Conversion

 

The convertible debentures have no stated maturity, but will automatically convert into American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) each representing 40 Westpac preference shares (non-cumulative preference shares in Westpac with a liquidation amount of US$25) on 31 March 2053, or earlier in the event that a distribution is not made or certain other events occur. Upon issue the amount paid up on each Westpac preference share will be deemed to be US$25. The 2004 TPS will then be redeemed for ADRs. The dividend payment dates and distribution rates on Westpac preference shares will be the same as those otherwise applicable to 2004 TPS.

 

The holders of the ADRs will, in certain circumstances, have the right to convert their Westpac preference shares represented by ADRs into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares on 31 March 2054 by giving notice to Westpac. For each preference share converted, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in preference share terms. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the Westpac ordinary share price determined over the 20 trading day period prior to the optional conversion date and includes a 5% discount.

 

Redemption

 

With the prior written consent of APRA, if required, Westpac may elect to redeem the convertible debentures for cash before 31 March 2016 in whole upon the occurrence of certain specific events, and in whole or in part on 31 March 2016 or any distribution date thereafter. The proceeds received by Funding Trust IV from the redemption of the convertible debentures must be used to redeem the 2004 Funding TPS and ultimately the 2004 TPS. The redemption price of the 2004 TPS will equal US$1,000 per 2004 TPS plus the accrued and unpaid distribution for the then current semi-annual or quarterly period to the date of redemption or, if the date of redemption is a distribution date, the accrued and unpaid distribution for the most recent semi-annual or quarterly period.

 

The holders of the convertible debentures, 2004 Funding TPS and 2004 TPS do not have an option to require redemption of these instruments.

 

 

 

 

180

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 20. Loan capital (continued)

 

Tier 2 loan capital

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Basel III transitional subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$75 million subordinated notes due 20151

 

108

 

89

 

108

 

89

US$400 million subordinated notes due 20152,3

 

572

 

476

 

572

 

476

US$350 million subordinated notes due 20184

 

540

 

436

 

540

 

436

A$500 million subordinated notes due 20225

 

500

 

500

 

500

 

500

A$1,676 million subordinated notes due 20226

 

1,670

 

1,667

 

1,670

 

1,667

US$800 million subordinated notes due 20237

 

1,147

 

898

 

1,147

 

898

Basel III fully compliant subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$925 million subordinated notes due 20238

 

919

 

916

 

919

 

916

A$1,000 million subordinated notes due 20248

 

999

 

992

 

999

 

992

CNY 1,250 million subordinated notes due 20258

 

288

 

-

 

288

 

-

A$350 million subordinated notes due 20278

 

348

 

-

 

348

 

-

S$325 million subordinated notes due 20278

 

317

 

-

 

317

 

-

Total subordinated notes

 

7,408

 

5,974

 

7,408

 

5,974

 

1           Fixed 5.00%.

 

2           Fixed 5.30%.

 

3           Redeemed on 15 October 2015.

 

4           Fixed 4.625%.

 

5           Floating 90 day bank bill rate + 3.00% pa.

 

6           Floating 90 day bank bill rate + 2.75% pa.

 

7           Fixed 3.625%; 5 year up to but excluding 28 February 2018 thereafter fixed rate equal to 5 year US treasury rate + 2.90% pa.

 

8           Refer to table following for interest terms.

 

Basel III transitional subordinated notes

 

These subordinated notes qualify for transitional treatment as Tier 2 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework, do not contain non-viability loss absorption requirements and have non-discretionary, cumulative distributions.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

181

 

 



 

 

Note 20. Loan capital (continued)

 

Basel III fully compliant subordinated notes

 

Further details regarding Basel III fully compliant subordinated notes (including non-viability loss absorption) which have been issued by Westpac are as follows:

 

 

 

Basel III fully compliant subordinated notes

 

 

Instrument

 

 

i)                 A$925 million Subordinated Notes II due 2023

ii)              A$1,000 million subordinated notes due 2024

iii)           CNY 1,250 million subordinated notes due 2025

iv)           A$350 million subordinated notes due 2027

v)              S$325 million subordinated notes due 2027

 

 

Face value

 

 

i)                 A$100

ii)              A$100,000

iii)           CNY 1,000,000 and CNY 10,000 thereafter1

iv)           A$200,000 and A$2,000 thereafter1

v)              S$250,000

 

 

Issue date

 

 

i)                 22 August 2013

ii)              14 March 2014

iii)           9 February 2015

iv)           11 March 2015

v)              12 August 2015

 

 

Interest payment dates

 

 

i)                 22 February, 22 May, 22 August and 22 November

ii)              14 March, 14 June, 14 September and 14 December

iii)           9 February and 9 August

iv)           11 March

v)              12 February and 12 August

 

 

Interest rate

 

 

i)                 90-day bank bill rate + 2.30% per annum

ii)              90-day bank bill rate + 2.05% per annum

iii)           4.85% p.a. until but excluding 9 February 2020. Thereafter, if not called, a fixed rate per annum equal to the one-year CNH HIBOR reference rate + 0.8345% p.a.

iv)           4.50% p.a. until but excluding 11 March 2022. Thereafter, if not called, a fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year A$semi-quarterly mid-swap reference rate + 1.95% p.a., the sum of which will be annualised

v)              4.00% p.a. until but excluding 12 August 2022. Thereafter, if not called, a fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year S$ swap offer rate + 1.54% p.a.

 

 

Maturity date

 

 

i)                 22 August 2023

ii)              14 March 2024

iii)           9 February 2025

iv)           11 March 2027

v)              12 August 2027

 

 

Optional call date

 

 

i)                 22 August 2018 or in certain other limited circumstances

ii)              14 March 2019 or in certain other limited circumstances

iii)           9 February 2020 or in certain other limited circumstances

iv)           11 March 2022 or in certain other limited circumstances

v)              12 August 2022 or in certain other limited circumstances

 

 

Non-viability trigger

 

 

 

Yes for (i) to (v)

 

 

Maximum conversion number

 

 

i)                 16.1551 Westpac ordinary shares per subordinated note

ii)              14,938.75112 Westpac ordinary shares per subordinated note

iii)           30,116.4958 Westpac ordinary shares per subordinated note

iv)           26,546.3233 Westpac ordinary shares per subordinated note

v)              36,083.0340 Westpac ordinary shares per subordinated note

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 These subordinated notes are issued in multiple denominations and therefore there may be more than one face value.

 

 

 

 

 

 

182

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 20. Loan capital (continued)

 

Common features of Basel III fully compliant subordinated notes

 

These subordinated notes qualify as Tier 2 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 

Payment conditions

 

Interest payments on the subordinated notes are subject to Westpac being solvent at the time of the interest payment and immediately following the interest payment.

 

Non-Viability Trigger Event

 

Westpac may be required to convert some or all subordinated notes into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares upon the occurrence of a non-viability trigger event. A non-viability trigger event will occur when APRA notifies Westpac in writing that it believes conversion of some or all subordinated notes (or conversion or write-down of other capital instruments of the Westpac Group) or a public sector injection of capital, or equivalent support, is necessary because, without it, Westpac would become non-viable. For each subordinated note converted, holders will receive a number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the terms of the subordinated notes, but subject to a maximum conversion number. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the Westpac ordinary share price determined over the five business day period prior to the non-viability trigger event and includes a 1% discount. The maximum conversion number is set using a Westpac ordinary share price which is broadly equivalent to 20% of the Westpac ordinary share price at the time of issue of the subordinated notes. If Westpac is unable to convert the relevant subordinated notes for any reason, holder’s rights in relation to the notes will be terminated.

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

These notes have no final maturity but may, subject to the approval of APRA and subject to certain other conditions, be redeemed at par at the option of Westpac. Interest is cumulative and is payable on the notes semi-annually, subject to Westpac being solvent immediately after making the payment and having paid any dividend on any class of share capital of Westpac within the prior 12 month period. The notes qualify for transitional treatment as Tier 2 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 

The rights of the noteholders and coupon holders are subordinated to the claims of all creditors (including depositors) of Westpac other than those creditors whose claims against Westpac are expressed to rank equally with or after the claims of the noteholders and coupon holders.

 

Note 21. Derivative financial instruments

 

Accounting policy

 

Derivative financial instruments are instruments whose values derive from the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index and include forwards, futures, swaps and options.

 

Derivatives are recognised initially and subsequently measured at fair value with gains or losses recognised through the income statement in the period in which they arise, unless the derivative is designated into a cashflow or net investment hedge relationship.

 

Derivatives are presented as an asset where they have a positive fair value at balance date or as a liability where the fair value at balance date is negative.

 

The Group uses derivative instruments for both trading (primarily customer related activity) and hedging purposes. As a trader, the Group’s primary objective is to derive income as a market maker from the sale of derivatives to meet Westpac’s customers’ needs. The market making process provides liquidity in key markets in which the Group operates. The Group also trades on its own account to take advantage of market opportunities, which represent a limited part of the Group’s derivative activities.

 

Derivatives are also used by the Group as part of its asset and liability management activities, mainly to hedge its exposures to interest rates, foreign currency and credit risk, including exposures arising from forecast transactions. The Group uses hedge accounting techniques where possible to eliminate the volatility which would otherwise arise due to accounting mismatches. This activity is principally carried out by Treasury within the risk management framework of limits, practices and procedures set and overseen by the Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee (RISKCO).

 

Where the criteria for hedge accounting as defined under AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are met, the Group designates these derivatives into one of three hedge accounting relationships: fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. These hedging designations and associated accounting are as follows:

 

Fair value hedges

 

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. The changes in the fair value of the hedged asset and liability are adjusted against their carrying value.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

183

 

 



 

 

Note 21. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, it is discontinued and any previous adjustment to the carrying value of a hedged item is amortised to the income statement over the period to maturity. If the hedged item is sold or repaid, the unamortised fair value adjustment is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Cash flow hedges

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve through other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or when the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in other comprehensive income at that time remains in other comprehensive income and is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which the hedged item affects profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in other comprehensive income is immediately transferred to the income statement.

Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation

Hedges of net investments in overseas branches and subsidiaries are accounted for in a manner similar to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve through other comprehensive income and the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Gains and losses accumulated in other comprehensive income are included in the income statement when the overseas branch or subsidiary is disposed.

Where the criteria for hedge accounting are not met these hedging relationships are accounted for in the same way as derivatives held for trading. This includes the management of risks associated with future New Zealand dollar earnings and the management of credit risk exposures in Westpac’s lending portfolio.

 

a.                Fair value hedges

 

The Group hedges a proportion of its interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk from debt issuances using single currency and cross-currency interest rate derivatives. The Group also hedges part of its interest rate risk from fixed rate assets denominated both in local and foreign currencies using interest rate derivatives designated as fair value hedges.

 

For the Group, the change in the fair value of hedging instruments designated in fair value hedges was a $308 million loss
(2014: $287 million gain) while the change in the fair value of hedged items attributed to the hedge risk was a $317 million gain
(2014: $323 million loss).

 

For the Parent Entity, the change in the fair value of hedging instruments designated in fair value hedges was a $80 million loss
(2014: $304 million gain) while the change in the fair value of hedged items attributed to the hedge risk was a $88 million gain
(2014: $342 million loss).

 

All gains or losses associated with the ineffective portion of fair value hedge relationships are recognised as ‘interest income’ in the income statement. The amount recognised for this year was a $9 million gain (2014: $36 million loss) for the Group and a $8 million gain (2014: $38 million loss) for the Parent Entity.

 

b.                Cash flow hedges

 

Exposure to the volatility of interest cash flows from floating rate customer deposits, at call balances and loans is hedged through the use of interest rate derivatives.

 

Exposure to foreign currency principal and interest cash flows from floating rate debt issuances is hedged through the use of cross-currency derivatives.

 

Underlying cash flows from cash flow hedges are, as a proportion of total cash flows, expected to occur in the following periods:

 

 

Less Than
1 Month

1 Month to
3 Months

3 Months
to 1 Year

1 Year to
2 Years

2 Years to
3 Years

3 Years to 4 Years

4 Years to
5 Years

Over
5 Years

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash inflows (assets)

1.9%

2.8%

28.4%

17.6%

12.6%

11.2%

11.1%

14.4%

Cash outflows (liabilities)

1.9%

2.9%

29.9%

18.4%

12.4%

10.4%

10.1%

14.0%

20141

Cash inflows (assets)

0.6%

8.7%

20.2%

25.4%

14.0%

7.0%

9.6%

14.4%

Cash outflows (liabilities)

0.7%

9.6%

20.7%

26.1%

14.4%

6.7%

8.5%

13.4%

 

1           Comparatives have been revised to improve comparability.

 

 

 

 

184

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 21. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

For the Group, a loss on cashflow hedges of $22 million was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness (2014: $22 million loss). For the Parent Entity, a loss on cashflow hedges of $16 million was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness (2014: $23 million loss). Both were recognised immediately in interest income in the income statement.

 

c.                Dual fair value and cash flow hedges

 

Fixed rate foreign currency denominated debt is hedged using cross-currency interest rate derivatives, designated as fair value hedges of foreign interest rates and cash flow hedges of foreign exchange rates.

 

d.                Net investment hedges

 

For both the Group and Parent Entity, ineffectiveness arising from hedges of net investments in foreign operations and recognised in non-interest income in the income statement amounted to nil (2014: nil). The Group hedges the majority of the currency translation risk of net investments in foreign operations through foreign exchange forward contracts.

 

The notional amount and fair value of derivative instruments held for trading and designated in hedge relationships are set out in the following tables:

 

Consolidated 2015

 

Fair Value

Notional

 

 

Hedging

Total
Fair Value

Trading

Fair Value

Cash Flow

Net Investment

$m

 Amount

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures contracts1

147,368

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Forward rate agreements

517,297

154

(156)

-

-

-

-

-

-

154

(156)

Swap agreements2

2,014,629

25,837

(24,310)

739

(2,995)

1,212

(1,301)

-

-

27,788

(28,606)

Options

90,074

576

(683)

-

-

-

-

-

-

576

(683)

Total interest rate contracts

2,769,368

26,567

(25,149)

739

(2,995)

1,212

(1,301)

-

-

28,518

(29,445)

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

674,114

10,002

(8,653)

-

-

-

(27)

-

(216)

10,002

(8,896)

Cross currency swap agreements2

435,465

12,687

(18,782)

1,094

124

4,102

(414)

-

-

17,883

(19,072)

Options

34,956

651

(689)

-

-

-

-

-

-

651

(689)

Total foreign exchange contracts

1,144,535

23,340

(28,124)

1,094

124

4,102

(441)

-

(216)

28,536

(28,657)

Commodity contracts

6,398

472

(409)

-

-

-

-

-

-

472

(409)

Equities

216

9

(10)

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

(10)

Credit default swaps

33,181

143

(150)

-

-

-

-

-

-

143

(150)

Total of gross derivatives

3,953,698

50,531

(53,842)

1,833

(2,871)

5,314

(1,742)

-

(216)

57,678

(58,671)

Impact of netting arrangements3

-

(9,505)

10,367

-

-

-

-

-

-

(9,505)

10,367

Total of net derivatives

3,953,698

41,026

(43,475)

1,833

(2,871)

5,314

(1,742)

-

(216)

48,173

(48,304)

 

1   The fair value differential of futures contracts are settled daily with the exchange. The notional balance represents open contracts as at 30 September.

            

2   The unrealised foreign exchange gains or loss on derivatives in hedge relationships are substantially offset by the retranslation at spot exchange rates of the foreign currency denominated debt being hedged, which affects profit and loss in the current year.

            

3   Primarily consists of derivative trades settled directly with central clearing counterparties and associated variation margin. Westpac became a direct clearing member of LCH.Clearnet Limited during the 2015 year.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

185

 

 



 

 

Note 21. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

Consolidated 2014

 

Fair Value1

Notional

 

 

Hedging

Total
Fair Value

Trading

Fair Value

Cash Flow

Net Investment

$m

 Amount

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Interest rate contracts

Futures contracts2

94,187

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Forward rate agreements

159,695

15

(14)

-

-

-

-

-

-

15

(14)

Swap agreements3

1,998,785

14,722

(13,888)

402

(2,199)

996

(591)

-

-

16,120

(16,678)

Options

106,950

311

(339)

-

-

-

-

-

-

311

(339)

Total interest rate contracts

2,359,617

15,048

(14,241)

402

(2,199)

996

(591)

-

-

16,446

(17,031)

Foreign exchange contracts

Spot and forward contracts

600,690

10,092

(8,873)

-

-

-

-

59

(52)

10,151

(8,925)

Cross currency swap agreements3

385,410

11,784

(10,261)

821

186

1,360

(2,658)

-

-

13,965

(12,733)

Options

34,144

498

(486)

-

-

-

-

-

-

498

(486)

Total foreign exchange contracts

1,020,244

22,374

(19,620)

821

186

1,360

(2,658)

59

(52)

24,614

(22,144)

Commodity contracts

3,426

133

(137)

-

-

-

-

-

-

133

(137)

Equities

313

6

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

6

(4)

Credit default swaps

32,684

205

(223)

-

-

-

-

-

-

205

(223)

Total of gross derivatives

3,416,284

37,766

(34,225)

1,223

(2,013)

2,356

(3,249)

59

(52)

41,404

(39,539)

Impact of netting arrangements

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total of net derivatives

3,416,284

37,766

(34,225)

1,223

(2,013)

2,356

(3,249)

59

(52)

41,404

(39,539)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2015

 

Fair Value

Notional

 

 

Hedging

Total
Fair Value

Trading

Fair Value

Cash Flow

Net Investment

$m

 Amount

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Interest rate contracts

Futures contracts2

147,368

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Forward rate agreements

517,297

154

(156)

-

-

-

-

-

-

154

(156)

Swap agreements3

2,010,895

25,890

(24,726)

722

(2,689)

1,155

(1,015)

-

-

27,767

(28,430)

Options

90,049

575

(683)

-

-

-

-

-

-

575

(683)

Total interest rate contracts

2,765,609

26,619

(25,565)

722

(2,689)

1,155

(1,015)

-

-

28,496

(29,269)

Foreign exchange contracts

Spot and forward contracts

672,295

9,976

(8,621)

-

-

-

(27)

-

(202)

9,976

(8,850)

Cross currency swap agreements3

427,053

12,691

(18,840)

1,004

56

3,603

(256)

-

-

17,298

(19,040)

Options

34,956

651

(689)

-

-

-

-

-

-

651

(689)

Total foreign exchange contracts

1,134,304

23,318

(28,150)

1,004

56

3,603

(283)

-

(202)

27,925

(28,579)

Commodity contracts

3,843

472

(409)

-

-

-

-

-

-

472

(409)

Equities

216

9

(10)

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

(10)

Credit default swaps

33,181

143

(150)

-

-

-

-

-

-

143

(150)

Total of gross derivatives

3,937,153

50,561

(54,284)

1,726

(2,633)

4,758

(1,298)

-

(202)

57,045

(58,417)

Impact of netting arrangements4

-

(9,505)

10,367

-

-

-

-

-

-

(9,505)

10,367

Total of net derivatives

3,937,153

41,056

(43,917)

1,726

(2,633)

4,758

(1,298)

-

(202)

47,540

(48,050)

 

1           Comparatives have been revised to improve comparability.

 

2           The fair value differential of futures contracts are settled daily with the exchange. The notional balance represents open contracts as at 30 September.

 

3           The unrealised foreign exchange gains or loss on derivatives in hedge relationships are substantially offset by the retranslation at spot exchange rates of the foreign currency denominated debt being hedged, which affects profit and loss in the current year.

 

4           Primarily consists of derivative trades settled directly with central clearing counterparties and associated variation margin. Westpac became a direct clearing member of LCH.Clearnet Limited during the 2015 year.

 

 

 

 

186

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 21. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

Fair Value1

Notional

 

 

Hedging

Total
Fair Value

Trading

Fair Value

Cash Flow

Net Investment

$m

 Amount

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Interest rate contracts

 

 

Futures contracts2

94,187

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Forward rate agreements

159,695

15

(14)

-

-

-

-

-

-

15

(14)

Swap agreements3

1,995,825

14,764

(13,953)

398

(2,109)

952

(532)

-

-

16,114

(16,594)

Options

106,925

311

(339)

-

-

-

-

-

-

311

(339)

Total interest rate contracts

2,356,632

15,090

(14,306)

398

(2,109)

952

(532)

-

-

16,440

(16,947)

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

597,789

10,073

(8,831)

-

-

-

-

54

(50)

10,127

(8,881)

Cross currency swap agreements3

379,869

11,789

(10,416)

810

19

1,299

(2,066)

-

-

13,898

(12,463)

Options

34,144

498

(486)

-

-

-

-

-

-

498

(486)

Total foreign
exchange contracts

1,011,802

22,360

(19,733)

810

19

1,299

(2,066)

54

(50)

24,523

(21,830)

Commodity contracts

3,425

133

(137)

-

-

-

-

-

-

133

(137)

Equities

313

6

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

6

(4)

Credit default swaps

32,684

205

(223)

-

-

-

-

-

-

205

(223)

Total of gross derivatives

3,404,856

37,794

(34,403)

1,208

(2,090)

2,251

(2,598)

54

(50)

41,307

(39,141)

Impact of netting arrangements

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total of net derivatives

3,404,856

37,794

(34,403)

1,208

(2,090)

2,251

(2,598)

54

(50)

41,307

(39,141)

 

 

1           Comparatives have been revised to improve comparability.

 

2           The fair value differential of futures contracts are settled daily with the exchange. The notional balance represents open contracts as at 30 September.

 

3           The unrealised foreign exchange gains or loss on derivatives in hedge relationships are substantially offset by the retranslation at spot exchange rates of the foreign currency denominated debt being hedged, which affects profit and loss in the current year.

 

Credit derivatives

 

Through the use of credit derivatives, the Group is exposed to or protected from the risk of default of the underlying entity referenced by the derivative, dependant on whether the Group is a purchaser or seller of credit protection. The primary credit derivatives used by the Group are CDSs, which are predominantly executed with other financial institutions.

 

Credit derivatives are primarily entered into to facilitate institutional customer transactions and to manage our credit risk exposures. The notional amount and fair value of credit derivatives are presented in the following table for both the Group and the Parent Entity:

 

2015

2014

Notional
Amount

Fair value

Fair value

$m

Asset

Liability

Notional

Asset

Liability

Credit protection bought1

16,849

44

(107)

16,703

6

(212)

Credit protection sold

16,332

99

(43)

15,981

199

(11)

Total

33,181

143

(150)

32,684

205

(223)

 

1           Counterparties to derivatives relating to credit protection bought are predominantly financial institutions.

 

Note 22. Financial risk

 

The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving our overall risk management strategy, including determining our appetite for risk. The Board has delegated authority to the Board Risk & Compliance Committee (BRCC) to approve the Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement, which sets the Group’s overall risk appetite within the context of the strategy determined by the Board.

 

Westpac’s appetite for risk is influenced by a range of factors, including whether a risk is considered consistent with its strategy (core risk) and whether an appropriate return can be achieved from taking that risk. Westpac has a lower appetite for risks that are not part of its core strategy. Westpac seeks to achieve an appropriate return on risk and prices its products accordingly.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

187

 

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Westpac seeks to maximise total shareholder returns over the longer term by achieving an appropriate balance between growth and volatility of returns and by ultimately returning that value to shareholders.

 

Westpac distinguishes the following types of risk, and takes an integrated approach towards managing them. These risks are:

 

Type of risk

Description

Key risks

§                 credit risk– the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations

to Westpac;

§                 liquidity risk – the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due;

§                 market risk – the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices. This includes interest rate risk in the banking book - the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities;

§                 operational risk – the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. The definition is aligned to the regulatory (Basel II) definition, including legal and regulatory risk but excluding strategic and reputation risk;

§                 conduct risk – the risk arising from unfair or inappropriate behaviour or practices of the Westpac Group or its staff; and

§                 compliance risk – the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputational loss, arising from our failure to abide by the compliance obligations required of us.

Other related risks

§                 business risk – the risk associated with the vulnerability of a line of business to changes in the business environment;

§                 sustainability risk – the risk of reputational or financial loss due to failure to recognise or address material existing or emerging sustainability related environmental, social or governance issues;

§                 equity risk – the potential for financial loss arising from movements in equity values. Equity risk may be direct, indirect or contingent;

§                 insurance risk – the risk of mis-estimation of the expected cost of insured events, volatility in the number or severity of insured events, and mis-estimation of the cost of incurred claims;

§                 related entity (contagion) risk – the risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members compromise the financial and operational position of the authorised deposit-taking institution in the Westpac Group; and

§                 reputation risk – the risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion resulting from the loss of reputation or public trust and standing.

 

Note 22 provides a summary of Westpac’s Risk Management Framework, as well as a discussion of Westpac’s financial risk management policies and practices and quantitative information on some of its principal financial risk exposures. The information contained in Note 22 comprises the following:

 

22.1                        Approach to risk management

22.2                      Credit Risk Management

22.2.1 Credit Risk Management Policy

22.2.2 Provision and Impairment Policy

22.2.3 Internal Credit Risk Ratings System

22.2.4 Credit risk mitigation, collateral and other credit enhancements

22.2.5 Credit risk concentrations

22.2.6 Credit quality of financial assets

22.2.7 Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

22.2.8 Financial assets that are past due, but not impaired

22.2.9 Items 90 days past due, or otherwise in default and not impaired

22.2.10 Impaired loans

22.3                      Funding and liquidity risk management

22.3.1 Liquidity modelling

22.3.2 Sources of liquidity

22.3.3 Contractual maturity of financial liabilities

22.3.4 Expected maturity

22.4                      Market risk

22.4.1 Traded market risk

22.4.2 Non-traded market risk

 

 

 

 

188

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.1 Approach to risk management

 

The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving our overall risk management strategy, including determining our appetite for risk. The Board has delegated to the BRCC responsibility for providing recommendations to the Board on the Westpac Group’s risk-reward strategy, setting risk appetite, approving framework and policies for managing risk, and determining whether to accept risks beyond management’s approval discretion.

 

The BRCC monitors the alignment of our risk profile with our risk appetite, which is defined in the Board Statement of Risk Appetite, and with our current and future capital requirements. The BRCC receives regular reports from management on the effectiveness of our management of Westpac’s material business risks. More detail about the role of the BRCC is set out in the Westpac risk management governance structure table.

 

The CEO and Executive Team are responsible for implementing our risk management strategy and frameworks, and for developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk in all of Westpac’s activities.

 

Westpac adopts a Three Lines of Defence approach to risk management which reflects our culture of ‘risk is everyone’s business’ and that all employees are responsible for identifying and managing risk and operating within the Group’s desired risk profile. Effective risk management enables us to:

 

§                  accurately measure our risk profile and balance risk and reward within our risk appetite, increasing financial growth opportunities and mitigating potential loss or damage;

 

§                  protect Westpac’s depositors, policyholders and investors by maintaining a strong balance sheet;

 

§                  embed adequate controls to guard against excessive risk or undue risk concentration; and

 

§                  meet our regulatory and compliance obligations.

 

The 1st Line of Defence – risk identification, risk management and self-assurance

 

Divisional business units are responsible for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks that they originate within approved risk appetite and policies. They are required to establish and maintain appropriate risk management controls, resources and self-assurance processes.

 

The 2nd Line of Defence – establishment of Risk Management Frameworks and policies and Risk Management Oversight

 

Our 2nd Line of Defence is a separate risk and compliance advisory, control and monitoring function which establishes frameworks, policies, limits and processes for the management, monitoring and reporting of risk. The 2nd line of Defence may approve risks outside the authorities granted to the 1st Line, and evaluates and opines on the adequacy and effectiveness of 1st Line controls and application of frameworks and policies and, where necessary, requires improvement and monitors the 1st Line’s progress toward remediation of identified deficiencies.

 

The 3rd Line of Defence – independent assurance

 

Our Group Audit function independently evaluates the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s overall Risk Management Framework and controls.

 

This approach allows risks within our risk appetite to be balanced against appropriate rewards.

 

Westpac’s risk management governance structure is set out in more detail in the following table:

 

Board

 

§                  reviews and approves our overall risk management strategy.

 

Board Risk & Compliance Committee (BRCC)

 

§                  provides recommendations to the Board on the Westpac Group’s risk-reward strategy;

§                  sets risk appetite;

§                  reviews and approves frameworks for managing risk;

§                  reviews and approves the limits and conditions that apply to credit risk approval authority delegated to the CEO, CFO and CRO and any other officers of the Westpac Group to whom the Board has delegated authority;

§                  monitors our risk profile, performance, capital levels, exposures against limits and management and control of our risks;

§                  monitors changes anticipated in the economic and business environment and other factors relevant to our risk profile;

§                  oversees the development and ongoing review of key policies that support our frameworks for managing risk; and

§                  determines whether to accept risks beyond the approval discretion provided to management.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

189

 

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Other Board Committees with a risk focus

 

Board Audit Committee

§      oversees the integrity of financial statements and financial reporting systems, and matters relating to taxation risks.

Board Remuneration Committee

§      reviews any matters raised by the BRCC with respect to risk-adjusted remuneration.

Board Technology Committee

§      oversees the technology strategy, implementation, and risks associated with major technology programs.

 

Executive Team

 

§      executes the Board-approved strategy;

§      delivers the Group’s various strategic and performance goals within the approved risk appetite; and

§      monitors key risks within each business unit, capital adequacy and the Group’s reputation.

 

Executive risk committees

 

Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee

§      leads the management and oversight of material risks across the Westpac Group within the context of the risk appetite determined by the BRCC;

§      oversees the embedding of the Risk Management Strategy in the Group’s approach to risk governance;

§      oversees risk-related management frameworks and key supporting policies;

§      oversees the Group’s credit, operational, compliance, and market risk profiles;

§      oversees Reputation Risk and Sustainability Risk Management Frameworks and key supporting policies; and

§      identifies emerging credit, operational, compliance and market risks and allocates responsibility for assessing impacts and implementing appropriate actions to address these.

Westpac Group Asset & Liability Committee

§      leads the optimisation of funding and liquidity risk-reward across the Group;

§      reviews the level and quality of capital so that it is commensurate with the Group’s risk profile, business strategy and risk appetite;

§      oversees the Liquidity Risk Management framework and key policies;

§      oversees the Funding and Liquidity Risk Profile and Balance Sheet Risk Profile; and

§      identifies emerging funding and liquidity risks and appropriate actions to address these.

Westpac Group Credit Risk Committee

§      leads the optimisation of credit risk-reward across the Group;

§      reviews and oversees the Credit Risk-related Risk Management Frameworks and key supporting policies;

§      oversees Westpac’s credit risk profile;

§      identifies emerging credit risks, allocates responsibility for assessing impacts, and responds as appropriate; and

§      facilitates continuous improvement in credit risk management by providing a forum for testing risk tolerances and debating alternate approaches.

Westpac Group Remuneration Oversight Committee

§      provides assurance that the remuneration arrangements across the Group have been examined from a People, Risk and Finance perspective;

§      responsible for ensuring that risk is embedded in all key steps in our remuneration framework;

§      reviews and makes recommendations to the CEO for recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee on the Group Remuneration Policy and provides assurance that remuneration arrangements across the Group encourage behaviour that supports Westpac’s long-term financial soundness and the risk management framework;

§      reviews and monitors the remuneration arrangements (other than for Group Executives) for Responsible Persons (as defined in the Group’s Statutory Officers Fit and Proper Policy), risk and financial control personnel, and all other employees for whom a significant portion of total remuneration is based on performance and whose activities, either individually or collectively, may affect the financial soundness of Westpac; and

§      reviews and recommends to the CEO for recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee the criteria and rationale for determining the total quantum of the Group variable reward pool.

 

 

 

 

190

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Risk and compliance functions

 

Risk Function

§      develops Group-level Risk Management Frameworks for approval by the BRCC;

§      directs the review and development of key policies supporting the Risk Management Frameworks;

§      develops division-specific policies, risk appetite statements, controls, procedures, and monitoring and reporting capability that align to the frameworks approved by the BRCC;

§      establishes risk concentration limits and monitors risk concentrations; and

§      monitors emerging risk issues.

Compliance Function

§      develops the Group-level compliance framework for approval by the BRCC;

§      directs the review and development of compliance policies, compliance plans, controls and procedures;

§      monitors compliance and regulatory obligations and emerging regulatory developments; and

§      reports on compliance standards.

 

Independent internal review

 

Group Audit

§      reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of management controls for risk.

 

Divisional business units

 

Business Units

§      responsible for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks that they originate within approved risk appetite policies; and

§      establish and maintain appropriate risk management controls, resources and self-assurance processes.

 

22.2 Credit Risk Management

 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations.

 

22.2.1 Credit Risk Management Policy

 

Westpac maintains a Credit Risk Management Framework and a number of supporting policies that define roles and responsibilities, acceptable practices, limits and key controls:

 

§      the Credit Risk Management Framework describes the principles, methodologies, systems, roles and responsibilities, reports and key controls that exist for managing credit risk in Westpac;

 

§      the Credit Risk Rating System policy describes the credit risk rating system philosophy, design, key features and uses of rating outcomes; and

 

§      Westpac has established policies governing the management of three key types of concentration risk:

 

-                 individual customers or groups of related customers;

 

-                 specific industries (e.g. commercial property); and

 

-                 individual countries.

 

Westpac has an established policy governing the delegation of credit approval authorities and a set of formal limits for the extension of credit. These limits represent the delegation of credit approval authority to responsible individuals throughout the organisation.

 

Credit manuals exist in each business unit to govern the extension of credit. These manuals include general policies covering the origination, evaluation, approval, documentation, settlement and ongoing management of credit risks including management of problem loans. These manuals are regularly updated by the business units, with significant changes approved by Risk.

 

Sector policies exist to guide the extension of credit where industry-specific guidelines are considered necessary (e.g. acceptable financial ratios or types of collateral). These policies are maintained by the business unit risk management teams.

 

Westpac has a related entity Risk Management Framework and supporting policies, which include governance of credit exposures to related entities, so as to minimise contagion risk for the extended licensed entity and for compliance with the prudential requirements prescribed by APRA.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

191

 

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.2.2 Provision and impairment policy

 

Provisions for loan impairment represent management’s best estimate of the losses incurred in the loan portfolios as at the balance date. There are two components of Westpac’s loan impairment provisions: individually assessed provisions and collectively assessed provisions. In determining the individually assessed provisions, relevant considerations that have a bearing on the expected future cash flows are taken into account, for example, the business prospects of the customer, the realisable value of collateral, Westpac’s position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process. These judgments and estimates can change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in revisions to the impairment provision as individual decisions are made.

 

The collectively assessed provisions are established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral, past loss experience and expected defaults based on portfolio trends. The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are estimated loss rates and related emergence periods. The provisions also take into account management’s assessment of changes or events that have recently occurred in sectors of the economy or in the economy as a whole that are not yet reflected in underlying provisioning factors. The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ from reported loan impairment provisions. These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates, unemployment levels, repayment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

22.2.3 Internal credit risk ratings system

 

The principal objective of the credit risk rating system is to produce a reliable assessment of the credit risk to which the Group is exposed.

 

Westpac’s internal credit risk rating system for transaction-managed customers assigns a Customer Risk Grade (CRG) to each customer, corresponding to their expected probability of default (PD). Each facility is assigned a loss given default (LGD). The Westpac risk rating system has a tiered scale of risk grades for both non-defaulted customers and defaulted customers. Non-defaulted CRGs are mapped to Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s (S&P) external senior ranking unsecured ratings.

 

Customers that are not transaction-managed (referred to as the program-managed portfolio) are segmented into pools of similar risk. Segments are created by analysing characteristics that have historically proven predictive in determining if an account is likely to go into default. Customers are then grouped according to these predictive characteristics and each segment assigned a PD and LGD.

 

The table below shows the current alignment between Westpac’s CRGs and the corresponding external rating. Note that only high-level CRG groupings are shown.

 

Financial Statement Disclosure

Westpac CRG

Moody’s Rating

S&P Rating

Strong

A

Aaa – Aa3

AAA – AA–

 

B

A1 – A3

A+ – A–

 

C

Baa1 – Baa3

BBB+ – BBB–

Good/satisfactory

D

Ba1 – B1

BB+ – B+

Weak

E

Watchlist

 

F

Special Mention

Weak/default/non-performing

G – H

Substandard/Default

 

Control mechanisms for the credit risk rating system

 

Westpac’s credit risk rating system is reviewed annually to confirm that the rating criteria and procedures are appropriate given the current portfolio and external conditions. The BRCC, RISKCO and CREDCO monitor the risk profile, performance and management of Westpac’s credit portfolio and development and review of key credit risk policies. All models materially impacting the risk rating process are periodically reviewed in accordance with Westpac’s model risk policies. Specific credit risk estimates (including PD, LGD and exposure at default (EAD) levels) are overseen, reviewed annually and approved by the Credit Risk Estimates Committee (a subcommittee of RISKCO).

 

 

 

 

192

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.2.4 Credit risk mitigation, collateral and other credit enhancements

 

Westpac uses a variety of techniques to reduce the credit risk arising from its lending activities. Enforceable legal documentation establishes Westpac’s direct, irrevocable and unconditional recourse to any collateral, security or other credit enhancements provided.

 

The table below describes the nature of collateral held for financial asset classes:

 

Cash and other balances held with central banks, including regulatory deposits

These exposures are generally considered to be low risk due to the nature of the counterparties. Collateral is generally not sought on these balances.

Receivables due from other financial institutions

These exposures are mainly to relatively lower risk banks (Rated A or better). Collateral is generally not sought on these balances.

Derivative financial instruments

Master netting agreements are typically used to enable the effects of derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty to be offset when measuring these exposures. Additionally, collateralisation agreements are also typically entered into with major institutional counterparties to avoid the potential build-up of excessive mark-to-market positions. Derivative transactions are increasingly being cleared through central clearers.

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

These exposures are carried at fair value which reflects the credit risk. No collateral is sought directly from the issuer or counterparty; however this may be implicit in the terms of the instrument (such as an asset-backed security). The terms of debt securities may include collateralisation.

Available-for-sale securities

Collateral is not sought directly with respect to these exposures; however collateralisation may be implicit in the structure of the asset.

Loans – housing and personal1

Housing loans are secured by a mortgage over property, and additional security may take the form of guarantees and deposits. Personal lending (including credit cards and overdrafts) is predominantly unsecured. Where security is taken for non-housing personal lending, it is restricted to eligible motor vehicles, caravans, campers, motor homes and boats.

Loans – business1

Loans – business may be secured, partially secured or unsecured. Security is typically taken by way of a mortgage over property and/or a general security agreement over business assets, or other assets. Other forms of credit protection may also be sought or taken out if warranted.

Life insurance assets

These assets are carried at fair value, which reflects the credit risk. Collateral is typically not held other than for investments in Australian mortgages where recourse to a charge over the underlying properties is held.

Due from subsidiaries

These exposures are generally considered to be low risk due to the nature of the counterparties. Collateral is generally not sought on these balances.

 

 

1           This includes collateral held in relation to associated credit commitments.

 

Risk reduction

 

Westpac recognises the following as eligible collateral for credit risk mitigation:

 

§                  cash, primarily in Australian dollars (AUD), New Zealand dollars (NZD), US dollars (USD), Canadian dollars (CAD), British pounds (GBP) or European Union euro (EUR);

 

§                  bonds issued by Australian Commonwealth, State and Territory governments or their Public Sector Enterprises, provided these attract a zero risk-weighting under Australian Prudential Standard (APS) 112;

 

§                  securities issued by other specified AA– / Aa3 or better rated sovereign governments; and

 

§                  credit-linked notes (provided the proceeds are invested in cash or other eligible collateral described above).

 

Risk transfer

 

For mitigation by way of risk transfer, Westpac only recognises unconditional irrevocable guarantees or standby letters of credit issued by, or eligible credit derivative protection bought from, the following entities provided they are not related to the underlying obligor:

 

§                  sovereign entities;

 

§                  public sector entities in Australia and New Zealand;

 

§                  ADIs and overseas banks with a minimum risk grade equivalent of A- / A3; and

 

§                  other entities with a minimum risk grade equivalent of A3 / A–.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

193

 

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Management of risk mitigation

 

Westpac facilitates the management of these risks through controls covering:

 

§                  collateral valuation and management;

 

§                  credit portfolio management;

 

§                  netting; and

 

§                  central clearing.

 

Collateral valuation and management

 

Westpac revalues collateral related to financial markets positions on a daily basis to monitor the net risk position, and has formal processes in place so that calls for collateral top-up or exposure reduction are made promptly. An independent operational unit has responsibility for monitoring these positions. The collaterisation arrangements are documented via the Credit Support Annex of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) dealing agreements.

 

Credit Portfolio Management

 

Credit Portfolio Management (CPM) is a division that manages the overall risk in Westpac’s corporate, sovereign and bank credit portfolios. CPM includes a dedicated portfolio trading desk with the specific mandate of actively monitoring the underlying exposure and any offsetting hedge positions. Specific reporting is maintained and monitored on the matching of hedges with underlying facilities, with any adjustments to hedges (including unwinds or extensions) managed dynamically. CPM purchases credit protection from entities meeting our acceptability criteria as described under the Risk reduction and Risk transfer sections above. CPM also sells protection to diversify risk.

 

Netting

 

Risk reduction by way of current account set-off is recognised for exposures to creditworthy customers domiciled in Australia and New Zealand only. Customers are required to enter into formal agreements giving Westpac the unfettered right to set-off gross credit and debit balances in their nominated accounts to determine Westpac’s net exposure within each of these two jurisdictions. Cross-border set-offs are not permitted.

 

Close-out netting is undertaken for off balance sheet financial market transactions with counterparties with whom Westpac has entered into a single bilateral master netting agreement which allows such netting in specified jurisdictions, and is supported by a written and reasoned legal opinion on the enforceability of that agreement. Close-out netting effectively aggregates pre-settlement risk exposure at time of default, thus reducing overall exposure.

 

Central clearing

 

Westpac increasingly executes derivative transactions through central clearing counterparties. Westpac’s credit exposure to central clearing counterparties is mitigated through the risk management framework employed by the central clearing counterparties which includes stringent membership requirements, initial margin collected on all trades and the structure of the default waterfall.

 

22.2.5 Credit risk concentrations

 

A concentration of credit risk exists when a number of counterparties are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions.

 

Westpac monitors its credit portfolio to manage risk concentrations. Exposures are actively managed from a portfolio perspective, with risk mitigation techniques used to rebalance the portfolio.

 

Individual customers or groups of related customers

 

Westpac has large exposure limits governing the aggregate size of credit exposure normally acceptable to individual customers and groups of related customers. These limits are tiered by customer risk grade.

 

Specific industries

 

Exposures to businesses, governments and other financial institutions are classified into a number of industry clusters based on groupings of related Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes and are monitored against industry risk appetite limits. The level of industry risk is measured on a dynamic basis.

 

Individual countries

 

Westpac has limits governing risks related to individual countries, such as political situations, government policies, economic conditions or other country-specific events, that may adversely affect either a customer’s ability to purchase or transfer currency to meet its obligations to Westpac, or Westpac’s ability to realise its assets in a particular country. Such risks include, but are not limited to, exchange control events, nationalisation, war, disaster, economic meltdown or government failure.

 

 

 

 

194

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

The table below sets out the maximum exposure to credit risk (excluding any collateral received) and the credit risk concentrations to which the Group and the Parent Entity are exposed. The total will not reconcile to the Group or Parent Entity’s total assets on the balance sheet as cash, non-financial assets and other financial assets have been excluded from the table below. Investments in subsidiaries and amounts due from subsidiaries have also been excluded from the Parent Entity’s disclosure.

 

Consolidated 2015

 

 

 

$m

Trading Securities
& Financial
Assets Designated
at Fair Value

Available
-For-Sale
Securities

Loans -
Housing
and
Personal

Loans -
Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets

Total
(On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
ments

Australia

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

244

7,446

22

51

7,763

1,305

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

4

-

127

7,614

63

-

7,808

1,924

Construction

42

-

515

5,599

57

18

6,231

3,958

Finance and insurance

6,183

11,286

2,803

13,251

35,710

10,032

79,265

10,344

Government, administration and defence

12,475

37,700

1

793

1,112

-

52,081

912

Manufacturing

244

-

218

9,320

1,340

746

11,868

7,294

Mining

110

-

34

4,407

774

302

5,627

3,943

Property, property services and business services

105

-

4,547

54,790

915

673

61,030

19,848

Services2

100

16

944

10,812

405

442

12,719

5,982

Trade3

146

-

593

15,445

206

201

16,591

7,752

Transport and storage

142

193

99

9,903

817

171

11,325

4,112

Utilities4

307

-

42

3,507

932

275

5,063

3,368

Retail Lending

112

-

390,007

585

25

-

390,729

80,230

Other

-

28

-

2,009

167

45

2,249

816

Total Australia

19,970

49,223

400,174

145,481

42,545

12,956

670,349

151,788

New Zealand

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

359

182

1

-

542

105

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

10

-

541

6,829

61

4

7,445

697

Construction

-

-

839

361

4

-

1,204

565

Finance and insurance

1,880

991

620

1,726

3,758

128

9,103

2,073

Government, administration and defence

1,865

2,081

10

292

338

28

4,614

611

Manufacturing

11

-

444

2,110

118

3

2,686

1,497

Mining

-

-

17

408

1

-

426

76

Property, property services and business services

2

-

6,908

6,223

89

-

13,222

2,382

Services2

-

-

1,146

1,175

57

1

2,379

1,106

Trade3

-

-

1,244

2,019

22

-

3,285

1,464

Transport and storage

10

-

246

1,094

45

-

1,395

916

Utilities4

52

42

77

1,021

439

5

1,636

1,382

Retail lending

-

-

27,793

45

6

-

27,844

8,118

Other

8

-

-

-

24

-

32

26

Total New Zealand

3,838

3,114

40,244

23,485

4,963

169

75,813

21,018

 

 

1    Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 21 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

 

 

              

2    Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

 

              

3    Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

 

              

4    Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

195

 

 



 

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Consolidated 2015

 

 

 

$m

Trading Securities
& Financial
Assets Designated
at Fair Value

Available
-For-Sale
Securities

Loans -
Housing
and
Personal

Loans -
Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets

Total
(On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
ments

Other overseas

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

4

107

-

-

111

13

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

1

567

19

-

587

491

Construction

-

-

7

240

-

-

247

138

Finance and insurance

1,458

1,009

1

4,296

562

-

7,326

3,764

Government, administration and defence

2,072

1,487

-

130

-

-

3,689

47

Manufacturing

92

-

4

3,844

7

-

3,947

5,438

Mining

-

-

-

778

-

-

778

3,378

Property, property services and
business services

-

-

62

479

-

-

541

559

Services2

-

-

5

448

1

-

454

231

Trade3

-

-

8

2,890

-

-

2,898

3,631

Transport and storage

-

-

4

1,095

76

-

1,175

710

Utilities4

24

-

-

722

-

-

746

313

Retail lending

-

-

1,123

68

-

-

1,191

38

Other

-

-

30

47

-

-

77

36

Total other overseas

3,646

2,496

1,249

15,711

665

-

23,767

18,787

Other risk concentrations

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

9,583

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,309

 

Total gross credit risk

27,454

54,833

441,667

184,677

48,173

13,125

780,821

191,593

 

 

1    Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 21 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

              

2    Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

              

3    Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

              

4    Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

196

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

$m

Trading Securities
& Financial
Assets Designated
at Fair Value

Available
-For-Sale
Securities

Loans -
Housing
and
Personal

Loans -
Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets

Total
(On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
ments

Australia

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

185

7,262

11

69

7,527

1,081

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

124

7,100

19

-

7,243

1,699

Construction

3

-

474

5,942

31

31

6,481

3,648

Finance and insurance

10,824

11,746

2,295

12,349

33,883

7,143

78,240

11,838

Government, administration and defence

24,126

19,492

4

780

371

-

44,773

1,366

Manufacturing

73

-

189

9,080

484

1,185

11,011

7,114

Mining

81

-

39

3,254

168

599

4,141

2,948

Property, property services and
business services

54

2

4,178

50,972

477

703

56,386

17,149

Services2

187

9

841

10,033

131

403

11,604

6,162

Trade3

114

-

562

15,054

223

206

16,159

8,241

Transport and storage

47

191

91

9,239

544

63

10,175

4,824

Utilities4

427

125

36

3,236

867

389

5,080

3,744

Retail Lending

140

-

365,334

488

43

-

366,005

75,427

Other

-

8

-

2,114

115

6

2,243

1,077

Total Australia

36,076

31,573

374,352

136,903

37,367

10,797

627,068

146,318

New Zealand

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

275

160

-

1

436

80

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

2

-

474

5,999

27

2

6,504

685

Construction

-

-

702

362

2

1

1,067

452

Finance and insurance

1,659

555

715

1,159

3,059

137

7,284

1,754

Government, administration and defence

1,392

2,100

5

349

147

53

4,046

916

Manufacturing

4

-

357

1,848

55

4

2,268

1,611

Mining

-

-

18

484

-

1

503

60

Property, property services and
business services

3

-

6,034

5,984

163

-

12,184

2,340

Services2

8

-

1,075

998

4

2

2,087

799

Trade3

-

-

1,001

1,878

10

-

2,889

1,363

Transport and storage

12

-

173

868

26

-

1,079

415

Utilities4

60

39

59

1,004

241

9

1,412

1,473

Retail lending

-

-

26,300

51

-

-

26,351

6,982

Other

1

37

3

135

1

-

177

248

Total New Zealand

3,141

2,731

37,191

21,279

3,735

210

68,287

19,178

 

 

 

1           Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 21 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

2           Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

3           Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

4           Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

197

 

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

$m

Trading Securities
& Financial
Assets Designated
at Fair Value

Available
-For-Sale
Securities

Loans -
Housing
and
Personal

Loans -
 Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets

Total
(On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
ments

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

3

124

-

-

127

32

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

1

464

-

-

465

179

Construction

-

-

8

112

-

-

120

157

Finance and insurance

2,188

717

1

2,005

285

-

5,196

2,437

Government, administration and defence

4,418

986

1

34

4

-

5,443

51

Manufacturing

31

-

3

2,883

11

-

2,928

4,264

Mining

43

-

-

1,508

2

-

1,553

1,188

Property, property services and business services

-

-

58

372

-

-

430

368

Services2

-

-

6

407

-

-

413

21

Trade3

-

-

8

3,240

-

-

3,248

1,455

Transport and storage

-

-

4

685

-

-

689

187

Utilities4

12

17

-

701

-

-

730

203

Retail lending

-

-

1,052

59

-

-

1,111

38

Other

-

-

12

40

-

-

52

76

Total other overseas

6,692

1,720

1,157

12,634

302

-

22,505

10,656

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,424

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,528

 

Total gross credit risk

45,909

36,024

412,700

170,816

41,404

11,007

726,812

176,152

 

 

1           Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 21 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

2           Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

3           Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

4           Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

198

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

Parent Entity 2015

 

 

 

$m

Trading Securities
& Financial
Assets Designated
at Fair Value

Available
-For-Sale
Securities

Loans -
Housing
and
Personal

Loans -
Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets

Total
(On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
ments

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

244

7,295

22

-

7,561

1,305

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

4

-

127

7,376

63

-

7,570

1,921

Construction

42

-

510

4,605

57

-

5,214

3,957

Finance and insurance

5,551

11,286

2,805

13,101

35,667

-

68,410

10,344

Government, administration and defence

12,474

37,699

1

736

1,112

-

52,022

912

Manufacturing

244

-

215

8,869

1,340

-

10,668

7,292

Mining

107

-

33

4,256

774

-

5,170

3,942

Property, property services and business services

105

-

4,242

53,314

915

-

58,576

19,831

Services2

100

16

943

10,124

405

-

11,588

5,959

Trade3

146

-

589

14,783

206

-

15,724

7,723

Transport and storage

118

15

97

9,211

817

-

10,258

4,102

Utilities4

307

-

41

3,470

932

-

4,750

3,368

Retail Lending

112

-

384,399

-

25

-

384,536

80,230

Other

-

8

-

1,338

167

-

1,513

811

Total Australia

19,310

49,024

394,246

138,478

42,502

-

643,560

151,697

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

-

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

10

-

-

2

61

-

73

6

Construction

-

-

-

5

4

-

9

13

Finance and insurance

842

-

-

-

3,195

-

4,037

61

Government, administration and defence

1,050

-

-

1

338

-

1,389

24

Manufacturing

11

-

-

90

118

-

219

116

Mining

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

-

Property, property services and business services

2

-

-

7

89

-

98

37

Services2

-

-

-

3

57

-

60

4

Trade3

-

-

-

218

22

-

240

209

Transport and storage

10

-

-

2

45

-

57

209

Utilities4

7

-

-

-

439

-

446

204

Retail lending

-

-

-

-

6

-

6

14

Other

8

-

-

-

24

-

32

-

Total New Zealand

1,940

-

-

328

4,400

-

6,668

897

 

1           Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 21 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

2           Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

3           Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

4           Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

199

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

Parent Entity 2015

 

 

 

$m

Trading Securities
& Financial
Assets Designated
at Fair Value

Available
-For-Sale
Securities

Loans -
 Housing
and
Personal

Loans -
 Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets

Total
(On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
 ments

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

3

90

-

-

93

13

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

1

566

19

-

586

491

Construction

-

-

5

199

-

-

204

132

Finance and insurance

1,458

801

1

4,250

536

-

7,046

3,763

Government, administration and defence

2,072

519

-

130

-

-

2,721

47

Manufacturing

92

-

3

3,814

6

-

3,915

5,290

Mining

-

-

-

777

-

-

777

3,360

Property, property services and business services

-

-

34

279

-

-

313

536

Services2

-

-

3

412

1

-

416

230

Trade3

-

-

7

2,745

-

-

2,752

3,469

Transport and storage

-

-

3

780

76

-

859

685

Utilities4

24

-

-

702

-

-

726

308

Retail lending

-

-

573

44

-

-

617

25

Other

-

-

30

45

-

-

75

6

Total other overseas

3,646

1,320

663

14,833

638

-

21,100

18,355

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,741

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,152

 

Total gross credit risk

24,896

50,344

394,909

153,639

47,540

-

681,221

170,949

 

 

1           Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 21 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

2           Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

3           Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

4           Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

200

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

 

 

 

$m

Trading
Securities
& Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair Value

Available
-For-Sale
Securities

Loans -
 Housing
and
Personal

Loans -
 Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets

Total
(On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
ments

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

185

6,855

11

-

7,051

1,080

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

124

6,586

19

-

6,729

1,699

Construction

3

-

474

4,966

31

-

5,474

3,647

Finance and insurance

10,373

11,736

2,295

12,054

33,879

-

70,337

11,838

Government, administration and defence

24,119

19,491

4

708

371

-

44,693

1,366

Manufacturing

73

-

189

8,595

484

-

9,341

7,114

Mining

65

-

40

3,113

168

-

3,386

2,947

Property, property services and business services

54

2

4,177

48,605

477

-

53,315

17,144

Services2

187

9

841

9,137

130

-

10,304

6,156

Trade3

114

-

562

14,004

223

-

14,903

8,095

Transport and storage

23

15

91

8,553

544

-

9,226

4,819

Utilities4

427

-

37

3,199

867

-

4,530

3,744

Retail Lending

140

-

358,167

462

43

-

358,812

75,427

Other

-

8

-

1,404

115

-

1,527

1,071

Total Australia

35,578

31,261

367,186

128,241

37,362

-

599,628

146,147

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

2

-

-

6

27

-

35

14

Construction

-

-

-

4

2

-

6

11

Finance and insurance

873

-

-

1

2,992

-

3,866

74

Government, administration and defence

1,129

-

-

4

147

-

1,280

113

Manufacturing

4

-

-

81

55

-

140

120

Property, property services and business services

3

-

-

4

163

-

170

30

Services2

8

-

-

5

4

-

17

5

Trade3

-

-

-

196

10

-

206

231

Transport and storage

12

-

-

4

26

-

42

43

Utilities4

22

-

-

-

241

-

263

226

Retail lending

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

13

Other

1

-

-

-

1

-

2

1

Total New Zealand

2,054

-

-

305

3,668

-

6,027

881

 

 

1           Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 21 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

 

2           Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

 

3           Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

 

4           Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

201

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

 

 

 

$m

Trading
Securities
& Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair Value

Available
-For-Sale
Securities

Loans -
Housing
and
Personal

Loans -
Business

Derivatives1

Life
Insurance
Assets

Total
(On
Balance
Sheet)

Credit
Commit-
ments

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

3

92

-

-

95

32

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

1

461

-

-

462

178

Construction

-

-

5

84

-

-

89

150

Finance and insurance

2,188

377

1

1,970

271

-

4,807

2,436

Government, administration and defence

4,418

371

-

34

4

-

4,827

51

Manufacturing

31

-

2

2,817

-

-

2,850

4,147

Mining

43

-

-

1,501

2

-

1,546

1,173

Property, property services and business services

-

-

25

178

-

-

203

349

Services2

-

-

3

373

-

-

376

20

Trade3

-

-

5

3,112

-

-

3,117

1,325

Transport and storage

-

-

3

509

-

-

512

166

Utilities4

12

-

-

665

-

-

677

202

Retail lending

-

-

543

28

-

-

571

30

Other

-

-

9

37

-

-

46

3

Total other overseas

6,692

748

600

11,861

277

-

20,178

10,262

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,483

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,389

 

Total gross credit risk

44,324

32,009

367,786

140,407

41,307

-

632,705

157,290

 

1           Derivatives give rise to credit risk where there is a positive current fair value. Credit derivatives also expose the writer of the contract to the risk of default of the referenced entity. See Note 21 for further details regarding credit derivative exposures.

 

2           Services include education, health and community services, cultural and recreational services and personal and other services.

 

3           Trade includes wholesale trade and retail trade.

 

4           Utilities include electricity, gas and water and communication services.

 

22.2.6 Credit quality of financial assets

 

The tables below segregate the financial assets of the Group and Parent Entity between financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired, past due but not impaired and impaired. Non-financial assets of the Group and Parent Entity are excluded from the tables below and therefore the total will not reconcile to total assets on the balance sheets.

 

An asset is considered to be past due when any payment under the contractual terms has been missed. The amount included as past due is the entire contractual balance, rather than the overdue portion. The breakdown in the tables below does not always align with the underlying basis by which credit risk is managed within Westpac.

 

 

 

 

202

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Financial assets of the Group at 30 September can be disaggregated as follows:

 

 

Consolidated 2015

 

$m

 

Neither Past
Due Nor
Impaired

 

Past Due
But Not
Impaired

 

Impaired

 

Total

 

 

Impairment
Provision

 

Total
Carrying
Value

Cash and balances with central banks

 

14,770

 

-

 

-

 

 

14,770

 

 

-

 

 

14,770

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

9,583

 

-

 

-

 

 

9,583

 

 

-

 

 

9,583

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

27,454

 

-

 

-

 

 

27,454

 

 

-

 

 

27,454

Derivative financial instruments

 

48,173

 

-

 

-

 

 

48,173

 

 

-

 

 

48,173

Available-for-sale securities

 

54,833

 

-

 

-

 

 

54,833

 

 

-

 

 

54,833

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

 

426,731

 

14,439

 

497

 

 

441,667

 

 

(1,197)

 

 

440,470

Loans – business

 

179,809

 

3,470

 

1,398

 

 

184,677

 

 

(1,831)

 

 

182,846

Life insurance assets

 

13,121

 

4

 

-

 

 

13,125

 

 

-

 

 

13,125

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

1,309

 

-

 

-

 

 

1,309

 

 

-

 

 

1,309

Other financial assets

 

3,041

 

33

 

3

 

 

3,077

 

 

-

 

 

3,077

Total

 

778,824

 

17,946

 

1,898

 

 

798,668

 

 

(3,028)

 

 

795,640

 

Consolidated 2014

 

$m

 

Neither Past
Due Nor
Impaired

 

Past Due
But Not
Impaired

 

Impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

Impairment
Provision

 

 

Total
Carrying
Value

Cash and balances with central banks

 

25,760

 

-

 

-

 

 

25,760

 

 

-

 

 

25,760

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

7,424

 

-

 

-

 

 

7,424

 

 

-

 

 

7,424

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

45,908

 

-

 

1

 

 

45,909

 

 

-

 

 

45,909

Derivative financial instruments

 

41,404

 

-

 

-

 

 

41,404

 

 

-

 

 

41,404

Available-for-sale securities

 

36,024

 

-

 

-

 

 

36,024

 

 

-

 

 

36,024

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

 

397,583

 

14,649

 

468

 

 

412,700

 

 

(1,117)

 

 

411,583

Loans – business

 

165,458

 

3,486

 

1,872

 

 

170,816

 

 

(2,056)

 

 

168,760

Life insurance assets

 

11,002

 

5

 

-

 

 

11,007

 

 

-

 

 

11,007

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

1,528

 

-

 

-

 

 

1,528

 

 

-

 

 

1,528

Other financial assets

 

5,049

 

39

 

5

 

 

5,093

 

 

-

 

 

5,093

Total

 

737,140

 

18,179

 

2,346

 

 

757,665

 

 

(3,173)

 

 

754,492

 

Financial assets of the Parent Entity at 30 September can be disaggregated as follows:

 

 

Parent Entity 2015

 

$m

 

Neither Past
Due Nor
Impaired

 

Past Due
But Not
Impaired

 

Impaired

 

 

Total

 

 

Impairment
Provision

 

 

Total
Carrying
Value

Cash and balances with central banks

 

13,372

 

-

 

-

 

 

13,372

 

 

-

 

 

13,372

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

8,741

 

-

 

-

 

 

8,741

 

 

-

 

 

8,741

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

24,896

 

-

 

-

 

 

24,896

 

 

-

 

 

24,896

Derivative financial instruments

 

47,540

 

-

 

-

 

 

47,540

 

 

-

 

 

47,540

Available-for-sale securities

 

50,344

 

-

 

-

 

 

50,344

 

 

-

 

 

50,344

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

 

381,795

 

12,750

 

364

 

 

394,909

 

 

(993)

 

 

393,916

Loans – business

 

149,756

 

2,832

 

1,051

 

 

153,639

 

 

(1,480)

 

 

152,159

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

1,152

 

-

 

-

 

 

1,152

 

 

-

 

 

1,152

Due from subsidiaries

 

145,560

 

-

 

-

 

 

145,560

 

 

-

 

 

145,560

Other financial assets

 

2,429

 

27

 

2

 

 

2,458

 

 

-

 

 

2,458

Total

 

825,585

 

15,609

 

1,417

 

 

842,611

 

 

(2,473)

 

 

840,138

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

203

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

$m

 

Neither Past
Due Nor
Impaired

 

Past Due
But Not
Impaired

 

Impaired

 

Total

 

Impairment
Provision

 

Total
Carrying
Value

Cash and balances with central banks

 

23,400

 

-

 

-

 

23,400

 

-

 

23,400

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

5,483

 

-

 

-

 

5,483

 

-

 

5,483

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

44,323

 

-

 

1

 

44,324

 

-

 

44,324

Derivative financial instruments

 

41,307

 

-

 

-

 

41,307

 

-

 

41,307

Available-for-sale securities

 

32,009

 

-

 

-

 

32,009

 

-

 

32,009

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

 

354,597

 

12,809

 

380

 

367,786

 

(889)

 

366,897

Loans – business

 

135,897

 

2,994

 

1,516

 

140,407

 

(1,700)

 

138,707

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

1,389

 

-

 

-

 

1,389

 

-

 

1,389

Due from subsidiaries

 

140,098

 

-

 

-

 

140,098

 

-

 

140,098

Other financial assets

 

4,490

 

33

 

4

 

4,527

 

-

 

4,527

Total

 

782,993

 

15,836

 

1,901

 

800,730

 

(2,589)

 

798,141

 

22.2.7 Financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired1

 

The credit quality of financial assets of the Group that are neither past due nor impaired have been assessed by reference to the credit risk rating system adopted internally:

 

Consolidated

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

$m

 

Strong

 

Good/
Satisfactory

 

Weak

 

Total

 

 

Strong

 

Good/
Satisfactory

 

Weak

 

Total

Cash and balances with central banks

 

14,770

 

-

 

-

 

14,770

 

 

25,760

 

-

 

-

 

25,760

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

9,583

 

-

 

-

 

9,583

 

 

7,380

 

44

 

-

 

7,424

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

27,325

 

127

 

2

 

27,454

 

 

45,684

 

222

 

2

 

45,908

Derivative financial instruments

 

47,137

 

927

 

109

 

48,173

 

 

40,105

 

1,253

 

46

 

41,404

Available-for-sale securities

 

53,951

 

861

 

21

 

54,833

 

 

35,355

 

652

 

17

 

36,024

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

 

317,870

 

107,349

 

1,512

 

426,731

 

 

312,648

 

83,672

 

1,263

 

397,583

Loans – business

 

83,938

 

92,020

 

3,851

 

179,809

 

 

74,323

 

86,438

 

4,697

 

165,458

Life insurance assets2

 

13,073

 

48

 

-

 

13,121

 

 

10,934

 

68

 

-

 

11,002

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

1,042

 

163

 

104

 

1,309

 

 

1,303

 

142

 

83

 

1,528

Other financial assets3

 

2,666

 

365

 

10

 

3,041

 

 

4,665

 

371

 

13

 

5,049

Total financial assets

 

571,355

 

201,860

 

5,609

 

778,824

 

 

558,157

 

172,862

 

6,121

 

737,140

 

 

 

1        The classification of mortgage exposures into risk categories was updated over the year following the implementation of new risk scoring models.

 

2        Life insurance assets include $6,480 million (2014: $8,951 million) of unit linked investment contract assets and $191 million (2014: $170 million) of unrated investments in managed schemes and mortgages. The Group has no direct exposure to unit linked investments as the liability to policy holders is directly linked to the performance of these assets. The investments in managed schemes and mortgages are predominantly managed by the BT Financial Group.

 

3        Other financial assets includes accrued interest of $1,108 million (2014: $1,214 million) which is allocated to the relevant credit quality classifications in proportion to the loan balances to which it relates. Securities sold not yet delivered of $740 million (2014: $2,768 million) is also included in this balance which is allocated proportionately based on the trading securities balance classifications.

 

 

 

 

204

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Parent Entity

 

2015

 

 

2014

$m

 

Strong

 

Good/
Satisfactory

 

Weak

 

Total

 

 

Strong

 

Good/
Satisfactory

 

Weak

 

Total

Cash and balances with central banks

 

13,372

 

-

 

-

 

13,372

 

 

23,400

 

-

 

-

 

23,400

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

8,741

 

-

 

-

 

8,741

 

 

5,439

 

44

 

-

 

5,483

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

24,781

 

113

 

2

 

24,896

 

 

44,134

 

187

 

2

 

44,323

Derivative financial instruments

 

46,505

 

926

 

109

 

47,540

 

 

40,008

 

1,253

 

46

 

41,307

Available-for-sale securities

 

50,301

 

22

 

21

 

50,344

 

 

31,974

 

18

 

17

 

32,009

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

 

305,373

 

75,388

 

1,034

 

381,795

 

 

298,686

 

54,892

 

1,019

 

354,597

Loans – business

 

75,366

 

71,329

 

3,061

 

149,756

 

 

66,898

 

65,217

 

3,782

 

135,897

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

1,042

 

6

 

104

 

1,152

 

 

1,300

 

6

 

83

 

1,389

Due from subsidiaries

 

145,560

 

-

 

-

 

145,560

 

 

140,098

 

-

 

-

 

140,098

Other financial assets1

 

2,166

 

256

 

7

 

2,429

 

 

4,225

 

255

 

10

 

4,490

Total financial assets

 

673,207

 

148,040

 

4,338

 

825,585

 

 

656,162

 

121,872

 

4,959

 

782,993

 

 

1        Other financial assets includes accrued interest of $927 million (2014: $1,029 million) which is allocated to the relevant credit quality classifications in proportionate to the loan balances to which it relates. Securities sold not yet delivered of $725 million (2014: $2,765 million) is also included in this balance which is allocated proportionately based on the trading securities balance classifications.

 

The following analysis shows our assessment of the coverage provided by collateral held in support of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired. The estimated realisable value of collateral held is based on a combination of:

 

¡     formal valuations currently held in respect of such collateral; and

 

¡     management’s assessment of the estimated realisable value of all collateral held given its experience with similar types of assets in similar situations and the circumstances peculiar to the subject collateral.

 

This analysis also takes into consideration any other relevant knowledge available to management at the time. It is our practice to obtain updated valuations when either management considers that it cannot satisfactorily estimate a realisable value or when it is determined to be necessary to move to a forced sale of the collateral.

 

In the following table, a financial asset that is neither past due nor impaired is deemed to be ‘fully secured’ where the ratio of the asset amount to our current estimated net present value of the realisable collateral is less than or equal to 100%. Such assets are deemed to be ‘partially secured’ when this ratio exceeds 100% but not more than 150%, and ‘unsecured’ when either no security is held (e.g. can include credit cards, personal loans, and exposure to highly rated corporate entities) or where the secured loan to estimated recoverable value exceeds 150%.

 

Consolidated

 

2015

 

2014

%

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

Fully secured

 

96.1

 

51.3

 

82.8

 

95.5

 

52.3

 

82.8

Partially secured

 

1.4

 

24.8

 

8.4

 

1.8

 

24.5

 

8.5

Unsecured

 

2.5

 

23.9

 

8.8

 

2.7

 

23.2

 

8.7

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

Parent Entity

 

2015

 

2014

%

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

Fully secured

 

97.5

 

51.5

 

84.6

 

97.3

 

52.5

 

84.9

Partially secured

 

0.3

 

23.7

 

6.9

 

0.4

 

23.5

 

6.8

Unsecured

 

2.2

 

24.8

 

8.5

 

2.3

 

24.0

 

8.3

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

205

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.2.8 Financial assets that are past due, but not impaired

An age analysis of financial assets that are past due, but not impaired is set out in the following table. For the purposes of this analysis an asset is considered to be past due when any payment under the contractual terms has been missed. The amount included is the entire contractual amount, rather than the overdue amount.

 

The Group expends considerable effort in monitoring overdue assets. Assets may be overdue for a number of reasons, including late payments or incomplete documentation. Late payment may be influenced by factors such as the holiday periods and the timing of weekends.

 

Financial assets that were past due, but not impaired can be disaggregated based on days overdue at 30 September as follows:

 

Consolidated

 

2015

 

2014

$m

 

1-5 days

 

6-89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

 

1-5 days

 

6-89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

 

3,997

 

8,867

 

1,575

 

14,439

 

4,253

 

8,872

 

1,524

 

14,649

Loans – business

 

838

 

2,151

 

481

 

3,470

 

780

 

2,274

 

432

 

3,486

Life insurance assets

 

-

 

4

 

-

 

4

 

-

 

5

 

-

 

5

Other financial assets

 

9

 

20

 

4

 

33

 

11

 

24

 

4

 

39

Total

 

4,844

 

11,042

 

2,060

 

17,946

 

5,044

 

11,175

 

1,960

 

18,179

 

Parent Entity

 

2015

 

2014

$m

 

1-5 days

 

6-89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

 

1-5 days

 

6-89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans – housing and personal

 

3,648

 

7,573

 

1,529

 

12,750

 

3,797

 

7,557

 

1,455

 

12,809

Loans – business

 

640

 

1,860

 

332

 

2,832

 

570

 

2,052

 

372

 

2,994

Other financial assets

 

8

 

16

 

3

 

27

 

9

 

20

 

4

 

33

Total

 

4,296

 

9,449

 

1,864

 

15,609

 

4,376

 

9,629

 

1,831

 

15,836

 

The following analysis shows our assessment of the coverage provided by collateral held in support of financial assets that are past due but not impaired. The estimated realisable value of collateral held is based on a combination of:

 

¡                 formal valuations currently held in respect of such collateral; and

 

¡                 management’s assessment of the estimated realisable value of all collateral held given its experience with similar types of assets in similar situations and the circumstances peculiar to the subject collateral.

 

This analysis also takes into consideration any other relevant knowledge available to management at the time. It is our practice to obtain updated valuations when either management considers that it cannot satisfactorily estimate a realisable value or when it is determined to be necessary to move to a forced sale of the collateral.

 

In the following table, a financial asset that is past due but not impaired is deemed to be ‘fully secured’ where the ratio of the asset amount to our current estimated net present value of the realisable collateral is less than or equal to 100%. Such assets are deemed to be ‘partially secured’ when this ratio exceeds 100% but not more than 150%, and ‘unsecured’ when either no security is held (e.g. can include credit cards, personal loans, and exposure to highly rated corporate entities) or where the secured loan to estimated recoverable value exceeds 150%.

 

Consolidated

 

2015

 

2014

%

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

Fully secured

 

92.5

 

48.6

 

84.1

 

91.2

 

52.1

 

83.8

Partially secured

 

2.6

 

27.7

 

7.4

 

3.1

 

27.2

 

7.7

Unsecured

 

4.9

 

23.7

 

8.5

 

5.7

 

20.7

 

8.5

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

 

 

206

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Parent Entity

 

2015

 

2014

%

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

Fully secured

 

95.4

 

47.5

 

86.8

 

95.3

 

51.0

 

87.0

Partially secured

 

0.7

 

26.2

 

5.3

 

0.7

 

27.8

 

5.8

Unsecured

 

3.9

 

26.3

 

7.9

 

4.0

 

21.2

 

7.2

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

22.2.9 Items 90 days past due, or otherwise in default and not impaired

 

These include financial assets that are:

 

¡   currently 90 days or more past due but well secured;

 

¡   assets that were, but are no longer 90 days past due however are yet to satisfactorily demonstrate sustained improvement to allow reclassification; and

 

¡   other assets in default and not impaired, such as where an order for bankruptcy or similar legal action has been instituted in respect of credit obligations (e.g. appointment of an Administrator or Receiver).

 

Consolidated

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Gross Amount

 

2,149

 

2,134

 

2,329

 

130

 

85

 

136

 

13

 

22

 

22

 

2,292

 

2,241

 

2,487

 

22.2.10 Impaired loans

 

Financial assets assessed as impaired

 

The gross amount of impaired loans, along with the provision for impairment, by class of asset at 30 September, is summarised in the tables below:

 

Consolidated

 

2015

 

2014

$m

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

Individually impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

168

 

1,287

 

1,455

 

202

 

1,785

 

1,987

Impairment provision

 

(88)

 

(581)

 

(669)

 

(96)

 

(771)

 

(867)

Carrying amount

 

80

 

706

 

786

 

106

 

1,014

 

1,120

Collectively impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

329

 

111

 

440

 

266

 

87

 

353

Impairment provision

 

(178)

 

(30)

 

(208)

 

(150)

 

(30)

 

(180)

Carrying amount

 

151

 

81

 

232

 

116

 

57

 

173

Total gross amount

 

497

 

1,398

 

1,895

 

468

 

1,872

 

2,340

Total impairment provision

 

(266)

 

(611)

 

(877)

 

(246)

 

(801)

 

(1,047)

Total carrying amount

 

231

 

787

 

1,018

 

222

 

1,071

 

1,293

 

Parent Entity

 

2015

 

2014

$m

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

Individually impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

110

 

946

 

1,056

 

153

 

1,430

 

1,583

Impairment provision

 

(64)

 

(479)

 

(543)

 

(72)

 

(647)

 

(719)

Carrying amount

 

46

 

467

 

513

 

81

 

783

 

864

Collectively impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

254

 

105

 

359

 

227

 

86

 

313

Impairment provision

 

(141)

 

(28)

 

(169)

 

(127)

 

(24)

 

(151)

Carrying amount

 

113

 

77

 

190

 

100

 

62

 

162

Total gross amount

 

364

 

1,051

 

1,415

 

380

 

1,516

 

1,896

Total impairment provision

 

(205)

 

(507)

 

(712)

 

(199)

 

(671)

 

(870)

Total carrying amount

 

159

 

544

 

703

 

181

 

845

 

1,026

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

207

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

The following analysis shows our assessment of the coverage provided by collateral held in support of impaired financial assets. The estimated realisable value of collateral held is based on a combination of:

 

¡   formal valuations currently held in respect of such collateral; and

 

¡   management’s assessment of the estimated realisable value of all collateral held given its experience with similar types of assets in similar situations and the circumstances peculiar to the subject collateral.

 

This analysis also takes into consideration any other relevant knowledge available to management at the time. It is our practice to obtain updated valuations when either management considers that it cannot satisfactorily estimate a realisable value or when it is determined to be necessary to move to a forced sale of the collateral.

 

In the following table, an individually impaired financial asset is deemed to be ‘fully secured’ where the ratio of the impaired asset amount to our current estimated net present value of realisable collateral is less than or equal to 100%. Such assets are deemed to be ‘partially secured’ when this ratio exceeds 100% but not more than 150%, and ‘unsecured’ when either no security is held (e.g. can include credit cards, personal loans and exposure to corporate entities) or where the secured loan to recoverable value exceeds 150%.

 

Consolidated

 

2015

 

 

2014

%

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

 

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

Fully secured

 

59.2

 

23.2

 

32.6

 

 

61.1

 

25.1

 

32.3

Partially secured

 

16.3

 

34.8

 

29.9

 

 

10.9

 

24.8

 

22.0

Unsecured

 

24.5

 

42.0

 

37.5

 

 

28.0

 

50.1

 

45.7

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

Parent Entity

 

2015

 

 

2014

%

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

 

 

Loans –
Housing and
Personal

 

Loans –
Business

 

Total

Fully secured

 

67.6

 

17.3

 

30.2

 

 

66.2

 

25.9

 

33.6

Partially secured

 

6.9

 

34.7

 

27.6

 

 

8.6

 

23.3

 

20.5

Unsecured

 

25.5

 

48.0

 

42.2

 

 

25.2

 

50.8

 

45.9

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

Impaired loans comprise non-performing loans, overdrafts, personal loans, revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due and restructured loans.

 

Non-performing loans

 

Non-performing loans are loans with an impaired internal risk grade, excluding restructured assets. These were attributed to the following geographical segments:

 

Consolidated

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Gross amount

 

1,220

 

1,580

 

2,574

 

348

 

397

 

586

 

25

 

53

 

89

 

1,593

 

2,030

 

3,249

Impairment provision

 

(572)

 

(697)

 

(1,099)

 

(104)

 

(130)

 

(210)

 

(13)

 

(35)

 

(54)

 

(689)

 

(862)

 

(1,363)

Net

 

648

 

883

 

1,475

 

244

 

267

 

376

 

12

 

18

 

35

 

904

 

1,168

 

1,886

 

Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due

 

Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due for the Group were attributed to the following geographical segments:

 

Consolidated

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Gross amount

 

252

 

203

 

181

 

10

 

13

 

14

 

1

 

1

 

-

 

263

 

217

 

195

Impairment provision

 

(164)

 

(132)

 

(126)

 

(7)

 

(9)

 

(9)

 

(1)

 

-

 

-

 

(172)

 

(141)

 

(135)

Net

 

88

 

71

 

55

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

91

 

76

 

60

 

 

 

 

208

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Restructured financial assets

 

Assets are deemed to be restructured financial assets when the original contractual terms have been formally modified to provide for concessions of interest or principal for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer.

 

Restructured financial assets for the Group were attributed to the following geographical segments:

 

Consolidated

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Gross amount

 

22

 

34

 

34

 

17

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

59

 

122

 

39

 

93

 

156

Impairment provision

 

(12)

 

(23)

 

(23)

 

(4)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(21)

 

(33)

 

(16)

 

(44)

 

(56)

Net

 

10

 

11

 

11

 

13

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

38

 

89

 

23

 

49

 

100

 

Restructured financial assets of the Parent Entity as at 30 September were:

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

$m

 

2015

 

2014

Gross amount

 

22

 

92

Impairment provision

 

(12)

 

(44)

Net

 

10

 

48

 

The following table summarises the interest received and forgone on impaired and restructured financial assets:

 

Consolidated 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

Australia

 

Overseas

 

 

Total

Interest received

 

8

 

14

 

 

22

Interest forgone

 

98

 

4

 

 

102

 

22.3 Funding and liquidity risk management

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due. This risk could potentially arise as a result of:

 

¡   an inability to meet both expected and unexpected current and future cashflows and collateral needs without affecting either daily operations or the financial condition of the bank; and/or

 

¡   inadequate market depth or market disruption impacting the ability to offset or eliminate a position at the market price.

 

The Group has a liquidity risk management framework designed with the objective of meeting cash flow obligations under a wide range of market conditions, including name specific and market-wide stress scenarios as well as meeting the regulatory requirements of the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”).

 

The annual review of the liquidity risk management framework encompasses the funding scenarios modelled, the modelling approach, wholesale funding capacity, limit determination and minimum holdings of liquid assets. The liquidity risk management framework is reviewed by ALCO prior to approval by the BRCC.

 

Responsibility for managing the Group’s liquidity and funding positions in accordance with the Group’s Liquidity Risk Management Framework is delegated to Treasury, under the oversight of ALCO. Daily liquidity risk reports are circulated to, and reviewed by, local and senior staff in both Treasury and the Liquidity Risk team. Liquidity reports are presented to ALCO monthly and to the BRCC quarterly.

 

Treasury is responsible for monitoring and managing our funding base so that it is prudently maintained, stable and adequately diversified. Treasury undertakes an annual funding review that outlines the funding strategy for the coming year. This review encompasses trends in global markets, peer analysis, wholesale funding capacity, expected funding requirements and a funding risk analysis. This strategy is continuously reviewed to take account of changing market conditions, investor sentiment and estimations of asset and liability growth rates. The annual funding strategy is reviewed and supported by ALCO prior to approval by the BRCC.

 

Treasury maintains a contingency funding plan that details the broad actions to be taken in response to severe disruptions in our ability to fund some or all of our activities in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost. This document defines a committee of senior executives to manage a crisis and allocates responsibility to individuals for key tasks. The plan is reviewed and approved by ALCO and is aligned with Westpac’s broader Liquidity Crisis Management Policy which is approved annually by the BRCC.

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

209

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.3.1 Liquidity modelling

 

As required under APRA’s liquidity prudential standard, the Group maintains a ‘going concern’ model with reports issued and reviewed on a daily basis. Under the ‘going concern’ model wholesale debt maturities are added to planned net asset growth to provide an estimate of the wholesale funding task across a range of time horizons. Maturity concentrations are measured against a Board approved limit structure; with limits, set at intervals from one week to 15 months.

 

Stress testing is carried out to assess Westpac’s ability to meet cash flow obligations under a range of market conditions, including name specific and market wide stress scenarios. These scenarios inform liquidity limits and strategic planning.

 

The LCR requires banks to hold sufficient high-quality liquid assets, as defined, to withstand 30 days under a regulator-defined acute stress scenario. The LCR came into effect on 1 January 2015. Westpac maintains a buffer over the regulatory minimum of 100%. The Group’s LCR as at 30 September 2015, including the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) of $66 billion, was 121% and the average monthly LCR for the quarter ending 30 September 2015 was 121%.

 

22.3.2 Sources of liquidity

 

Sources of liquidity are regularly reviewed to maintain a wide diversification by currency, geography, product and term. Sources include, but are not limited to:

 

¡        deposits;

 

¡        debt issues;

 

¡        proceeds from sale of marketable securities;

 

¡        repurchase agreements with central banks;

 

¡        principal repayments on loans;

 

¡        interest income; and

 

¡        fee income.

 

Wholesale funding

 

The Group monitors the composition and stability of its funding so that it remains within the Group’s funding risk appetite. This includes targeting a Stable Funding Ratio (SFR) of greater than 75%. Stable funding includes customer deposits, wholesale term funding with residual maturity greater than 12 months, securitisation and equity.

 

In 2015, the Group continued to focus on funding asset growth through stable sources, ending the year with the Stable Funding Ratio at 83.8%, up 68bps from 30 September 2014.

 

The Group’s overall funding composition was relatively unchanged, with customer deposits representing 59.3% of the Group’s total funding at 30 September 2015 (30 September 2014: 60.2%), a further 1.7% from securitisation (30 September 2014: 1.7%), 15.4% from long term funding with a residual maturity greater than one year (30 September 2014: 14.2%) and 7.4% from equity (30 September 2014: 7.1%).

 

At 30 September 2015, the Group had $116.6 billion of wholesale funding with a residual maturity within one year representing 16.2% of the Group’s total funding (30 September 2014: 16.8%). This short term funding has a weighted average maturity of 130 days and is more than covered by the $135.6 billion of repo-eligible liquid assets held by the Group.

 

Maintaining a diverse funding base with the capacity and flexibility to access a wide range of funding markets, debt investors, currencies and products is an important part of managing liquidity risk.

 

In 2015, the Group raised $31.3 billion of term wholesale funding with a weighted average maturity of 4.9 years (excluding securitisation).

 

The Group executed benchmark senior bond trades in US$ and A$, benchmark covered bond trades in Euro and US$, RMBS transactions and an auto ABS transaction in A$, as well as smaller senior bond trades in Swiss Franc and Sterling. Westpac is the only major Australian bank with an active Auto ABS capability, the only Australian bank with access to the US SEC registered market and a regular issuer of RMBS. The Group took advantage of these capabilities in 2015.

 

New term issuance also included $2.2 billion of Basel III compliant Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital during the year.

 

Borrowings and outstandings from existing debt programs and issuing shelves at 30 September 2015 can be found in various notes to the financial statements including Note 16, Note 17, Note 19 and Note 20.

 

 

 

 

210

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Credit ratings

 

As at 30 September 2015 the Parent Entity’s credit ratings were:

 

2015

 

Short-term

 

Long-term

 

Outlook

Standard & Poor’s

 

A-1+

 

AA-

 

Stable

Moody’s Investors Services

 

P-1

 

Aa2

 

Stable

Fitch Ratings

 

F1+

 

AA-

 

Stable

 

As of 30 September 2015, approximately 33% of the Group’s total funding originated from wholesale funding markets, principally in Australia, the United States, Europe and Japan. Investors in these markets have historically relied significantly upon credit ratings issued by independent credit rating organisations in making their investment decisions. If Westpac’s credit ratings were to be lowered from current levels, the Group’s borrowing costs and capacity may be adversely affected. A downgrade in Westpac’s credit ratings from current levels is likely to require the Group to pay higher interest rates than we do currently on our wholesale borrowings. This would increase the Group’s funding costs and could reduce net interest margins. In addition, the Group’s borrowing capacity could be diminished, which may adversely affect the Group’s ability to fund the growth of our balance sheet or reduce our liquidity.

 

A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold Westpac securities. Such ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Investors are cautioned to evaluate each rating independently of any other rating.

 

Liquid assets

 

Treasury holds a portfolio of high-quality liquid assets as a buffer against unforeseen funding requirements. These assets are eligible for repurchase agreements with the Reserve Bank of Australia or another central bank and are held in cash, Government, State Government and highly rated investment grade paper. The level of liquid asset holdings is reviewed frequently and is consistent with both the requirements of the balance sheet and market conditions.

 

Liquid assets that qualify as eligible collateral for repurchase agreements with an applicable central bank (including internal securitisation) have increased by $1.2 billion to $135.6 billion over the last 12 months.

 

Given the limited amount of government debt in Australia, the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA), jointly with the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA), has made available to Australian Deposit-taking Institutions (ADIs) a CLF that subject to satisfaction of qualifying conditions, can be accessed to help meet the LCR requirement. In order to access the CLF, ADIs are required to pay a fee of 15 basis points (0.15%) per annum to the RBA on the approved facility. Westpac has received approval from APRA for a CLF of $58.6 billion for the 2016 calendar year (2015: $66.0 billion).

 

A summary of liquid asset holdings is as follows:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

$m

 

Actual

 

Average

 

Actual

 

Average

 

Cash

 

14,375

 

18,159

 

22,497

 

19,017

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

11

 

355

 

655

 

1,090

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

10,968

 

16,898

 

18,272

 

24,317

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

52,815

 

43,098

 

34,205

 

31,097

 

Loans1

 

57,249

 

61,111

 

58,448

 

55,650

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks

 

201

 

269

 

368

 

449

 

Total liquid assets

 

135,619

 

139,890

 

134,445

 

131,620

 

 

 

1           Loans are self-originated AAA rated mortgage backed securities which are eligible for repurchase with the Reserve Bank of Australia and Reserve Bank of New Zealand.

 

22.3.3 Contractual maturity of financial liabilities

 

The tables below present cash flows associated with financial liabilities including derivative liabilities, payable at the balance sheet date, by remaining contractual maturity. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, whereas the Group manages inherent liquidity risk based on expected cash flows.

 

Cash flows associated with financial liabilities include both principal payments as well as fixed or variable interest payments incorporated into the relevant coupon period. Principal payments reflect the earliest contractual maturity date. Derivative liabilities designed for hedging purposes are expected to be held for their remaining contractual lives, and reflect gross cash flows derived as the fixed rate and/or the expected variable rate applied to the notional principal over the remaining contractual term and where relevant includes the receipt and payment of the notional amount under the contract.

 

Foreign exchange obligations have been translated to Australian dollars using the closing spot rates at the end of the financial year.

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

211

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

The balances in the tables below will not necessarily agree to amounts presented on the face of the balance sheet as amounts in the table incorporate cash flows on an undiscounted basis and include both principal and associated future interest payments.

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement are not all managed for liquidity purposes on the basis of their contractual maturity. The liabilities that we manage based on their contractual maturity are presented on a contractual undiscounted basis in the tables below:

 

Consolidated 2015

$m

 

Up to
1 Month

 

Over 1 Month
to 3 Months

 

Over 3 Months
to 1 Year

 

Over 1 Year
to 5 Years

 

Over
5 Years

 

Total

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

14,941

 

2,331

 

1,221

 

349

 

-

 

18,842

Deposits and other borrowings

 

306,518

 

78,744

 

79,312

 

12,998

 

233

 

477,805

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

5,941

 

2,250

 

251

 

432

 

372

 

9,246

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

 

43,475

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

43,475

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

129

 

221

 

1,050

 

2,743

 

333

 

4,476

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

3,687

 

4,152

 

5,621

 

2,466

 

992

 

16,918

Cash inflow

 

(3,580)

 

(3,965)

 

(5,393)

 

(2,197)

 

(977)

 

(16,112)

Debt issues

 

5,369

 

12,930

 

49,385

 

98,791

 

13,750

 

180,225

Other financial liabilities

 

1,289

 

563

 

2,533

 

-

 

-

 

4,385

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

377,769

 

97,226

 

133,980

 

115,582

 

14,703

 

739,260

Loan capital1

 

5,795

 

169

 

740

 

6,573

 

1,484

 

14,761

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

383,564

 

97,395

 

134,720

 

122,155

 

16,187

 

754,021

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

174,391

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

174,391

Other commitments

 

184

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

184

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

174,575

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

174,575

 

 

1           Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, amounts due have been disclosed as up to one month.

 

Consolidated 2014

$m

 

Up to
1 Month

 

Over 1 Month
to 3 Months

 

Over 3 Months
to 1 Year

 

Over 1 Year
to 5 Years

 

Over
5 Years

 

Total

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

14,716

 

2,865

 

859

 

242

 

-

 

18,682

Deposits and other borrowings

 

290,569

 

79,225

 

79,770

 

15,145

 

377

 

465,086

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

17,811

 

1,436

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

19,247

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading1

 

34,225

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

34,225

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

103

 

154

 

456

 

1,945

 

316

 

2,974

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow1

 

113

 

4,304

 

3,853

 

19,926

 

2,103

 

30,299

Cash inflow

 

(80)

 

(3,899)

 

(3,314)

 

(17,405)

 

(1,888)

 

(26,586)

Debt issues

 

2,751

 

10,710

 

47,730

 

81,488

 

20,758

 

163,437

Other financial liabilities

 

1,395

 

462

 

2,078

 

-

 

-

 

3,935

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

361,603

 

95,257

 

131,432

 

101,341

 

21,666

 

711,299

Loan capital2

 

3,897

 

64

 

218

 

7,087

 

599

 

11,865

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

365,500

 

95,321

 

131,650

 

108,428

 

22,265

 

723,164

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

159,131

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

159,131

Other commitments

 

763

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

763

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

159,894

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

159,894

 

 

1           Comparatives have been revised to improve comparability.

 

2           Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, amounts due have been disclosed as up to one month.

 

 

 

 

212

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Parent Entity 2015

$m

 

Up to
1 Month

 

Over 1 Month
to 3 Months

 

Over 3 Months
to 1 Year

 

Over 1 Year
to 5 Years

 

Over
5 Years

 

Total

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

14,490

 

2,332

 

1,221

 

201

 

-

 

18,244

Deposits and other borrowings

 

279,413

 

66,983

 

69,461

 

11,183

 

233

 

427,273

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

5,941

 

2,250

 

251

 

432

 

372

 

9,246

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

 

43,917

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

43,917

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

109

 

192

 

801

 

2,431

 

324

 

3,857

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

3,631

 

3,586

 

5,511

 

778

 

176

 

13,682

Cash inflow

 

(3,526)

 

(3,444)

 

(5,306)

 

(745)

 

(169)

 

(13,190)

Debt issues

 

4,817

 

10,568

 

42,765

 

83,412

 

10,683

 

152,245

Due to subsidiaries

 

144,650

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

144,650

Other financial liabilities

 

1,243

 

491

 

2,210

 

-

 

-

 

3,944

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

494,685

 

82,958

 

116,914

 

97,692

 

11,619

 

803,868

Loan capital1

 

5,795

 

169

 

740

 

6,573

 

1,484

 

14,761

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

500,480

 

83,127

 

117,654

 

104,265

 

13,103

 

818,629

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

154,375

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

154,375

Other commitments

 

184

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

184

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

154,559

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

154,559

 

1           Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, amounts due have been disclosed as up to one month.

 

Parent Entity 2014

$m

 

Up to
1 Month

 

Over 1 Month
to 3 Months

 

Over 3 Months
to 1 Year

 

Over 1 Year
to 5 Years

 

Over
5 Years

 

Total

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

14,526

 

2,865

 

859

 

207

 

-

 

18,457

Deposits and other borrowings

 

263,657

 

71,248

 

69,240

 

13,222

 

377

 

417,744

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

17,811

 

1,436

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

19,247

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading1

 

34,403

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

34,403

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

86

 

132

 

426

 

1,862

 

308

 

2,814

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow1

 

49

 

4,413

 

2,467

 

10,746

 

1,796

 

19,471

Cash inflow

 

(28)

 

(3,748)

 

(1,958)

 

(8,950)

 

(1,600)

 

(16,284)

Debt issues

 

1,676

 

8,669

 

44,071

 

67,528

 

14,440

 

136,384

Due to Subsidiaries

 

135,066

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

135,066

Other financial liabilities

 

1,248

 

381

 

1,715

 

-

 

-

 

3,344

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

468,494

 

85,396

 

116,820

 

84,615

 

15,321

 

770,646

Loan capital2

 

3,897

 

64

 

218

 

7,087

 

599

 

11,865

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

472,391

 

85,460

 

117,038

 

91,702

 

15,920

 

782,511

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

140,909

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

140,909

Other commitments

 

763

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

763

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

141,672

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

141,672

 

 

1           Comparatives have been revised to improve comparability.

 

2           Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, amounts due have been disclosed as up to one month.

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

213

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.3.4 Expected maturity

 

The tables below present the balance sheet based on expected maturity dates based on historical behaviours. The liability balances in the following tables will not agree to the contractual maturity tables (22.3.3 Contractual maturity of financial liabilities) due to the analysis below being based on expected rather than contractual maturities, the impact of discounting and the exclusion of interest accruals beyond the reporting period. Included in the tables below are equity securities classified as trading securities, available-for-sale investments and life insurance assets that have no specific maturity. These assets have been classified based on the expected period of disposal. Deposits are presented in the following table, on a contractual basis, however as part of our normal banking operations we would expect a large proportion of these balances to be retained.

 

Consolidated 2015

$m

 

Due within
12 Months

 

Greater than
12 Months

 

 

Total

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

14,770

 

-

 

 

14,770

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

9,583

 

-

 

 

9,583

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

19,613

 

7,841

 

 

27,454

Derivative financial instruments

 

36,479

 

11,694

 

 

48,173

Available-for-sale securities

 

13,687

 

41,146

 

 

54,833

Loans (net of provisions)

 

86,049

 

537,267

 

 

623,316

Life insurance assets

 

6,730

 

6,395

 

 

13,125

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

1,309

 

-

 

 

1,309

Investments in associates

 

-

 

756

 

 

756

All other assets

 

5,608

 

13,229

 

 

18,837

Total assets

 

193,828

 

618,328

 

 

812,156

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

18,437

 

294

 

 

18,731

Deposits and other borrowings

 

463,473

 

11,855

 

 

475,328

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

9,226

 

-

 

 

9,226

Derivative financial instruments

 

33,511

 

14,793

 

 

48,304

Debt issues

 

62,076

 

108,978

 

 

171,054

Life insurance liabilities

 

770

 

10,789

 

 

11,559

All other liabilities

 

9,375

 

824

 

 

10,199

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

596,873

 

147,528

 

 

744,401

Loan capital

 

1,446

 

12,394

 

 

13,840

Total liabilities

 

598,319

 

159,922

 

 

758,241

Net assets/(net liabilities)

 

(404,491)

 

458,406

 

 

53,915

 

 

 

 

214

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Consolidated 2014
$m

Due within
12 Months

Greater than
12 Months

Total

Assets

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

25,760

-

25,760

Receivables due from other financial institutions

7,424

-

7,424

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

31,234

14,675

45,909

Derivative financial instruments

32,248

9,156

41,404

Available-for-sale securities

2,101

33,923

36,024

Loans (net of provisions)

83,089

497,254

580,343

Life insurance assets

2,518

8,489

11,007

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

529

999

1,528

All other assets

6,278

15,165

21,443

Total assets

191,181

579,661

770,842

Liabilities

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

18,394

242

18,636

Deposits and other borrowings

446,099

14,723

460,822

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

19,236

-

19,236

Derivative financial instruments

29,514

10,025

39,539

Debt issues

59,203

93,048

152,251

Life insurance liabilities

8

9,629

9,637

All other liabilities

9,480

1,046

10,526

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

581,934

128,713

710,647

Loan capital

-

10,858

10,858

Total liabilities

581,934

139,571

721,505

Net assets/(net liabilities)

(390,753)

440,090

49,337

 

Parent Entity 2015
$m

Due within
12 Months

Greater than
12 Months

Total

Assets

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

13,372

-

13,372

Receivables due from other financial institutions

8,741

-

8,741

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

17,883

7,013

24,896

Derivative financial instruments

36,417

11,123

47,540

Available-for-sale securities

12,138

38,206

50,344

Loans (net of provisions)

70,477

475,598

546,075

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,152

-

1,152

Due from subsidiaries

145,560

-

145,560

Investments in subsidiaries

-

4,585

4,585

All other assets

4,745

10,546

15,291

Total assets

310,485

547,071

857,556

Liabilities

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

17,987

146

18,133

Deposits and other borrowings

415,334

10,175

425,509

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

9,226

-

9,226

Derivative financial instruments

33,457

14,593

48,050

Debt issues

56,002

88,713

144,715

Due to subsidiaries

143,885

-

143,885

All other liabilities

7,539

744

8,283

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

683,430

114,371

797,801

Loan capital

1,446

12,394

13,840

Total liabilities

684,876

126,765

811,641

Net assets/(net liabilities)

(374,391)

420,306

45,915

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

215

 

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Parent Entity 2014
$m

Due within
12 Months

Greater than
12 Months

Total

Assets

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

23,400

-

23,400

Receivables due from other financial institutions

5,483

-

5,483

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

29,989

14,335

44,324

Derivative financial instruments

32,219

9,088

41,307

Available-for-sale securities

743

31,266

32,009

Loans (net of provisions)

67,949

437,655

505,604

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

389

1,000

1,389

Due from subsidiaries

140,098

-

140,098

Investments in subsidiaries

-

4,687

4,687

All other assets

5,349

11,818

17,167

Total assets

305,619

509,849

815,468

Liabilities

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

18,204

207

18,411

Deposits and other borrowings

401,236

12,947

414,183

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

19,155

-

19,155

Derivative financial instruments

29,451

9,690

39,141

Debt issues

52,802

75,044

127,846

Due to subsidiaries

135,066

-

135,066

All other liabilities

7,478

948

8,426

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

663,392

98,836

762,228

Loan capital

-

10,858

10,858

Total liabilities

663,392

109,694

773,086

Net assets/(net liabilities)

(357,773)

400,155

42,382

 

22.4 Market risk

 

Market risk is the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices. This includes interest rate risk in the banking book – the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities.

 

22.4.1 Traded market risk

 

Approach

 

Westpac’s exposure to traded market risk arises out of the trading activities of Financial Markets and Treasury. These activities are controlled by a Board-approved Market Risk Framework that incorporates a Board-approved Value at Risk (VaR) limit. VaR is the primary mechanism for measuring and controlling market risk. Market risk is managed using VaR and structural risk limits (including volume limits and basis point value limits) in conjunction with scenario analysis and stress testing. Market risk limits are allocated to business managers based upon business strategies and experience, in addition to the consideration of market liquidity and concentration of risks. All trades are fair valued daily, using the appropriate fair value methodology as described in Note 23. Rates that have limited independent sources are reviewed at least on a monthly basis.

 

Financial Market’s trading book activity represents dealings that encompass book running and distribution activity. The types of market risk arising from these activities include interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity, equity price, credit spread and volatility risk.

 

Treasury’s trading activity represents dealings that include the management of interest rate, foreign exchange and credit spread risk associated with wholesale funding, liquid asset portfolios and foreign exchange repatriations.

 

VaR limits

 

Market risk arising from trading book activities is primarily measured using VaR based on an historical simulation methodology. VaR is the potential loss in earnings from adverse market movements calculated over a one-day time horizon to a 99% confidence level using a minimum of one year of historical data. VaR seeks to take account of all material market variables that may cause a change in the value of the trading portfolio, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, price changes, volatility and the correlations between these variables.

 

In addition to the Board approved market risk VaR limit for trading activities, RISKCO has approved separate VaR sub-limits for the trading activities of Financial Markets and Treasury.

 

 

 

 

216

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Backtesting

 

Daily backtesting of VaR results is performed to support model integrity. A review of both the potential profit and loss outcomes is also undertaken to monitor any skew created by the historical data.

 

Stress testing

 

Daily stress testing against pre-determined scenarios is carried out to analyse potential losses arising from extreme or unexpected movements beyond the 99% confidence level. An escalation framework around selective stress tests has been approved by RISKCO. Stress and scenario tests include historical market movements, those defined by RISKCO or Financial Markets and Treasury Risk (FMTR) and independent scenarios developed by Westpac’s economics department.

 

Profit or loss notification framework

 

The BRCC has approved a profit or loss notification framework. Included in this framework are levels of escalation in accordance with the size of the profit or loss. Triggers are applied to both a 1-day and a rolling 20-day cumulative total.

 

Risk reporting

 

Daily monitoring of current exposure and limit utilisation is conducted independently by the FMTR unit, which monitors market risk exposures against VaR and structural limits. Daily VaR position reports are produced by risk type, by product lines and by geographic region. These are supplemented by structural risk reporting, advice of profit or loss trigger levels and stress testing escalation trigger points. Model accreditation has been granted by APRA to use the internal model for the determination of regulatory capital for the key classes of interest rate (general market), foreign exchange, commodity and equity risks (including specific risk). Under the model, regulatory capital is derived from both the current VaR window (market data is based upon the most recent 12 months of historical data) and a Stressed VaR window (12 months of market data that includes a period of significant financial stress), where these VaR measures are calculated as a 10-day, 99th percentile, one-tailed confidence interval. Specific risk refers to the variations in individual security prices that cannot be explained by general market movements and event and default risk. Interest rate specific risk capital (specific issuer risk) is calculated using the Standard method and is added to the VaR regulatory capital measure.

 

Risk mitigation

 

Market risk positions are managed by the trading desks consistent with delegated trading and product authorities. Risks are consolidated into portfolios based on product and risk types. Risk management is carried out by suitably qualified personnel with varying levels of seniority commensurate with the nature and scale of market risks under management.

 

Determination of fair value

 

Refer to Note 23 for the basis for determining fair value.

 

The following controls allow for continuous monitoring of market risk by management:

 

§

trading authorities and responsibilities are clearly delineated at all levels to provide accountability;

 

 

§

a structured system of limits and reporting of exposures;

 

 

§

all new products and significant product variations undergo an approval process to confirm business risks have been identified prior to launch;

 

 

§

models that are used to determine risk or profit or loss for Westpac’s financial statements are independently reviewed;

 

 

§

duties are segregated so that employees involved in the origination, processing and valuation of transactions operate under separate reporting lines, minimising the opportunity for collusion;

 

 

§

legal counsel approves documentation for compliance with relevant laws and regulations;

 

 

§

daily profit and loss reviews/attribution; and

 

 

§

reconciliations.

 

 

The table below depicts the aggregate VaR, by risk type, for the year ended 30 September:

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

2015

2014

2013

$m

High

Low

Average

High

Low

Average

High

Low

Average

Interest rate risk

18.1

7.0

11.4

30.7

6.3

15.6

30.8

9.1

16.7

Foreign exchange risk

11.8

0.5

3.6

7.6

1.2

3.0

5.7

0.5

2.1

Equity risk

0.6

0.1

0.3

0.7

0.1

0.3

0.8

0.1

0.3

Commodity risk1

5.7

1.7

3.1

2.9

1.3

2.0

6.1

1.2

2.9

Other market risks2

6.7

2.9

4.6

11.3

5.4

9.2

13.0

5.8

7.9

Diversification effect

n/a

n/a

(7.2)

n/a

n/a

(8.2)

n/a

n/a

(10.7)

Net market risk

23.5

9.0

15.8

40.2

9.5

22.0

35.4

12.5

19.2

 

1           Includes electricity risk.

 

2           Includes prepayment risk and credit spread risk (exposure to movements in generic credit rating bands).

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

217

 

 



 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Commodity, Carbon and Energy trading

 

Commodity, Carbon and Energy trading (CCE) activity is part of our Financial Markets business. All trades are marked-to-market daily, using independently sourced or reviewed rates. Rates are compared to Australian Financial Market Association published prices, brokers’ quotes, and futures prices as appropriate. Rates that have limited independent sources are reviewed on a regular basis by the WIB Revaluation Committee. The CCE business is managed within market risk structural and VaR limits. Credit risk is controlled by pre-settlement risk limits by counterparty.

 

CCE trading activities include electricity, gas, oil, emission, agricultural products, base metals and precious metals. These activities involve dealings in swaps, options, swaptions, Asian options and futures. Energy trading also includes Settlement Residue Auctions (SRAs). Carbon trading activities includes Australian, New Zealand and European carbon units and Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs).

 

CCE also includes the Structured Commodities Finance (SCF) desk which facilitates financing for commodity clients.

 

The total fair value of commodity, carbon and energy contracts outstanding as at 30 September 2015 was $151 million (2014:
$14 million).

 

22.4.2 Non-traded market risk

 

Approach

 

The banking book activities that give rise to market risk include lending activities, balance sheet funding and capital management. Interest rate risk, currency risk and funding and liquidity risk are inherent in these activities. Treasury’s Asset and Liability Management (ALM) unit is responsible for managing the interest rate risk arising from these activities.

 

All material regions, business lines and legal entities are included in Westpac’s IRRBB framework.

 

Asset and Liability Management

 

ALM manages the structural interest rate mismatch associated with the transfer priced balance sheet, including the investment of Westpac’s capital to its agreed benchmark duration. A key risk management objective is to achieve reasonable stability of net interest income (NII) over time. These activities are overseen by the independent FMTR unit, reviewed by RISKCO and conducted within a risk framework and appetite set down by the BRCC.

 

Material non-traded interest rate risk is managed in five centres: Sydney manages risk associated with the Australian balance sheet, the Auckland office manages risk associated with the New Zealand balance sheet, the Singapore office manages risk associated with the Asian balance sheet, while New York and London centres manage risk associated with those locations respectively. The risk from these five centres is monitored both at a local and aggregate level.

 

NII sensitivity

 

NII sensitivity is managed in terms of the net interest income-at-risk (NaR) modelled over a three year time horizon using a 99% confidence interval for movements in wholesale market interest rates. The position managed covers the Australian and New Zealand banking books, where the banking book is defined as the entire banking balance sheet less the trading book. A simulation model is used to calculate Westpac’s potential NaR. The NII simulation framework combines the underlying balance sheet data with assumptions about run off and new business, expected repricing behaviour and changes in wholesale market interest rates. Simulations using a range of interest rate scenarios are used to provide a series of potential future NII outcomes. The interest rate scenarios modelled include those projected using historical market interest rate volatility as well as 100 and 200 basis point shifts up and down from the current market yield curves in Australia and New Zealand. Additional stressed interest rate scenarios are also considered and modelled.

 

A comparison between the NII outcomes from these modelled scenarios indicates the sensitivity to interest rate changes.

 

NaR limit

 

The BRCC has approved a NaR limit. This limit is managed by the Group Treasurer and is expressed as a deviation from benchmark hedge levels over a one-year rolling time frame, to a 99% confidence level. This limit is monitored by FMTR.

 

VaR limit

 

The BRCC has also approved a VaR limit for ALM activities. This limit is managed by the Group Treasurer and monitored by FMTR. Additionally, FMTR sets structural risk limits to prevent undue concentration of risk.

 

Structural foreign exchange risk

 

Structural foreign exchange rate risk results from the generation of foreign currency denominated earnings and from the foreign currency capital that we have deployed in offshore branches and subsidiaries with functional currencies other than Australian dollars.

 

 

 

 

218

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

As a result of the requirement to translate earnings and net assets of the foreign operations into our Australian dollar consolidated financial statements, movements in exchange rates could lead to changes in the Australian dollar equivalent of offshore earnings and capital which could introduce variability to our reported financial results. This is referred to as translation risk. In order to minimise this exposure, we manage the foreign exchange rate risk associated with offshore earnings and capital as follows:

 

§

foreign currency denominated earnings that are generated during the current financial year are hedged;

 

 

§

capital that is defined to be permanently employed in an offshore jurisdiction (for example to meet regulatory or prudential requirements) and which has no fixed term is hedged;

 

 

§

capital or profits that are denominated in currencies to which we have an immaterial exposure are not hedged; and

 

 

§

ALCO determines the appropriateness of the foreign exchange earnings hedges and associated limits.

 

Assets held as Available-for-Sale

 

Financial assets classified as available-for-sale are subject to market risk which is not captured by the market risk VaR. Regular reviews are performed to substantiate the value of these assets and are regularly reviewed by management. Whilst the fair value of individual securities classified as available-for-sale can fluctuate considerably, the overall impact to the Group is not material.

 

Risk reporting

 

IRRBB risk measurement systems and personnel are centralised in Sydney. These include front office product systems, which capture all treasury funding and derivative transactions; the transfer pricing system, which captures all retail transactions in Australia and New Zealand; non-traded VaR systems; and the NII system, which calculates NII and NaR for the Australian and New Zealand balance sheets.

 

Daily monitoring of current exposure and limit utilisation is conducted independently by FMTR, which monitors market risk exposures against VaR and NaR limits. Reports detailing structural positions and VaR are produced and distributed daily for use by dealers and management across all stakeholder groups. Monthly and quarterly reports are produced for the senior management market risk forums of RISKCO and the BRCC to provide transparency of material market risks and issues.

 

Risk mitigation

 

IRRBB stems from the ordinary course of banking activities, including structural interest rate risk (the mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities) and capital management. Hedging Westpac’s exposure to interest rate risk is undertaken using derivatives. The hedge accounting strategy adopted is to utilise a combination of cash flow, fair value and net investment hedge approaches. Some derivatives held for economic hedging purposes do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting as defined under AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, and therefore are accounted for in the same way as derivatives held for trading.

 

The same controls as used to monitor traded market risk allow for the continuous monitoring by management of IRRBB.

 

Value at Risk – IRRBB

 

The table below depicts VaR for IRRBB:

 

 

2015

2014

$m

As at

High

Low

Average

As at

High

Low

Average

Consolidated

2.7

5.9

0.8

2.9

3.1

10.7

1.2

4.7

 

As at 30 September 2015 the Value at Risk – IRRBB for the Parent Entity was $19.3 million (2014: $25.1 million).

 

Net interest income-at-risk (NaR)

The table below depicts NaR assuming a 100 basis point shock (decrease) over the next 12 months as a percentage of reported net interest income:

 

 

2015

2014

%

As at

Maximum
Exposure

Minimum
Exposure

Average
Exposure

As at

Maximum
Exposure

Minimum
Exposure

Average
Exposure

Consolidated

0.12

0.66

(0.26)

0.23

0.27

0.66

(0.12)

0.20

Parent Entity

(0.11)

0.41

(0.50)

0.04

0.10

0.82

(0.25)

0.17

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

219

 

 



 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

Accounting policy

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

On initial recognition, the transaction price generally represents the fair value of the financial instrument unless there is observable information available in an active market to the contrary. If fair value can be evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, without modification or repackaging, or is based on a valuation technique whose inputs include only data from observable markets, then the instrument is recognised at the fair value derived from such observable market data. The difference between the transaction price and fair value is recognised as a gain or loss (day one profit or loss) in the income statement as non-interest income. In cases where use is made of data which is not observable, day one profit or loss is only recognised in the income statement when the inputs become observable, or over the life of the instrument.

 

For financial liabilities measured at fair value, the carrying amount reflects the effect on fair value of changes in own credit spreads derived from observable market data.

 

Subsequent measurement of the fair value of a financial instrument is, wherever possible, determined by reference to a quoted market price for that instrument. Where quoted prices are not available the Group applies present value estimates or other market accepted valuation techniques. The use of a market accepted valuation technique will typically involve the use of a valuation model and appropriate inputs to the model.

 

The majority of valuation models used by the Group employ only observable market data as inputs. However, for certain financial instruments data may be employed which is not readily observable in current markets.

 

The determination of the fair value of financial assets and liabilities is one of the Group’s critical accounting assumptions and estimates as detailed in Note 1d(i).

 

 

Fair Valuation Control Framework

 

The Group’s control environment uses a Fair Valuation Control Framework where the fair value is either determined or validated by a function independent of the party that undertakes the transaction. This framework formalises the policies and procedures used by the Group to achieve compliance with relevant accounting, industry and regulatory standards. The framework includes specific controls relating to the revaluation of financial instruments, independent price verification, fair value adjustments and financial reporting.

 

A key element of the Fair Valuation Control Framework is the WIB Revaluation Committee, comprising senior valuation specialists from within the Group. The WIB Revaluation Committee review the application of the agreed policies and procedures to assess that a fair value measurement basis is applied.

 

The method of determining fair value according to the Fair Valuation Control Framework differs depending on the information available.

 

Fair value hierarchy

 

The Group categorises all fair value instruments according to the following hierarchy:

 

§                  Level 1

 

Financial instruments valued using recent unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market is one in which prices are readily and regularly available and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis.

 

Valuation of Level 1 instruments require little or no management judgment.

 

Financial instruments included in this class are Commonwealth of Australia and New Zealand government bonds, spot and exchange traded derivatives for equities, foreign exchange, commodities and interest rate products.

 

§                  Level 2

 

Valuation techniques utilising observable market prices applied to these assets or liabilities include the use of market standard discounting methodologies, option pricing models and other valuation techniques widely used and accepted by market participants.

 

The financial instruments included in this category are mainly Over The Counter (OTC) derivatives with observable market inputs and financial instruments with fair value derived from consensus pricing with sufficient contributors. Financial instruments included in the Level 2 category are:

 

        trading securities – including government bonds (excluding Australian and New Zealand government bonds), Australian state government bonds, corporate fixed rate bonds and floating rate bonds; and

        derivatives – including interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, credit default swaps, foreign exchange swaps, foreign exchange futures and forwards, foreign exchange options and equity options.

 

 

 

 

220

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

§                  Level 3

 

Financial instruments valued using at least one input that could have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation which is not based on observable market data (unobservable input). Unobservable inputs are those not readily available in an active market due to illiquidity or complexity of the product. These inputs are generally derived and extrapolated from other relevant market data and calibrated against current market trends and historic transactions.

 

These valuations are calculated using a high degree of management judgment.

 

Financial instruments included in the Level 3 category include some asset-backed products and non-Australian dollar-denominated government securities issued by governments where there are no observable secondary markets.

 

A financial instrument’s categorisation within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

Valuation techniques

 

The Group applies market accepted valuation techniques in determining the fair valuation of Over the Counter (OTC) derivatives. This includes credit valuation adjustments (CVA) and funding valuation adjustments (FVA), which incorporates credit risk and funding costs and benefits that arise in relation to uncollateralised derivative positions, respectively.

 

The specific valuation techniques, the observability of the inputs used in valuation models and the subsequent classification for each significant product category are outlined below:

 

§                  Interest rate derivative products

 

These are products linked to interest rates (e.g. Bank Bill Swap Rate (BBSW) or London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)) or inflation indices. This includes exchange traded interest rate futures, interest rate and inflation swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, exchange traded interest rate options on futures, inflation options, collars and other non-vanilla interest rate derivatives.

 

Exchange traded interest rate futures and options on futures are traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable. No modelling or assumptions are used in the valuation. Exchange traded interest rate futures and options on futures are classified as Level 1 instruments.

 

Interest rate derivative cash flows are valued using interest rate curves whereby observable market data is used to construct the term structure of forward rates. This term structure is used to project and discount future cash flows based on the terms of the trade. Instruments with optionality are valued using market observable or consensus provided volatilities. Non-vanilla interest rate derivatives are valued using industry standard models based on market observable inputs which are determined separately for each parameter. Where unobservable, inputs will be set with reference to an observable proxy.

 

In general, interest rate derivatives are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§                  Foreign exchange products

 

These are products linked to the foreign exchange market. This includes FX spot and future contracts, FX forward contracts, FX swaps, FX options and other non-vanilla FX derivatives.

 

There are observable markets for futures and spot contracts in major global currencies. No modelling or assumptions are used in valuation of these instruments. FX spot and future contracts are classified as Level 1 instruments.

 

FX swap and forward valuations are derived from market observable inputs or consensus pricing providers using industry standard models. FX swaps and forwards are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

FX options and other FX derivatives are valued using industry standard models and market observable inputs. Where unobservable, inputs will be set with reference to an observable proxy. In general, FX options and other FX derivatives are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§                  Asset backed products

 

These are debt and derivative products that are linked to the cash flows of a pool of referenced assets via securitisation. This category includes residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS), collateralised debt obligations (CDOs), collateralised loan obligations (CLOs) and other asset backed securities (ABS).

 

Australian RMBS denominated in Australian dollars are valued using a market accepted model with observable inputs sourced from a consensus data provider. The main inputs to the model are the trading margin and the weighted average life of the security. They are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

Despite the availability of an RMBS model in Westpac, input data for the trading margin on Australian issued RMBS, denominated in foreign currency, is considered unobservable. Trading volumes in these instruments are low. Proxy data from the Australian denominated RMBS market is used to derive the fair value for these instruments. Australian issued RMBS denominated in foreign currency are classified as Level 3 instruments.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

221

 

 



 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

The fair value of Offshore RMBS is determined using consensus data. These are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

As synthetic CDO prices are not generally available, Synthetic CDOs are valued using a model. The model uses a combination of established analytic and numerical approaches. The model calculates fair value based on observable and unobservable parameters including credit spreads, recovery rates, correlations and interest rates. As some of the model inputs (e.g. correlations) are indirectly implied or unobservable, synthetic CDOs are classified as Level 3 instruments.

 

Where available, cash CDO, CLO and ABS products are valued using prices obtained from consensus data providers and classified as Level 2 instruments. Where consensus prices are not available, these products are valued using quotes provided by a third party broker or independent lead manager and classified as Level 3 instruments. The Group has no material exposure to CDOs.

 

§                  Other credit products

 

These products are linked to the credit spread of a referenced entity or index and include Single Name and Index CDS.

 

CDS are valued using an industry standard model that incorporates the credit spread as its principal input. Credit spreads are obtained from consensus market data providers. Single name and index CDS are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§                  Non-asset backed debt instruments

 

There are observable markets for Australian and New Zealand government bonds in which Westpac is a primary dealer. Australian government bonds are valued using unadjusted quoted market yields. New Zealand government bonds are valued using unadjusted quoted market prices. These products are classified as Level 1 instruments.

 

Other government bonds, state government bonds, corporate bonds and commercial paper are valued using observable market prices which are sourced from consensus pricing services, broker quotes or inter-dealer prices. These products are classified as Level 2 instruments, with the exception of government securities where there are no observable secondary markets which are classified as Level 3 instruments.

 

§                  Equity products

 

This category includes cash equities and equity indices, exchange traded equity options, OTC equity options and OTC equity warrants.

 

Cash equities and equity indices are traded on major global exchanges in liquid markets. No modelling or assumptions are used in valuation. These are categorised as Level 1 instruments.

 

Exchange traded equity options, OTC equity options and equity warrants are valued using industry standard models. The models calculate fair value based on input parameters such as stock prices, dividends, volatilities and interest rates. In general, input parameters are deemed observable. These are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§                  Commodity products

 

These products are exchange traded and OTC derivatives based on underlying commodities such as energy, carbon, agriculture, metals, crude oil and refined products, power and natural gas.

 

Commodity spot and futures, energy spot and futures together with carbon futures are traded on major global exchanges in liquid markets. No modelling or assumptions are used in the valuation of these instruments. These are classified as Level 1 instruments.

 

The valuation of commodity, carbon and energy derivatives are determined using industry standard models incorporating discounting of cash flows and other industry standard modelling techniques. Valuation inputs include forward curves, volatilities implied from market observable inputs, discount curves and underlying spot and futures prices. The significant inputs are market observable or available through a consensus data service. Where unobservable, inputs will be set with reference to an observable proxy.

 

In general, commodity, carbon and energy derivatives are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§                  Certificates of deposit

 

The fair value of certificates of deposit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis using markets rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Certificates of deposit are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§                  Debt issues at fair value

 

Where a quoted price is not available the fair value of debt issues is determined using a discounted cash flow approach, using a discount rate which reflects the terms of the instrument and the timing of cash flows adjusted for market observable changes in the applicable credit rating of Westpac. These instruments are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

 

 

 

222

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

§                  Life insurance assets

 

These assets represent investments which back life insurance policy liabilities. This includes listed equities, exchange traded and over the counter derivatives, investment grade corporate bonds and units in unlisted unit trusts.

 

Listed equities and exchange traded derivatives are traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable. No modelling or assumptions are used in the valuation. They are classified as Level 1 instruments.

 

Investment grade corporate bonds, over the counter derivatives, units in unlisted unit trusts and certain listed equities subject to transfer restrictions are valued utilising observable market prices or other widely used and accepted valuation techniques utilising observable market inputs. They are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

§                  Life insurance liabilities

 

Life insurance liabilities consist of life insurance contract liabilities, life investment contract liabilities and external liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds. These are valued utilising observable market prices or other widely used and accepted valuation techniques utilising observable market inputs.

 

Short sales of listed equities within controlled managed investment schemes are traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable. No modelling or assumptions are used in the valuation. They are classified as Level 1 instruments. All other instruments are classified as Level 2.

 

§                  Loans at fair value

 

Where a quoted price is not available the fair value of fixed rate bills is determined using a discounted cash flow approach, using a discount rate which reflects the terms of the instrument and the timing of cash flows, adjusted for creditworthiness based on market observable inputs. These are classified as Level 2 instruments.

 

The table below summarises the attribution of financial instruments carried at fair value to the fair value hierarchy:

 

Consolidated

2015

2014

$m

Quoted
Market
Prices
(Level 1)

Valuation
Techniques
(Market
Observable)
(Level 2)

Valuation
Techniques
(Non-Market
Observable)
(Level 3)

Total

Quoted
Market
Prices
(Level 1)

Valuation
Techniques
(Market
Observable)
(Level 2)

Valuation
Techniques
(Non-Market
Observable)
(Level 3)

Total

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

2,446

24,001

1,007

27,454

5,258

39,663

988

45,909

Derivative financial instruments

39

48,090

44

48,173

51

41,348

5

41,404

Available-for-sale securities

2,071

51,811

918

54,800

1,765

33,421

822

36,008

Loans

-

7,076

-

7,076

-

9,330

-

9,330

Life insurance assets

4,560

8,565

-

13,125

4,472

6,535

-

11,007

Total assets carried at fair value

9,116

139,543

1,969

150,628

11,546

130,297

1,815

143,658

Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings at fair value

-

46,239

-

46,239

-

49,636

-

49,636

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

414

8,812

-

9,226

1,134

18,102

-

19,236

Derivative financial instruments

35

48,230

39

48,304

37

39,472

30

39,539

Debt issues at fair value

-

9,300

18

9,318

-

9,524

18

9,542

Life insurance liabilities

775

10,784

-

11,559

-

9,637

-

9,637

Total liabilities carried at fair value

1,224

123,365

57

124,646

1,171

126,371

48

127,590

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

223

 

 



 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Parent Entity

2015

2014

$m

Quoted
Market
Prices
(Level 1)

Valuation
Techniques
(Market
Observable)
(Level 2)

Valuation
Techniques
(Non-Market
Observable)
(Level 3)

Total

Quoted
Market
Prices
(Level 1)

Valuation
Techniques
(Market
Observable)
(Level 2)

Valuation
Techniques
(Non-Market
Observable)
(Level 3)

Total

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

2,446

21,729

721

24,896

5,260

38,285

779

44,324

Derivative financial instruments

39

47,457

44

47,540

51

41,251

5

41,307

Available-for-sale securities

598

49,654

79

50,331

-

31,823

170

31,993

Loans

-

7,076

-

7,076

-

9,330

-

9,330

Total assets carried at fair value

3,083

125,916

844

129,843

5,311

120,689

954

126,954

Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings at fair value

-

45,331

-

45,331

-

48,661

-

48,661

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

414

8,812

-

9,226

1,134

18,021

-

19,155

Derivative financial instruments

35

47,978

37

48,050

37

39,074

30

39,141

Debt issues at fair value

-

6,415

-

6,415

-

6,315

-

6,315

Total liabilities carried at fair value

449

108,536

37

109,022

1,171

112,071

30

113,272

 

Analysis of movements between Fair Value Hierarchy Levels

 

During the period there were no material transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy. Transfers into or out of Level 3 are discussed in the following table.

 

Significant unobservable inputs

 

Sensitivities to reasonably possible changes in non-market observable valuation assumptions would not have a material impact on the Group’s reported results.

 

Day one profit or loss

 

The closing balance of unrecognised day one profit for both the Group and the Parent Entity for the period was $6 million (30 September 2014: $6 million profit).

 

Reconciliation of non-market observables

 

The table below summarises the changes in financial instruments carried at fair value derived from non-market observable valuation techniques (Level 3):

 

Consolidated 2015

 

 

$m

 

Trading Securities
and Financial
Assets Designated at
Fair Value

Derivatives

Available-
for-Sale
Securities

Total
Assets

Derivatives

Debt
Issues
at Fair
Value

Total
Liabilities

Balance as at beginning of year

 

988

5

822

1,815

30

18

48

Gains/(losses) on assets/(gains)/ losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

 

8

1

5

14

28

-

28

Available-for-sale reserve

 

-

-

(1)

(1)

-

-

-

Acquisitions and issues

 

403

23

2,303

2,729

5

-

5

Disposals and settlements

 

(512)

(7)

(2,299)

(2,818)

(41)

-

(41)

Transfers into or out of non-market observables

 

13

22

-

35

17

-

17

Foreign currency translation impacts

 

107

-

88

195

-

-

-

Balance as at end of year

 

1,007

44

918

1,969

39

18

57

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2015

 

11

23

-

34

20

-

20

 

 

 

 

224

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

$m

 

Trading Securities
and Financial
Assets Designated at
Fair Value

Derivatives

Available-
for-Sale
Securities

Total
Assets

Derivatives

Debt
Issues
at Fair
Value

Total
Liabilities

Balance as at beginning of year

 

538

4

790

1,332

24

13

37

Gains/(losses) on assets/(gains)/ losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

 

(7)

-

-

(7)

(16)

6

(10)

Available-for-sale reserve

 

-

-

18

18

-

-

-

Acquisitions and issues

 

634

2

1,524

2,160

24

-

24

Disposals and settlements

 

(204)

(1)

(1,583)

(1,788)

(2)

(1)

(3)

Transfers into or out of non-market observables

 

24

-

-

24

-

-

-

Foreign currency translation impacts

 

3

-

73

76

-

-

-

Balance as at end of year

 

988

5

822

1,815

30

18

48

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2014

 

14

1

-

15

(8)

6

(2)

 

Parent Entity 2015

 

 

$m

 

Trading Securities
and Financial
Assets Designated at
Fair Value

Derivatives

Available-
for-Sale
Securities

Total
Assets

Derivatives

Total
Liabilities

Balance as at beginning of year

 

779

5

170

954

30

30

Gains/(losses) on assets/(gains)/ losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

 

(5)

1

-

(4)

26

26

Available-for-sale reserve

 

-

-

(1)

(1)

-

-

Acquisitions and issues

 

319

23

68

410

5

5

Disposals and settlements

 

(484)

(7)

(184)

(675)

(41)

(41)

Transfers into or out of non-market observables

 

13

22

-

35

17

17

Foreign currency translation impacts

 

99

-

26

125

-

-

Balance as at end of year

 

721

44

79

844

37

37

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2015

 

1

23

-

24

18

18

 

Parent Entity 2014

 

 

$m

 

Trading Securities
and Financial
Assets Designated at
Fair Value

Derivatives

Available-
for-Sale
Securities

Total
Assets

Derivatives

Total
Liabilities

Balance as at beginning of year

 

292

4

200

496

24

24

Gains/(losses) on assets/(gains)/ losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

 

5

-

-

5

(16)

(16)

Available-for-sale reserve

 

-

-

(2)

(2)

-

-

Acquisitions and issues

 

628

2

72

702

24

24

Disposals and settlements

 

(174)

(1)

(108)

(283)

(2)

(2)

Transfers into or out of non-market observables

 

24

-

-

24

-

-

Foreign currency translation impacts

 

4

-

8

12

-

-

Balance as at end of year

 

779

5

170

954

30

30

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2014

 

5

1

-

6

(8)

(8)

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

225

 

 



 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Transfers into and out of Level 3 have occurred due to changes in observability in the significant inputs into the valuation models used to determine the fair value of the related financial instruments. Transfers in and transfers out are reported using the end of period fair values.

 

Financial instruments not measured at fair value

 

For financial instruments not measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the balance sheet, fair value has been derived as follows:

 

Loans

 

The carrying value of loans is net of individually and collectively assessed provisions for impairment charges. The fair value of loans is based on observable market transactions, where available. In the absence of observable market transactions, fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow models. For variable rate loans, the discount rate used is the current effective interest rate. The discount rate applied for fixed rate loans reflects the market rate for the maturity of the loan and the credit worthiness of the borrower.

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

Deposits by customers’ accounts are grouped by maturity. Fair values of deposit liabilities payable on demand (interest free, interest bearing and savings deposits) approximate their carrying value. Fair values for term deposits are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying market rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

Debt issues and loan capital

 

Fair values are calculated using a discounted cash flow model. The discount rates applied reflect the terms of the instruments, the timing of the estimated cash flows and are adjusted for any changes in Westpac’s credit spreads.

 

Other financial assets and liabilities

 

For all other financial assets and liabilities, the carrying value approximates to the fair value. These items are either short-term in nature, re-price frequently or are of a high credit rating.

 

The following table summarises the estimated fair value and fair value hierarchy of financial instruments not measured at fair value:

 

Consolidated

 

 

2015
Fair Value

 

$m

Carrying
Amount

Quoted
Market
Prices
(Level 1)

Valuation
Techniques
(Market
Observable)
(Level 2)

Valuation
Techniques
(Non-Market
Observable)
(Level 3)

Total

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

14,770

14,770

-

-

14,770

Receivables due from other financial institutions

9,583

7,602

1,158

823

9,583

Available-for-sale securities

33

-

-

33

33

Loans

616,240

-

-

617,250

617,250

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,309

-

1,309

-

1,309

Other financial assets

3,077

-

3,077

-

3,077

Total financial assets

645,012

22,372

5,544

618,106

646,022

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

18,731

4,037

14,694

-

18,731

Deposits and other borrowings

429,089

-

426,726

3,303

430,029

Debt issues

161,736

-

162,107

-

162,107

Loan capital

13,840

-

13,495

-

13,495

Other financial liabilities

6,861

-

6,861

-

6,861

Total financial liabilities

630,257

4,037

623,883

3,303

631,223

 

 

 

 

226

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Consolidated

 

 

2014
Fair Value

 

$m

Carrying
Amount

Quoted
Market
Prices
(Level 1)

Valuation
Techniques
(Market Observable)
(Level 2)

Valuation
Techniques
(Non-Market Observable)
(Level 3)

Total

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

25,760

25,760

-

-

25,760

Receivables due from other financial institutions

7,424

3,830

2,177

1,417

7,424

Available-for-sale securities

16

-

-

16

16

Loans

571,013

-

-

571,273

571,273

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,528

-

1,528

-

1,528

Other financial assets

5,093

-

5,093

-

5,093

Total financial assets

610,834

29,590

8,798

572,706

611,094

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

18,636

3,876

14,760

-

18,636

Deposits and other borrowings

411,186

-

408,398

3,434

411,832

Debt issues

142,709

-

144,337

-

144,337

Loan capital

10,858

-

10,858

-

10,858

Other financial liabilities

6,852

-

6,852

-

6,852

Total financial liabilities

590,241

3,876

585,205

3,434

592,515

 

Parent Entity

 

 

2015
Fair Value

 

$m

Carrying
Amount

Quoted
Market
Prices
(Level 1)

Valuation
Techniques
(Market Observable)
(Level 2)

Valuation
Techniques
(Non-Market Observable)
(Level 3)

Total

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

13,372

13,372

-

-

13,372

Receivables due from other financial institutions

8,741

7,586

1,155

-

8,741

Available-for-sale securities

13

-

-

13

13

Loans

538,999

-

-

539,451

539,451

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,152

-

1,152

-

1,152

Due from subsidiaries

145,560

-

-

145,560

145,560

Other financial assets

2,458

-

2,458

-

2,458

Total financial assets

710,295

20,958

4,765

685,024

710,747

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

18,133

3,445

14,688

-

18,133

Deposits and other borrowings

380,178

-

379,681

1,349

381,030

Debt issues

138,300

-

138,628

-

138,628

Due to subsidiaries

143,885

-

-

143,885

143,885

Loan capital

13,840

-

13,495

-

13,495

Other financial liabilities

6,105

-

6,105

-

6,105

Total financial liabilities

700,441

3,445

552,597

145,234

701,276

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

227

 

 



 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Parent Entity

 

 

2014
Fair Value

 

$m

Carrying
Amount

Quoted
Market
Prices
(Level 1)

Valuation
Techniques
(Market Observable)
(Level 2)

Valuation
Techniques
(Non-Market Observable)
(Level 3)

Total

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

23,400

23,400

-

-

23,400

Receivables due from other financial institutions

5,483

3,686

1,797

-

5,483

Available-for-sale securities

16

-

-

16

16

Loans

496,274

-

-

496,485

496,485

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,389

-

1,389

-

1,389

Due from subsidiaries

140,098

-

-

140,098

140,098

Other financial assets

4,527

-

4,527

-

4,527

Total financial assets

671,187

27,086

7,713

636,599

671,398

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

18,411

3,842

14,569

-

18,411

Deposits and other borrowings

365,522

-

364,946

1,183

366,129

Debt issues

121,531

-

123,024

-

123,024

Due to subsidiaries

135,066

-

-

135,066

135,066

Loan capital

10,858

-

10,858

-

10,858

Other financial liabilities

5,948

-

5,948

-

5,948

Total financial liabilities

657,336

3,842

519,345

136,249

659,436

 

 

 

 

228

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 24. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities and collateral arrangements

 

Accounting policy

 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

The following tables provide information on the impact of offsetting, as well as amounts subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar arrangements that do not qualify for offsetting in the balance sheets. The tables exclude amounts not subject to offsetting or enforceable netting arrangements and therefore may not tie back to the balance sheet. The amounts presented in this note do not represent the credit risk exposure of the Group or Parent Entity. Refer to Note 22.2 for information on credit risk management. The offsetting and collateral arrangements and other credit risk mitigation strategies used by the Group are further explained in the ‘Management of risk mitigation’ section of Note 22.2.4.

 

Consolidated

 

Effects of Offsetting
on Balance Sheet

 

Amounts Subject to Enforecable
Netting Arrangments But Not Offset

$m

 

Gross
Amounts

 

Amounts
Offset

 

Net Amounts
Reported on
the Balance
Sheet

 

Other
Recognised
Financial
Instruments

 

Cash Collateral

 

Financial
Instrument
Collateral

 

Net
Amount

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions1

 

31

 

-

 

31

 

-

 

-

 

(30)

 

1

Derivative financial instruments

 

57,678

 

(9,505)

 

48,173

 

(33,696)

 

(4,046)

 

(122)

 

10,309

Securities purchased under agreement to resell2

 

3,982

 

-

 

3,982

 

-

 

(11)

 

(3,971)

 

-

Loans3

 

15,949

 

(15,757)

 

192

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

192

Other assets4

 

1,369

 

(959)

 

410

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

410

Total assets

 

79,009

 

(26,221)

 

52,788

 

(33,696)

 

(4,057)

 

(4,123)

 

10,912

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

58,671

 

(10,367)

 

48,304

 

(33,696)

 

(7,973)

 

(1,854)

 

4,781

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase5

 

13,908

 

-

 

13,908

 

-

 

(6)

 

(13,902)

 

-

Deposits and other borrowings3

 

24,369

 

(15,757)

 

8,612

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

8,612

Other liabilities4

 

105

 

(97)

 

8

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

8

Total liabilities

 

97,053

 

(26,221)

 

70,832

 

(33,696)

 

(7,979)

 

(15,756)

 

13,401

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions1

 

28

 

-

 

28

 

-

 

-

 

(26)

 

2

Derivative financial instruments

 

41,404

 

-

 

41,404

 

(27,241)

 

(3,866)

 

(92)

 

10,205

Securities purchased under agreement to resell2

 

6,275

 

-

 

6,275

 

-

 

(22)

 

(6,253)

 

-

Loans3

 

11,898

 

(11,801)

 

97

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

97

Other assets4

 

90

 

-

 

90

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

90

Total assets

 

59,695

 

(11,801)

 

47,894

 

(27,241)

 

(3,888)

 

(6,371)

 

10,394

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

39,539

 

-

 

39,539

 

(27,241)

 

(3,861)

 

(1,638)

 

6,799

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase5

 

23,520

 

-

 

23,520

 

-

 

(33)

 

(23,487)

 

-

Deposits and other borrowings3

 

18,031

 

(11,801)

 

6,230

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

6,230

Total liabilities

 

81,090

 

(11,801)

 

69,289

 

(27,241)

 

(3,894)

 

(25,125)

 

13,029

 

 

1            Consists of stock borrowing arrangements, reported as part of Cash collateral in Note 10 Receivables due from other financial institutions.

2            Securities purchased under agreement to resell forms part of Note 11 Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value.

3            Consists of debt and interest set-off accounts which meet the requirements for offsetting as described above. These accounts form part of Business loans in Note 13 Loans, and part of Deposits and other borrowings at amortised costs in Note 17 Deposits and other borrowings.

4            Gross amounts consists of initial and variation margin held directly with Central Clearing Counterparties, reported as part of Other in Note 27 Other assets. Where variation margin is payable it is reported as part of Other in Note 29 Other liabilities (2014: nil).  Amounts offset relate to variation margin.

5            Securities sold under agreement to repurchase forms part of Note 16 Payables due to other financial institutions, recognised at amortised cost, and part of Note 18 Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

229

 



 

 

 

Note 24. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities and collateral arrangements (continued)

 

Parent Entity

 

Effects of Offsetting
on Balance Sheet

 

Amounts Subject to Enforecable
Netting Arrangments But Not Offset

$m

 

Gross
Amounts

 

Amounts
Offset

 

Net Amounts
Reported on
the Balance
Sheet

 

Other
Recognised
Financial
Instruments

 

Cash Collateral

 

Financial
Instrument
Collateral

 

Net
Amount

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions1

 

31

 

-

 

31

 

-

 

-

 

(30)

 

1

Derivative financial instruments

 

57,045

 

(9,505)

 

47,540

 

(33,510)

 

(3,454)

 

(122)

 

10,454

Securities purchased under agreement to resell2

 

3,982

 

-

 

3,982

 

-

 

(11)

 

(3,971)

 

-

Loans3

 

15,949

 

(15,757)

 

192

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

192

Other assets4

 

1,369

 

(959)

 

410

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

410

Total assets

 

78,376

 

(26,221)

 

52,155

 

(33,510)

 

(3,465)

 

(4,123)

 

11,057

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

58,417

 

(10,367)

 

48,050

 

(33,510)

 

(7,958)

 

(1,854)

 

4,728

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase5

 

13,908

 

-

 

13,908

 

-

 

(6)

 

(13,902)

 

-

Deposits and other borrowings3

 

24,369

 

(15,757)

 

8,612

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

8,612

Other liabilities4

 

105

 

(97)

 

8

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

8

Total liabilities

 

96,799

 

(26,221)

 

70,578

 

(33,510)

 

(7,964)

 

(15,756)

 

13,348

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions1

 

28

 

-

 

28

 

-

 

-

 

(26)

 

2

Derivative financial instruments

 

41,307

 

-

 

41,307

 

(27,086)

 

(3,831)

 

(92)

 

10,298

Securities purchased under agreement to resell2

 

6,275

 

-

 

6,275

 

-

 

(22)

 

(6,253)

 

-

Loans3

 

11,898

 

(11,801)

 

97

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

97

Other assets4

 

90

 

-

 

90

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

90

Total assets

 

59,598

 

(11,801)

 

47,797

 

(27,086)

 

(3,853)

 

(6,371)

 

10,487

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

39,141

 

-

 

39,141

 

(27,086)

 

(3,717)

 

(1,638)

 

6,700

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase5

 

23,439

 

-

 

23,439

 

-

 

(33)

 

(23,406)

 

-

Deposits and other borrowings3

 

18,031

 

(11,801)

 

6,230

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

6,230

Total liabilities

 

80,611

 

(11,801)

 

68,810

 

(27,086)

 

(3,750)

 

(25,044)

 

12,930

 

1            Consists of stock borrowing arrangements, reported as part of Cash collateral in Note 10 Receivables due from other financial institutions.

2            Securities purchased under agreement to resell forms part of Note 11 Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value.

3            Consists of debt and interest set-off accounts which meet the requirements for offsetting as described above. These accounts form part of Business loans in Note 13 Loans, and part of Deposits and other borrowings at amortised costs in Note 17 Deposits and other borrowings.

4            Gross amounts consists of initial and variation margin held directly with Central Clearing Counterparties, reported as part of Other in Note 27 Other assets. Where variation margin is payable it is reported as part of Other in Note 29 Other liabilities (2014: nil).  Amounts offset relate to variation margin.

5            Securities sold under agreement to repurchase forms part of Note 16 Payables due to other financial institutions, recognised at amortised cost, and part of Note 18 Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement.

 

Effects of offsetting on balance sheet

 

Amounts offset are in accordance with the criteria described in the accounting policy and are limited to the gross carrying values of the financial instrument.

 

 

 

 

230

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 24. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities and collateral arrangements (continued)

 

Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements but not offset

 

Other recognised financial instruments

 

Other recognised financial instruments discloses financial assets and liabilities recognised on balance sheet that are not offset but are subject to enforceable master netting agreements whereby the rights of set-off and close-out netting can be applied in the event of default, or if other predetermined events occur.

 

Cash collateral and financial instrument collateral

 

Cash collateral and financial instrument collateral discloses amounts received or pledged in relation to the gross amount of assets and liabilities. Financial instrument collateral typically comprises highly liquid securities which are legally transferred and can be liquidated in the event of counterparty default; they are reflected at fair value. These forms of collateral are also subject to enforceable netting arrangements but are not offset due to the collateral being realised only in the event of default or if other predetermined events occur.

 

For the purpose of disclosure, the amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements but not offset has been limited to the net amounts of financial assets/(liabilities) presented on the balance sheet so to not include over-collateralisation. As a result, the amounts for cash collateral and financial instrument collateral may not equal the table disclosed below.

 

Assets pledged

 

In addition to assets supporting securitisation and covered bond programs disclosed in Note 25, the Group and Parent Entity have provided collateral to secure liabilities as part of standard terms of transaction with other financial institutions. The carrying value of financial assets pledged as collateral to secure liabilities is:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Cash

 

8,079

 

3,894

 

8,064

 

3,750

Cash deposit on stock borrowed

 

31

 

28

 

31

 

28

Securities (including certificates of deposit)

 

1,854

 

1,638

 

1,854

 

1,638

Securities pledged under repurchase agreements

 

15,651

 

25,978

 

15,651

 

25,897

Total amount pledged to secure liabilities

 

25,615

 

31,538

 

25,600

 

31,313

 

Collateral received

 

Cash held as collateral, recognised on the Group’s balance sheet as at 30 September 2015 was $4,057 million in 2015 (2014: $3,888 million) and for the Parent Entity’s was $3,465 million in 2015 (2014: $3,853 million). Securities received as collateral under reverse repurchase agreements as at 30 September 2015 was $3,983 million (2014: $6,463 million).

 

A further $152 million (2014: $118 million) of securities were received as collateral under derivatives and stock borrowing. Securities received as collateral are not recognised on the Group’s balance sheet.

 

Note 25. Securitisation and covered bonds

 

Westpac derives rewards and has exposure to risks from various forms of securitisation structures:

 

§         own asset securitisation; and

 

§         customer funding conduits.

 

Own assets securitised

 

Securitisation is a funding, liquidity and capital management tool. Securitisation provides Westpac the option to liquify a pool of assets and increase the Group’s wholesale funding capacity. Westpac may provide arm’s length facilities to the securitisation vehicles. The facilities entered into typically include the provision of liquidity, funding and derivative contracts.

 

Where the Parent Entity and the Group have continuing involvement with the securitisation vehicle, through ongoing exposure to the risks and rewards associated with the assets, the provision of derivatives, liquidity facilities, trust management and operational services, the originated assets remain recognised on the balance sheet for accounting purposes. These securitisation vehicles are consolidated as Westpac is exposed or has the right to variable returns and has the ability to effect its returns through its power over these securitisation vehicles.

 

Customer funding conduits

 

The Group arranges funding for certain customer transactions through a securitisation conduit (Waratah Receivables Corporation Limited and other related structured entities) that provides customers with access to funding from commercial paper markets. Given that Westpac provides liquidity, credit enhancements, foreign exchange facilities, management and operational services, it is deemed to have exposure to the associated risks and rewards. The conduits are consolidated as the Group is exposed or has the right to variable returns and has the ability to effect its returns through its power over the conduits.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

231

 



 

 

 

Note 25. Securitisation and covered bonds (continued)

 

Revenue from securitisation structures

 

Fee income

 

Westpac receives a market-based fee or margin in return for its services as trust manager, servicer, foreign exchange counterparty and facilities provider.

 

Securitisation risk management

 

Credit exposure

Where relevant, counterparty exposure arising from funding, liquidity, credit support and funding facilities, foreign exchange and swap arrangements for both own asset securitisation and customer funding conduits are approved within the Group’s normal credit process and are captured and monitored in key source systems along with other facilities and derivatives entered into by Westpac.

 

Market risk

 

Exposures arising from transactions with securitisation conduits and other counterparties are captured as part of Westpac’s traded and non-traded market risk reporting and limit management framework.

 

The interest rate and basis risk generated by Westpac’s provision of hedge arrangements to securitisation vehicles are captured and managed in Westpac’s ALM framework. The risk generated by Westpac’s provision of liquidity and redraw facilities to own asset vehicles is captured and managed within Treasury’s liquidity risk policies along with all other contingent liquidity facilities.

 

Funding and liquidity management

 

Exposure to and the impact of securitisation transactions are managed under the Market and Liquidity Risk Management Framework and are integrated into routine reporting for capital and liquidity positions, net interest margin analysis, balance sheet forecasting and funding scenario testing. The Group’s funding plan incorporates consideration of overall liquidity risk limits and the level of securitisation of Westpac originated assets. Westpac provided undrawn liquidity facilities to the customer funding conduit of $823 million at 30 September 2015 (30 September 2014: $1,416 million). Similarly undrawn funding and liquidity facilities of $492 million were provided by Westpac (30 September 2014: $371 million) for the securitisation of its own assets.

 

The following table presents assets securitised by the Group:

 

Consolidated

 

2015

 

2014

$m

 

Own Assets

 

Customer
Conduits

 

Total

 

Own Assets

 

Customer
Conduits

 

Total

Residential mortgage

 

10,209

 

823

 

11,032

 

9,572

 

1,417

 

10,989

Auto and equipment finance

 

1,358

 

-

 

1,358

 

1,348

 

-

 

1,348

Other1

 

487

 

-

 

487

 

665

 

-

 

665

Total

 

12,054

 

823

 

12,877

 

11,585

 

1,417

 

13,002

 

1           This reflects cash held by the own asset securitisation vehicles.

 

The following table presents assets securitised by the Parent Entity:

 

Parent Entity

 

2015

 

2014

$m

 

Own Assets1

 

Customer Conduits

 

Total

 

Own Assets

 

Customer
Conduits

 

Total

Residential mortgage

 

92,661

 

-

 

92,661

 

83,090

 

-

 

83,090

Other2

 

5,540

 

-

 

5,540

 

7,326

 

-

 

7,326

Total

 

98,201

 

-

 

98,201

 

90,416

 

-

 

90,416

 

1           Own assets securitised by the Parent Entity include internal mortgage backed securitisation of $86,300 million (2014: $79,500 million) which are available for external issuance and $80,276 million (2014: $73,950 million) qualifies for repurchase with the RBA.

2           This reflects cash held by the own asset securitisation vehicles.

 

The following table presents the underlying liabilities of the Group as a result of the securitisation of assets:

 

Consolidated

 

2015

 

2014

$m

 

Own Assets

 

Customer
Conduits

 

Total

 

Own Assets

 

Customer
Conduits

 

Total

Notes Issued

 

12,034

 

823

 

12,857

 

11,276

 

1,418

 

12,694

 

 

 

 

232

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 25. Securitisation and covered bonds (continued)

 

The following table presents the underlying liabilities of the Parent Entity as a result of the securitisation of assets:

 

Parent Entity

 

2015

 

2014

$m

 

Own Assets

 

Customer
Conduits

 

Total

 

Own Assets

 

Customer
Conduits

 

Total

Due to subsidiaries

 

96,797

 

-

 

96,797

 

89,135

 

-

 

89,135

 

Certain own asset securitisation and customer funding conduit notes have been issued in foreign currencies and have been translated to Australian dollars using the spot foreign exchange rate on the balance sheet date. These foreign exchange exposures are fully hedged with foreign exchange derivatives. Associated derivatives are not presented in the tables above and explain the mismatch between assets securitised and notes issued.

 

The following table presents the fair value of own assets securitised and underlying liabilities as a result of the securitisation of assets for the Group and Parent Entity:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Residential mortgage

 

10,217

 

9,580

 

92,726

 

83,143

Auto and equipment finance

 

1,394

 

1,374

 

-

 

-

Other

 

487

 

665

 

5,540

 

7,326

Fair value of assets securitised

 

12,098

 

11,619

 

98,266

 

90,469

Notes issued

 

12,016

 

11,295

 

96,708

 

90,232

Fair value of underlying liabilities

 

12,016

 

11,295

 

96,708

 

90,232

Net fair value

 

82

 

324

 

1,558

 

237

 

Covered bonds

 

The Group has two covered bond programs: one utilises Australian residential mortgages (Australian Program) and one utilises New Zealand residential mortgages (New Zealand Program). Pursuant to these programs, selected pools of residential mortgages are assigned to bankruptcy remote structured entities. These provide unconditional and irrevocable guarantees of the related covered bonds that are issued by members of the Group. As such, the covered bondholders have recourse to the issuer of the covered bond and, in the event that the issuer fails to make a payment when due, to the covered bond structured entities.

 

The Group has continuing involvement with the covered bond structured entities as it is exposed to the risks and rewards associated with the pools of residential mortgages (including by way of the derivatives it has entered into with the structured entities). Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the structured entities are consolidated entities of the Group.

 

As at 30 September 2015, the carrying value of covered bonds on issue was $35,062 million (2014: $26,168 million) for the Group and $31,401 million (2014: $23,167 million) for the Parent Entity. The carrying value of assets pledged for the covered bond programs was $40,263 million (2014: $39,314 million) for the Group and $36,225 million (2014: $35,276 million) for the Parent Entity. The difference between the carrying value of covered bonds on issue and the carrying value of assets pledged for the covered bond programs includes the amount of over-collateralisation required to maintain the ratings of the covered bonds on issue and additional assets primarily to allow for future issuance of covered bonds without delay. The additional assets that allow for future issuance can be repurchased by Westpac at its discretion, subject to the conditions set out in the transaction documents.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

233

 



 

 

OTHER ASSETS, OTHER LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Note 26. Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

Accounting policy

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of businesses and represents the excess of the purchase consideration, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired.

 

All goodwill is considered to have an indefinite life. Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing based on management’s analysis of where the synergies resulting from an acquisition are expected to arise. It is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment, and is carried at cost or deemed cost less accumulated impairment. An impairment charge is recognised whenever the carrying amount of a CGU to which goodwill is allocated exceeds its recoverable amount, which is determined on a value-in-use basis.

 

Gains or losses on the disposal of a business include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the business sold.

 

The determination of goodwill and any impairment is one of the Group’s critical accounting assumptions and estimates as detailed in Note 1d(iii).

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets are identifiable non-monetary assets without physical substance. Intangible assets are recognised when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights, when their cost can be measured reliably and where it is probable that future economic benefits attributable to the assets will flow from their use.

 

Other intangible assets include computer software, brands, core deposit intangibles, financial planner distribution relationships, credit card customer relationships, dealer networks, value in force business and service contracts.

 

Computer software includes purchased and internally generated software. The capitalised cost of internally generated software comprises only costs that are directly attributable to development of the software. Costs incurred in the research phase or in ongoing maintenance of the software are expensed as incurred. Computer software is capitalised at cost and classified as property and equipment where it is integral to the operation of the associated hardware.

 

Brands are recognised on the acquisition of businesses and represent the value attributed to brand names associated with those businesses. Brand intangibles are indefinite life intangible assets as there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which they are expected to generate net cash flows.

 

Core deposits were recognised as part of the merger with St.George and represent the value, or avoided cost, of the deposit base acquired that provides a valuable source of funding.

 

Financial planner distribution relationships, credit card customer relationships and dealer networks were recognised as part of business acquisitions and represent the value attributable to future revenue from these relationships.

 

All intangibles are measured at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses.

 

Finite life intangible assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives using the method set out in Note 5.

 

All finite life intangibles are tested for impairment if there is indication that the carrying amount may be greater than the recoverable amount. An assessment is made at each reporting date to determine if any such indicators exist.

 

Brands are not amortised but tested for impairment annually or more frequently when indicators of impairment are identified.

 

An impairment charge is recognised whenever the carrying amount of the intangible exceeds its recoverable amount, which is determined on a value-in-use basis.

 

 

 

 

234

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 26. Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

9,112

8,868

6,653

6,653

Additions through business combination

-

225

-

-

Disposals of controlled entities1

(343)

-

-

-

Exchange rate and other adjustments

40

19

-

-

Balance as at end of the year

8,809

9,112

6,653

6,653

Computer software

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

2,070

1,897

1,856

1,675

Additions

630

664

582

594

Impairment

(131)

(28)

(110)

(28)

Amortisation

(920)

(465)

(817)

(385)

Exchange rate and other adjustments

5

2

1

-

Balance as at end of the year

1,654

2,070

1,512

1,856

Cost

3,944

3,671

3,283

2,733

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

(2,290)

(1,601)

(1,771)

(877)

Carrying amount

1,654

2,070

1,512

1,856

Brand Names

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

670

670

636

636

Balance as at end of the year

670

670

636

636

Carrying amount

670

670

636

636

Core deposit intangibles

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

519

685

519

685

Amortisation

(167)

(166)

(167)

(166)

Balance as at end of the year

352

519

352

519

Cost

1,494

1,494

1,279

1,279

Accumulated amortisation

(1,142)

(975)

(927)

(760)

Carrying amount

352

519

352

519

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

235

221

51

76

Additions through business combination

-

56

-

-

Disposals of controlled entities1

(107)

-

-

-

Impairment

-

(2)

-

-

Amortisation

(51)

(49)

(24)

(25)

Exchange rate and other adjustments

12

9

-

-

Balance as at end of the year

89

235

27

51

Cost

394

622

160

226

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

(305)

(387)

(133)

(175)

Carrying amount

89

235

27

51

Total goodwill and other intangible assets

11,574

12,606

9,180

9,715

 

1    Current year is attributable to the partial sale of BTIM and the sale of banking operations in three Pacific Island nations. Further information is disclosed in Note 41.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

235

 

 



 

 

Note 26. Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)

 

Goodwill has been allocated to the following Cash Generating Units (CGUs):

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

980

980

980

980

St.George Banking Group

4,691

4,689

4,351

4,351

Westpac Institutional Bank

487

487

487

487

BT Financial Group (Australia)

2,048

2,103

835

835

Hambro

-

249

-

-

New Zealand Retail Banking

471

459

-

-

BT New Zealand

12

12

-

-

Hastings

120

120

-

-

Bank of Tonga

-

13

-

-

Total goodwill

8,809

9,112

6,653

6,653

 

Key assumptions used in recoverable amount calculations

 

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations which require the use of assumptions. The recoverable amount of each significant CGU is determined based on the Group’s projections of future pre-tax cash flows discounted by the Group’s after tax return on equity rate of 11.0% (2014: 11.0%), adjusted to a pre-tax rate of 15.7% for Australia and 15.3% for New Zealand (2014: 15.7% for Australia, 15.3% for New Zealand and 13.8% for the United Kingdom). All future cash flows are based on management approved two year forecasts (2014: two years). For each significant CGU, cash flows beyond the two year forecast period have an assumed growth rate of zero for the purpose of goodwill impairment testing. The strategic business plan assumes certain economic conditions and business performance in determining the forecast, which are considered appropriate as they are consistent with observable historical information and current market expectations of the future. The forecasts applied by management are not reliant on any one particular assumption.

 

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

 

There are no reasonably possible changes in assumptions for any significant CGU that would result in an indication of impairment or have a material impact on the Group’s reported results.

 

Note 27. Other assets

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Accrued interest receivable

1,143

1,258

957

1,065

Securities sold not delivered

740

2,768

725

2,765

Deferred acquisition costs

119

129

2

-

Trade debtors

902

716

505

363

Prepayments

199

177

149

146

Accrued fees and commissions

229

210

96

95

Other

962

730

860

583

Total other assets

4,294

5,988

3,294

5,017

 

 

 

 

236

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 28. Provisions

 

Accounting policy

 

Provisions are recognised for present obligations arising as consequences of past events where it is more likely than not that a transfer of economic benefit will be necessary to settle the obligation, which can be reliably estimated.

 

Employee benefits

Provisions for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave, accumulating sick leave and any associated on-costs (i.e. payroll tax) expected to be settled within 12 months of the balance date are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the balance date and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

 

Provisions for long service leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the balance date are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Provisions for long service leave expected to be settled more than 12 months from the balance date are measured at the present value of future payments expected to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the balance date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departure and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted to their net present value using market yields at the balance date on high quality corporate bonds with terms that match as closely as possible the estimated timing of future cash flows. The discount rate used was changed in the current year from a blended interest rate of government bonds to the yield on high quality corporate bonds that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the liabilities.

 

Provision for litigation and non-lending losses

A provision for litigation is recognised where it is probable that there will be an outflow of economic resources. Non-lending losses are any losses that have not arisen as a consequence of an impaired credit decision. Those provisions include litigation and associated costs, frauds and the correction of operational issues.

 

Provision for impairment on credit commitments

A provision for impairment is recognised on undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees provided if it is probable that the facility will be drawn and result in the recognition of an asset at an amount less than the amount advanced. The amount is calculated using the same methodology as the provision for impairment charges on loans (refer to Note 14).

 

Provision for leasehold premises

The provision for leasehold premises covers unavoidable costs in relation to making good property to the same or similar state as when the lease was entered into at the end of the lease period or net outgoings on certain unoccupied leased premises or sub-let premises where projected rental income falls short of rental expense. The liability is determined on the basis of the present value of net future cash flows.

 

Provision for restructuring

A provision for restructuring (including termination benefits) is recognised where there is a demonstrable commitment and a detailed plan such that there is little or no discretion to avoid payments to other parties and the amount can be reliably estimated. The majority of restructuring provisions are expected to be settled within 12 months and are measured at amounts expected to be paid when they are settled. Amounts expected to be settled more than 12 months from the balance date are measured at the present value of the estimated cash outflows, where the effect of discounting is material.

 

Financial guarantees

Financial guarantee contracts are recognised as financial liabilities and recorded in provisions at the time the guarantee is issued. The liability is initially measured at fair value and subsequently at the higher of the amount determined in accordance with AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets and the amount initially recognised less cumulative amortisation, where appropriate.

 

The fair value of a financial guarantee contract is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligation.

 

The measurement of provisions is one of the Group’s critical accounting assumptions and estimates as detailed in Note 1d(v).

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Long service leave

348

357

320

328

Annual leave and other employee benefits

755

852

677

699

Litigation and non-lending losses

28

18

16

15

Provision for impairment on credit commitments (refer to Note 14)

304

308

273

278

Leasehold premises

28

62

28

62

Restructuring provisions

26

21

18

21

Total provisions

1,489

1,618

1,332

1,403

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

237

 

 



 

 

Note 28. Provisions (continued)

 

$m

Long
Service
Leave

Annual
Leave
and Other
Employee
Benefits

Litigation
and Non-
Lending
Losses

Provision for
Impairment
on Credit
Commitments

Leasehold
Premises

Restructuring
Provisions

Total

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

357

852

18

308

62

21

1,618

Disposals of controlled entities1

(2)

(83)

-

-

-

-

(85)

Additions

77

1,010

39

-

18

44

1,188

Utilised

(38)

(1,000)

(22)

-

(52)

(39)

(1,151)

Unutilised reversed

(46)

(24)

(7)

-

-

-

(77)

Increase on unwinding of discount

-

-

-

12

-

-

12

Other

-

-

-

(16)

-

-

(16)

Balance as at end of the year

348

755

28

304

28

26

1,489

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

328

699

15

278

62

21

1,403

Additions

74

900

26

-

18

36

1,054

Utilised

(36)

(899)

(19)

-

(52)

(39)

(1,045)

Unutilised reversed

(46)

(23)

(6)

-

-

-

(75)

Increase on unwinding of discount

-

-

-

11

-

-

11

Other

-

-

-

(16)

-

-

(16)

Balance as at end of the year

320

677

16

273

28

18

1,332

 

1           Attributable to the partial sale of BTIM.

 

Note 29. Other liabilities

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Unearned general insurance premiums

343

341

-

-

Outstanding general insurance claims

284

225

-

-

Defined benefit deficit1

192

315

175

306

Accrued interest payable

2,626

2,917

2,301

2,602

Credit card loyalty program

274

299

-

-

Securities purchased not delivered

1,007

1,164

998

1,057

Trade creditors and other accrued expenses

1,276

1,030

958

761

Other

2,114

1,900

2,001

1,683

Total other liabilities

8,116

8,191

6,433

6,409

 

1           Refer to Note 38 for more details.

 

Note 30. Operating lease commitments

 

Accounting policy

 

An operating lease is a lease where substantially all the risks and rewards of the leased asset remain with the lessor.

 

Where the Group provides operating leases, the assets are recognised in the balance sheet as property and equipment at cost, and depreciated to their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life. Operating lease rentals are recognised in the income statement in non-interest income basis over the lease term.

 

In its capacity as a lessee, the Group mainly uses property and equipment under operating leases. Payments due to the lessor under operating leases are charged to equipment and occupancy expense within operating expenses over the lease term.

 

 

 

 

238

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 30. Operating leases commitments (continued)

 

Details of the lease commitments at 30 September are as follows:

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Lease commitments

 

 

 

 

Premises and sites

3,356

3,480

2,857

3,112

Furniture and equipment

24

26

19

20

Total lease commitments

3,380

3,506

2,876

3,132

Due within one year

553

528

480

452

Due after one year but not later than five years

1,391

1,534

1,189

1,323

Due after five years

1,436

1,444

1,207

1,357

Total lease commitments

3,380

3,506

2,876

3,132

 

Operating leases are entered into to meet the business needs of entities in the Group. Leases are primarily over commercial and retail premises and plant and equipment. Lease rentals are determined in accordance with market conditions when leases are entered into or on rental review dates.

 

Leased premises that have become excess to the Group’s business needs have been sublet where possible and any expected rental shortfalls fully provided for. There are no restrictions imposed on the Group by lease arrangements other than in respect of the specific premises being leased.

 

Leases are generally for a term of five years with an option to extend for another five years. In most instances, other than the lease arrangement, the Group has no ongoing interests in the premises.

 

As at 30 September 2015, the total future minimum lease payments expected to be received by the Group and Parent Entity from non-cancellable sub-leases was $10 million (2014: $14 million) and $10 million (2014: $14 million) respectively.

 

Note 31. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments

 

Accounting policy

 

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events that are not wholly within the control of the Group; or are present obligations arising from past events where the transfer of economic resources is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised on the balance sheet but are disclosed unless the outflow of economic resources is remote.

 

The Group is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and in managing its own risk profile. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, bill endorsements, financial guarantees, standby letters of credit and underwriting facilities.

 

The Group’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party is represented by the contract or notional amount of those financial instruments. However, some commitments to extend credit and provide underwriting facilities can be cancelled or revoked at any time at the Group’s option. As a significant proportion of these financial instruments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract or notional amounts do not necessarily reflect future liquidity requirements.

 

The Group uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

 

The Group takes collateral where it is considered necessary to support both on and off-balance sheet financial instruments with credit risk. The Group evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral taken, if deemed necessary, on the provision of a financial facility is based on management’s evaluation of the credit risk of the counterparty.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

239

 



 

 

Note 31. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

 

Off-balance sheet credit risk-related financial instruments excluding derivatives at 30 September are as follows:

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Credit risk-related instruments

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees1

4,642

4,092

4,549

4,005

Trade letters of credit2

2,945

2,961

2,893

2,914

Non-financial guarantees3

9,431

9,205

8,948

8,699

Commitments to extend credit4

174,391

159,131

154,375

140,909

Other commitments5

184

763

184

763

Total credit risk-related instruments

191,593

176,152

170,949

157,290

 

1    Standby letters of credit are undertakings to pay, against presentation documents, an obligation in the event of a default by a customer. Guarantees are unconditional undertakings given to support the obligations of a customer to third parties. The Group may hold cash as collateral for certain guarantees issued.

 

2    Trade letters of credit are undertakings by the Group to pay or accept drafts drawn by an overseas supplier of goods against presentation of documents in the event of default by a customer.

 

3    Non-financial guarantees include undertakings that oblige the Group to pay third parties should a customer fail to fulfil a contractual non-monetary obligation.

 

4    Commitments to extend credit include all obligations on the part of the Group to provide credit facilities. As facilities may expire without being drawn upon, the notional amounts do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. In addition to the commitments disclosed above at 30 September 2015, the Group offered $9.3 billion (2014: $8.0 billion) of facilities to customers, which had not yet been accepted.

 

5    Other commitments include underwriting facilities.

 

Consolidated 2015
$m

Up to
1 Year

Over 1
to 3 Years

Over 3
to 5 Years

Over
5 Years

Total

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

1,705

1,627

429

881

4,642

Trade letters of credit

2,642

303

-

-

2,945

Non-financial guarantees

5,081

1,903

361

2,086

9,431

Commitments to extend credit

67,700

33,861

20,622

52,208

174,391

Other commitments

164

-

20

-

184

Total commercial commitments

77,292

37,694

21,432

55,175

191,593

 

Contingent assets

 

The credit commitments shown in the table above also constitute contingent assets. These commitments would be classified as loans in the balance sheet on the contingent event occurring.

 

Additional liabilities and commitments

 

Legislative liabilities

 

The Group had the following assessed liabilities as at 30 September 2015:

 

§   $16 million (2014: $19 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation Act 1987 and the Workplace Injury Management and Workers’ Compensation Act 1998 (New South Wales);

 

§   $13 million (2014: $13 million) based on actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Accident Compensation Act 1985 (Victoria);

 

§   $4 million (2014: $7 million) based on actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Rehabilitation and Compensation Act 1986 (South Australia);

 

§   $1 million (2014: $2 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation and Rehabilitation Act 2003 (Queensland);

 

§   $1 million (2014: $2 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation Act 1951 (Australian Capital Territory);

 

§   $1 million (2014: $1 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation and Injury Management Act 1981 (Western Australia); and

 

§   $1 million (2014: $1 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Rehabilitation and Compensation Act 1988 (Tasmania).

 

 

 

 

240

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 31. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

 

Adequate provision has been made for these liabilities in the provision for annual leave and other employee benefits (refer to Note 28).

 

Litigation

 

Contingent liabilities exist in respect of actual and potential claims and proceedings. An assessment of the Group’s likely loss has been made on a case-by-case basis for the purpose of the financial statements and specific provisions have been made where appropriate.

 

§   Since 2011, Westpac has been served with three class action proceedings brought on behalf of customers seeking to recover exception fees paid by those customers. Similar class actions have been commenced against several other Australian banks. Westpac has agreed with the plaintiffs to put the proceedings against Westpac on hold pending further developments in the litigation against one of those other banks. In April 2015, the Full Court of the Federal Court unanimously found all of the exception fees charged by that other bank to be lawful. The plaintiffs are currently appealing certain aspects of that judgment to the High Court of Australia. The appeal is scheduled to be heard in February 2016; and

 

§   Westpac has been served with a class action proceeding brought on behalf of Westpac customers who borrowed money to invest in Storm Financial-badged investments. Westpac intends to defend these proceedings. As the two named applicants have not quantified the damages that they seek, and given the preliminary nature of these proceedings, it is not possible to estimate any potential liability at this stage.

 

Industry reviews by regulators

 

Globally, regulators continue to progress various reviews involving the financial services sector. The nature of these reviews can be wide ranging and, for example, currently include investigations into potential manipulation in financial markets. During the year, Westpac has received notices and requests for information from its regulators. The outcomes and total costs associated with such reviews are uncertain.

 

Settlement risk

 

The Group is subject to a credit risk exposure in the event that another financial institution fails to settle for its payments clearing activities.  We seek to minimise credit risk arising from settlement risk in the payments system by aligning our processing method with the legal certainty of settlement in the relevant clearing system.

 

Financial Claims Scheme

 

Under the Financial Claims Scheme (FCS) the Australian Government provides depositors a free guarantee of deposits in eligible ADIs up to and including $250,000. The FCS applies to an eligible ADI if APRA has applied for the winding up of the ADI and the responsible Australian Government minister has declared that the FCS applies to the ADI.

 

The Financial Claims Scheme (ADIs) Levy Act 2008 provides for the imposition of a levy to fund the excess of certain APRA FCS costs connected to an ADI. The levy would be imposed on liabilities of eligible ADIs to their depositors and cannot be more than 0.5% of the amount of those liabilities.

 

Service agreements

 

The maximum contingent liability for termination benefits in respect of service agreements with the CEO and other Group Key Management Personnel at 30 September 2015 was $15 million (2014: $16 million).

 

Contingent tax risk

 

The ATO is reviewing the taxation treatment of certain transactions undertaken by the Group in the course of normal business activities.

 

Risk reviews and audits are also being undertaken by revenue authorities in other jurisdictions, as part of normal revenue authority activity in those countries.

 

The Group has assessed these and other taxation claims arising in Australia and elsewhere, including seeking independent advice where appropriate, and considers it holds appropriate provisions.

 

Parent Entity guarantees and undertakings

 

In addition to the above, the following guarantees and undertakings are extended to entities in the Group by the Parent Entity:

 

§   issue of letters of comfort in respect of certain subsidiaries in the normal course of business. The letters recognise that Westpac has a responsibility that those subsidiaries continue to meet their obligations;

 

§   guarantees to certain wholly owned subsidiaries that are Australian financial services or credit licensees to comply with legislative requirements. Each guarantee provided does not exceed $40 million per annum. The guarantees will only give rise to a liability where the entity concerned becomes legally obliged to pay on account of a claim under the relevant licence. The Parent Entity has a right of indemnity to recover funds payable under the guarantees.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

241

 



 

 

CAPITAL AND DIVIDENDS

 

Note 32. Shareholders’ equity

 

Accounting policy

 

Share capital

Ordinary shares are recognised at the amount paid up per ordinary share net of directly attributable issue costs. Where the Parent Entity or other members of the Group purchases shares in the Parent Entity, the consideration paid is deducted from ordinary share capital and the shares are treated as treasury shares until they are subsequently sold, reissued or cancelled. Where such shares are sold or reissued, any consideration received is included in shareholders’ equity.

 

Other equity instruments

Convertible debentures issued by the Parent Entity in respect of the 2006 Trust Preferred Securities (2006 TPS) are recognised in the Parent Entity balance sheet at the amount of consideration received net of issue costs. Distributions on them are recognised when entitlements are determined in accordance with the terms of the convertible debentures.

 

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests represents the share in the net assets of subsidiaries attributable to equity interests that are not owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Entity. The 2006 TPS are also classified as non-controlling interests in the Group balance sheet.

 

Reserves

Foreign currency translation reserve

Exchange differences arising on translation of the Group’s foreign operations, any offsetting gains or losses on hedging the net investment and any associated tax effect are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve. A cumulative credit balance in this reserve would not normally be regarded as being available for payment of dividends until such gains are realised on sale or disposal of the foreign operation.

 

Available-for-sale securities reserve

This comprises the changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial securities, net of tax. These changes are transferred to non-interest income in the income statement when the asset is either derecognised or impaired.

 

Cash flow hedging reserve

This comprises the fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of designated cash flow hedging instruments, net of tax.

 

Share-based payment reserve

This comprises the fair value of share-based payments recognised as an expense.

 

Other reserves

Other reserves for the Parent Entity relates to certain historic internal group restructurings performed at fair value. This reserve is eliminated on consolidation. Other reserves for the Group consist of transactions relating to change in the Parent Entity’s ownership of a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control.

 

The amount recorded in other reserves reflects the difference between the amount by which non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of any consideration paid or received.

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Contributed equity

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares 3,183,907,786 (2014: 3,109,048,309) each fully paid

29,280

26,943

29,280

26,943

Restricted Share Plan (RSP) treasury shares 4,478,150 (2014: 6,327,116)

(304)

(235)

(304)

(235)

Other treasury shares 5,423,555 (2014: 5,121,966)

(81)

(69)

(4)

(4)

Treasury and RSP treasury shares

(385)

(304)

(308)

(239)

Share capital

28,895

26,639

28,972

26,704

Other equity instruments

 

 

 

 

Convertible notes issued on 21 June 2006 A$762,737,500
(with net issue costs of A$8 million)

-

-

755

755

Non-controlling interests1

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred securities 7,627,375 2006 TPS of A$100 each
(with net issue costs of A$8 million)

755

755

-

-

Other

62

126

-

-

Total non-controlling interests

817

881

-

-

 

 

1           Total distributions to Non-controlling interests were $52 million (2014: $48 million).

 

 

 

 

242

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 32. Shareholders’ equity (continued)

 

Reserves

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2015

2014

Available-for-sale securities reserve

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

129

12

79

(104)

Current movement due to changes in other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value

(148)

263

(152)

222

Income tax effect

46

(79)

47

(69)

Transferred to income statements

(73)

(94)

(21)

9

Income tax effect

21

27

6

21

Balance as at end of the year

(25)

129

(41)

79

Share-based payment reserve

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

1,076

920

983

846

Current movement due to transactions with employees

141

156

125

137

Balance as at end of the year

1,217

1,076

1,108

983

Cash flow hedging reserve

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

162

271

150

254

Current movement due to changes in other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value

(59)

41

140

90

Income tax effect

14

(12)

(42)

(27)

Transferred to income statements

(131)

(197)

(167)

(239)

Income tax effect

40

59

50

72

Balance as at end of the year

26

162

131

150

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

(190)

(251)

(332)

(346)

Current movement due to exchange differences on translation of foreign operations, net of associated hedges

15

61

33

14

Balance as at end of the year

(175)

(190)

(299)

(332)

Other reserves

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

(1)

1

41

41

Transactions with owners

(16)

(2)

-

-

Balance as at end of the year

(17)

(1)

41

41

Share of other comprehensive income (expense) of associates

5

-

-

-

Total reserves

1,031

1,176

940

921

 

Ordinary shares

 

In accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, Westpac does not have authorised capital and all ordinary shares issued have no par value.

 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends as declared and in the event of winding up of Westpac, to participate in the proceeds in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held.

 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to one vote per share, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of Westpac shareholders.

 

Details of ordinary shares issued or purchased during the year ended 30 September 2015 are set out in the tables below:

 

Number of shares on issue

 

Consolidated and Parent

 

 

(number)

2015

2014

Opening balance

3,109,048,309

3,109,048,309

Issue of shares

 

 

Dividend reinvestment plan1

43,999,852

-

Dividend reinvestment plan underwrite2

30,859,625

-

Issued shares for the year

74,859,477

-

Closing balance

3,183,907,786

3,109,048,309

 

 

1    The average price for the issuance of shares in relation to the dividend reinvestment plan for the 2014 final dividend and 2015 interim dividend was $32.08.

 

2    The average price for the issuance of shares in relation to the 2015 interim dividend reinvestment plan underwrite was $32.40.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

243

 



 

 

Note 32. Shareholders’ equity (continued)

 

Ordinary shares purchased on market

 

 

2015

2015

Consolidated and Parent

Number

Average Price ($)

Employee share plan

823,869

32.77

Restricted share plan

2,067,941

32.81

WPP - exercise of options1

202,255

36.54

WPP - exercise of share rights and performance share rights

436,407

33.23

WRP - exercise of options1

402,814

36.27

WRP - exercise of share rights

845,258

34.74

CEOPP - exercise of share rights

197,848

34.33

Total ordinary shares purchased on market2

4,976,392

 

 

 

1    The average exercise price received was $22.02 on the exercise of the WPP options (2014: $20.86) and $27.55 on the exercise of the WRP options (2014: $27.35).

 

2    The purchase of existing ordinary shares in respect of employee share plans resulted in a tax benefit of $10.3 million being recognised as contributed equity.

 

Restricted Share Plan treasury shares

 

Ordinary shares allocated to eligible employees under the RSP are classified as treasury shares until unconditional ownership of the shares vest at the end of the restriction period.

 

Other treasury shares

 

Other treasury shares includes ordinary shares held by statutory life funds and managed investment schemes and ordinary shares held by Westpac in respect of equity derivatives sold to customers.

 

During the year 928,162 treasury shares were purchased at an average price of $36.31 (2014: 99,342 shares at an average price of $33.38) and 626,573 treasury shares were sold at an average price of $33.34 (2014: 399,882 shares at an average price of $33.24).

 

Convertible notes and 2006 TPS

 

A Westpac controlled entity, Westpac TPS Trust, issued 7,627,375 2006 TPS in Australia at $100 each on 21 June 2006. The 2006 TPS are preferred units in the Westpac TPS Trust, with non-cumulative floating rate distributions which are expected to be fully franked. Westpac TPS Trust also issued one ordinary unit with an issue price of $100 to Westpac. Westpac, as holder of the ordinary unit, is entitled to any residual income or assets of the Westpac TPS Trust not distributed to holders of 2006 TPS. The principal assets of Westpac TPS Trust are 7,627,375 convertible notes (the notes) issued by Westpac in an aggregate amount of $762,737,500. The notes qualify for transitional treatment as Additional Tier 1 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 

The 2006 TPS are scheduled to pay quarterly distributions (30 September, 31 December, 31 March and 30 June) in arrears, subject to certain conditions being satisfied. The distribution rate on 2006 TPS, until 30 June 2016 (the step-up date), is calculated as the Australian 90 day bank bill rate plus 1% per annum (the initial margin), together multiplied by one minus the Australian corporate tax rate (30% during the year ended 30 September 2015). After the step-up date, the initial margin will increase by a one time step-up of 1% per annum.

 

Distributions on the 2006 TPS will only be made if Westpac pays interest on the notes and certain other conditions (which broadly correspond to the interest payment conditions on the notes) are satisfied. Interest on the notes is subject to an interest payment test and interest will not be paid if Westpac directors have not resolved to make the interest payment, the payment of interest exceeds distributable profits (unless APRA gives its prior approval) and APRA does not otherwise object to the payment. The interest payments on the notes may exceed the aggregate amount of the distributions to be made on 2006 TPS. Any excess will be distributed to Westpac, as holder of the ordinary unit in the Westpac TPS Trust, on each distribution payment date.

 

The notes are unsecured obligations of Westpac and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment of principal and interest to Westpac’s obligations to depositors and creditors, other than subordinated creditors holding subordinated indebtedness that is stated to rank equally with, or junior to the notes.

 

 

 

 

244

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 32. Shareholders’ equity (continued)

 

Conversion, exchange and redemption

 

Westpac can redeem 2006 TPS for cash with APRA approval or convert into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated in accordance with the Westpac TPS terms, on the step-up date or any distribution payment date after the step-up date, for certain tax, regulatory or change of control reasons and in certain other circumstances. If Westpac elects to redeem 2006 TPS, holders will receive cash equal to their face value. If Westpac elects to convert 2006 TPS, for each 2006 TPS, holders will receive a number of ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the 2006 TPS terms subject to a maximum conversion number which is 50 Westpac ordinary shares. The price at which Westpac ordinary shares will be issued is based on the Westpac ordinary share price determined over the 20 business day period prior to the elected conversion date and includes a 2.5% discount. If Westpac redeems or converts 2006 TPS, Westpac must also redeem or convert the notes in a corresponding manner.

 

The 2006 TPS will automatically exchange into Westpac preference shares upon the occurrence of an automatic exchange event, that is, if the 2006 TPS are still on issue on 30 September 2055 or in certain other limited circumstances, including the occurrence of an event of default or an APRA event (unless APRA determines otherwise). On exchange, all 2006 TPS on issue will exchange into preference shares directly issued by Westpac and the notes and the 2006 TPS will be redeemed simultaneously. On exchange, 2006 TPS holders will receive one preference share for each 2006 TPS.

 

Note 33. Capital adequacy

 

APRA has responsibility for the prudential supervision of ADIs, life and general insurance companies and superannuation funds in Australia. Westpac Banking Corporation is an ADI.

 

Australia’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are generally consistent but not completely aligned with the approach agreed upon by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). APRA has exercised its discretion in applying the Basel framework to Australian ADIs, resulting in a more conservative approach than the minimum standards published by the BCBS. APRA also introduced the new standards from 1 January 2013 with no phasing in of higher capital requirements as allowed by BCBS. The application of these discretions act to reduce reported capital ratios relative to those reported in other jurisdictions.

 

Under APRA’s implementation of Basel III, Australian banks are required to maintain a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4.5%, Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0% and Total Regulatory Capital ratio of 8.0%. Subject to certain limitations, Common Equity Tier 1 capital consists of paid-up share capital, retained profits and certain reserves, less the deduction of certain intangible assets, capitalised expenses and software, and investments and retained earnings in insurance and funds management subsidiaries that are not consolidated for capital adequacy purposes. Tier 1 Capital is the sum of Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital comprises high quality components of capital that consists of securities not included in Common Equity Tier 1 capital but which include loss absorbing characteristics. Total Regulatory Capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital includes other components of capital that, to varying degrees, fall short of the quality of Tier 1 capital, but nonetheless contribute to the overall strength of an ADI and its capacity to absorb losses.

 

Westpac’s capital ratios are significantly above APRA minimum capital adequacy requirements. Westpac is required to inform APRA immediately of any breach or potential breach of its minimum prudential capital adequacy requirements, including details of remedial action taken or planned to be taken.

 

Capital management strategy

 

Westpac’s approach seeks to balance the fact that capital is an expensive form of funding with the need to be adequately capitalised as an ADI. Westpac considers the need to balance efficiency, flexibility and adequacy when determining sufficiency of capital and when developing capital management plans.

 

Westpac evaluates these considerations through an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), the key features of which include:

 

§   the development of a capital management strategy, including preferred capital range, capital buffers and contingency plans;

 

§   consideration of both economic and regulatory capital requirements;

 

§   a process that challenges the capital measures, coverage and requirements which incorporates amongst other things, the impact of adverse economic scenarios; and

 

§   consideration of the perspectives of external stakeholders including rating agencies and equity and debt investors.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

245

 



 

 

Note 34. Dividends

 

Accounting policy

 

A provision for dividends is recognised when dividends are declared, determined or publicly recommended by the Directors but not distributed as at the balance date.

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Dividends not recognised at year end

 

 

 

 

 

 

Since year end the Directors have recommended the payment of the following dividends on ordinary shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares 94 cents per share (2014: 92 cents per share, 2013: 88 cents per share) all fully franked at 30%

 

2,988

2,856

2,733

2,993

2,860

Special dividend nil cents per share (2014: nil, 2013: 10 cents per share) fully franked at 30%

 

-

-

310

-

-

Total dividends not recognised at year end

 

2,988

2,856

3,043

2,993

2,860

 

The Board has determined to satisfy the DRP for the 2015 final dividend by issuing Westpac ordinary shares. The DRP will not include a discount.

 

Australian franking credits

 

Australian franking credits available to the Parent Entity for subsequent financial years after adjusting the franking account balance as at the end of the financial year for franking credits that will arise from the payment of income tax payable on Australian profits for the 2015 year, and franking debits that will arise from the payment of the proposed 2015 final dividends is $793 million (2014: $565 million, 2013: $585 million).

 

New Zealand imputation credits

 

The Parent Entity is able to attach available New Zealand imputation credits to dividends paid. As a result, New Zealand imputation credits of NZ$0.06 (2014: NZ$0.06, 2013: NZ$0.074) per share will be attached to the final 2015 ordinary dividend payable by the Company. New Zealand imputation credits available for subsequent financial years after adjusting the franking account balance as at the end of the financial year for franking credits that will arise from the payment of income tax on New Zealand profits for the year, and franking debits that will arise from the payment of the proposed 2015 final dividend is NZ$522 million (2014: NZ$562 million, 2013: NZ$605 million).

 

GROUP STRUCTURE

 

Note 35. Investments in subsidiaries and associates

 

Accounting policy

 

 

Subsidiaries

 

Westpac controls and accordingly consolidates an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity, and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

 

The Group reassesses whether it controls an entity if facts and circumstances indicate that there have been changes to its power, its rights to variable returns or its ability to use its power to affect the amount of its returns.

 

Changes in the Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary after control is obtained which do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders.

 

When the Group ceases to control a subsidiary any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value, with any resulting gain or loss recognised in the income statement.

 

In the Parent Entity’s financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are initially recorded at cost and are subsequently held at the lower of cost and recoverable amount.

 

Associates

 

Associates are entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the operating and financial policies. The Group recognises investments in associates using the equity method. They are initially recognised at cost (except where recognised at fair value due to a loss of control of a subsidiary), and increased (or decreased) each year by the Group’s share of post acquisition profit (or loss) of the associate. Dividends received from the associate reduce the carrying amount of the investment in associate.

 

The Group as at 30 September 2015 includes the material controlled entities in the following table.

 

 

 

 

246

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 35. Investments in subsidiaries and associates (continued)

 

Overseas companies predominantly carry on business in the country of incorporation. For unincorporated entities, ‘Country of Incorporation’ refers to the country where business is carried on. The financial years of all controlled entities are the same as that of Westpac unless otherwise stated. From time to time, the Group consolidates a number of unit trusts where the group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the trusts, and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the trusts. These investment vehicles are excluded from the table.

 

Name

 

Country of
Incorporation

 

Name

 

Country of
Incorporation

Advance Asset Management Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Financial Services Limited

 

Australia

Asgard Capital Management Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac General Insurance Limited

 

Australia

Asgard Wealth Solutions Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac General Insurance Services Limited

 

Australia

BT Financial Group Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance Limited

 

Australia

BT Funds Management Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Overseas Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

BT Portfolio Services Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Securities Limited

 

Australia

Capital Finance Australia Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Securitisation Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

Hastings Funds Management Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Funds Management (NZ) Limited

 

New Zealand

Hastings Management Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Financial Services Group-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

RAMS Financial Group Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Life-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

Sixty Martin Place (Holdings) Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac New Zealand Group Limited

 

New Zealand

St.George Finance Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

New Zealand

St.George Life Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac NZ Operations Limited

 

New Zealand

Westpac Equity Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited

 

Papua New Guinea

Westpac Financial Services Group Limited

 

Australia

 

Hastings Funds Management (USA) Inc.

 

USA

 

In addition to the above controlled entities, the following entities have been granted relief from compliance with the balance date synchronisation provisions in the Corporations Act 2001:

 

§   Westpac Cash PIE Fund

 

§   Westpac Notice Saver PIE Fund

 

§   Westpac Term PIE Fund

 

The following material controlled entities are not wholly owned:

 

Percentage Owned

2015

2014

Hastings Management Pty Limited1

95.9%

97.2%

Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited

89.9%

89.9%

 

 

1   The change in ownership did not result in a loss of control. The effect on equity attributable to owners of the Westpac Banking Corporation as a result of this change was not material.

 

Non-controlling interests

 

Details of non-controlling interests are set out in Note 32.

 

Significant restrictions

 

There were no significant restrictions on the ability to transfer cash or other assets, pay dividends or other capital distributions, provide or repay loans and advances between the entities within the Group. There were also no significant restrictions on Westpac’s ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Group resulting from protective rights of non-controlling interests.

 

Associates

 

On 23 June 2015, the Group lost control of BT Investment Management Limited (BTIM), a company incorporated in Australia. As at 30 September 2014 the Group held 60.8% of issued shares and consolidated the investment. The Group now holds 31.0% and the investment is equity accounted. The following table summarises the financial information of BTIM as presented in its financial statements and reconciles the summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the Group’s investment in BTIM.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

247

 



 

 

Note 35. Investments in subsidiaries and associates (continued)

 

Consolidated

$m

3 months ended
30 September 2015

Summarised results

 

Revenue for the period

120

Net profit for the period

33

Other comprehensive income for the period

19

Total comprehensive income (100%)

52

Group’s share of net profit (31%)

10

Equity accounting adjustments

(5)

Group’s share in net profit recognised in the income statement

5

Group’s share of other comprehensive income (31%)

6

Tax effect on Group’s share of other comprehensive income

(1)

Share of total comprehensive income recognised by the Group

10

Dividends received from associates during the period

-

Summarised balance sheet

 

Total assets

990

Total liabilities

(228)

Total net assets (100%)

762

Group’s share of total net assets (31%)

236

Other equity accounting adjustments

(6)

Fair value adjustments (including notional goodwill) on acquisition (net of amortisation)

526

Carrying amount of interest in BTIM

756

Fair value of investment

868

 

Note 36. Structured entities

 

Accounting policy

 

A structured entity is one which has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in determining who controls the entity (for example, when voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements). Structured entities are generally created to achieve a specific and well defined objective with restrictions over their ongoing activities. Where structured entities are used to facilitate the purchase of specific assets, they are commonly financed by issuing debt or equity securities that are collateralised by and/or indexed to those underlying assets. The debt and equity securities issued by structured entities may include tranches with varying levels of subordination.

 

The Group engages in various transactions with both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities that are mainly involved in securitisations, asset-backed and other financing structures and managed investment funds.

 

Structured entities are assessed for consolidation in accordance with the accounting policy set out in Note 35. As voting rights are often not the decisive factor in decisions over the relevant activities, the assessment of control may involve assessing the purpose and design of the entity, and consideration as to whether the Group, or another involved party with power over the relevant activities, is acting as a principal in its own right or as an agent on behalf of others. The Group may have an interest in or sponsor a structured entity but not consolidate it.

 

The details below provide information on both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities.

 

Consolidated structured entities

 

Securitisation and asset-backed conduit vehicles

 

The Group uses structured entities as conduits for the purposes of providing its customers with access to funding from commercial paper markets and to undertake securitisation of its own pool of financial assets. For further details, including contractual arrangements to provide financial support, refer to Note 25.

 

Covered bonds

 

The Group has two covered bond programs whereby selected pools of residential mortgages it originates are assigned to bankruptcy remote structured entities. For further details, including contractual arrangements to provide financial support, refer to Note 25.

 

 

 

 

248

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 36. Structured entities (continued)

 

Group managed funds

 

The Group has established a number of investment management funds for which it acts as the responsible entity and/or fund manager. The Group consolidates those funds where it is deemed to be acting as a principal rather than agent in its role of investment manager. The principal vs. agent decision requires judgment to be exercised in concluding whether the Group has sufficient exposure to variable returns. The Group does not have any contractual arrangements to provide financial support to these entities.

 

Non-contractual financial support

 

The Group has not provided any non-contractual financial support during the period to consolidated structured entities and does not anticipate providing such support in the future.

 

Unconsolidated structured entities

 

The Group enters into transactions with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer transactions, for liquidity management purposes and for specific investment opportunities.

 

Its interests in structured entities comprise any form of contractual or non-contractual involvement which creates variability in returns arising from the performance of the entity for the Group. These include holdings of debt or equity instruments, guarantees, liquidity and other credit support arrangements, lending, loan commitments, derivatives that transfer financial risks from the entity to the Group and investment management agreements.

 

Interests do not include derivatives that are not complex (e.g. interest rate swaps and currency swaps), instruments that are deemed to create rather than absorb variability in the unconsolidated structured entity (e.g. purchase of credit protection under a credit default swap), and lending arrangements to a structured entity where recourse on default is to a wider operating entity rather than secured only on the underlying assets of the entity.

 

The main types of interests held by the Group in unconsolidated structured entities generally comprise the following:

 

§         trading securities: the Group buys and sells interests in structured entities as part of its normal trading activities and includes mortgage or other asset-backed securities. These securities are typically held as part of a larger trading portfolio and the Group would normally have no other involvement with the structured entity. The Group derives interest income on these securities, and also recognises realised and unrealised gains or losses arising from a change in fair value through trading income;

 

§         available-for-sale securities: the Group holds mortgage-backed securities as part of its liquidity portfolio which provides a buffer against unforseen funding requirements. These assets are highly rated investment grade paper and are 100% eligible for repurchase agreements with the Reserve Bank of Australia or another central bank. As with its securities held in trading portfolios, the Group would normally have no other involvement with the issuing structured entity. The Group recognises interest income on these securities and net gains or losses arising from the sale of these assets (recorded as part of non-interest income);

 

§         loans and other credit commitments: the Group provides lending facilities to unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of its lending business to earn income in the form of interest and lending fees. The structured entities mainly comprise property trusts, and those associated with project and property financing transactions where the primary source of debt service, security and repayment is derived from the underlying assets of the entity. Other structured entities include those unconsolidated securitisation trusts established as part of the Group’s customer securitisation program. All loans and credit commitments are subject to the Group’s credit approval process with collateral specific to the circumstances of each loan;

 

§         investment management agreements: as part of its normal funds management activities, the Group establishes and manages a number of funds that provide customers with investment opportunities. The Group also manages superannuation funds established for its employees. As the fund manager, the Group is entitled to receive on-going management and performance fee income based on the value and performance of the assets under management; and

 

§         the Group may also retain units in these funds, which are primarily held by its consolidated life insurance entities. The Group derives fund distribution income from these holdings and recognises fair value movements (through non-interest income) where the instruments are held at fair value through the income statement.

 

The following table shows the Group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities and its maximum exposure to loss in relation to those interests. The maximum exposure to loss represents the maximum loss that the Group could incur as a result of its involvement in the structured entities regardless of the probability of the loss being incurred. The amount does not take into account the effects of any collateral or hedges undertaken to reduce the risk of loss. In this respect:

 

§         for debt and equity instruments in and loans to unconsolidated structured entities, the maximum exposure to loss is the carrying value of these interests at reporting date; and

 

§         for off-balance sheet instruments including liquidity facilities, loan and other credit commitments and guarantees, the maximum exposure to loss is reflected by the notional amounts.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

249

 

 



 

 

Note 36. Structured entities (continued)

 

Consolidated 2015

 

 

 

$m

Investment in
Third Party
Mortgage and
Other
Asset-Backed
Securities
1

Financing to
Securitisation
Vehicles

Group
Managed
Funds

Interests
in Other
Structured
Entities

Total

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

-

823

-

-

823

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

2,902

-

20

2,973

5,895

Available-for-sale securities

5,173

-

-

-

5,173

Loans

-

16,091

9

23,203

39,303

Life insurance assets

132

-

282

2,165

2,579

Other assets

10

-

54

-

64

Total on-balance sheet exposures

8,217

16,914

365

28,341

53,837

Total notional amounts of off-balance sheet exposures

-

4,256

59

7,789

12,104

Maximum exposure to loss

8,217

21,170

424

36,130

65,941

Size of structured entities2

67,148

21,170

57,739

148,085

294,142

 

1           Of the Group’s total interests held in third party mortgage and other asset-backed securities, $8,217 million represents the senior tranche of notes and are investment grade rated.

 

2           Represented either by the total assets or market capitalisation of the entity, or if not available the Group’s total committed exposure (for lending arrangements and external debt and equity holdings), funds under management (for Group managed funds) or the total value of notes on issue (for investments in third-party asset-backed securities).

 

Consolidated 2014

 

 

 

$m

Investment in
Third Party
Mortgage and
Other
Asset-Backed
Securities
1

Financing to
Securitisation
Vehicles

Group
Managed
Funds

Interests
in Other
Structured
Entities

Total

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

-

1,417

-

-

1,417

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

3,262

-

123

2,974

6,359

Available-for-sale securities

4,428

-

104

-

4,532

Loans

127

13,478

57

23,638

37,300

Life insurance assets

-

-

2,209

1,544

3,753

Other assets

11

-

39

4

54

Total on-balance sheet exposures

7,828

14,895

2,532

28,160

53,415

Total notional amounts of off-balance sheet exposures

-

4,543

78

7,377

11,998

Maximum exposure to loss

7,828

19,438

2,610

35,537

65,413

Size of structured entities2

111,350

19,438

87,084

144,873

362,745

 

1           Of the Group’s total interests held in third party mortgage and other asset-backed securities, $7,809 million represents the senior tranche of notes issued and $19 million represents the subordinated tranche of notes issued. All notes are investment grade rated.

2           Represented either by the total assets or market capitalisation of the entity, or if not available the Group’s total committed exposure (for lending arrangements and external debt and equity holdings), funds under management (for Group managed funds) or the total value of notes on issue (for investments in third-party asset-backed securities).

 

Non-contractual financial support

 

The Group has not provided any non-contractual financial support during the period to unconsolidated structured entities and does not anticipate providing such support in the future.

 

Sponsored entities

 

The Group would be deemed to sponsor an entity where it is involved in its creation or establishment and promotion (including use of the Group’s name in the name of the entity or on the products issued by the entity), and facilitates its on-going success through the transfer of assets (if any), or the provision of explicit or implicit financial, operational or other support.

 

In addition to the sponsored entities in which the Group has an interest, the Group also sponsors entities in which it has no interest. These primarily comprise the Group’s charitable trusts. No income is earned from these entities nor does the Group transfer any assets to them.

 

 

 

 

250

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

Note 37. Share-based payments

 

Accounting policy

 

 

The Group enters into various share-based payment arrangements with its employees as compensation for services provided by employees.

 

Options and share rights

 

Options and share rights are equity-settled share-based payment arrangements. The fair value of the options and share rights is measured at grant date and is recognised as an expense over the period the services are received, which is the expected vesting period during which the employees would become entitled to exercise the option or share right, with a corresponding increase in equity.

 

The fair value of options and share rights is estimated at grant date using a Binomial/Monte Carlo simulation pricing model incorporating the vesting and market-related hurdle features of the grants. The fair value of the options and share rights excludes the impact of any non-market vesting conditions such as participants’ continued employment by the Group. The non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions used when determining the number of options and share rights expected to become exercisable for which an expense is recognised. At each reporting date these assumptions are revised and the expense recognised each year takes into account the most recent estimates.

 

Restricted share plan (RSP)

 

Under the RSP, Westpac shares may be allocated to eligible employees at no cost with vesting subject to remaining employed with Westpac for a period determined by the Board. The RSP is a share-based payment transaction in which the terms of the arrangement provide Westpac with the choice of whether to settle in cash (by buying shares on market) or by issuing new shares to employees. As Westpac does not have a present obligation to settle in cash, the RSP is accounted for as an equity-settled share-based payment transaction.

 

The fair value of shares allocated to employees for nil consideration under the Restricted Share Plan (RSP) is recognised as an expense over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value of ordinary shares issued to satisfy the obligation to employees is measured at grant date and is recognised as a separate component of equity.

 

Westpac has formed a trust to hold any shares forfeited by employees until they are reallocated to employees in subsequent grants in the Group’s RSP. Shares allocated to employees under the RSP, which have not yet vested, are treated as treasury shares and deducted from shareholders’ equity.

 

Employee share plan (ESP)

 

Under the Employee Share Plan (ESP), Westpac ordinary shares may be allocated at no cost to employees subject to the Board’s discretion. The value of shares expected to be issued to employees for nil consideration under the ESP is recognised as an expense over the financial year and provided for as other employee benefits. The fair value of any ordinary shares issued to satisfy the obligation to employees is recognised within equity, or if purchased on market, the obligation to employees is satisfied by delivering shares that have been purchased on market.

 

Executive and Senior Officer equity plans

 

Options and/or share rights are granted to the CEO, selected executives and key senior employees under the following schemes.

 

(i)               Westpac Long Term Incentive Plan

 

The Westpac Long Term Incentive Plan (LTI) provides a mechanism for rewarding the most senior management in Australia and overseas on the basis of superior long-term Group performance.

 

Under the LTI senior managers may be invited to receive an award of performance options or performance share rights. An option or share right under the LTI is the right to acquire a share in the future provided all conditions are met, with an exercise price for options set at the commencement of the performance period. The exercise price for options is based on the prevailing market price of Westpac ordinary shares at the commencement of the performance period. The exercise price for share rights is nil. No performance options have been awarded since October 2009.

 

Awards made from October 2014 are subject to two performance measures each applying to 50% of the value of the award. The two hurdles are Westpac’s relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR)1 and Compound Annual Growth Rate in Cash EPS (Cash EPS CAGR).

 

The TSR hurdle is a weighted, composite TSR index (the composite TSR index) for a peer group (the peer group) comprising the ten top financial services companies other than Westpac.

 

Within the peer group, each of the other three major banks has been allocated a 16.67% weighting, with the other seven companies each weighted to 7.14%.

 


1    TSR measures a company’s share price movement and assumes that dividends over the period have been reinvested (i.e. the change in value of an investment in that company’s shares) and excluding tax effects.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

251

 

 



 

 

Note 37. Share-based payments (continued)

 

The composite TSR index is calculated by multiplying each peer group member’s TSR for the four year performance period by its weighting, and then adding together the results of those ten calculations.

 

Westpac’s TSR for the four year period is then compared to the composite TSR index.

 

For 50% of the TSR tranche to vest, Westpac’s TSR must at least equal the composite TSR index. For 100% to vest, Westpac’s TSR must exceed the composite TSR index by an amount that, when added to the composite TSR index, simulates historic 75th percentile performance within the peer group (ie: an additional 21.55, reflecting an extra 5% compound annual growth in TSR over the four year period).

 

If Westpac’s TSR is between the composite TSR index and the composite TSR index plus 21.55, TSR Performance Securities will vest from 50% up to a possible 100% on a straight line basis between the composite TSR index and the composite TSR plus index 21.55. Any securities remaining unvested after the performance period lapse immediately.

 

100% of the Cash EPS CAGR hurdled share rights will quality for vesting when a maximum target Cash EPS CAGR is achieved, scaling down to 50% vesting at a threshold Cash EPS CAGR target. Below the threshold target Cash EPS CAGR, no vesting occurs. The Cash EPS CAGR hurdled share rights are subject to a single test at the end of the three year performance period. At the end of the three year EPS performance period, the EPS Share Rights which qualify for vesting will be subject to a one year restriction period, and will vest on the fourth anniversary of the commencement of the performance period. Any securities remaining unvested after the performance period lapse immediately.

 

For awards made from October 2011 to October 2014 all awards are subject to two performance measures each applying to 50% of the value of the award. The two hurdles are Westpac’s relative Total Shareholder Return and the Cash EPS CAGR hurdle. Both hurdles are tested at the third anniversary of the commencement of the performance period. Any securities remaining unvested after the performance period lapse immediately.

 

For awards made prior to October 2011 all awards were subject to a TSR hurdle and the initial TSR performance is tested at the third anniversary of the commencement of the performance period, with subsequent performance testing possible at the fourth and fifth anniversaries of the commencement of the performance period. At subsequent performance test dates (where they exist) further vesting may occur only if the TSR ranking has improved.

 

Upon exercising vested performance options and performance share rights, the Executive has the right to take up their entitlement in whole or in part as fully paid ordinary shares. The exercise price is payable at that time. A performance option or performance share right lapses if it is not exercised prior to the end of its term.

 

LTI – outstanding performance options and performance share rights

The following table sets out details of outstanding performance options and performance share rights under the LTI:

 

 

Outstanding at
1 October 2014

Granted
During
the Year

Exercised
During
the Year

Lapsed
During
the Year

Outstanding at
30 September 2015

Outstanding
and Exercisable at
30 September 2015

Performance options

991,690

-

402,814

-

588,876

588,876

Weighted average exercise price

$27.58

-

$27.55

-

$27.61

$27.61

Performance share rights

3,318,750

2,557,968

845,258

398,983

4,632,477

2,584

Total 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance options

1,699,136

-

707,446

-

991,690

991,690

Weighted average exercise price

$27.49

-

$27.35

-

$27.58

$27.58

Performance share rights

3,176,241

1,004,234

666,890

194,835

3,318,750

802

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding performance options at 30 September 2015 was 2.5 years (2014: 3.5 years). The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding performance share rights at 30 September 2015 was 8.3 years (2014: 7.8 years). The weighted average fair value at grant date of LTI performance share rights issued during the year was $20.52 (2014: $19.82).

 

(ii)             Westpac Performance Plan

 

The Westpac Performance Plan (WPP) was introduced in 2002 and was used to provide awards of performance options and/or performance share rights to senior executives and other key employees. Currently the WPP is primarily used for employees based in New Zealand as a mechanism for the mandatory deferral of a portion of their short-term incentives.

 

An option or share right under the WPP is the right to acquire a share in the future provided all conditions are met, with an exercise price for options generally set at the time the invitation is made. The exercise price for options is equal to the average market price of Westpac ordinary shares traded on the ASX over the five trading days up to the time the invitation is made. The exercise price for share rights is nil.

 

 

 

 

252

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 37. Share-based payments (continued)

 

Performance options and performance share rights

 

Performance options and performance share rights under the WPP have all vested. Upon exercising vested performance options or performance share rights, the executive has the right to take up his or her entitlement in whole or in part as fully paid ordinary shares. The exercise price is payable at that time. A performance option or performance share right lapses if it is not exercised prior to the end of its term.

 

WPP – outstanding performance options and performance share rights

 

No performance options or performance share rights were granted under the WPP during the year. The following table sets out details of outstanding performance options and performance share rights granted under the WPP in previous years:

 

 

Outstanding at
1 October
2014

Granted
During
the Year

Exercised
During
the Year

Lapsed
During
the Year

Outstanding at
30 September 2015

Outstanding
and Exercisable at
30 September 2015

Performance options

336,468

-

191,560

-

144,908

144,908

Weighted average exercise price

$22.57

-

$21.91

-

$23.44

$23.44

Performance share rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two-year initial testing period

63,501

-

46,685

-

16,816

16,816

Three-year initial testing period

105,880

-

77,510

-

28,370

28,370

Total performance share rights

169,381

-

124,195

-

45,186

45,186

Total 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance options

1,752,693

-

1,416,225

-

336,468

336,468

Weighted average exercise price

$21.15

-

$20.82

-

$22.57

$22.57

Performance share rights

308,665

-

139,284

-

169,381

169,381

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding performance options at 30 September 2015 was 1.0 years (2014: 1.7 years). The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding performance share rights at 30 September 2015 was 0.3 years (2014: 1.0 years).

 

Unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights

 

The WPP is also used for key employees based outside Australia, who received unhurdled share rights restricted for one to three years. No unhurdled options were granted under the WPP during the year. After the restriction period applying to them has passed, vested unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights can be exercised to receive the underlying fully paid ordinary shares.

 

The following table sets out details of outstanding unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights granted under the WPP:

 

 

Exercise
Price

Outstanding at
1 October 2014

Granted
During
the Year

Exercised
During
the Year

Lapsed
 During
the Year

Outstanding at
30 September 2015

Outstanding and
Excercisable at
30 September 2015

Options

$23.98

24,063

-

10,695

-

13,368

13,368

Total 2015

 

24,063

-

10,695

-

13,368

13,368

Share rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-year vesting period

nil

71,985

94,239

58,111

-

108,113

17,984

Two-year vesting period

nil

161,675

96,531

78,695

897

178,614

29,073

Three-year vesting period

nil

370,283

20,693

175,406

1,201

214,369

61,654

Total 2015

 

603,943

211,463

312,212

2,098

501,096

108,711

Total 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

$23.98

42,779

-

18,716

-

24,063

24,063

Share rights

nil

756,111

120,841

261,886

11,123

603,943

150,243

 

The weighted average fair value at grant date of unhurdled share rights issued during the year was $30.10 per right (2014: $29.89 per right). The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights at 30 September 2015 was 7.5 years (2014: 7.1 years).

 

(iii)   Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan

 

No performance share rights were allocated to Gail Kelly during the year. The former CEO continues to hold performance share rights received under the Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan. As at 30 September 2015 there were 390,534 performance share rights outstanding (2014: 713,264).

 

As at 30 September 2015, no outstanding share rights issued to the former CEO were exercisable. The remaining weighted average contractual life of outstanding performance share rights was 7.3 years (2014: 7.6 years).

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

253

 

 



 

 

Note 37. Share-based payments (continued)

 

(iv)   CEO Long Term Incentive Plan (Brian Hartzer)

 

No performance share rights under the CEO Long Term Incentive Plan were allocated to Brian Hartzer during the year.

 

(v)    Fair value assumptions

 

The fair values of share rights granted during the year included in the tables above have been independently calculated at their respective grant dates based on the requirements of Australian Accounting Standard AASB 2 Share-based Payments.

 

The fair values of rights without TSR based hurdles, including rights with Cash EPS CAGR hurdles, have been assessed with reference to the share price at grant date and a discount rate reflecting the expected dividend yield over their vesting periods.

 

The fair value of rights with hurdles based on TSR performance relative to a group of comparator companies also takes into account the average TSR outcome determined using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model.

 

Other key assumptions include:

 

§         the assumptions included in the valuation of the awards of share rights under the WRP and WPP include a risk free interest rate of 2.5% on share rights with three-year vesting period, a risk free rate of 2.9% for share rights with four-year vesting period, a dividend yield on Westpac ordinary shares of 5.5% and a volatility in the Westpac share price of 19.1%;

 

§         volatility has been assessed by considering the historic volatility of the market price of Westpac shares; and

 

§         other assumptions include volatilities of, and correlation factors between, share price movements of the comparator group members and Westpac which are used to assess the impact of the TSR performance hurdles and have been derived from the historic volatilities and correlations.

 

(vi)   Restricted Share Plan

 

The Restricted Share Plan (RSP) provides Westpac with an instrument for attracting and rewarding key employees. Under the RSP, Westpac shares may be allocated to eligible employees at no cost with vesting subject to remaining employed with Westpac for a period determined by the Board. The fair value of the shares allocated is the share price on the date of the grant. Shares in the RSP are held in the name of the employee and are restricted until satisfaction of the vesting conditions. Shares in the RSP rank equally with Westpac ordinary shares for dividends and voting rights. For awards made prior to October 2009, shares may be held in the RSP for up to 10 years from the date they are granted. For awards made from October 2009, shares are released from the RSP on vesting.

 

Outstanding RSP awards

 

The following table details outstanding awards of shares issued under the RSP:

 

Allocation date

Outstanding at
1 October 2014

Granted
During
the Year

Released

Forfeited
During
the Year

Outstanding at
30 September 2015

Granted prior to October 2009

1,487,642

-

272,115

-

1,215,527

Granted subsequent to October 2009

6,190,519

2,143,382

3,877,414

104,596

4,351,891

Total 2015

7,678,161

2,143,382

4,149,529

104,596

5,567,418

Total 2014

9,438,791

2,070,312

3,647,664

183,278

7,678,161

 

In addition to the above restricted shares were also allocated to the former CEO Gail Kelly under the Chief Executive Officer RSP (CEO RSP). There were 85,667 shares outstanding as at 30 September 2015 (112,491 as at 30 September 2014).

 

(vii)  Employee Share Plan

 

Under the Employee Share Plan (ESP), Westpac ordinary shares may be allocated at no cost to employees to recognise their contribution to Westpac’s financial performance over the previous financial year, subject to Board discretion. The maximum annual award value under the ESP is $1,000 per employee per year. The number of shares employees receive (if any) is calculated by dividing the award value by the prevailing market price of Westpac’s ordinary shares when the shares are granted.

 

The shares must normally remain within the ESP for three years from granting unless the employee leaves Westpac. Participants are entitled to full dividend and voting rights attaching to the shares. Westpac’s Australian permanent employees (including part-time employees) who have been in six months continuous employment as at 30 September each year are eligible to participate in the ESP. Executives and senior management who participate in any Westpac long-term incentive plan or deferred short-term incentive plan are not eligible to participate in the ESP during the same year.

 

The 2014 ESP award was satisfied through the purchase of shares on market. The following table provides details of shares issued under the ESP during the years ended 30 September:

 

 

 

 

254

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 37. Share-based payments (continued)

 

 

Allocation
Date

Number of
Participants

Average Number
of Shares Allocated
per Participant

Total Number
of Shares
Allocated

Market
Price per Share

Total
Fair Value

2015

4 December 2014

27,657

30

829,710

$32.68

$27,114,923

2014

5 December 2013

26,877

30

806,310

$32.93

$26,551,788

 

The liability accrued in respect of the ESP at 30 September 2015 is $28 million (2014: $28 million) and is provided for as other employee benefits.

 

(viii) Other Group share-based plans

 

Westpac also provides plans for small, specialised parts of the Group. The benefits under these plans are directly linked to growth and performance of the relevant part of the business. The plans individually and in aggregate are not material to the Group.

 

(ix)   General information on share-based plans

 

Shares allotted to satisfy the exercise of options or share rights under the employee equity plans will rank equally with all other issued Westpac ordinary shares and qualify for the payment of dividends and shareholder voting rights from the day of allotment.

 

The employee equity plans are operated in compliance with ASIC Regulatory Guide 49 which provides relief from the disclosure and licensing provisions of the Corporations Act. Included in the ASIC regulatory guide is a five percent limit on the number of shares that can be issued under an employee equity plan without issuing a prospectus.

 

Under the regulatory guide, the number of shares (including shares that are the subject of options and share rights) to be offered to employees at any particular time cannot, at the time the offer is made and when aggregated with the number of shares the subject of previously issued unexercised options and share rights issued to employees under those plans and with the number of shares issued during the previous five years under all employee share schemes, exceed 5% of the total number of shares on issue at the time that offer is made.

 

The names of all persons who hold options and/or share rights currently on issue are entered in Westpac’s register of option holders which may be inspected at Link Market Services, Level 12, 680 George Street, Sydney, New South Wales.

 

Note 38. Superannuation commitments

 

Accounting policy

 

The asset or liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit superannuation plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation as at the reporting date less the fair value of the plan’s assets. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated pre-tax future cash flows using interest rates of high quality long dated corporate bonds.

 

The superannuation expense relating to the defined benefit superannuation plan comprises of service cost (including current and past service cost and gains and losses on curtailments and settlements) and net interest expense (income). Remeasurements (including actuarial gains and losses and the difference between the interest income and the return on plan assets) are recognised in other comprehensive income.

 

The determination of the defined benefit obligation/surplus is one of the Group’s critical accounting assumptions and estimates as described in Note 1d(iv).

 

 

Westpac had the following defined benefit plans at 30 September 2015:

 

Name of Plan

Type

Form of Benefit

Date of Last Actuarial Assessment of the Funding Status

Westpac Group Plan (WGP)1

Defined benefit and accumulation

Indexed pension and lump sum

30 June 2012

Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme (WNZS)

Defined benefit and accumulation

Indexed pension and lump sum

30 June 2014

Westpac Banking Corporation UK

Staff Superannuation Scheme (UKSS)1

Defined benefit

Indexed pension and lump sum

5 April 2012

Westpac UK Medical Benefits Scheme

Defined benefit

Medical benefits

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

1    The triennial valuation reports of the funding status of the WGP and UKSS have not been completed for 2015.

 

All of the defined benefit sections of the schemes are closed to new members.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

255

 

 



 

 

Note 38. Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

WGP is the Group’s principal defined benefit plan. The WGP is an employer sub-plan within BT Super for Life, which is itself a plan within retirement Wrap. The Trustee of WGP is BT Funds Management Limited.

 

Members of the WGP are either Accumulation Members or Defined Benefit Members depending on the nature of their entitlements. Defined Benefit Members include pensioners. The defined benefit liabilities are primarily influenced by member contribution rates, salary growth and length of membership in case of active members, and price inflation in the case of pensioners.

 

The WGP is managed and administered in accordance with the terms of its trust deed and relevant legislation in Australia.

 

The level of supporting assets depends on a range of factors including the level of contribution and level of investment return. In respect of defined benefit liabilities, the Group bears the investment risk. An investment strategy which is framed to take a long-term view will often adopt relatively high levels of equity investment in order to:

 

§   secure attractive long term investment returns; and

 

§   provide an opportunity for capital appreciation and dividend growth, which gives some protection against inflation.

 

There are a number of risks that the WGP exposes the Group to. The more significant risks are:

 

§   investment risk – the risk that investment returns will be lower than assumed and the Group will need to increase contributions to offset the shortfall;

 

§   mortality risk – the risk that members of the plan will live longer than assumed, increasing the number of pension payments and thereby requiring additional contributions by the Group; and

 

§   legislative risk – the risk that legislative changes could be made which increase the cost of providing defined benefits.

 

The plan’s investment strategy is determined after taking into consideration the market risk inherent in the investments and its consequential impact on potential future contributions. A benchmark is established for the allocation of the defined benefit plan assets between asset classes.

 

Contributions

 

Funding recommendations are made based on actuarial triennial funding valuations using the Attained Age Method, which impacts the timing of contribution requirements and assumes that the plans will not be discontinued. The assumptions used in the funding valuation are based on the guidance in Australian Accounting Standard AAS 25 Financial Reporting by Superannuation Plans. These assumptions differ from the AASB 119 Employee Benefits assumptions used for measurement, recognition and disclosure of the defined benefit superannuation balances in the financial statements due to different valuation dates, discount rates and assumptions linked to expected returns on assets.

 

The following table summarises the calculation of the surplus/(deficit) used to make funding recommendations, based on the guidance in Australian Accounting Standard AAS 25 Financial Reporting by Superannuation Plans:

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

20151

20141

20152

20142

Market value of assets

1,795

1,760

1,725

1,692

Present value of accrued benefits

1,764

1,722

1,694

1,654

Surplus/(deficit)

31

38

31

38

 

1    Calculated as at 30 June 2012 (WGP), 5 April 2012 (UKSS) and 30 June 2014 (WNZS).

2    Calculated as at 30 June 2012 (WGP) and 5 April 2012 (UKSS).

 

The specific contributions for each of the plans are set out below:

 

§   WGP – contributions are made to the WGP at the rate of 11.8% of members’ salaries;

 

§   WNZS – contributions are made to the WNZS at the rate of 12% of members’ salaries; and

 

§   UKSS – contributions are made to the UKSS at the rate of £4.27 million per annum.

 

Defined benefit superannuation balances recognised

 

The balances disclosed in the remainder of this note are based on the measurement, recognition and disclosure requirements of AASB 119.

 

The amount recognised in the income statement is as follows:

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Current service cost

49

46

53

49

46

Net interest cost on net benefit liability

12

11

17

11

10

Total defined benefit expense

61

57

70

60

56

 

 

 

 

256

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 38. Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

The change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation is as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Benefit obligation at beginning of the year

 

2,408

 

2,216

 

2,332

 

2,134

Service cost

 

49

 

46

 

48

 

46

Interest cost

 

92

 

97

 

89

 

94

Member contributions

 

14

 

14

 

14

 

14

Actuarial losses/(gains) from changes in demographic assumptions

 

3

 

-

 

4

 

-

Actuarial losses/(gains) from changes in financial assumptions

 

(62)

 

148

 

(68)

 

145

Actuarial losses/(gains) from changes in experience

 

(15)

 

27

 

(14)

 

28

Benefits paid

 

(155)

 

(158)

 

(149)

 

(149)

Exchange rate and other items

 

46

 

18

 

41

 

20

Benefit obligation at end of the year

 

2,380

 

2,408

 

2,297

 

2,332

 

Change in plan assets

 

The change in the fair value of plan assets is as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of the year

 

2,093

 

1,971

 

2,026

 

1,901

Interest income

 

80

 

86

 

78

 

84

Return on plan assets excluding interest income

 

79

 

115

 

79

 

112

Employer contributions

 

51

 

49

 

50

 

48

Member contributions

 

14

 

14

 

14

 

14

Benefits paid

 

(155)

 

(158)

 

(149)

 

(149)

Exchange rate and other items

 

44

 

16

 

42

 

16

Fair value of plan assets at end of the year

 

2,206

 

2,093

 

2,140

 

2,026

Net surplus/(deficit)

 

(174)

 

(315)

 

(157)

 

(306)

Defined benefit surplus (Note 27)

 

18

 

-

 

18

 

-

Defined benefit deficit (Note 29)

 

(192)

 

(315)

 

(175)

 

(306)

 

 

(174)

 

(315)

 

(157)

 

(306)

 

The asset ceiling has no impact on the net defined benefit surplus/(deficit).

 

The average duration of the defined benefit obligation is approximately 12 years.

 

Assumptions used in the AASB 119 accounting calculations

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

Australian
Funds

 

Overseas
Funds

 

Australian
Funds

 

Overseas
Funds

Discount rate

 

4.2%

 

3.3-3.4%

 

4.0%

 

4.2-4.6%

Expected increase in average salary of plan members

 

3.3%

 

3.0-4.7%

 

3.4%

 

3.0-5.1%

Rate of increase for pensions

 

2.3%

 

2.2-3.1%

 

2.4%

 

2.3-3.6%

 

During the year, the discount rate applied to the WGP was changed from a blended interest rate of government bonds that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the superannuation liabilities, to the yield on high quality corporate bonds. The impact of the change was a reduction in the defined benefit obligation of $267 million, which was recorded through other comprehensive income.

 

The sensitivity of the Group’s defined benefit obligation to the significant assumptions as at 30 September 2015 is shown in the following table. In the table a negative percentage change represents a reduction in the defined benefit obligation.

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

257

 



 

 

Note 38. Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

 

 

Change in assumption

 

 

0.5%

 

(0.5%)

 

 

Change in obligation

Discount rate

 

(6.0%)

 

6.8%

Expected increase in average salary of plan members

 

1.1%

 

(1.0%)

Rate of increase for pensions

 

5.6%

 

(5.0%)

 

In addition to the financial assumptions presented above, the mortality assumptions for our principal fund the WGP for 2015 are that a 60-year-old male pensioner is assumed to have a remaining life expectancy of 30.9 years and a 60-year-old female pensioner is assumed to have a remaining life expectancy of 34.0 years. These assumptions are age related and allowances are made for future mortality improvements.

 

Asset allocation

 

Asset allocation at 30 September was:

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

Australian
Funds

 

Overseas
Funds

 

Australian
Funds

 

Overseas
Funds

Cash

 

2%

 

5%

 

2%

 

4%

Equity instruments

 

51%

 

28%

 

51%

 

47%

Debt instruments

 

20%

 

49%

 

21%

 

39%

Property

 

9%

 

10%

 

8%

 

8%

Other assets1

 

18%

 

8%

 

18%

 

2%

 

 

100%

 

100%

 

100%

 

100%

 

1           Other assets comprise alternative asset classes including investments in infrastructure funds and private equity funds. These assets are predominantly unquoted.

 

Equity and debt instruments are predominantly quoted assets while property assets are predominantly unquoted.

 

Investments held in Westpac and related entities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Value of plan assets invested in debt and equity securities of Westpac

 

3

 

11

 

-

 

-

Value of plan assets invested in related parties of Westpac

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

1

Total

 

3

 

12

 

-

 

1

 

Post-retirement health care

 

The effect of a one percentage point change in assumed health care trend rates, assuming all other assumptions remain constant, would not be material on either the current service costs or the accumulated benefit obligation of the Westpac UK Medical Benefits Scheme at 30 September 2015.

 

 

 

 

258

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

OTHER

 

Note 39. Auditor’s remuneration

 

During the financial year, the auditor of the Group and Parent Entity, PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), and its related practices earned the following remuneration including goods and services tax:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

$’000

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015

 

2014

Audit and audit related fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PwC Australian firm

 

17,426

 

16,459

 

16,867

 

15,910

Related practices of PwC

 

3,018

 

3,446

 

439

 

444

Total audit fees paid to PwC

 

20,444

 

19,905

 

17,306

 

16,354

Audit related fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PwC Australian firm

 

933

 

917

 

726

 

877

Related practices of PwC

 

127

 

310

 

-

 

126

Total audit related fees paid to PwC

 

1,060

 

1,227

 

726

 

1,003

Total audit and audit related fees paid to PwC

 

21,504

 

21,132

 

18,032

 

17,357

Tax fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PwC Australian firm

 

441

 

600

 

22

 

600

Related practices of PwC

 

3

 

11

 

-

 

-

Total tax fees paid to PwC

 

444

 

611

 

22

 

600

All other fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PwC Australian firm

 

1,574

 

2,407

 

888

 

2,226

Related practices of PwC

 

-

 

81

 

-

 

37

Total all other fees paid to PwC

 

1,574

 

2,488

 

888

 

2,263

Total remuneration paid to PwC

 

23,522

 

24,231

 

18,942

 

20,220

 

It is Westpac’s policy to engage the external auditors on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties, only if their independence is not impaired or seen to be impaired, and where their expertise and experience with Westpac is important. All services were approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with the pre-approval policy and procedures.

 

In the tables above, audit services include the year end audit and review of the half year statutory reports and comfort letters associated with debt issues and capital raisings for the Parent Entity, its controlled entities and the Group.

 

Audit-related services include consultations regarding accounting standards and reporting requirements and regulatory compliance reviews.

 

Taxation services include tax compliance and tax advisory services.

 

Other services include assurance on the development of an upgraded Wealth platform, data controls review and global analysis of regulatory expectations on Trade Surveillance Technology.

 

The external auditor, PwC, also provides audit and non-audit services to non-consolidated entities sponsored by the Group, non-consolidated trusts of which a Westpac Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity and non-consolidated superannuation funds or pension funds. The fees in respect of their services were approximately $9.9 million in total (2014: $7.9 million). PwC may also provide audit and non-audit services to other entities in which Westpac holds a minority interest, and which are not consolidated. Westpac is not aware of the amount of any fees paid by those entities.

 

Note 40. Related party disclosures

 

Accounting policy

 

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions, or one other party controls both. The definition includes subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and superannuation plans as well as key management personnel, and persons connected with key management personnel.

 

Ultimate parent

 

Westpac Banking Corporation is the ultimate parent company of the Group.

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

259

 



 

 

Note 40. Related party disclosures (continued)

 

Subsidiaries

 

Details of the Group’s subsidiaries are presented in Note 35.

 

Transactions between the Parent Entity and its subsidiaries during 2015 have included the provision of a wide range of banking and other financial facilities, some of which have been on commercial terms and conditions; others have been on terms and conditions which represented a concession to the subsidiaries. Details of amounts paid to or received from subsidiaries, in the form of dividends or interest, are set out in Note 3 and Note 4.

 

Other intragroup transactions, which may or may not be on commercial terms, include the provision of management and administration services, staff training, data processing facilities, transfer of tax losses, and the leasing of property and equipment. Similar transactions between Group entities and other related parties have been almost invariably on commercial terms and conditions as agreed between the parties.

 

Balances due from and due to subsidiaries are disclosed in the balance sheet on page 118.

 

The details of the agreements entered into between the Parent Entity and its wholly owned Australian subsidiaries as a result of the tax consolidation legislation are set out in Note 7.

 

The details of Parent Entity guarantees and undertakings extended by the Parent Entity to entities in the Group are set out in Note 31.

 

Associates

 

Transactions between the Parent Entity and its associates during 2015 have included the provision of a wide range of banking and other financial facilities and funds management activities on commercial terms and conditions. Details of the Group’s associates are presented in Note 35.

 

Superannuation plans

 

Details of Group’s defined benefit plans and the contributions made to these plans are detailed in Note 38. Contributions made by the Group to defined contribution plans were $300 million (2014: $279 million).

 

Key management personnel

 

Key management personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of Westpac, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise).

 

Compensation of directors and other key management personnel

 

Total compensation of all key management personnel, including Non-executive Directors, the CEO and other key management personnel:

 

$

 

Short-term
Benefits

 

Post Employment
Benefits

 

Termination
Benefits

 

Share-based
Payments

 

Total

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

28,494,588

 

553,853

 

2,584,709

 

16,901,143

 

48,534,293

2014

 

32,629,048

 

433,456

 

-

 

19,010,878

 

52,073,382

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

27,276,010

 

484,294

 

2,584,709

 

16,601,039

 

46,946,052

2014

 

31,449,374

 

429,955

 

-

 

18,632,631

 

50,511,960

 

Detailed remuneration disclosures of Non-executive Directors, the CEO and other key management personnel are included in the Remuneration report in Section 1.

 

Financial transactions with Directors and other key management personnel disclosures

 

All financial instrument transactions that have occurred during the financial year between the Directors or other key management personnel and the Group are in the ordinary course of business on normal terms and conditions (including interest and collateral) as apply for comparable transactions with other persons including employees and did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features. These transactions consisted principally of normal personal banking and financial investment services.

 

Details of loans to Directors and other key management personnel (including their related parties) of the Group are:

 

$

 

Balance at
Start of Year

 

Interest Paid
and Payable
for the Year

 

Interest Not
Charged

 

Balance at
End of Year

 

Number in
Group at End
of Year

2015

 

18,442,040

 

867,564

 

-

 

15,445,388

 

10

2014

 

14,837,949

 

884,631

 

-

 

18,442,040

 

10

 

 

 

 

260

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 40. Related party disclosures (continued)

 

Options and share rights holdings1

 

For compliance with SEC disclosure requirements, the following table sets out certain details of the performance options, performance share rights and unhurdled share rights held at 30 September 2015 by the CEO and other key management personnel (including their related parties):

 

 

Latest Date for Exercise

Number of
Share Rights

Number
of Options

Exercise Price
of Options

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

Ranges from 1 October 2022 to 1 October 2024

246,155

-

n/a

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 October 2024

251,163

-

n/a

Philip Coffey

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 October 2024

282,039

-

n/a

Brad Cooper

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 October 2024

251,914

-

n/a

David Curran

1 October 2014

63,519

-

n/a

George Frazis

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 October 2024

173,597

-

n/a

Alexandra Holcomb

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 October 2024

120,060

-

n/a

 

17 December 2017

-

38,847

$30.10

Peter King

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 October 2024

122,900

-

n/a

David Lindberg

Ranges from 1 October 2023 to 1 October 2024

64,984

-

n/a

David McLean

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 September 2025

54,541

-

n/a

Christine Parker

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 October 2024

144,970

-

n/a

Former Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 October 2023

390,534

-

n/a

Former Group Executives

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 July 2025

187,525

-

n/a

Jason Yetton

Ranges from 1 October 2020 to 1 October 2024

214,022

-

n/a

 

1           Lyn Cobley has not yet been awarded any options or share rights.

 

Further details of the equity holdings of key management personnel are included in the Remuneration report in Section 1.

 

Note 41. Notes to the cash flow statements

 

Accounting policy

 

Cash and balances with central banks include cash at branches, Reserve Bank settlement account balances and nostro balances. They are brought to account at the face value or the gross value of the outstanding balance, where appropriate. These balances have a maturity of less than three months.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Cash on hand

9,282

19,582

9,862

8,575

18,952

Balances with central banks

5,488

6,178

1,837

4,797

4,448

Total cash and cash equivalents

14,770

25,760

11,699

13,372

23,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

261

 



 

 

Note 41. Notes to the cash flow statements (continued)

 

Reconciliation of net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities to net profit for the year is set out below:

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Reconciliation of net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities to net profit for the year1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit for the year

 

8,068

7,625

6,825

6,747

7,234

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

 

1,671

1,020

904

1,476

867

Impairment charges

 

884

756

923

704

634

Other non-cash items

 

(273)

900

2,212

970

(359)

Net (increase)/decrease in derivative financial instruments

 

11,730

(3,329)

9,126

11,497

(3,028)

Net (decrease)/increase in current and deferred tax

 

(78)

332

147

(906)

(221)

Net (increase)/decrease in life insurance assets and liabilities

 

(191)

(156)

(154)

-

-

(Increase)/decrease in other operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

115

(64)

84

108

(47)

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

21,538

1,724

(319)

22,668

1,083

Loans

 

(39,569)

(35,734)

(15,667)

(38,270)

(33,659)

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

(1,000)

3,932

(511)

(2,108)

3,966

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

497

126

489

511

145

Other assets

 

95

121

425

729

667

(Decrease)/increase in other operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest payable

 

(291)

(53)

(376)

(301)

(55)

Provisions

 

(1,137)

(1,174)

(1,309)

(1,045)

(962)

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

(10,027)

9,079

266

(9,945)

8,992

Deposits and other borrowings

 

8,526

34,229

22,155

6,548

32,244

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

(1,194)

9,419

363

(1,544)

9,280

Other liabilities

 

95

(382)

(3)

158

(423)

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

 

(541)

28,371

25,580

(2,003)

26,358

 

1    The presentation has been revised to better reflect the nature of our business. Certain cash flows have been reclassified between operating activities and comparatives have been revised for consistency. Changes did not have an impact on the reported net increase/decrease in cash and cash equivalents.

 

Business acquired

 

Acquisition of selected business of Lloyds

On 31 December 2013 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital in Capital Finance Australia Ltd (CFAL) and BOS International Australia Ltd (BOSI). The business acquired adds scale and geographic diversity to the Group’s motor vehicle finance business, expands the Group’s capability and reach within equipment finance and creates opportunities to deepen customer relationships with the opportunity to cross sell other Westpac Group products. The provisional goodwill recognised of $225 million primarily reflects the value of synergies expected to arise as a result of the acquisition.

 

 

 

 

262

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 41. Notes to the cash flow statements (continued)

 

Details of assets and liabilities of controlled entities and business acquired

 

 

Consolidated

$m

2015

2014

2013

Fair value of assets and liabilities of controlled entities and businesses acquired

 

 

 

Assets acquired:

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

-

149

-

Derivative financial instruments

-

30

-

Loans

-

7,895

-

Identifiable intangible assets

-

56

-

Property and equipment

-

80

-

Other assets

-

6

-

Total assets acquired

-

8,216

-

Liabilities acquired:

 

 

 

Provisions

-

11

-

Deferred tax liabilities

-

25

-

Debt issues

-

488

-

Borrowings

-

6,368

-

Other liabilities

-

24

-

Total liabilities acquired

-

6,916

-

Fair value of identifiable net assets acquired

-

1,300

-

Goodwill

-

225

-

Total

-

1,525

-

Cash consideration

 

 

 

Purchase of shares

-

1,525

-

Replacement of intergroup funding

-

6,368

-

Total cash consideration

-

7,893

-

Cash consideration

-

7,893

-

Less cash and cash equivalents acquired

-

(149)

-

Cash paid (net of cash acquired)

-

7,744

-

 

 

Businesses disposed

 

Partial sale of BT Investment Management Limited (BTIM)

Westpac sold 28% of its interest in BT Investment Management (BTIM) via both an Institutional Offer (19%) and Retail Offer (9%) priced at $8.20 per share. Following settlement of the institutional offer transaction on 23 June 2015 the Group lost control of BTIM. Following the completion of the retail offer on 16 July 2015, Westpac now holds 31% of BTIM.

 

A gain on sale of $1,036 million was recognised in non-interest income. This gain consists of both the realised gain on the 28% of BTIM sold ($492 million) and also an unrealised gain on the 31% retained ($544 million).

 

The remaining 31% investment in BTIM was initially recognised at $745 million being its fair value on the transaction date. Subsequently, the investment will be accounted for using the equity method. Refer Note 35 for further details regarding the retained ownership interest.

 

The total consideration received, net of transaction costs, was $654 million, satisfied in cash.

 

Pacific Islands

Westpac sold its banking operations in Samoa, Cook Islands, and Tonga to the Bank of South Pacific Limited (BSP). Settlement occurred on 10 July 2015, with a loss of $3 million recognised in operating expenses.

 

The total consideration received, net of transaction costs, was $85 million, satisfied in cash.

 

The Warehouse Financial Services Limited

Westpac sold The Warehouse Financial Services Limited on 30 September 2015, with a gain of $3 million recognised in non-interest income.

 

The total consideration received, net of transaction costs, was $4 million, satisfied in cash.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

263

 



 

 

Note 41. Notes to the cash flow statements (continued)

 

Details of the assets and liabilities over which control was lost

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

 

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

95

-

-

6

-

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

75

-

-

-

-

Available-for-sale securities

 

90

-

-

-

-

Loans

 

226

-

-

72

-

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

8

-

-

-

-

Property and equipment

 

11

-

-

2

-

Deferred tax assets

 

36

-

-

3

-

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

450

-

-

-

-

Other assets

 

84

-

-

22

-

Total assets

 

1,075

-

-

105

-

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

267

-

-

90

-

Debt issues

 

20

-

-

-

-

Current tax liabilities

 

14

-

-

-

-

Provisions

 

98

-

-

-

-

Deferred tax liabilities

 

23

-

-

-

-

Other liabilities

 

55

-

-

-

-

Total liabilities

 

477

-

-

90

-

Net assets

 

598

-

-

15

-

Non-controlling interests

 

(84)

-

-

-

-

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

514

-

-

15

-

Cash proceeds (net of transaction costs)

 

743

-

-

22

-

Fair value of retained interest

 

745

-

-

-

-

Total consideration

 

1,488

-

-

22

-

Reserves recycled to income statement

 

62

-

-

(2)

-

Gain/(loss) on disposal

 

1,036

-

-

5

-

Reconciliation of cash proceeds from disposal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash proceeds received

 

743

-

-

22

-

Less: Cash deconsolidated

 

(95)

-

-

(6)

-

Cash consideration received (net of transaction costs and cash held)

 

648

-

-

16

-

 

Non-cash financing activities

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2015

2014

2013

2015

2014

Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan1

1,412

-

531

1,412

-

Issuance of loan capital2

-

529

332

-

529

Shares issued on redemption of Westpac SPS

-

-

173

-

-

 

1    The dividend reinvestment plan for 2014: interim dividend and 2013 final and special dividends ($1,022 million) (2013: interim dividend $543 million) was satisfied in full through purchase of existing shares and transfer of shares to participating shareholders.

 

2    In 2014, amounts relate to holders of Westpac SPS II who participated in the reinvestment offer to subscribe for Westpac Capital Notes 2. In 2013, amounts relate to holders of Westpac SPS who participated in the reinvestment offer to subscribe for Westpac Subordinates Notes II.

 

Restricted cash

 

The amount of cash and cash equivalents not available for use at 30 September 2015 was $132 million (2014: $35 million) for the Group.

 

Note 42. Subsequent events

 

On 14 October 2015, Westpac announced a fully underwritten, pro rata accelerated renounceable entitlement offer to raise approximately $3.5 billion of share capital. The capital raised responds to changes in mortgage risk weights that will increase the amount of capital required to be held against mortgages by more than 50%, with increased regulatory requirement to be applied from 1 July 2016. New shares issued under the entitlement offer will not be entitled to the 2015 final dividend of 94 cents per share.

 

 

 

 

264

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 42. Subsequent events (continued)

 

Shares for the institutional component of the entitlement offer were issued on 29 October 2015 raising approximately $1.6 billion. Shares for the retail component for the remaining approximately $1.9 billion are scheduled to be issued on 20 November 2015.

 

No other matters have arisen since the year ended 30 September 2015 which is not otherwise dealt with in this report, that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of its operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent periods.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

265

 



 

 

Directors’ declaration

 

In the Directors’ opinion:

 

a.             the financial statements and notes set out in ‘Section 3 – Financial report for the year ended 30 September 2015’ are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

i.                complying with Australian Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting requirements; and

 

ii.             giving a true and fair view of Westpac Banking Corporation and the Group’s financial position as at 30 September 2015 and of their performance, as represented by the results of their operations, changes in equity and their cash flows, for the financial year ended on that date; and

 

b.             there are reasonable grounds to believe that Westpac will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

 

Note 1(a) confirms that the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

The Directors have been given the declaration by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

 

For and on behalf of the Board.

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted
Chairman

 

Sydney
2 November 2015

Brian Hartzer
Managing Director &
Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

266

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Statutory statements

 

 

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

 

The following report is required by rules of the US Securities and Exchange Commission

 

The management of Westpac is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Westpac as defined in Rule 13a – 15 (f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Westpac’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

 

Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Westpac and its consolidated entities; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with applicable accounting standards, and that receipts and expenditures of Westpac are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Westpac and its consolidated entities; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the assets of Westpac and its consolidated entities that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Westpac management, with the participation of the CEO and CFO, assessed the effectiveness of Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2015 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in its 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2015 was effective.

 

The effectiveness of Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2015 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

267

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

Report on the financial report

 

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation (the ‘Corporation’), which comprises the balance sheets as at 30 September 2015, the income statements, statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in equity and cash flow statements for the year ended on that date, a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration for both the Corporation and the Consolidated Entity.  The Consolidated Entity comprises the Corporation and the entities it controlled at year’s end or from time to time during the financial year.

 

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report

 

The directors of the Corporation are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 1, the directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, that the financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Auditor’s responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions.

 

Independence

 

In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

Auditor’s opinion

 

In our opinion:

 

(a)   the financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

(i)    giving a true and fair view of the Corporation’s and Consolidated Entity’s financial position as at 30 September 2015 and of their performance for the year ended on that date; and

 

(ii)   complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

 

(b)   the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 1171
T +61 2 8266 0000, F +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

268

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Statutory statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report on the Remuneration Report

 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in Section 1 of the Annual Report for the year ended 30 September 2015. The directors of the Corporation are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

 

Auditor’s opinion

 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Westpac Banking Corporation for the year ended 30 September 2015 complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Codling
Partner

Andrew Wilson
Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sydney
2 November 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

269

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Westpac Banking Corporation (the ‘Corporation’) and its subsidiaries at 30 September 2015 and 30 September 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2015 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.  Also in our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Corporation’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included under the heading ‘Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting’ in the accompanying financial statements.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and International Standards on Auditing.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

Our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation and its subsidiaries was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. The Corporation has included parent entity only information on the face of the consolidated financial statements and other parent entity only disclosures in the notes to the financial statements. Such parent entity only information is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the consolidated financial statements, and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 1171
T +61 2 8266 0000, F +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

270

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Statutory statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers
Sydney, Australia
2 November 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

271

 



 

 

This page is intentionally left blank

 

 

 

 

272

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

 

 

Shareholding information

 

Additional information

 

Information for shareholders

 

Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 

 

Westpac ordinary shares

 

Top 20 ordinary shareholders as at 2 October 2015

 

 

 

Number of

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

 

% Held

 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

577,884,330

 

18.15

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

 

358,040,748

 

11.25

National Nominees Limited

 

312,571,318

 

9.82

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

 

192,467,775

 

6.05

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited

 

70,328,517

 

2.21

RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited

 

37,906,118

 

1.19

AMP Life Limited

 

21,142,289

 

0.66

Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited

 

17,135,000

 

0.54

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

 

12,894,086

 

0.40

Bond Street Custodians Limited

 

12,097,288

 

0.38

Argo Investments Limited

 

10,653,569

 

0.33

Milton Corporation Limited

 

10,451,306

 

0.33

BNP Paribas

 

9,277,263

 

0.29

Navigator Australia Ltd

 

7,543,706

 

0.24

Questor Financial Services Limited

 

5,468,023

 

0.17

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

4,793,797

 

0.15

Invia Custodian Pty Limited

 

4,255,481

 

0.13

Netwealth Investments Limited

 

2,956,951

 

0.09

ANZ Executors & Trustee Company

 

2,951,148

 

0.09

JMB Pty Ltd

 

2,676,208

 

0.08

 

Total of Top 20 registered shareholders

 

1,673,494,921

 

52.56

 

As at 2 October 2015 there were 615,493 holders of our ordinary shares compared to 595,907 in 2014 and 579,695 in 2013. Ordinary shareholders with a registered address in Australia held approximately 98% of our fully paid share capital at 2 October 2015 (approximately 98% in 2014 and 98% in 2013).

 

Substantial shareholders as at 2 October 2015

 

As at 2 October 2015 there were no shareholders who had a ‘substantial holding’ of our shares within the meaning of the Corporations Act. A person has a substantial holding of our shares if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares. The above table of the Top 20 ordinary shareholders includes shareholders that may hold shares for the benefit of third parties.

 

Significant changes in ordinary share ownership of substantial shareholders

 

There have been no significant changes in ordinary share ownership of substantial shareholders during the full year ended 30 September 2015.

 

Control of registrant

 

We are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any other corporation(s) or by any foreign government. Refer to the section ‘Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders’, which provides information on the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, Corporations Act 2001 and Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998, which impose limits on equity holdings.

 

At 30 September 2015, our Directors and Executive Officers owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 1,065,879 (0.0335%) of the fully paid ordinary shares outstanding.

 

 

 

 

274

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 

Analysis by range of holdings of ordinary shares as at 2 October 2015

 

 

 

Number of Holders

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Number of Holders

 

 

 of Fully Paid

 

 

 

Fully Paid

 

 

 

of Share Options

Number of Shares

 

Ordinary Shares

 

%

 

 Ordinary Shares

 

%

 

  and Rights

1

1,000

 

 

346,829

 

56.35

 

141,421,520

 

4.44

 

14

1,001

5,000

 

 

207,919

 

33.78

 

475,688,809

 

14.94

 

75

5,001

10,000

 

 

36,413

 

5.92

 

256,130,946

 

8.04

 

19

10,001

100,000

 

 

23,689

 

3.85

 

498,689,229

 

15.66

 

99

100,001 and over

 

643

 

0.10

 

1,811,977,282

 

56.91

 

53

Totals

 

615,493

 

100.00

 

3,183,907,786

 

100.00

 

260

 

There were 11,218 shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) based on a market price of $29.75 at the close of trading on 2 October 2015.

 

Voting rights of ordinary shares

 

Holders of our fully paid ordinary shares have, at general meetings (including special general meetings), one vote on a show of hands and, upon a poll, one vote for each fully paid ordinary share held by them.

 

Westpac Convertible Preference Shares (Westpac CPS)

 

Top 20 holders of Westpac CPS as at 2 October 2015

 

 

Number of

Westpac CPS

 % Held

UBS Wealth Management Australia

471,443

3.96

HSBC Custody Nominees

311,206

2.62

BT Portfolio Services Limited

233,672

1.96

Navigator Australia Limited

233,488

1.96

Questor Financial Services Limited

212,166

1.78

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

206,942

1.74

National Nominees Limited

204,275

1.72

Netwealth Investments Limited

149,984

1.26

Avanteos Investments Limited

126,726

1.07

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Ltd

109,417

0.92

Austrust Limited

96,633

0.81

Dimbulu Pty Ltd

70,000

0.59

Mrs Linda Anne van Lieshout

60,000

0.50

RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited

50,845

0.43

Asgard Capital Management Ltd

50,000

0.42

Eastcote Pty Ltd

50,000

0.42

Finot Pty Ltd

50,000

0.42

JMB Pty Ltd

50,000

0.42

Randazzo C & G Developments Pty Ltd

50,000

0.42

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

46,779

0.39

Total of Top 20 registered holders

2,833,576

23.82

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac CPS as at 2 October 2015

 

 

 

Number of Holders of

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Number of Securities

 

Westpac CPS

 

%

 

Westpac CPS

 

%

1

1,000

 

 

18,035

 

93.11

 

5,402,137

 

45.42

1,001

5,000

 

 

1,182

 

6.10

 

2,578,428

 

21.68

5,001

10,000

 

 

92

 

0.47

 

718,085

 

6.04

10,001

100,000

 

 

53

 

0.27

 

1,504,200

 

12.65

100,001 and over

 

7

 

0.04

 

1,690,755

 

14.22

Totals

 

19,369

 

100.00

 

11,893,605

 

100.00

 

There were nine security holders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac CPS based on a market price of $97.85 at the close of trading on 2 October 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

275

 

 



 

 

Westpac Capital Notes

 

Top 20 holders of Westpac Capital Notes as at 2 October 2015

 

 

Number of

Westpac Capital Notes

% Held

UBS Wealth Management Australia

610,038

4.41

HSBC Custody Nominees

315,508

2.28

BT Portfolio Services Limited

246,417

1.78

National Nominees Limited

217,696

1.57

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Ltd

208,890

1.51

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

189,989

1.37

Pejr Pty Ltd

184,462

1.33

Questor Financial Services Limited

137,143

0.99

Austrust Limited

125,101

0.90

Tandom Pty Ltd

100,000

0.72

Williambury Pty Ltd

100,000

0.72

V S Access Pty Ltd

90,000

0.65

Netwealth Investments Limited

75,761

0.55

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited

74,350

0.54

Navigator Australia Limited

71,638

0.52

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

59,573

0.43

Bond Street Custodians Limited

52,874

0.38

Northern Metropolitan Cemeteries

50,000

0.36

Royal Freemasons Benevolent Institution

50,000

0.36

Mr Alexander Shaw

50,000

0.36

Total of Top 20 registered holders

3,009,440

21.75

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac Capital Notes as at 2 October 2015

 

Number of Holders of

Number of

Number of Securities

Westpac Capital Notes

%

Westpac Capital Notes

%

1

1,000

16,729

90.32

5,535,181

40.01

1,001

5,000

1,607

8.68

3,475,299

25.12

5,001

10,000

117

0.63

953,564

6.89

10,001

100,000

60

0.32

1,809,276

13.08

100,001 and over

9

0.05

2,062,370

14.91

Totals

 

 

 

18,522

100.00

13,835,690

100.00

 

There were six security holders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac Capital Notes based on a market price of $96.20 at the close of trading on 2 October 2015.

 

 

 

 

276

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 

Westpac Capital Notes 2

 

Top 20 holders of Westpac Capital Notes 2 as at 2 October 2015

 

 

Number of
Westpac Capital Notes 2

 % Held

BT Portfolio Services Limited

448,226

3.42

Pejr Pty Ltd

352,774

2.69

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

277,652

2.12

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

212,001

1.62

National Nominees Limited

190,287

1.45

Navigator Australia Limited

140,957

1.08

Invia Custodian Pty Limited

129,386

0.99

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

124,850

0.95

Questor Financial Services Limited

111,429

0.85

Netwealth Investments Limited

109,532

0.84

Mrs Eva Maria Lederer

100,000

0.76

Paul Lederer Pty Ltd

90,540

0.69

Bond Street Custodians Limited

73,198

0.56

Pershing Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

71,429

0.55

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Ltd

64,370

0.49

Rakio Pty Ltd

63,000

0.48

Alsop Pty Ltd

60,000

0.46

Dimbulu Pty Ltd

51,000

0.39

Bayswater Car Rental Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

Domer Mining Co P/L

50,000

0.38

Ms Sarah Louise Haddrick

50,000

0.38

Royal Freemasons Benevolent Institution

50,000

0.38

Randazzo C & G Developments Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

Total of Top 20 registered holders

2,920,631

22.29

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac Capital Notes 2 as at 2 October 2015

 

Number of Holders of

Number of

Number of Securities

Westpac Capital Notes 2

%

Westpac Capital Notes 2

%

1

1,000

14,451

88.88

4,856,514

37.06

1,001

5,000

1,593

9.80

3,528,507

26.92

5,001

10,000

127

0.78

993,363

7.58

10,001

100,000

81

0.50

2,194,518

16.74

100,001 and over

7

0.04

1,532,803

11.70

Totals

16,259

100.00

13,105,705

100.00

 

There were four security holders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac Capital Notes 2 based on a market price of $90.00 at the close of trading on 2 October 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

277

 

 



 

 

Westpac Capital Notes 3

 

Top 20 holders of Westpac Capital Notes 3 as at 2 October 2015

 

 

Number of
Westpac Capital Notes 3

 % Held

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

698,826

5.28

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

382,898

2.89

JDB Services Pty Ltd

272,000

2.05

Navigator Australia Limited

209,070

1.58

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

174,701

1.32

National Nominees Limited

148,528

1.12

Invia Custodian Pty Limited

126,430

0.95

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

109,540

0.83

Balanced Property Pty Ltd

100,000

0.76

Tandom Pty Ltd

100,000

0.76

Netwealth Investments Limited

72,075

0.54

V S Access Pty Ltd

60,000

0.45

RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited

55,683

0.42

Bob Spargo Investments Pty Ltd

51,670

0.39

Barob Pty Limited

50,000

0.38

Dimbulu Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

JMB Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

KMJ Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

Randazzo C & G Developments Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

The Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical Research

50,000

0.38

Total of Top 20 registered holders

2,861,421

21.60

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac Capital Notes 3 as at 2 October 2015

 

Number of Holders of

Number of

Number of Securities

Westpac Capital Notes 3

%

Westpac Capital Notes 3

%

1

1,000

11,886

87.73

4,290,941

32.40

1,001

5,000

1,437

10.61

3,416,888

25.80

5,001

10,000

128

0.94

1,098,461

8.29

10,001

100,000

91

0.67

2,480,816

18.73

100,001 and over

7

0.05

1,957,174

14.78

Totals

 

 

 

13,549

100.00

13,244,280

100.00

 

There was one security holder holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac Capital Notes 3 based on a market price of $97.80 at the close of trading on 2 October 2015.

 

 

 

 

278

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 

Voting rights of Westpac CPS, Westpac Capital Notes, Westpac Capital Notes 2 and Westpac Capital Notes 3

 

In accordance with the terms of issue, holders of Westpac CPS have no right to vote at any general meeting of Westpac except in the following circumstances:

 

a.

on a proposal:

 

 

 

to reduce the share capital of Westpac;

 

 

 

 

that affects rights attached to Westpac CPS;

 

 

 

 

to wind up Westpac; or

 

 

 

 

for the disposal of the whole of the property, business and undertaking of Westpac;

 

 

b.

on a resolution to approve the terms of a share buy back agreement, other than a buy back agreement relating to Westpac CPS;

 

 

c.

during a period in which a dividend (or part of a dividend) in respect of Westpac CPS is in arrears; or

 

 

d.

during the winding up of Westpac.

 

When entitled to vote at a general meeting of Westpac in respect of the matters listed above, holders of Westpac CPS are entitled to exercise one vote on a show of hands and one vote for each Westpac CPS held on a poll.

 

Holders of Westpac CPS have the same rights as the holders of Westpac’s ordinary shares in relation to receiving notices, reports and financial statements, and attending and being heard at all general meetings of Westpac.

 

In accordance with the terms of issue, holders of Westpac Capital Notes, Westpac Capital Notes 2 and Westpac Capital Notes 3 have no right to vote at any general meeting of Westpac before conversion into Westpac ordinary shares.

 

If conversion occurs (in accordance with the applicable terms of issue), holders of Westpac CPS, Westpac Capital Notes, Westpac Capital Notes 2 or Westpac Capital Notes 3 (as applicable) will become holders of Westpac ordinary shares and have the voting rights that attach to Westpac ordinary shares.

 

Domicile1 of ordinary shareholders as at 2 October 2015

 

Number of

% of

Number

 Issued Shares

Issued Shares

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

 and Options

 and Options

Australia

587,277

95.42

3,127,243,704

98.22

New Zealand

23,919

3.89

41,132,184

1.29

United Kingdom

1,622

0.26

3,431,126

0.11

United States

561

0.09

1,432,725

0.04

Other overseas

2,114

0.34

10,668,047

0.34

Totals

615,493

100.00

3,183,907,786

100.00

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac CPS as at 2 October 2015

 

Number

Number of Issued

% of Issued

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

Westpac CPS

Westpac CPS

Australia

19,357

99.94

11,889,734

99.97

New Zealand

4

0.02

2,300

0.02

United Kingdom

3

0.02

1,100

0.01

United States

3

0.02

130

-

Other overseas

2

0.01

341

-

Total

19,369

100.00

11,893,605

100.00

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac Capital Notes as at 2 October 2015

 

Number

Number of Issued

% of Issued

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

Westpac Capital Notes

Westpac Capital Notes

Australia

18,499

99.88

13,817,272

99.87

New Zealand

3

0.02

10,635

0.08

United Kingdom

2

0.01

550

-

United States

5

0.03

3,341

0.02

Other overseas

13

0.07

3,892

0.03

Total

18,522

100.00

13,835,690

100.00

 

1            Based on registered address of holder.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

279

 

 



 

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac Capital Notes 2 as at 2 October 2015

 

Number

Number of Issued

% of Issued

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

Westpac Capital Notes 2

Westpac Capital Notes 2

Australia

16,254

99.97

13,100,423

99.96

New Zealand

-

-

-

-

United Kingdom

-

-

-

-

United States

1

0.01

782

0.01

Other overseas

4

0.02

4,500

0.03

Total

16,259

100.00

13,105,705

100.00

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac Capital Notes 3 as at 2 October 2015

 

Number

Number of Issued

% of Issued

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

Westpac Capital Notes 3

Westpac Capital Notes 3

Australia

13,533

99.88

13,213,300

99.77

New Zealand

6

0.04

3,600

0.03

United Kingdom

2

0.01

400

-

United States

1

0.01

1,300

0.01

Other overseas

7

0.05

25,680

0.19

Total

13,549

100.00

13,244,280

100.00

 

1      Based on registered address of holder.

 

 

 

 

280

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 

Market price information

 

The principal listing of our ordinary shares is on the ASX. American Depositary Shares (ADS), each representing one ordinary share, are listed on the NYSE1.

 

The tables below set forth, for the calendar periods indicated, the reported high and low market quotations for our ordinary shares on the ASX based on its daily official list and for our ADS on the NYSE.

 

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$2

 

Per ADS in US$1

 

Financial year ending

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

September 2015

 

40.07

 

29.10

 

31.18

 

20.43

 

September 2014

 

35.99

 

30.00

 

33.31

 

26.70

 

September 2013

 

34.79

 

24.23

 

175.29

 

27.98

 

September 2012

 

24.99

 

19.00

 

130.63

 

92.34

 

September 2011

 

25.60

 

17.84

 

138.40

 

91.63

 

 

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$

 

Per ADS in US$

 

Quarter ending

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September

 

35.15

 

29.10

 

25.79

 

20.43

 

June

 

40.07

 

31.00

 

30.77

 

23.92

 

March

 

39.89

 

32.38

 

31.18

 

26.44

 

2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December

 

34.94

 

31.33

 

31.07

 

25.80

 

September

 

35.37

 

31.40

 

33.00

 

27.66

 

June

 

35.99

 

33.39

 

33.16

 

31.09

 

March

 

34.82

 

30.00

 

32.06

 

26.70

 

2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December

 

34.98

 

30.26

 

33.31

 

27.45

 

September

 

33.49

 

27.62

 

144.36

 

27.98

 

June

 

34.79

 

27.15

 

175.29

 

125.91

 

March

 

31.99

 

26.06

 

162.02

 

136.98

 

2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December

 

26.40

 

25.36

 

137.91

 

132.67

 

September

 

24.99

 

21.25

 

130.63

 

109.53

 

June

 

23.07

 

20.00

 

119.00

 

97.71

 

March

 

22.09

 

19.94

 

114.48

 

102.92

 

 

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$

 

Per ADS in US$

 

Month ending – 2015

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

September

 

31.81

 

29.10

 

22.53

 

20.64

 

August 

 

35.15

 

29.20

 

25.54

 

20.43

 

July

 

35.04

 

32.01

 

25.79

 

24.45

 

June

 

33.94

 

31.00

 

26.05

 

23.92

 

May

 

36.94

 

31.92

 

28.99

 

25.34

 

April

 

40.07

 

36.21

 

30.77

 

28.86

 

 

1   On 19 August 2013, the ratio changed from one ADS representing five Westpac fully paid ordinary share to one ADS representing one Westpac fully paid ordinary share.

2   Australian dollar (A$) market price information is intraday high and low trading prices. US dollar (US$) market price information is closing prices.

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

281

 

 



 

 

Fees and charges payable by a holder of Westpac ADS

 

The depositary for Westpac’s ADS program, The Bank of New York Mellon (the Depositary), collects fees for delivery and surrender of ADS directly from investors depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADS for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary may also collect fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of the distributable property to pay the fees.

 

The charges of the Depositary payable by investors are as follows:

 

Type of Service

Depositary Actions

Fee

 

Depositing or substituting the underlying shares.

 

Delivery of ADS against the deposit of ordinary shares, including deposits and issuances in respect of:

§          share distributions, stock splits, rights, mergers; and

§          exchange of securities or other transactions or events or other distribution affecting the ADS or deposited securities.

 

US$5.00 or less per 100 ADS (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new ADS delivered.

Receiving or distributing cash dividends.

Distribution of cash dividends.

US$0.05 or less per ADS.

Withdrawing an underlying ordinary share.

Acceptance of ADS surrendered for withdrawal of deposited ordinary shares.

US$5.00 or less for each 100 ADS (or portion thereof) evidenced by the ADS surrendered.

General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis.

Other services performed by the Depositary in administering the ADS program.

US$0.05 or less per ADS.

Expenses of the Depositary.

Expenses incurred on behalf of holders in connection with:

§          taxes and other governmental charges;

§          cable, telex and facsimile transmission/delivery;

§          transfer or registration fees, if applicable, for the registration of transfers or underlying ordinary shares; and

§          expenses of the Depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into US dollars (which are paid out of such foreign currency).

Expenses payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing holders or by deducting charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions.

 

Fees and payments made by the Depositary to Westpac

 

The Depositary has agreed to reimburse certain Westpac expenses related to Westpac’s ADS program and incurred by Westpac in connection with the program, subject to certain limits. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain of its fees for standard costs associated with the maintenance and administration of the ADS program. The following table shows reimbursements made and fees waived during the year.

 

Reimbursed or Waived for 2015

Category of Expense Reimbursed to Westpac or Fee Waived

US$’000s

Investor relations

219

NYSE listing fees

45

Total

264

 

Under certain circumstances, including removal of the Depositary or termination of the ADS program by Westpac, Westpac is required to repay the Depositary certain amounts reimbursed and/or expenses paid to or on behalf of Westpac.

 

 

 

 

282

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 

 


Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders

 

Australian exchange controls

 

Australian laws control and regulate or permit the control and regulation of a broad range of payments and transactions involving non-residents of Australia. Pursuant to a number of exemptions, authorities and approvals, there are no general restrictions from transferring funds from Australia or placing funds to the credit of non-residents of Australia. However, Australian foreign exchange controls are implemented from time to time against prescribed countries, entities and persons. At the present time, these include:

 

a.    withholding taxes in relation to remittances or dividends (to the extent they are unfranked) and interest payments;

 

b.    the financial sanctions administered by the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT) in accordance with the Autonomous Sanctions Act 2011 and the Autonomous Sanctions Regulations 2011, specifically, in relation to transactions involving the transfer of funds or payments to, by the order of, or on behalf of:

 

   supporters of the former Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (the Milosevic regime) and certain persons indicted within the jurisdiction of the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia;

 

   persons or entities engaged in activities that seriously undermine democracy, respect for human rights and the rule of law in Zimbabwe;

 

   certain entities and individuals associated with the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea;

 

   persons or entities that have contributed to or are contributing to Iran’s nuclear or missile program;

 

   certain individuals and entities associated with the former Qadhafi regime in Libya;

 

   certain individuals and entities associated with the Myanmar military;

 

   certain individuals and entities supporting the Syrian regime; and

 

   persons who have been instrumental in the threat to the sovereignty and territorial integrity of Ukraine,

 

without the prior approval of the Minister for Foreign Affairs.

 

c.     the United Nations Security Council (UNSC) financial sanctions administered by DFAT including:

 

   Terrorist Asset Freezing Regime

In accordance with the Charter of the United Nations Act 1945 and the Charter of the United Nations (Dealings with Assets) Regulations 2008, a person is prohibited from using or dealing with funds, financial assets or economic resources of persons or entities listed as terrorists by the Minister for Foreign Affairs in the Commonwealth of Australia Gazette. It is also a criminal offence to make assets available to such persons or entities; and

   Country-based sanctions

Under the Charter of the United Nations Act 1945 and associated regulations, UNSC financial sanctions have been implemented. It is an offence to use or deal with funds, financial assets or economic resources of persons or entities associated with certain countries designated by the UNSC. It is also a criminal offence to make assets available to such persons or entities.

 

Limitations affecting security holders

 

The following Australian laws impose limitations on the right of non-residents or non-citizens of Australia to hold, own or vote Westpac shares. All these limitations apply to the holders of the American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) evidencing ADS, issued by our Depositary in the United States.

 

Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975

 

Acquisitions of interests in shares in Australian companies by foreign interests are subject to review and approval by the Treasurer of Australia under the Australian Government’s foreign investment policy, and where required, the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Cth). That legislation applies to any acquisition by a foreign person, including a corporation or group of associated foreign persons, which results in ownership of 15% or more of the issued shares of an Australian company or the ability to control 15% or more of the total voting power. In addition, the legislation applies to any acquisition by a foreign person that would result in non-associated foreign persons having, together with any associate or associates of any of them, in the aggregate, 40% or more of the total voting power or ownership of an Australian company. The legislation requires any persons proposing to make any such acquisition to first notify the Treasurer of their intention to do so. Where such an acquisition has already occurred, the Treasurer has the power to order divestment.

 

Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998

 

The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Cth) imposes restrictions on shareholdings in Australian financial sector companies (which includes Westpac). Under that legislation a person (including a corporation) may not hold more than a 15% ‘stake’ in a financial sector company without prior approval from the Treasurer of Australia. A person’s stake in a financial sector company is equal to the aggregate of the person’s voting power in the company and the voting power of the person’s associates. The concept of voting power is very broadly defined. The Treasurer may approve a higher percentage stake if the Treasurer is satisfied that it is in the national interest to do so.

 

In addition, even if a person’s stake in a financial sector company does not exceed the 15% limit, the Treasurer has the power to declare that a person has ‘practical control’ of a financial sector company and require the person to relinquish that control or reduce their stake in that company.

 

Corporations Act 2001

 

The Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) prohibits any person (including a corporation) from acquiring a relevant interest in our voting shares if, after the acquisition, that person or any other person would be entitled to exercise more than 20% of the voting power in our shares. The prohibition is subject to certain limited exceptions. In addition, under the


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

283

 

 



 

 

 


Corporations Act, a person is required to give a notice to us and to the ASX providing certain prescribed information, including their name, address and details of their relevant interests in our voting shares if they begin to have, or cease to have, a substantial holding in us, or if they already have a substantial holding and there is a movement of at least 1% in their holding. Such notice must, generally, be provided within two business days after the person becomes aware of that information.

 

A person will have a substantial holding if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares. The concepts of ‘associate’ and ‘relevant interest’ are broadly defined in the Corporations Act and investors are advised to seek their own advice on their scope. In general terms, a person will have a relevant interest in a share if they:

 

a.    are the holder of that share;

 

b.    have power to exercise, or control the exercise of, a right to vote attached to that share; or

 

c.             have power to dispose of, or control the exercise of a power to dispose of, that share.

 

It does not matter how remote the relevant interest is or how it arises. If two or more persons can jointly exercise any one of these powers, each of them is taken to have that power. Nor does it matter that the power or control is express or implied, formal or informal, exercisable either alone or jointly with someone else.

 

The American Depositary Shares (ADSs) agreement

 

There is a Deposit Agreement between The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary, and us, and the record holders from time to time of all ADSs. Holders of our ADSs are subject to the foregoing limitations on the rights of non-residents or non-citizens of Australia to own or vote Westpac shares. Record holders of ADSs are required by the Deposit Agreement to comply with our requests for information as to the capacity in which such holders own ADSs and related ordinary shares as well as to the identity of any other person interested in such ADSs and related ordinary shares and the nature of such interest.

 

Enforceability of foreign judgments in Australia

 

We are an Australian public corporation with limited liability. All of our Directors and Executive Officers reside outside the US. Substantially all or a substantial portion of the assets of all or many of such persons are located outside the US. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the US upon such persons or to enforce against them judgments obtained in US courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the US. There may be doubt as to the enforceability in Australia, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of US courts, of civil liabilities predicated upon the federal securities laws of the US.

 

Taxation

 

Australian taxation

 

The following discussion is a summary of certain Australian taxation implications of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares (including ADS) for shareholders holding their shares on capital account. This discussion is based on

the laws in force at the date of the Annual Report and the Convention between the Government of Australia and the Government of the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and The Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income (the Tax Treaty), and is subject to any changes in Australian law and any change in the Tax Treaty occurring after that date.

 

This discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential Australian tax implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares. The specific tax position of each investor will determine the applicable Australian income tax implications for that investor and we recommend that investors consult their own tax advisers concerning the implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

 

Taxation of dividends

 

Under the Australian dividend imputation system, Australian tax paid at the company level is imputed (or allocated) to shareholders by means of imputation credits which attach to dividends paid by the company to the shareholder. Such dividends are termed ‘franked dividends’.

 

When an Australian resident individual shareholder receives a franked dividend, the shareholder receives a tax offset to the extent of the franking credits, which can be offset against the Australian income tax payable by the shareholder. An Australian resident shareholder may, in certain circumstances, be entitled to a refund of excess franking.

 

The extent to which a dividend is franked typically depends upon a company’s available franking credits at the time of payment of the dividend. Accordingly, a dividend paid to a shareholder may be wholly or partly franked or wholly unfranked.

 

Fully franked dividends paid to non-resident shareholders are exempt from Australian dividend withholding tax. Dividends paid to a non-resident shareholder which are not fully franked are subject to dividend withholding tax at the rate of 30% (unless reduced by a double tax treaty) to the extent they are unfranked. In the case of residents of the US who are entitled to the benefits of the Tax Treaty and are beneficially entitled to the dividends, the rate is reduced to 15% under the Tax Treaty, provided the shares are not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or a fixed base of the non-resident in Australia through which the non-resident carries on business in Australia or provides independent personal services. In the case of residents of the US that have a permanent establishment or fixed base in Australia where the shares in respect of which the dividends are paid are attributable to that permanent establishment or fixed base, there is no dividend withholding tax. Rather, such dividends will be taxed on a net assessment basis and, where the dividends are franked, entitlement to a tax offset may arise.

 

Fully franked dividends paid to non-resident shareholders and dividends that have been subject to dividend withholding tax should not be subject to any further Australian income tax.

 

There are circumstances where a shareholder may not be entitled to the benefit of franking credits. The application of these rules depend upon the shareholder’s own circumstances, including the period during which the shares are held and the extent to which the shareholder is ‘at risk’ in relation to their shareholding.

 


 

 

 

 

284

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Shareholding information

 


 

Gain or loss on disposition of shares

 

Generally, any profit made by a resident shareholder on disposal of shares will be subject to capital gains tax. However, if the shareholder is regarded as a trader or speculator, or carries on a business of investing for profit, any profits may be taxed as ordinary income.

 

A discount may be available on capital gains on shares held for 12 months or more by individuals, trusts or complying superannuation entities. The discount is one half for individuals and trusts, and one third for complying superannuation entities. Companies are not eligible for the capital gains tax discount. For shares acquired prior to 21 September 1999, an alternative basis of calculation of the capital gain may be available which allows the use of an indexation formula.

 

Normal rates of income tax would apply to capital gains so calculated. Any capital loss can only be offset against capital gains. Excess capital losses can be carried forward for offset against future capital gains.

 

Generally, subject to two exceptions, a non-resident disposing of shares in an Australian public company who holds those shares on capital account will be free from income tax in Australia. The main exceptions are:

 

§   shares held as part of a trade or business conducted through a permanent establishment in Australia. In such a case, any profit on disposal would be assessable to tax. Losses may give rise to capital losses or be otherwise deductible; and

 

§   shares held in public companies where the shareholder and its associates have held at the time of disposal (or at least 12 months in the 24 months prior to disposal) a holding of 10% or more in the company and more than 50% of the company’s assets are represented by interests in Australian real property (which is unlikely to be the case for Westpac). In such a case, capital gains tax would apply.

 

United States taxation

 

The following discussion is a summary of certain US federal income tax implications of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares (including ADS) by US holders (as defined below) that hold the ordinary shares as capital assets. This discussion is based on the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and the Tax Treaty, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

This discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary. It does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential US federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares and does not address US federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to US holders subject to special treatment under US federal income tax law (such as banks, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, dealers in securities, tax-exempt entities, retirement plans, certain former citizens or residents of the US, persons holding ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, persons that have a ‘functional currency’ other than the US dollar, persons that own 10% or more (by voting power) of our stock, persons that generally mark their securities to market for US federal income tax purposes or persons that receive ordinary shares as compensation).

 

As this is a complex area, we recommend investors consult their own tax advisers concerning the US federal, state and/or local implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

 

For the purposes of this discussion you are a US holder if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and you are for US federal income tax purposes:

 

§   an individual that is a citizen or resident of the US;

 

§   a corporation created or organised in or under the laws of the US or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

§   an estate, the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

§   a trust, if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or certain electing trusts that were in existence on 19 August 1996 and were treated as domestic trusts on that date.

 

If an entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes owns the ordinary shares, the US federal income tax implications of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares will generally depend upon the status and activities of such partnership and its partners. Such an entity should consult its own tax adviser concerning the US federal income tax implications to it and its partners of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

 

Taxation of dividends

 

If you are a US holder, you must include in your income as a dividend, the gross amount of any distributions paid by us out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) without reduction for any Australian tax withheld from such distribution. If you are a non-corporate US holder, dividends paid to you that constitute qualified dividend income may be taxable to you at a preferential tax rate so long as certain holding period and other requirements are met. Dividends we pay with respect to the ordinary shares generally will be qualified dividend income. Each non-corporate US holder should consult their own tax advisor regarding the possible applicability of the reduced tax rate and the related restrictions and special rules.

 

Dividends paid by us constitute ordinary income that must generally be included in income when actually or constructively received. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate shareholders with respect to dividends received from US corporations. The amount of the dividend that you must include in your income as a US holder will be the US dollar value of the Australian dollar payments made, determined at the spot Australian dollar/US dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into US dollars will be treated as


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

285

 

 



 

 


ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. This gain or loss generally will be income from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions on an ordinary share in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in such ordinary share and thereafter as capital gain.

 

Subject to certain limitations, Australian tax withheld in accordance with the Tax Treaty and paid over to Australia may be claimed as a foreign tax credit against your US federal income tax liability. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to a preferential tax rate. A US holder that does not elect to claim a US foreign tax credit for Australian income tax withheld may instead claim a deduction for such withheld tax, but only for a taxable year in which the US holder elects to do so with respect to all non-US income taxes paid or accrued in such taxable year.

 

Dividends paid by us generally will be income from sources outside the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Under the foreign tax credit rules, dividends will, depending on your circumstances, be ‘passive category’ or ‘general category’ income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit.

 

The rules relating to US foreign tax credits are very complex, and each US holder should consult its own tax adviser regarding the application of such rules.

 

Taxation of capital gains

 

If you sell or otherwise dispose of your ordinary shares, you will generally recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that you realise and your tax basis, determined in US dollars, in your ordinary shares. A capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at a reduced rate if the holder has a holding period greater than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Such capital gain or loss generally will be income from sources within the US, for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

Medicare tax

 

In addition to regular US federal income tax, certain US holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their ‘net investment income’, which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of their ordinary shares.

 

Passive foreign investment company considerations

 

We believe that we will not be treated as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) for US federal income tax purposes, and this discussion assumes we are not a PFIC. However, the determination as to whether we are a PFIC is made annually at the end of each taxable year and therefore could change. If we were to be treated as a PFIC, a US holder of ordinary shares could be subject to certain adverse tax consequences.

 

Disclosure requirements for specified foreign financial assets

 

Individual US holders (and certain US entities specified in US Internal Revenue Service (IRS) guidance) who, during

any taxable year, hold any interest in any specified foreign financial asset, generally will be required to file with their US federal income tax returns certain information on IRS Form 8938 if the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds certain specified amounts. ‘Specified foreign financial asset’ generally includes any financial account maintained with a non-US financial institution and may also include the ordinary shares if they are not held in an account maintained with a financial institution. Substantial penalties may be imposed, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of US federal income taxes may be extended, in the event of a failure to comply. US holders should consult their own tax advisers as to the possible application to them of this filing requirement.

 

Information reporting and backup withholding

 

Under certain circumstances, information reporting and/or backup withholding may apply to US holders with respect to payments on or the proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares, unless an applicable exemption is satisfied.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or credit against a US holder’s US federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by the US holder on a timely basis to the IRS.


 

 

 

 

286

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Additional information

 


Our constitution

 

Overview

 

We were incorporated in 1850 under the Bank of New South Wales Act, a special piece of legislation passed by the New South Wales Parliament at a time when there was no general companies’ legislation in Australia. On 23 August 2002, Westpac became registered under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) as a public company limited by shares.

 

As part of the process of becoming a company regulated under the Corporations Act, shareholders adopted a new constitution at the AGM on 15 December 2000, which came into operation on 23 August 2002. Our constitution has been subsequently amended by shareholders on 15 December 2005, 13 December 2007 and 13 December 2012.

 

Our objects and purposes

 

Our constitution does not contain a statement of our objects and purposes. As a company regulated by the Corporations Act, we have the legal capacity and powers of an individual both within and outside Australia, and all the powers of a body corporate, including the power to issue and cancel shares, to issue debentures, to distribute our property among our equity holders (either in kind or otherwise), to give security by charging our uncalled capital, to grant a floating charge over our property and to do any other act permitted by any law.

 

Directors’ voting powers

 

Under clause 9.11(a) of our constitution, subject to complying with the Corporations Act regarding disclosure of and voting on matters involving material personal interests, our Directors may:

 

a.    hold any office or place of profit in our company, except that of auditor;

 

b.    hold any office or place of profit in any other company, body corporate, trust or entity promoted by our company or in which it has an interest of any kind;

 

c.     enter into any contract or arrangement with our company;

 

d.    participate in any association, institution, fund, trust or scheme for past or present employees or directors of our company or persons dependent on or connected with them;

 

e.    act in a professional capacity (or be a member of a firm that acts in a professional capacity) for our company, except as auditor; and

 

f.     participate in, vote on and be counted in a quorum for any meeting, resolution or decision of the Directors and be present at any meeting where any matter is being considered by the Directors.

 

Under clause 9.11(b) of our constitution, a Director may do any of the above despite the fiduciary relationship of the Director’s office:

 

a.             without any liability to account to our company for any direct or indirect benefit accruing to the Director; and

 

b.             without affecting the validity of any contract or arrangement.

 

Under the Corporations Act, however, a Director who has a material personal interest in any matter to be considered at any Board meeting must not be present while the matter is being considered or vote on the matter, unless the other Directors resolve to allow that Director to be present and vote or a declaration is made by ASIC permitting that Director to participate and vote. These restrictions do not apply to a limited range of matters set out in section 191(2) of the Corporations Act, where the Director’s interest:

 

a.    arises because the Director is a shareholder of the company in common with other shareholders;

 

b.    arises in relation to the Director’s remuneration as a Director of the company;

 

c.     relates to a contract the company is proposing to enter into that is subject to shareholder approval and will not impose obligations on the company if not approved by shareholders;

 

d.    arises merely because the Director is a guarantor or has given an indemnity or security for all or part of a loan (or proposed loan) to the company;

 

e.    arises merely because the Director has a right of subrogation in relation to a guarantee or indemnity referred to in (d);

 

f.     relates to a contract that insures, or would insure, the Director against liabilities the Director incurs as an officer of the company (but only if the contract does not make the company or related body corporate the insurer);

 

g.    relates to any payment by the company or a related body corporate in respect of certain indemnities permitted by the Corporations Act or any contract relating to such an indemnity; or

 

h.    is in a contract or proposed contract with, or for the benefit of, or on behalf of, a related body corporate and arises merely because the Director is a Director of that related body corporate.

 

If there are not enough Directors to form a quorum for the Board meeting because of Directors’ interests in a particular matter, a general meeting for shareholders may be called to consider the matter and interested Directors are entitled to vote on any proposal to requisition such a meeting.

 

Under clause 9.7 of our constitution, the maximum aggregate amount of annual remuneration to be paid to our Non-executive Directors must be approved by our shareholders. This aggregate amount is paid to the Non-executive Directors in such manner as the Board from time to time determines. Directors’ remuneration is one of the exceptions under section 191 of the Corporations Act to the prohibitions against being present and voting on any matter in which a Director has a material personal interest.


 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

287

 

 



 

 


Directors’ borrowing powers

 

Clause 10.2 of our constitution empowers our Directors, as a Board, to exercise all the powers of Westpac to borrow or raise money, to charge any property or business of Westpac or all or any of its uncalled capital and to issue debentures or give any other security for a debt, liability or obligation of Westpac or of any other person. Such powers may only be changed by amending the constitution, which requires a special resolution (that is, a resolution passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by members entitled to vote on the resolution and for which notice has been given in accordance with the Corporations Act).

 

Minimum number of Directors

 

Our constitution requires that the minimum number of Directors is determined in accordance with the Corporations Act or other regulations. Currently the Corporations Act prescribes three as a minimum number of Directors and APRA governance standards specify five as the minimum number of Directors for APRA regulated entities. Westpac’s current number of Directors is above these prescribed minimums.

 

Share rights

 

The rights attaching to our ordinary shares are set out in the Corporations Act and in our constitution, and may be summarised as follows:

 

a)      Profits and dividends

 

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive such dividends on those shares as may be determined by our Directors from time to time. Dividends that are paid but not claimed may be invested by our Directors for the benefit of Westpac until required to be dealt with in accordance with any law relating to unclaimed monies.

 

Our constitution requires that dividends be paid out of our profits. In addition, under the Corporations Act, Westpac must not pay a dividend unless our assets exceed our liabilities immediately before the dividend is declared and the excess is sufficient for payment of the dividend. In addition, the payment must be fair and reasonable to the company’s shareholders and must not materially prejudice our ability to pay our creditors.

 

Subject to the Corporations Act, the constitution, the rights of persons (if any) entitled to shares with special rights to dividend and any contrary terms of issue of or applying to any shares, our Directors may determine that a dividend is payable, fix the amount and the time for payment and authorise the payment or crediting by Westpac to, or at the direction of, each shareholder entitled to that dividend.

 

If any dividends are returned unclaimed, we are generally obliged, under the Banking Act 1959 (Cth), to hold those amounts as unclaimed monies for a period of three years. If at the end of that period the monies remain unclaimed by the shareholder concerned, we must submit an annual unclaimed money return to the Australian Securities and Investment Commission by 31 March each year containing the unclaimed money as at 31 December of the previous year. Upon such payment being made, we are discharged from further liability in respect of that amount.

Our Directors may, before paying any dividend, set aside out of our profits such sums as they think proper as reserves, to be applied, at the discretion of our Directors, for any purpose for which the profits may be properly applied. Our Directors may carry forward so much of the profits remaining as they consider ought not to be distributed as dividends without transferring those profits to a reserve.

 

The following restrictions apply to our ability to declare and/or pay dividends:

 

(i)            if the payment of the dividend would breach or cause a breach by us of applicable capital adequacy or other supervisory requirements of APRA. Currently, one such requirement is that a dividend should not be paid without APRA’s prior consent if payment of that dividend, after taking into account all other dividends (if any) paid on our shares and payments on more senior capital instruments, in the preceding 12 consecutive months to which they relate, would cause the aggregate of such dividend payments to exceed our after tax earnings for the preceding 12 consecutive months, as reflected in our relevant audited consolidated financial statements; and

 

(ii)         if, under the Banking Act 1959 (Cth), we are directed by APRA not to pay a dividend;

 

(iii)      if the declaration or payment of the dividend would result in us becoming insolvent; or

 

(iv)      if any interest payment, dividend, redemption payment or other distribution on certain Additional Tier 1 securities issued by the Group is not paid in accordance with the terms of those securities, we may be restricted from declaring and/or paying dividends on ordinary shares (and certain Additional Tier 1 securities). This restriction is subject to a number of exceptions.

 

b)      Voting rights

 

Holders of our fully paid ordinary shares have, at general meetings (including special general meetings), one vote on a show of hands and, upon a poll, one vote for each fully paid share held by them.

 

c)      Voting and re-election of Directors

 

Under our constitution, at each AGM one-third of eligible Directors (or if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third) and any other Director who has held office for three years or more since the Director’s last election, must retire from office. In determining the number of Directors to retire, no account is to be taken of a Director who holds office in order to fill a casual vacancy or the Managing Director. A retiring Director holds office until the conclusion of the meeting at which that Director retires but is eligible for re-election at the meeting.

 

Under the ASX Listing Rules, no Executive or Non-executive Director of a listed entity, apart from the Managing Director, may continue to hold office, without offering himself or herself for re-election, past the third AGM following their appointment or three years, whichever is the longer.


 

 

 

288

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Additional information

 


Under the Corporations Act, the election or re-election of each Director by shareholders at a general meeting of a public company must proceed as a separate item, unless the shareholders first resolve that the elections or re-elections may be voted on collectively. A resolution to allow collective voting in relation to elections or re-elections is effective only if no votes are cast against that resolution. Any resolution electing or re-electing two or more Directors in contravention of this requirement is void.

 

d)      Winding up

 

Subject to any preferential entitlement of holders of preference shares on issue at the relevant time, holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to share equally in any surplus assets if we are wound up.

 

e)      Sinking fund provisions

 

We do not have any class of shares on issue that is subject to any sinking fund provisions.

 

Variation of rights attaching to our shares

 

Under the Corporations Act, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of a class of shares, the terms of issue of a class of shares in Westpac can only be varied or cancelled in any way by a special resolution of Westpac and with either the written consent of our shareholders holding at least three quarters of the votes in that class of shares or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares.

 

Convening general meetings

 

Under our constitution, our Directors may convene and arrange to hold a general meeting of Westpac whenever they think fit and must do so if required to do so under the Corporations Act and ASX Listing Rules. Under the Corporations Act, our Directors must call and arrange to hold a general meeting of Westpac if requested to do so by our shareholders who hold at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at the general meeting. Shareholders who hold at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at a general meeting may also call and arrange to hold a general meeting of Westpac at their own expense.

 

At least 28 days notice must be given of a meeting of our shareholders. Written notice must be given to all shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting. All ordinary shareholders are entitled to attend and, subject to the constitution and the Corporations Act, to vote at general meetings of Westpac.

 

Limitations on securities ownership

 

A number of limitations apply in relation to the ownership of our shares, and these are more fully described in the section ‘Limitations affecting security holders’.

 

Change in control restrictions

 

Restrictions apply under the Corporations Act, the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Cth) and the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Cth).

 

For more detailed descriptions of these restrictions, refer to the sections ‘Limitations affecting security holders’, Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998, and Corporations Act 2001.

 

 

Substantial shareholder disclosure

 

There is no provision in our constitution that requires a shareholder to disclose the extent of their ownership of our shares.

 

Under the Corporations Act, however, any person who begins or ceases to have a substantial holding of our shares must notify us within two business days after they become aware of that information. A further notice must be given to us if there is an increase or decrease of 1% in a person’s substantial holding. Copies of these notices must also be given to the ASX. A person has a substantial holding of our shares if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares. For more details, refer to the section ‘Corporations Act 2001’.

 

We also have a statutory right under the Corporations Act to trace the beneficial ownership of our shares by giving a direction to a shareholder, or certain other persons, requiring disclosure to us of, among other things, their own relevant interest in our shares and the name and address of each other person who has a relevant interest in those shares, the nature and extent of that interest and the circumstances that gave rise to that other person’s interest. Such disclosure must, except in certain limited circumstances, be provided within two business days after the direction is received.

 

Australian Company and Business Numbers

 

All Australian companies have a unique nine-digit identifier, referred to as an Australian Company Number (ACN), which must be included on public documents, eligible negotiable instruments and the company’s common seal. In addition, entities can apply for registration on the Australian Business Register and be allocated a unique eleven-digit identifier known as an Australian Business Number (ABN). For Australian companies, the last nine digits of their ABN are identical to their ACN. The ABN may be quoted on documents in lieu of the ACN.

 

Our ACN is 007 457 141 and our ABN is 33 007 457 141.

 

Documents on display

 

We are subject to the disclosure requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file Annual Reports with, and furnish other information to, the US Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC). These materials and other information furnished by us may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Conventional and Electronic Reading Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s Conventional and Electronic Reading Room by calling the SEC in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. Since April 2002, we have filed our reports on Form 20-F and have furnished other information to the SEC in electronic format which may be accessed through this website.


 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

289

 

 



 

 

Exchange rates

 

 

For each of the years indicated, the high, low, average and year-end noon buying rates1 for Australian dollars were:

 

 

 

Year Ended 30 September

 

 

 

2016²

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(US$ per A$1.00)

 

High

 

0.7328

 

0.8904

 

0.9705

 

1.0579

 

1.0806

 

1.1026

 

Low

 

0.7025

 

0.6917

 

0.8715

 

0.8901

 

0.9453

 

0.9594

 

Average3

 

n/a

 

0.7781

 

0.9155

 

0.9885

 

1.0371

 

1.0318

 

Close (on 30 September)4

 

n/a

 

0.7020

 

0.8737

 

0.9342

 

1.0388

 

0.9744

 

 

For each of the months indicated, the high and low noon buying rates for Australian dollars were:

 

 

 

Month

 

 

 

October

 

September

 

August

 

July

 

June

 

May

 

 

 

2015²

 

2015

 

2015

 

2015

 

2015

 

2015

 

 

 

(US$ per A$1.00)

 

High

 

0.7328

 

0.7222

 

0.7419

 

0.7664

 

0.7831

 

0.8118

 

Low

 

0.7025

 

0.6917

 

0.7087

 

0.7278

 

0.7613

 

0.7631

 

 

1           The noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in Australian dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

2           Through to 23 October 2015. On 23 October 2015, the noon buying rate was A$1.00 = US$0.7215.

3           The average is calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period.

4           The noon buying rate at such date may differ from the rate used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements at such date. Refer to Note 1(a)(vi) to the financial statements.

 

 

 

290

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Additional information

 

 

Signatures

 

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca Lim

 

 

 

Rebecca Lim
Chief Compliance Officer & Group General Counsel
Dated November 2, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

291

 

 



 

Information for shareholders

 

 

Financial calendar


Westpac Ordinary Shares (ASX code: WBC)

Record date for final dividend

13 November 20151

Annual General Meeting

11 December 2015

Final dividend payable

21 December 2015

Financial Half Year end

31 March 2016

Interim results and dividend announcement

2 May 2016

Ex-dividend date for interim dividend

12 May 20163

Record date for interim dividend

13 May 20162,3

Interim dividend payable

4 July 20163

Financial Year end

30 September 2016

Final results and dividend announcement

7 November 2016

Ex-dividend date for final dividend

14 November  20164,7

Record date for final dividend

15 November 20165,7

Annual General Meeting

9 December 20166

Final dividend payable

21 December  20167

1 

Record date for 2015 final dividend in New York – 12 November 2015.

2 

Record date for 2016 interim dividend in New York – 12 May 2016.

3 

Dates will be confirmed at the time of announcing the 2016 interim results.

4 

Ex-dividend date for 2016 final dividend in New York – 10 November 2016.

5 

Record date for 2016 final dividend in New York – 14 November 2016.

6 

Details regarding the location of this meeting and the business to be dealt with will be contained in the separate Notice of Meeting sent to shareholders in November 2016.

7

Dates will be confirmed at the time of announcing the 2016 final results.

 

Westpac Convertible Preference Shares

(ASX code: WBCPC)

Record date for semi-annual dividend

23 March 2016

Payment date for semi-annual dividend

31 March 2016

Record date for semi-annual dividend

22 September 2016

Payment date for semi-annual dividend

30 September 2016

 

Westpac Capital Notes (ASX code: WBCPD)

Record date for quarterly distribution

30 November  2015

Payment date for quarterly distribution

8 December 2015

Record date for quarterly distribution

29 February 2016

Payment date for quarterly distribution

8 March 2016

Record date for quarterly distribution

31 May 2016

Payment date for quarterly distribution

8 June 2016

Record date for quarterly distribution

31 August 2016

Payment date for quarterly distribution

8 September 2016

 

 

Westpac Capital Notes 2 (ASX code: WBCPE)

Record date for quarterly distribution

15 December  2015

Payment date for quarterly distribution

23 December 2015

Record date for quarterly distribution

15 March 2016

Payment date for quarterly distribution

23 March 2016

Record date for quarterly distribution

15 June 2016

Payment date for quarterly distribution

23 June 2016

Record date for quarterly distribution

15 September 2016

Payment date for quarterly distribution

23 September 2016

 

Westpac Capital Notes 3 (ASX code: WBCPF)

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 December  2015

Payment date for quarterly distribution

22 December 2015

Record date for quarterly distribution

11 March 20161

Payment date for quarterly distribution

22 March 2016

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 June 2016

Payment date for quarterly distribution

22 June 2016

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 September 2016

Payment date for quarterly distribution

22 September 2016

1 Immediately preceding business day when a record date falls on a non-ASX business day.

 

Westpac Subordinated Notes (ASX code: WBCHA)

Record date for quarterly interest payment

13 November  20151

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

23 November  2015

Record date for quarterly interest payment

15 February 2016

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

23 February 2016

Record date for quarterly interest payment

13 May 20161

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

23 May 2016

Record date for quarterly interest payment

15 August 2016

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

23 August 2016

1 Immediately preceding business day when a record date falls on a non-ASX business day.


 

 

 

 

292

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Information for shareholders

 

 


Westpac Subordinated Notes II (ASX code: WBCHB)

Record date for quarterly interest payment

13 November  20151

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

23 November  20152

Record date for quarterly interest payment

12 February 20161

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

22 February 2016

Record date for quarterly interest payment

13 May 20161

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

23 May 20162

Record date for quarterly interest payment

12 August 20161

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

22 August 2016

 

1    Immediately preceding business day when a record date falls on a non-ASX business day.

2    Next business day when a payment due falls on a non-ASX business day.

 

 


 

Annual General Meeting

 

 

The Westpac Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held in the Grand Ballroom at the Sofitel Sydney Wentworth, Level 3, 61-101 Phillip Street, Sydney, on Friday, 11 December 2015, commencing at 10.00am (Sydney time).

 

The AGM will be webcast live on the internet at www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre and an archived version of the webcast will be placed on the website to enable the AGM proceedings to be viewed at a later time.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

293

 



 

 

Useful information


 

 

Key sources of information for shareholders

 

 

We report our full year performance to shareholders, in late October or early November, in two forms: an Annual Review and Sustainability Report, and an Annual Report.

 

 

 

Electronic communications

 

 

Shareholders can elect to receive the following communications electronically:

 

 

§       Annual Review and Annual Report;

§   Dividend statements when paid by direct credit or via Westpac’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP);

§   Notices of Meetings and proxy forms; and

§   Shareholder Newsletters and major company announcements.

 

Shareholders who wish to register their email address should go to www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre and click on ‘Download a form’ under ‘Manage your shareholding’, or contact the Westpac share Registrar. For Registrar contact details see opposite.

 

 

Online information

 

 

Australia

 

Westpac’s internet site www.westpac.com.au provides information for shareholders and customers, including:

 

§       access to internet banking and online investing services;

§       details on Westpac’s products and services;

§       company history, results, economic updates, market releases and news; and

§       corporate responsibility and Westpac in the community activities.

 

Investors can short cut to the Investor Centre at www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre. The Centre includes the current Westpac share price and charting, and links to the latest ASX announcements and Westpac’s share Registrars’ websites.

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac’s New Zealand internet site www.westpac.co.nz provides:

 

§       access to internet banking services;

§       details on products and services, including a comprehensive home buying guide;

§       economic updates, news and information, key financial results; and

§       sponsorships and other community activities.

 

 

Stock exchange listings

 

Westpac ordinary shares are listed on:

 

§       Australian Securities Exchange, (code WBC);

§       New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), as American Depositary Shares, (code WBK); and

§       New Zealand Exchange Limited, (code WBC).

 

 

Westpac Investor Relations

 

 

Information other than that relating to your shareholding can be obtained from:

Westpac Investor Relations
Level 20, 275 Kent Street
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia
Telephone: +61 2 8253 3143
Facsimile: +61 2 8253 1207
Email: investorrelations@westpac.com.au

 

Share registrars

 

 

For information about your shareholding or to notify a change of address etc., you should contact the appropriate share Registrar. Please note that, in Australia, broker sponsored holders are required to contact their broker to amend their address.

 

Australia – Ordinary shares on the main register

 

Link Market Services Limited
Level 12, 680 George Street
Sydney NSW 2000
Postal address: Locked Bag A6015,
Sydney South NSW 1235
Website:
www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Shareholder enquiries:
Telephone: 1800 804 255 (toll free within Australia)
International: +61 1800 804 255
Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303
Email: westpac@linkmarketservices.com.au

 

New Zealand – Ordinary shares on the New Zealand Branch register

 

Link Market Services Limited
Level 7, Zurich House
21 Queen Street
Auckland 1010, New Zealand
Postal address: P.O. Box 91976, Auckland 1142,
New Zealand
Website:
www.linkmarketservices.co.nz

Shareholder enquiries:
Telephone: 0800 002 727 (toll free within New Zealand)
International: +64 9 375 5998
Facsimile: +64 9 375 5990
Email: enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz

 

Depositary in USA for American Depositary Shares (ADS) 1

 

Listed on New York Stock Exchange
(code WBK - CUSIP 961214301)
The Bank of New York Mellon
PO Box 30170
College Station, TX 77842-3170, USA

ADS holder enquiries:
Telephone: 1-888-BNY-ADRS (1-888-269-2377)
(toll free number for domestic callers)
 International: +1 201 680 6825
Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com
Website: www.bnymellon.com/shareowner

 

1     Each ADS represents one fully paid ordinary share


 

 

 

 

294

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

 

 


6MMA

Six month moving average

 

 

AAS

Australian Accounting Standards

 

 

AASB

Australian Accounting Standards Board

 

 

ABS

Asset-backed securities

 

 

ACCC

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission

 

 

ADI

Authorised Deposit-taking Institution

 

 

ADRs

American Depositary Receipts

 

 

ADS

American Depositary Shares

 

 

Advanced IRB

Advanced Internal Ratings Based

 

 

AFS

Australian Financial Services

 

 

AGM

Annual General Meeting

 

 

AIRB

Advanced Internal Ratings Based

 

 

ALCO

Westpac Group Asset & Liability Committee

 

 

ALM

Asset and Liability Management

 

 

AMA

Advanced Measurement Approach

 

 

ANZSIC

Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification

 

 

APRA

Australian Prudential Regulation Authority

 

 

ASIC

Australian Securities and Investments Commission

 

 

ASX

Australian Securities Exchange

 

 

ASXCGC

ASX Limited’s Corporate Governance Council

 

 

ATMs

Automatic teller machines

 

 

ATO

Australian Taxation Office

 

 

AUSTRAC

Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre

 

 

BAC

Board Audit Committee

 

 

BCBS

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision

 

 

BankSA

Bank of South Australia

 

 

BBSW

Bank Bills Swap Rate

 

 

BOSI

BOS International Australia Limited

 

 

bps

Basis points

 

 

BRCC

Board Risk and Compliance Committee

 

 

BTFG

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

 

BTIM

BT Investment Management Limited

 

 

CAPs

Collectively Assessed Provisions

 

 

Cash EPS

Cash earnings per share

 

 

Cash EPS CAGR

Compound Annual Growth in Cash EPS

 

 

CCE

Commodity, Carbon and Energy trading

 

 

CDO

Collateralised debt obligations

 

 

CDS

Credit default swap

 

 

CEO

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

CEOPP

Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan

 

 

CEO RSP

Chief Executive Officer Restricted Share Plan

 

 

CFAL

Capital Finance Australia Limited

 

 

CFO

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

CFTC

Commodity Futures Trading Commission

 

 

CGU

Cash-Generating Unit

 

 

CHF

Swiss franc

 

 

CLF

Committed Liquidity Facility

 

 

Corporations Act

Corporations Act 2001

 

 

COSO

Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission

 

 

CPM

Credit Portfolio Management

 

 

CRG

Customer Risk Grade

 

 

CRO

Chief Risk Officer

 

 

 

 

CRS

Common Reporting Standard

 

 

CVA

Credit valuation adjustment

 

 

DFAT

Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade

 

 

Dodd-Frank Act

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

 

 

DRP

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

 

D-SIBS

Domestic Systemically Important Banks

 

 

EAD

Exposure at default

 

 

EFTPOS

Electronic Funds Transfer Point Of Sale

 

 

EMIR

European Market Infrastructure Regulations

 

 

EPS

Earnings per share

 

 

ESG

Environmental, social and governance

 

 

ESP

Employee Share Plan

 

 

FATCA

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

 

 

FCA

Financial Conduct Authority

 

 

FCS

Financial Claims Scheme

 

 

FFIs

Foreign Financial Institutions

 

 

FMA

Financial Markets Authority

 

 

FMCA

Financial Markets Conduct Act

 

 

FMTR

Financial Markets and Treasury Risk

 

 

FOFA

Future of Financial Advice

 

 

FSB

Financial Stability Board

 

 

FTE

Full time equivalent employees

 

 

FUA

Funds under administration

 

 

FUM

Funds under management

 

 

FVA

Funding Valuation Adjustment

 

 

FX

Foreign Exchange

 

 

GHG

Greenhouse gas

 

 

G-SIBS

Global Systemically Important Banks

 

 

G-SIFI

Global Systemically Important Financial Institution

 

 

Hastings

Hastings Funds Management Limited

 

 

HKD

Hong Kong dollar

 

 

HKMA

Hong Kong Monetary Authority

 

 

IAPs

Individually Assessed Provisions

 

 

IASB

International Accounting Standards Board

 

 

ICAAP

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

 

 

IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards

 

 

IGA

Intergovernmental Agreement

 

 

IRS

Internal Revenue Service

 

 

IOSCO

International Organization of Securities Commission

 

 

IRRBB

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

 

 

IRS

Internal Revenue Service

 

 

ISDA

International Swaps and Derivatives Association

 

 

JOHCM

J O Hambro Capital Management

 

 

LCR

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

 

LGBTI

Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex

 

 

LGD

Loss given default

 

 

LIBOR

London InterBank Offer Rate

 

 

LTI Plan

Westpac Long Term Incentive Plan

 

 

LTIFR

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate

 

 

LVR

Loan to value ratio

 

 

MFI

Main Financial Institution


 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

295

 

 



 

 


MiFID II

Markets in Financial Instruments Directive

 

 

Moody’s

Moody’s Investors Service

 

 

NaR

Net interest income-at-risk

 

 

NII

Net interest income

 

 

NPS

Net Promoter Score

 

 

NYSE

New York Stock Exchange

 

 

NZSX

New Zealand Stock Exchange

 

 

NZX

New Zealand Exchange

 

 

OBR

Open Bank Resolution

 

 

OCC

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

 

 

OFAC

Office of Foreign Assets Control

 

 

OTC

Over the counter

 

 

PD

Probability of default

 

 

PFIC

Passive foreign investment company

 

 

PNG

Papua New Guinea

 

 

RAMS

RAMS Home Loans

 

 

RBA

Reserve Bank of Australia

 

 

RBNZ

Reserve Bank of New Zealand

 

 

RECs

Renewable Energy Certificates

 

 

RISKCO

Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee

 

 

RMBS

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities

 

 

RSP

Restricted Share Plan

 

 

RWA

Risk-weighted assets

 

 

S&P

Standard & Poor’s

 

 

SCF

Structured Commodities Finance

 

 

SEC

US Securities and Exchange Commission

 

 

SFR

Stable Funding Ratio

 

 

SIFIs

Systemically Important Financial Institutions

 

 

SME

Small to medium enterprises

 

 

SOx

Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

SPS

Stapled Preferred Securities

 

 

SRAs

Settlement Residue Auctions

 

 

St.George

St.George Banking Group

 

 

The Group

Westpac Banking Corporation Group

 

 

TLAC

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity

 

 

2003 TPS

Trust Preferred Securities 2003

 

 

2004 TPS

Trust Preferred Securities 2004

 

 

2006 TPS

Trust Preferred Securities 2006

 

 

TSR

Total Shareholder Return

 

 

UKSS

UK Staff Superannuation Scheme

 

 

UNSC

United Nations Security Council

 

 

US

United States

 

 

VaR

Value at Risk

 

 

Westpac CN

Westpac Capital Notes

 

 

Westpac CPS

Westpac Convertible Preference Shares

 

 

WGP

Westpac Group Plan

 

 

Westpac RBB

Westpac Retail & Business Banking

 

 

WHS

Workplace Health and Safety

 

 

WIB

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

 

WNZL

Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

 

WNZS

Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme

 

 

WPP

Westpac Performance Plan

 

 

WRP

Westpac Reward Plan

 

 

WSNZL

Westpac Securities NZ Limited

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

296

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 



 

 

Notes

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Westpac Group Annual Report

297

 

 



 

Item 19. Exhibits Index

 

1.

Constitution (as amended) incorporated by reference to our Form 6-K filed on 14 December 2012.

 

 

4(c).1

Access and Indemnity Deed between Westpac Banking Corporation and Elizabeth Bryan dated 30 November 2006, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2007.

 

 

4(c).2

Form of Access and Indemnity Deed between Westpac Banking Corporation and Director, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2008.

 

 

4(c).3

Indemnity Deed Poll dated 10 September 2009, of Westpac Banking Corporation, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2009.

 

 

7.

Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges.

 

 

8.

List of controlled entities – refer to note 35 to the financial statements in this Annual Report.

 

 

11.

Code of accounting practice and financial reporting, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2012.

 

 

12.

Certifications pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

13.

Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

15.

Auditor consent dated 2 November 2015.

 

Copies of any instrument relating to the long-term debt of Westpac Banking Corporation that is not being attached as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F and which does not exceed 10% of the total consolidated assets of Westpac Banking Corporation will be furnished to the SEC upon request.